Carlon 2005 Master Catalog 92443

2014-10-22

: Pdf 92443-Catalog 92443-Catalog Batch9 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 322 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Boreable Multi-Gard

Trenchless

Raceway

Bore-Gard

Trenchless Raceway

Carflex

Liquidtight Fittings

Carflex

Liquidtight Flexible

Nonmetallic Tubing

Carflex

Omni Connectors

Carflex

Pre-Wired Liquidtight Whips

Carflex

X-Flex

™

Flexible

Nonmetallic Tubing

Cement

Chimes

Circuit Safe

JIC Enclosures

Circuit Safe

NEMA Enclosures

CordGrips

Curved Lid J-Box

ENT Boxes and Fittings

Flex-Plus

Blue

™

ENT

Floor Box Systems

Hal-Free Riser-Gard

High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)

Himeline

Enclosures

Intra-Gard

Multi-Cell Raceway

In-Use Weatherproof Covers

Junction Boxes

Multi-Gard

Multi-Cell Raceway

P&C

Duct - Types EB and DB

P&C

Duct Fittings and Sweeps

P&C Flex

Corrugated

Flexible Conduit

Plenum-Gard

Flexible Raceway

PV-Mold

Pole Riser System

Riser-Gard

Flexible Raceway

Schedule 40 & 80 Conduit

Schedule 40 & 80 Fittings

Schedule 40 & 80

Special/Standard Elbows

Slack and Splice Enclosures

Slip Meter Risers

Snap-Loc

Spacers

Snap-N-Stac

™

Spacers

Split Duct

Structured Cable Management Systems

Telephone Duct – Types B, C and D

Telephone Duct Fittings and Sweeps

Utility Conduit, Fittings,

and Elbows

Weatherproof Covers and

Lighting Systems

Wire Handling Products

Wire-Safe

Wireway and

Wiring Trough

Zip Box

Blue

™

Switch/Outlet Boxes

Carlon

Master Catalog

Carlon

eConnect

(www.carloneconnect.com)

An on-line order tracking website designed exclusively for Carlon

distributor partners. Carlon eConnect provides easy, secured

access to ‘real-time’ information from our SAP Business Enterprise

System. It’s available 24 hours a day, and is designed to improve

the efficiency of order information flow.

Functions include

•

Quick list of recent orders

•

Search for orders

•

Price and availability

•

Electronic pricing files

•

Order entry

Carlon

EDI

•

850 - Purchase orders

•

855 - PO acknowledgements

•

856 - Ship notice

•

810 - Invoices

Carlon

eCommerce Capabilities

www.carlon.com 1

Electrical Products

Carflex

Liquidtight Flexible Tubing and Fittings........... 3

Chimes ................................................................................ 15

Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT),

Boxes and Fittings ......................................................... 19

Floor Boxes and Covers..................................................... 33

Curved Lid J-Box................................................................. 47

Weatherproof Covers, Lampholders & Fixtures............ 51

Wire Handling Products.................................................... 57

Wire Safe

Wireway And Wiring Trough ...................... 61

Zip Box

Blue™Outlet and Switch Boxes ....................... 69

Low Voltage Premise Products

Plenum-Gard

..................................................................... 88

Riser-Gard

.......................................................................... 90

Hal-Free Riser-Gard

.......................................................... 92

General Purpose................................................................. 93

Structured Cable Management Systems .....................

103

Enclosures

Circuit-Safe

NEMA ......................................................... 112

Circuit-Safe

JIC................................................................ 122

Himeline

HE.................................................................... 137

Himeline

HS .................................................................... 140

Himeline

HP.................................................................... 144

Himeline

HLA/HLS.......................................................... 150

Himeline

HLP.................................................................. 154

Slack and Splice................................................................ 156

Table of Contents

Conduit

Schedule 40 & 80 Conduit..............................................

168

Schedule 40 & 80 Elbows ...............................................

170

Schedule 40 & 80 Fittings...............................................

174

Conduit Bodies.................................................................

179

Junction Boxes .................................................................

181

FS Boxes ............................................................................

181

Utility Conduit, Fittings & Elbows.................................

190

P&C Duct...........................................................................

192

Telephone Duct ...............................................................

202

P&C Flex ............................................................................

209

PV-Mold ............................................................................

211

Slip Meter Risers ..............................................................

215

Split Duct ..........................................................................

217

Cement ...............................................................................221

Spacers ..............................................................................

225

Outside Plant Products

Bore-Gard

and Boreable Multi-Gard

Raceway.......

231

Multi-Gard

Multi-Cell Raceway...................................

237

Intra-Gard

Multi-Cell Raceway....................................

261

High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit................

269

Cable and Installation Accessories................................

295

Index

Product Category............................................................

301

PartNumber.....................................................................

302

www.carlon.com

www.carlon.com 3

Carlon

Carflex

Liquidtight Flexible Tubing

Carflex

X-Flex

™

Fittings

Cord Grips

Pre-Wired Whips

Features

Coils Reels

Applications

•Control and motor

• Air conditioning and heating

• Computer power distribution

• Machine tools

• Console wiring

• Transformer connections

• Outdoor lighting

Custom Orders

• Available in black and gray.

Consult factory for custom

colors.

•Custom cut lengths available;

consult factory for details.

• Nonconductive and noncorrosive

• Lightweight for easy handling,

transportation, and installation

• Crush, abrasion, and strain resistant

• Provides superior wire protection

• Smooth interior ideal for pulling cable

• No jagged edges

• Maintains internal I.D. even in tight

radius bends

• Type LFNC-B

• Resistant to oil, acid, ozone,

and alkaline

• UL Listed for use as indicated in

Article 356 of the 2002 NEC; and

Section 12-1300 of the 2002

Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1.

• UL Listed for outdoor use

• UL Listed for sunlight resistant

• Trade sizes 1/2", 3/4", and 1"

are UL Listed for direct bury

• Sequentially marked

footage

•Suitable for use at conduit

temperatures of 80°C dry,

60°C wet and 60°C oil

resistant as required by

section 15-6 of ANSI/NFPA

79-1985 and UL 1660.

Note: Liquidtight flexible

conduits, metallic and non-

metallic, in contrast to rigid

PVC conduit and electrical

nonmetallic tubing, does

not have wire temperature

limitations. Any temperature

rated wire (for example, 90°

wire) can be used as long as

the temperatureconditions

marked on the conduit are

not exceeded. UL Listed

conduits that are not marked

are limited to a maximum

temperature of 60°C wet or dry.

*Joint listed UL/CSA

Approved product

available

E79553

www.carlon.com

Carflex

Liquidtight Flexible Conduit

Carflex

Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit provides

superior wire protection in harsh, damp environments. Carflex

Conduit is nonconductive, noncorrosive, and resistant to oil, acid,

ozone, and alkaline. Carflex Conduit is strong and lightweight,

and because it weighs 50% less than metallic systems, it’s easy

to handle, transport and install. Carflex is ideal for industrial, air

conditioning, heating, and outdoor lighting applications.

Part Nom. Size Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. (in.) Qty. (ft.) Wt. (lbs.)

15004-100 3/8" 100 11.70

15005-50 1/2" 50 6.50

15005-100* 1/2" 100 13.00

15005BK-100* 1/2" 100 13.00

15007-100* 3/4" 100 18.00

15008-100* 1" 100 28.00

15009-100 1-1/4" 100 37.60

15010-50 1-1/2" 50 22.55

15010-100 1-1/2" 100 47.80

15011-050 2" 50 34.10

Standard color Grey

Part Nom. Size Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. (in.) Qty. (ft.) Wt. (lbs.)

15004-001 3/8" 1000 145.0

15005-001 1/2" 1000 157.0

15005BK-001 1/2" 1000 157.0

15007-001 3/4" 1000 212.0

15008-500 1" 500 155.0

15009-200 1-1/4" 200 100.0

15010-150 1-1/2" 150 95.7

15011-100 2" 100 94.6

Standard color Grey

www.carlon.com 5

Carflex

X-Flex™Flexible Conduit

Specifications

Coils

(Available in Black only)

Part Nom. Size Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. (in.) Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

*15104-100 3/8" 100 9.09

*15105-100 1/2" 100 10.01

*15107-100 3/4" 100 13.91

*15108-100 1" 100 18.25

*15109-100 1-1/4" 100 27.65

*15110-100 1-1/2" 100 38.00

*15111-050 2" 50 24.22

Carflex X-Flex

Extra Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit is

ideal for applications requiring extra strength and flexibility

such as robotics, and repetitive flexing arms. Carflex X-Flex is

nonconductive, noncorrosive, and resistant to oil, acid, ozone,

and alkaline. It’s designed for use with standard Carflex fittings

providing a complete nonmetallic system. Carflex X-Flex is

lightweight for easier handling, transportation, and installation.

Features Applications

•Extra strong and flexible to withstand repetitive

motions

•Nonconductive and noncorrosive

•Resistant to oil, acid, ozone, and alkaline

• Lightweight for easy handling, transportation,

and installation

•Crush, abrasion, and strain resistant

•Provides superior wire protection

•Smooth interior ideal for pulling cable

• No jagged edges

•Rated for continuous use at 60°C (140°F) ambient

•Repetitive Flexing Arms

•Robotics

•Machine Tools

•Automatic/Moving Machinery

•Control and motor

LR88170

Where noted by

E80040

Where noted by *

www.carlon.com

Carflex

Liquidtight Fittings

Straight Fittings

•For use with Carflex®conduit and Carflex®X-Flex™conduit

Features

•Nonconductive and Noncorrosive

• Resistant to oil, acid, ozone, and alkaline

•Easy to install

• Nitrile rubber “O” ring for a liquidtight

termination

• Temperatures up to 225°F(107°C)

•Meets UL Standard 514B

Specifications

Part Size Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. A B C D E Refer to

No. (in.) Qty. Wt. (lbs.) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) Image

LT43C 3/8 50 3.6 .55 .75 1.60 1.30 1.40 1, 2

LT43C-CAR 3/8 15 1.4 .55 .75 1.60 1.30 1.40 1, 2

LT43D-NEW 1/2 50 4.2 .56 .91 1.62 1.30 1.40 1, 2

LT43E-NEW 3/4 50 6.6 .56 .91 1.88 1.61 1.71 1, 2

LT43F 1 25 5.5 .70 1.00 2.20 1.90 2.04 1, 2

LT43G 1-1/4 5 1.5 .71 1.16 2.50 2.17 3, 4

LT43H 1-1/2 5 2.0 .75 1.36 2.78 2.43 3, 4

LT43J 2 5 2.5 1.00 1.45 3.33 3, 4

Com-

pression

Nut

Sealing

Ring Ferrule Fitting

Body ORing Plastic

Locknut

Fitting

Body Extended

Threads

Com-

pression

Nut

Nitrile

Rubber

O-Ring

Metal

Locknut

Image 1 Image 2 Image 3 Image 4

E32447

LT43C-CAR, LT43D-NEW, LT43E-NEW, LT43F LT43G, LT43H LT43J

Assembly

www.carlon.com 7

Carflex®Liquidtight Fittings

90° Fittings

•For use with Carflex®conduit and Carflex®X-Flex™conduit

Features

•Nonconductive and Noncorrosive

• Resistant to oil, acid, ozone, and alkaline

•Easy to install

• Nitrile rubber “O” ring for a liquidtight

termination

•Temperatures up to 225°F (107°C)

• Meets UL Standard 514B

Specifications

Part Size Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. A B C D E F G Refer to

No.(in.) Qty. Wt. (lbs.) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) Image

LT20C 3/8 50 4.9 .56 1.44 1.44 1.56 1.39 1.26 3, 4

LT20C-CAR 3/8 15 1.8 .56 1.44 1.44 1.56 1.39 1.26 3, 4

LT20D-NEW 1/2 50 4.9 .56 1.76 2.05 1.62 1.40 1.30 1.15 1, 2

LT20E-NEW 3/4 50 8.0 .56 2.04 2.35 1.88 1.71 1.61 1.50 1, 2

LT20F 125 6.9 .70 2.01 2.01 2.26 2.04 1.90 3, 4

LT20G 1-1/4 5 1.9 .75 2.50 3.55 2.48 3, 4

LT20H 1-1/2 5 2.2 .75 2.80 3.98 2.77 3, 4

LT20J 2 5 3.4 .94 3.48 4.56 3.33 3, 4

Com-

pression

Nut

Sealing

Ring Ferrule Fitting

Body

ORing

Plastic

Locknut

Extended

Threads

Nitrile

Rubber

O-Ring

Metal

Locknut

Fitting

Body

Com-

pression

Nut

Image 1 Image 2 Image 3 Image 4

E32447

LT20C-CAR, LT20F-NEW LT20D-NEW, LT20E-NEW LT20G, LT20H, LT20J

Assembly Assembly

www.carlon.com

Carflex

One-Piece Liquidtight Fittings

Straight Fittings

Part Trade Size Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. A D E

No. (in.) Qty. Wt. (lbs.) (inches) (inches) (inches)

LN43DA 1/2-14 NPT 100 2.8 0.56 1.34 1.19

LN43EA 3/4-14 NPT 50 2.2 0.56 1.63 1.44

LN43FA 1 - 111/2NPT 25 3 0.69 1.99 1.75

LN43FA-CAR 1-111/2NPT 15 10.69 1.99 1.75

90° Fittings

Part Trade Size Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Thread A B C D E

No. (in.) Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Size (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches)

LN20DA 1/2-14 NPT 100 4.3 1/2-14 NPT 0.56 1.50 1.99 1.34 1.19

LN20EA 3/4-14 NPT 50 3.1 3/4-14 NPT 0.56 1.73 2.25 1.63 1.44

LN20FA1-111/2NPT 25 3.2 1-111/2NPT 0.69 1.86 2.58 1.99 1.75

LN20FA-CAR 1 - 111/2NPT 10 1 1-111/2NPT 0.69 1.86 2.58 1.99 1.75

Unique Design

The simple, one piece body design of the Carflex One Piece

Liquidtight Nonmetallic Fitting requires no disassembly of

components for installation. The system is so strong that

there is no need for a compression nut.

PVC Construction

PVC construction of the fitting and locknut provides unparal-

leled protection from water, oil and dust. Totally nonmetallic,

the system is nonconductive and will not corrode or rust.

Temperatures up to 140°F (60°C)

E32447

LR201397

E32447

LR201397

www.carlon.com 9

Carlon®Carflex®Omni Connectors

1" 3/8" to 3/4"

ACDEFGH

Wrenching

Part Part Clearance Max O.A. Thread Nut

Wrenching

Wrenching Std.

No. No. Hole Length Length Thickness Flats Thickness Flats Ctn.

Size Black Gray* Description in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Qty.

3/8" LT38 LT38G Straight L/T Fitting .875 (22.2) 2.000 (50.8) .625 (15.9) .250 (6.3) 1.328 (33.7) .266 (6.7) 1.062 (26.9) 50

1/2" LT50 LT50G Straight L/T Fitting .875 (22.2) 2.000 (50.8) .625 (15.9) .250 (6.3) 1.328 (33.7) .266 (6.7) 1.062 (26.9) 50

3/4" LT75 LT75G Straight L/T Fitting 1.109 (28.2) 2.031 (51.6) .625 (15.9) .250 (6.3) 1.562 (39.7) .266 (6.7) 1.312 (33.3) 25

1" LT100 LT100G Straight L/T Fitting 1.375 (34.9) 2.250 (57.1) .781 (19.8) .250 (6.3) 1.875 (47.6) .266 (6.7) 1.625 (41.3) 20

Body & Sealing Unit Locking Nut

ABCDGH

Part Part Clearance Max O.A. Max O.A. Thread Wrenching Std.

No. No.Hole Height Length Length Thickness Flats Carton

Size Black Gray Description in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Qty.

3/8" LT938 LT938G 90 degree L/T Fitting .875 (22.2) 1.98 (50.3) 2.91 (73.9) .52 (13.2) .27 (6.8) 1.06 (26.9) 25

1/2" LT950 LT950G 90 degree L/T Fitting .875 (22.2) 1.98 (50.3) 2.91 (73.9) .52 (13.2) .27 (6.8) 1.06 (26.9) 25

3/4"LT975 LT975G 90 degree L/T Fitting 1.109 (28.2) 2.29 (58.2) 3.17 (80.5) .52 (13.2) .27 (6.8) 1.31 (33.3) 20

1" LT9100 LT9100G 90 degree L/T Fitting 1.375 (34.9) 2.84 (72.1) 3.18 (80.8) .78 (19.8) .27 (6.8) 1.61 (40.9) 10

Body & Sealing Unit Locking Nut

*Gray connectors provided with assembled o-ring and metal locknuts. Black connectors provided with nylon locknuts only.

Straight Features

•Available in sizes 3/8" through 1" conduit and

tubing.

•All nylon construction resists salt water, weak acids,

gasoline, alcohol, oil, grease and common solvents.

• No disassembly required.

• No threading of the conduit or tubing required to

install.

•Complete Conduit/connector system is reusable.

• Suitable for indoor/outdoor use.

• Lower installed cost.

• Black connectors provided with nylon locknut.

• Gray connectors provided with

assembled O-ring and metal locknuts.

• Protection class IP 68 per DIN 40050 up to 70 psi

(5bar) water pressure.

• Molded of type 6/6 nylon. ASTM D-4066-PA 111;

flammability classification 94V-2.

90° Features

E32447

LR201397

E32447

LR201397

Specifications

•Available in sizes 3/8" through 1"

conduit and tubing.

• Smooth internal surfaces for easier

wire installation around corner angles.

• All nylon construction resists salt

water, weak acids, gasoline, alcohol,

oil, grease and common solvents.

• No disassembly required.

•No threading of the conduit or tubing

required to install.

• Complete conduit/connector system is

reusable.

•Use of a sealing washer may be

required for wet locations.

• Suitable for indoor/outdoor use.

• Lower installed cost.

• Black connectors provided with nylon locknut,

packed separately.

• Gray connectors provided with assembled O-ring and metal locknuts.

• Protection class IP 68 per DIN 40050 up to 70 psi (5 bar) water

pressure.

•Molded of type 6/6 nylon. ASTM D-4066-PA 111; flammability

classification 94V-2.

www.carlon.com

Technical Data

Carflex Fittings Installation Instructions

LT43C-CAR, LT43F thru J, LT20C-CAR, LT20F thru J.

1. Cut the end of the Carflex conduit or Carflex®

X-Flex™tubing square.

2. Install compression nut and sealing gland ring over the

end of the conduit or tubing.

3. Insert the ferrule end of the fitting into the conduit using

aclockwise twisting action.

4. Screw fitting body into compression nut.

5. When installation is completed, use a wrench,

tighten compression nut one-quarter (1/4) turn past

hand-tight. Do not over tighten fitting.

*To prevent damage to conductors, conduit and

fittings, do not twist Carflex during installation.

CarflexLiquidtight Conduit Technical Information

1. There shall be no more than the equivalent of four (4) quarter (90°) bends (360° total)

between pull points, conduit bodies, and boxes.

2. The radius of the curve of the center of the conduit or tubing shall not be less than

that shown in the table below:

UL Listed for use as indicated in Article 356 of the

National Electrical Code

•Cellular Metal Floor Raceways, Connections to

Cabinets & Wall Outlets

• Class I, Div. 2, Hazardous Location

• Class II, Div. 1, Hazardous Location

•Class III, Div.1, Hazardous Location

• Computer Room Raised Floor

• Concealed Locations

• Intrinsically Safe Systems

• Lighting Fixtures, Connection to Electric Discharge

Fixture

•Nonmetallic Boxes

• RV Engine Generator

• Swimming Pool Pump Motor

•Tap Conductors (Fixture Whips)

•Underfloor Raceway, Connection to Cabinets &

Wall Outlets

• Wireway, Extensions from Wireways, Wiring

Methods

–Agricultural Buildings,Flexible Connections

–Electric Signs, 1000 Volts, Nominal, or Less

–Electric Signs, Over 1000 Volts (per Section

600.32(A)(1)

–Floating Buildings

–Marinas and Boatyards

–Service Entrance Conductors

• Wiring on Buildings, Outside Branch Circuits &

Feeders

LT43D-New, LT43E-New, LT20D-New, LT20E-New.

1. Cut the end of the Carflex conduit or Carflex®

X-Flex™tubing square.

2. Install compression nut over the end of the conduit or

tubing.

3. Insert the ferrule end of the fitting into the conduit using

aclockwise twisting action.

(Be sure conduit

is fully inserted to the bottom of the fitting shoulder).

4. Screw compression nut onto fitting body.

5. Use a wrench, and tighten compression nut one (1) full

turn past hand-tight. Do not over tighten fitting.

*To prevent damage to conductors, conduit and

fittings, do not twist Carflex during installation.

SIZE OF CONDUIT RADIUS TO CENTER OF CONDUIT

OR TUBING OR TUBING

Inches Metric Desgr. Inches (mm)

3/8(14) 4 (101.6)

1/2(16) 4 (101.6)

3/4(21) 4 1/2(114.3)

1 (27) 5 3/4(146.0)

11/4(35) 7 1/4(184.1)

11/2(41) 8 1/4(209.5)

2 (53) 9 1/2(241.3)

www.carlon.com 11

Carflex®Pre-Wired Liquidtight Whips

Specifications

Features

Part Wire Size Standard Carton Standard Carton

Number Description (Gauge) Quantity Weight (lbs.)

WCD4 1/2" Carflex Whip - 4 foot 10 6 (poly bag) 10.6

WCD6 1/2" Carflex Whip - 6 foot 10 6 (poly bag) 15.8

WCE4 3/4" Carflex Whip - 4 foot 8 6 (poly bag) 12.4

WCE6 3/4" Carflex Whip - 6 foot 8 6 (poly bag) 15.8

Part WireSize Standard Carton Standard Carton

Number Description (Gauge) Quantity Weight (lbs.)

WCD3124 1/2" Carflex Whip - 4 foot 12 20 (bulk pack) 32.4

WCD3126 1/2" Carflex Whip - 6 foot 12 20 (bulk pack) 47.9

WCD3104 1/2" Carflex Whip - 4 foot 10 20 (bulk pack) 35.2

WCD3106 1/2" Carflex Whip - 6 foot 10 20 (bulk pack) 52.8

WCE3084 3/4" Carflex Whip - 4 foot 8 15 (bulk pack) 30.9

WCE3086 3/4" Carflex Whip - 6 foot 8 15 (bulk pack) 39.6

Carflex®Liquidtight Whip

assemblies save

the customer time and hassle of having to hunt for the needed

components. Our moisture tight, nonmetallic, flexible conduit

system is ideal for installing swimming pool motors, hot tubs,

spas, air conditioners, pumps, outdoor lighting and more.

Unlike plastic coated metal conduit, the Carlon®Carflex system

has no metal core to fatigue, rust, or corrode. The Carflex system

has no sharp edges or burrs to cut into the wire insulation. Metal

conduit is subject to fatigue and penetration of moisture.

The Carflex Liquidtight Whip assembly is complete with Carflex

moisture tight conduit, wire, one straight fitting, and one 90°

fitting.

All this makes for quick and trouble free installation.

•Designed for easy installation

• Will not rust or corrode

• Can be used for many commercial

and residential applications.

• Many applications such as; swim-

ming pool filters, hot tub spas, air

conditioners, pumps, etc.

•Available in 1/2" and 3/4"

diameters

•Available in 4' and 6' lengths

• Each kit contains (1) straight and

(1) 90° fitting

•Complete with (3) 8, 10 or 12

gauge wires

E155504

Custom Orders

Also available in special configurations including different fitting

combinations, wire types and sizes, and metal fitting variations.

Consult factory for details.

www.carlon.com

Carlon

Cord Grips – Straight PG Hubs

Specifications

Straight PG Hubs

Features

•New threads on body prevent skipping, speed

installation.

•PG hub threads are steel conduit per DIN 40430.

• Six sizes for cable, tubing, etc.: PG07, PG09, PG11,

PG13.5, PG16, and PG21.

• All nylon construction with TPE gland resists salt

water, weak acids, gasoline, alcohol, oil, grease

and common solvents.

• Suitable for NEMA type 4 and 6 enclosures.

• Locknuts are included.

• Working temperatures: -22°F (-30ºC) to 212°F

(100°C). For short periods to 302°F (150°C).

• Protection Class IP68 per DIN 40050 up to 70 psi

(5 Bar) water pressure.

ABCDE

Straight Diameter of Wrenching

Part Std. Std. Cable or Wire Clearance Max O.A. Thread Nut Wrenching

Size No.Ctn. Ctn. Accommodated Hole Length Length Thickness Flats

(PG) Black Qty.Wt. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

PG07 LH07 100 1.3 .114-.250 (2.9-6.4) .492 (12.5) 1.17 (29.7) .33 (8.4) .22 (5.6) .59 (15.0)

PG09 LH09 100 2.0 .181-.312 (4.6-7.9) .599 (15.2) 1.30 (33.0) .34 (8.6) .20 (5.1) .75 (19.1)

PG11 LH11 100 2.6 .230-.395 (5.8-10.0) .733 (18.6) 1.46 (37.1) .39 (9.9) .20 (5.1) .86 (21.8)

PG13.5 LH13 100 3.1 .170-.470 (4.3-11.9) .804 (20.4) 1.53 (38.9) .41 (10.4) .20 (5.1) .95 (24.1)

PG16 LH16 50 2.1 .230-.546 (5.8-13.9) .886 (22.5) 1.66 (42.2) .45 (11.4) .23 (5.8) 1.05 (26.7)

PG21 LH21 50 3.2 .450-.709 (11.4-18.0) 1.115 (28.3) 1.87 (47.5) .52 (13.2) .23 (5.8) 1.30 (33.0)

ASuggested

Clearance Hole

For Nonthreaded

Mounting

Patented 4,900,068

Carlon®recommends using the smallest maximum diameter fitting that will suit your application.

E51579 LR93876

www.carlon.com 13

Carlon

Cord Grips – Straight NPT Hubs

Specifications

Straight NPT Hubs

Features

•New threads on body prevent skipping, speed

installation.

•Four sizes for cable, tubing, etc. with diameters of

3/8", 1/2", 3/4" and 1".

• All nylon construction with TPE gland resists salt

water, weak acids, gasoline, alcohol, oil, grease

and common solvents.

• Suitable for NEMA type 4 and 6 enclosures.

• Locknuts are included.

• Working temperatures: -22°F (-30°C) to 212°F

(100°C). For short periods to 302°F (150ºC).

• Protection Class IP68 per DIN 40050 up to 70 psi

(5 Bar) water pressure.

ABCDE

Straight Straight Diameter of Wrenching

Part Part Std. Std. Cable or Wire Clearance Max O.A. Thread Nut Wrenching

Size No. No. Ctn. Ctn. Accommodated Hole Length Length Thickness Flats

(NPT) Black Gray Qty. Wt. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)

3/8" LH38 LH38G 100 1.9 .181-.312 (4.6-7.9) .670 (17.0) 1.49 (37.8) .53 (13.5) .20 (5.1) .75 (19.1)

1/2" LH50 LH50G 100 2.9 .170-.470 (4.3-11.9) .875 (22.2) 1.72 (43.7) .62 (15.7) .20 (5.1) .95 (24.1)

3/4" LH75 LH75G 50 2.7 .450-.709 (11.4-18.0) 1.068 (27.1) 1.97 (50.0) .63 (16.0) .23 (5.8) 1.30 (33.0)

1" LH100 LH100G 25 2.6 .590-1.000 (15.0-25.4) 1.375 (35.0) 2.42 (61.5) .78 (19.8) .28 (7.1) 1.66 (42.2)

Patented 4,900,068

Carlon®recommends using the smallest maximum diameter fitting that will suit your application.

E51579 LR93876

ASuggested

Clearance Hole

For Nonthreaded

Mounting

www.carlon.com

www.carlon.com 15

Contractor Kits

Plug-In Chime

Extend-A-Chime

Accessories

Carlon

Chimes

Wireless Plug-In Door Chimes

Plug-In Chimes

Sound Options Available:

•Ding Dong • Dong • Westminster Chime • 12 Days of Christmas

•Hail, Hail, The Gang’sAll Here • My Country ‘Tis of Thee

RC3253 Plug-In Add-On Door Chime

•Six different selectable sounds

•Includes two buttons

•Different sounds for front,

back & other doors

RC3252 Plug-In Door Chime

RC3250 Plug-In Door Chime

Contractor Kits

Door Chimes & Buttons

CK221RP Chime Kit with 2 Buttons

•Includes one contemporary

white chime, two push

buttons and one transformer

•Medium volume level

• Easy to install

CK225 Chime Kit with 2 Lighted Buttons

•Two-note tone designates front

entrance, one-note designates

second entrance

•120V AC input

•16V AC 10VA output

• 3-year limited warranty

• Six different selectable sounds

• Different sounds for front, back

&other doors

• Adjustable volume control

• 32 changeable codes reduce inter-

ference

•Range: 150 ft.

• 5-year warranty

•Adjustable volume control

• 32 changeable codes reduce

interference

•Range: 150 ft.

• 5-year warranty

• Use with existing Dimango

doorbells

•Six different selectable sounds

for front, back & other doors

•Adjustable volume control

• 32 changeable codes reduce

interference

•Works with Dimango products:

RC3200, RC3250, RC3252,

RC3260, RC3304,

RC3306, RC3410, RC3610, &

RC3720

•Range: 150 ft.

• 5-year warranty

• Includes one contemporary

white chime, two lighted push

buttons and one transformer

•Medium volume level

•Easy to install

• Two-note tone designates front

entrance, one-note designates sec-

ond entrance

•120V AC input

•16V AC 10VA output

• 3-year limited warranty

www.carlon.com

Carlon®Chimes

Extend-A-Chime™

1. Connect Extend-A-Chime™transmitter to existing mechanical door chime.

2. Press existing doorbell button.

3. Existing doorbell rings and sends signal to Extend-A-Chime™

4. Extend-A-Chime™rings.

5. Extend-A-Chime™may be placed anywhere user wants to hear doorbell ring:

•Laundry Room • Garage • Work Shop • Deck

RC3200 Plug-In Extend-A-Chime™

RC3260 Plug-In Entrance Alert Chime

Here’s How They Work:

•Use with existing doorbell

• Six different selectable sounds

• 32 changeable codes reduce

interference

•Safe & easy to install

• 21/4"speaker provides

excellent sound quality

•Range: 150 ft.

• 5-year warranty

• Chime sounds when door is

opened

•Six different sound options

• Ideal for small shops and

businesses, or homes with

small children

• 32 changeable codes reduce

interference

•Sound set at button

•Range: 150 ft.

• 5-year warranty

www.carlon.com 17

Extend-A-Chime™

Batteries

Transmitters

RC3395 3-Volt Button Cell Batteries

RC3311 Black Door Chime Button

RC3301 White Door Chime Button

•Works with all 3200, 3300,

3400 & 3600 series and 3720

• Long-life button battery

included

•Weatherproof – use indoors or

out

•Button works from -30˚ to + 130˚F

•Range: 150 ft.

• 5-year warranty

• Works with all 3200, 3300,

3400 & 3600 series and 3720

• Long-life button battery

included

•Weatherproof – use indoors or

out

•Button works from -30˚ to + 130˚F

•Range: 150 ft.

• 5-year warranty

• Use in buttons RC3301,

RC3311 and RC3321

• Two batteries per card

•Size CR2032 lithium battery

•Range: N/A

www.carlon.com

Accessories

www.carlon.com 19

ENT Tubing

Adapters

& Couplings

Mud Box

Assemblies

Stub Downs

Outlet and

Switch Boxes

Carlon

Flex-Plus

Blue

™

Electrical Nonmetallic

Tubing (ENT) and Accessories

www.carlon.com

Flex-Plus®Blue™ENT

Nom. Nom. Pull Min. Bend Coil Length Wt. per

Color Part No. I.D. O.D. Tape Radius (ft.) 100 ft. (lbs.)

Blue 12005-200 .56 .84 Empty 6" 200 10

Yellow 12005Y-200 .56 .84 Empty 6" 200 10

Red 12005R-200 .56 .84 Empty 6" 200 10

Blue 12007-100 .76 1.05 Empty 6" 100 14

Yellow 12007Y-100 .76 1.05 Empty 6" 100 14

Red 12007R-100 .76 1.05 Empty 6" 100 14

Blue 12008-100 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 100 22

Yellow 12008Y-100 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 100 22

Red 12008R-100 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 100 22

StandardStock – Coils

1/2"

3/4"

Nom. Nom. Pull Min. Bend Reel Size Reel Type Reel Reel Wt. Wt. per

Color Part No. I.D. O.D. Tape Radius (F x W) (W=Wood) Length (lbs.) 100 ft. (lbs.)

Blue 12005AK-001 .56 .84 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 1500 40 10

Yellow 1205AKY-001 .56 .84 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 1500 40 10

Red 1205AKR-001 .56 .84 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 1500 40 10

Blue 12007AA-001 .76 1.05 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 1000 40 14

Yellow 1207AAY-001 .76 1.05 Empty. 6" 36" x 24" W 1000 40 14

Red 1207AAR-001 .76 1.05 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 1000 40 14

Blue 12008-750 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 750 40 20

Yellow 12008Y-750 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 750 40 20

Red 12008R-750 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 36" x 24" W 750 40 20

Blue 12009-750 1.402 1.66 Empty 7" 48" x 32" W 750 90 19

Blue 12010-750 1.554 1.90 Empty 81/4"48" x 32" W750 90 39

Blue 12011-500 2.030 2.375 Empty 91/2" 48" x 32" W 500 90 32

Red 12011R-500 2.030 2.375 Empty 91/2"48" x 32" W 500 90 32

Yellow 12011Y-500 2.030 2.375 Empty 91/2"48" x 32" W500 90 32

11/4"

1/2"

3/4"

11/2"

Standard Stock – Reels

Options:

•Sizes 1/2"through 2"

•Colors:

Yellow color for communication

circuits and signaling cable

Red color for fire alarm circuits

Blue color for power circuits

•Packaging: Coils or Reels

NOTE: The solid blue color of ENT conduit is a registered trademark of Carlon.

ENT may show color deterioration in direct sunlight over an extended period of time. It is suggested that all ENT products not be

stored outside. Since this product is not intended for use outdoors, it should not be exposed to extended periods of direct sunlight.

Color Part No. Nom. I.D. Nom. O.D. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Blue 12005-UPC .56 .84 10 ft. 1.02

Blue 12007-UPC .76 1.05 10 ft. 1.46

Blue 12008-010 1.00 1.315 10 ft. 2.93

10 ft. Lengths

1/2"

3/4"

*1-1/4" - 2" available in yellow & red, made to order; consult factory.

Flex-Plus

Blue™ENT

isanonmetallic flexible raceway for use

in walls, floors, and non-plenum ceilings.

It’s lightweight, hand bendable, and free

from sharp edges, which reduces

installation time and saves money.

See pages 31–32 for technical

information.

E73317

www.carlon.com 21

ENT Accessories

Vertical Stub Down

Carlon Vertical Stub Downs

are designed to provide a quick, easy connection to a wood deck or transition

from slab-to-slab using Carlon’s “Quick Connect” snap-in design…simply snap the ENT in place. The integral snaps

provide a secure mount – preventing the ENT from pulling out while maintaining the ability for easy removal of the

fitting once the deck is removed. All in a concrete tight application. The underside of this fitting provides ample

room to attach a Carlon coupling to the ENT to continue the run. Carlon Vertical Stub Downs are manufactured out

of a highly engineered thermoplastic material to provide extra strength and durability, and are available in sizes

1/2", 3/4" and 1".

Vertical Stub Down Transition Adapter

CARLON NONMETALLIC EXCLUSIVE…Carlon Vertical Stub Down Transition Adapters

like our

Vertical Stub Downs, provide a means to transition from ENT to another wire management product where code

requires other wire management means i.e. “area of physical damage” [ref. NEC 362.12(10)]. The integral snaps

provide a secure mount – preventing the ENT from slipping or pulling out, while the deck mount flange has a

threaded port allowing connection to other conduit system using a terminal adapter. Carlon Vertical Stub Down

Transition Adapters are manufactured out of polycarbonate material to provide extra strength and durability. They’re

concrete tight, and available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1".

Stub Downs

45° Stub Down

Carlon 45 Degree Stub Downs

are designed to allow a smooth transition from cross deck ENT runs to vertical

applications. The integral snaps provide a secure mount – preventing the ENT from slipping or pulling out- but also

allow the stub to easily be removed. The underside of this fitting provides ample room to attach a Carlon coupling to

the ENT to continue the run. Carlon 45 Degree Stub Downs are manufactured out of a highly engineered thermoplastic

material to provide extra strength and durability. They’re concrete tight, and available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1".

90°Stub Down Transition Adapter

CARLON NONMETALLIC EXCLUSIVE…Carlon 90 Degree Stub Downs

are designed to allow a smooth

transition from cross deck ENT runs to vertical applications where code requires other wire management means,i.e.

“area of physical damage” [ref. NEC 362.12(10)]. The integral snaps provide a secure mount – preventing the ENT

from slipping or pulling out, while the deck mount flange has a threaded port allowing connection to any conduit

system using a terminal adapter.Carlon 90 Degree Stub Downs are manufactured out of polycarbonate material to

provide extra strength and durability. They’re concrete tight, and available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1".

Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A230D 1/2"Female ENT to NPSC (Female) 25 2.0

A230E 3/4" Female ENT to NPSC (Female) 25 2.4

A230F 1" Female ENT to NPSC (Female) 25 3.3

Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A220D 1/2" 25 1.8

A220E 3/4" 25 2.0

A220F 1" 25 2.6

Patent Pending

Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A200D 1/2"Female ENT to NPSC (Female) 50 2.3

A200E 3/4"Female ENT to NPSC (Female) 50 2.8

A200F 1" Female ENT to NPSC (Female) 50 3.9

Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A210D 1/2" 50 3.8

A210E 3/4" 50 3.7

A210F 1" 50 4.8

Patent Pending

NEW

E86720

www.carlon.com

ENT Accessories

Carlon Mud Box Assemblies are available in five unique styles…blank, ceiling ring, one-gang, two-gang

and 4 square. All Mud Box Assemblies are manufactured out of polycarbonate material to provide extra strength

and durability, are concrete tight, and have twelve integral connectors…two-1", six-3/4", and four-1/2". Using our

new ENT Reducers, this product will meet ANY jobsite application.

Mud Box Base with Blank Cover

Mud Box with Ceiling Ring

•Threaded brass inserts for fan (#10-32 screws) and fixture (#8-32 screws) mountings

•Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs. • Listed for ceiling fans up to 35 lbs.

Mud Boxwith One-Gang Ring

Mud Boxwith Two-Gang Ring

Mud Box with 4 Square Ring

•4Square Ring not for luminaries.

Mud Box Assemblies

Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863BC Mud Box w/ Blank Cover 24 12.3

Patent Pending

Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863CF Mud Box w/ Ceiling Ring 24 15.5

A863CFG Mud Box w/ Ceiling Ring & Ground Lug 24 16.1

Patent Pending

Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863S Mud Box w/ One-Gang Ring 24 16.8

A863SG Mud Box w/ One-Gang Ring & Ground Lug 24 16.2

Patent Pending

Part. No.Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863D Mud Box w/ Two-Gang Ring 24 15.8

A863DG Mud Box w/ Two-Gang Ring & Ground Lug 24 16.6

Patent Pending

Part. No.Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863-4SQ Mud Box w/ 4 Inch Square Ring 24 15.2

Patent Pending

Except where noted by

NEW

E42728 E42728

www.carlon.com 23

ENT Accessories

Mounting Brackets

CARLON EXCLUSIVE…The Carlon ENT Mounting Bracket is specifically designed for use with Carlon

ENT Mud Box Assemblies in vertical concrete walls where one- or two-gang boxes are needed. The stainless steel

spring-loaded mechanism provides a secure outlet box between concrete forms while the soft steel strap allows for

the outlet box to be secured to rebar. The bracket combination assures a straight box opening and a concrete tight

fit. Mud Box not included.

ENT Bridge

CARLON EXCLUSIVE…The Carlon ENT Bridge is designed to support long ENT runs in concrete pour

applications.This makes pulling wire/cable a snap.Installation is easy…simply mount the ENT bridge,using nails

or screws,to the wood deck mounting and snap the ENT into place.The bridge is designed to hold the conduit in

place while minimizing dips in the conduit over long runs. The Carlon ENT Bridge is manufactured out of a highly

engineered thermoplastic material to provide extra strength and durability,and can accommodate ENT sizes

1⁄2", 3⁄4", and 1".

Front View Back View

Part. No.Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863MB Mud Box Mounting Kit 1 .98

Patent Pending

Part. No.Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A293DEF ENT Bridge 50 9.0

Patent Pending

NEW

www.carlon.com

ENT Accessories

Male ENT to Schedule 40 & 80 PVC Conduit

CARLON EXCLUSIVE…Carlon Male ENT to Schedule 40 & 80 PVC Conduit Transition Adapters

are designed to connect PVC conduit to Carlon Flex-Plus®Blue™ENT boxes and fittings. Simply solvent cement the

PVC adapter to the PVC conduit and snap the adapter into the Carlon’s “Quick Connect” snap-in connector on the box

or fitting. Carlon Male ENT to Schedule 40 & 80 Adapters are concrete tight and available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1".

ENT to EMT

Carlon ENT to EMT Transition Adapters

are designed to easily transition from Carlon Flex-Plus®Blue™ENT

to EMT using Carlon’s “Quick Connect” snap-in design. The EMT is held securely in place using the small screw

provided. This helps prevent the EMT from slipping/shifting out of the adapter. All ENT to EMT adapters are

manufactured out of polycarbonate material to provide extra strength and durability. They’re concrete tight, and

available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1".

Reducers

CARLON EXCLUSIVE…Carlon ENT Reducers

are designed to provide an easy transition from 1" Carlon ENT

to 3/4" ENT or from 3/4" Carlon ENT to 1/2" ENT. They’re concrete tight, and manufactured out of polycarbonate

material to provide extra strength and durability.Carlon ENT Reducers provide flexibility while on the jobsite by

minimizing the need to carry size specific boxes and fittings. Carlon ENT Reducers provide the versatility to convert

Carlon fittings and boxes to many different sizes and configurations.

Transition Adapters

Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A273DE 3/4"to 1/2" 100 3.2

A273EF 1" to 3/4" 100 2.4

Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A245D 1/2"ENT to 1/2"EMT 100 3.4

A245E 3/4"ENT to 3/4"EMT 100 4.1

A245F 1" ENT to 1" EMT 100 5.4

Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A263D 1/2"ENT to 1/2"Sch. 40 100 2.4

A263E 3/4"ENT to 3/4"Sch. 40 100 3.2

A263F 1" ENT to 1" Sch. 401 100 4.5

NEW

Patent Pending

E32447

E86720

www.carlon.com 25

ENT Accessories

Carlon ENT Outlet and Switch Boxes with Eccentric Knockouts

are designed to allow selective ENT

openings – 1/2", 3/4" and 1" – based on application needs. They provide the largest capacity available in the

market today - 22 cu. in. Single Gang, and 38 cu. in. Double Gang – and can be mounted to wood or steel studs.

Carlon ENT Outlet and Switch Boxes with Eccentric Knockouts are manufactured out of a highly engineered

thermoplastic material to provide extra strength and durability, and are available in single gang and double gang

styles. Note: The double gang version is also a 4 square box.

Outlet and Switch Boxes - Eccentric Knockouts

Single Gang – 22 cu. in.

Part. No. Size Capacity Cu. in. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A122 Single-Gang 22 25 6.8

Patent Pending

Carlon ENT Outlet Box Divider

is specifically designed for applications where a combined high and low voltage

closed back box is needed such as placement in a fire-rated wall. Just slip the divider into place, to give you the split

box you need. The Carlon ENT Outlet Box Divider is UL Recognized for use with Carlon A122 & A238 boxes only.

Outlet Box Divider

Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A238DIV –50 1.87

Combination Two Gang/Four Square Box – 38 cu. in.

Part. No.Size Capacity Cu. in. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A238 Two-Gang 38 25 8.9

Patent Pending

NEW

E42728

www.carlon.com

ENT Accessories

Male Terminal Adapters

For adapting nonmetallic

conduits to boxes,

threaded fittings,metallic

systems. Male threads

on one end, socket end

on other.

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. ABMin. Max. C S L

Ctn. Wt.

No. Size Qty. Typical D OD Typical (lbs.)

E943D 1/2150 .852 .836 .597 11/85/89/16 15/16 2.8

E943E 3/4125 1.064 1.046 .800 111/32 3/49/16 13/83.5

E943F 1 50 1.330 1.310 1.018 15/8111/16 125/32 3

E943G 11/450 1.677 1.655 1.332 21/32 13/4115/16 4

E943H 11/225 1.918 1.894 1.566 2 5/32 13/16 3/421/16 2.5

E943J 2 50 2.393 2.369 2.000 2 21/32 13/16 3/421/87

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. A B Min. Max. C L Ctn.

No.Size Qty.Typical D OD Typical

Wt. (lbs.)

E940D 1/2150 .852 .836 .728 17/64 11/16 11/24.1

E940E 3/4100 1.064 1.046 .840 15/16 3/415/84.4

E940F 1 50 1.330 1.310 1.210 15/815/16 2 3.5

E940G 11/430 1.677 1.655 1.535 163/64 121/83.5

E940H 11/225 1.918 1.894 1.755 215/64 11/823/83.9

E940J 2 30 2.393 2.369 2.190 247/64 13/16 21/25.25

All socket fittings should be attached Using Carlon solvent cement. Using

Carlon fittings with Carlon nonmetallic conduit insures system integrity.

StandardCouplings

Socket type for

joining nonmetallic

conduit.

•

Carlon one piece ENT Quick Connect Couplings, Threaded Adapters

and Snap-In Terminator Adapters are suitable for damp locations.

Quick Connect Couplings and Threaded Adapters are concrete-tight

when used with Carlon ENT.

•

All Schedule 40 fittings are compatible with ENT when using ENT

cement.

•

Schedule 40 fittings are recommended for use with Carlon 11/4" –

2" Flex-Plus Blue ENT.

•

Use of ENT Blue Quick-Set Cement is required. See page 31 for details.

•

When One Piece Quick Connect Snap-In Terminator Adapters are

installed in a concrete application, Carlon’s flat sealing washers must

be used on the box connection ends.

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Size Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A240D 1/2" 150 2.90

A240E 3/4" 100 3.00

A240F 1" 50 2.30

Couplings

StandardCarton Standard Carton

Part. No. Size Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A243D 1/2" 150 2.55

A243E 3/4"100 2.30

A243F 1" 50 2.00

Threaded Adapters

StandardCarton StandardCarton

Part. No. Size Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A253D 1/2"150 2.70

A253E 3/4" 100 2.90

A253F 1" 50 2.30

Snap-In Adapters

LR92248 E86720

E32447

Quick Connect Adapters & Couplings

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Adapters and Couplings

www.carlon.com 27

ENT Accessories

•Suitable for masonry walls • Meets NEMA OS-2

StandardCarton StandardCarton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A58381D 3 x 21/4x3 (1/2" KO’s) 25 4.6

A58381E 3 x 21/4x3 (

3/4"KO’s) 25 4.6

Single Gang – 16 cu. in.

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A52151D 4 x 4 x 11/2(1/2"KO’s) 100 22.6

A52151E 4 x 4 x 11/2(3/4"KO’s) 100 22.6

A521DE 4 x 4 x 11/2(1/2" & 3/4"KO’s) 100 22.6

4InchSquare – 20 cu. in.

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A52171D 4 x 4 x 23/8(1/2"KO’s) 25 7.6

A52171E 4 x 4 x 23/8(3/4"KO’s) 25 7.6

A5217DE 4x4x23/8(1/2" & 3/4" KO’s) 25 7.6

4InchSquare – 30.3 cu. in.

E42728

Quick Connect Outlet and Switch Boxes

E42728 LR31146

21/2"& 4" Mud Boxes and Covers

Base Rings

Listed for use with ceiling fans up to

35 lbs. and for fixture support

upto 50 lbs.

Part. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Size Qty. Wt.

A861 Without ground lug 10 2.5

CA861G With ground lug 10 2.0

Covers

Part. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Size Qty. Wt.

A862D 21/2"Deep (1/2"KO’s) 10 2.5

A862E 21/2"Deep (3/4"KO’s) 10 2.1

A864D 4" Deep (1/2"KO’s) 10 2.9

A864E 4" Deep (3/4"KO’s) 10 2.9

A864F 4" Deep (1" KO’s) 10 3.0

www.carlon.com

ENT Accessories

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A5329DE

4x4x1

3/4(1/2"&3/4"KO’s)

50 14.8

4Inch Square – 24.75 cu. in. ENT Box with Adapters

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A540DS

For use with 1/2"Knockout

100 2.1

Box Back Wall Support

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Rise Cu. in. Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A410 1/2"3.5 100 7.7

A411 5/8" 4.2 50 4.6

A412 3/4"5.0 50 5.1

A413 1" 6.6 40 5

A414 11/4" 8.1 30 4.4

Single Gang

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Rise Cu. in. Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A400 Blank - 100 7.7

A420 1/2"6.1 75 5.0

A421 5/8" 7.4 50 4.2

A422 3/4" 8.8 50 4.8

Two Gang

E42728

Except where noted by

E42728

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Rise Cu. in. Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A471 1/2" 3.2 100 3.3

A472 3/4" 4.0 100 3.7

Round Plaster Rings

•Suitable for fixture support

StandardCarton Standard Carton

Part. No. Rise Cu. in. Quantity Weight (lbs.)

E460R-CAR Blank - 35 2.2

A470D Blank with 1/2"KO - 100 4.7

Round Blank Covers

ENT Box with Adapters

ENT Box Extenders

Round Covers for Octagon Ceiling Boxes

www.carlon.com 29

ENT Accessories

•Carlon ceiling boxes and round plaster rings are produced from a special high heat

resistant engineered plastic material developed specifically for fixture support.

•Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A615D

4-21/8"Deep (1/2"KO’s)

50 6.4

A615E

4-21/8"Deep (3/4"KO’s)

50 6.4

A615DE

4-21/8"Deep (1/2" & 3/4"KO’s)

50 6.4

Ceiling Box – 20.5 cu. in.

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A615DJ

4-21/8"Deep (1/2"KO’s)

50 18.7

Ceiling Box with J Mount – 20.5 cu. in.

E42728

StandardCarton StandardCarton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A615DL

4-21/8"Deep (1/2"KO’s)

50 6.4

Ceiling Boxwith L Bracket – 20.5 cu. in.

Ceiling Boxwith Adjustable Hanger Bar – 20.5 cu. in.

Adjust from 141/4"to 231/4"

StandardCarton StandardCarton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A615DH

4-21/8"Deep (1/2" KO’s)

25 13.6

Except where

noted by

HOLFORM nonmetallic concrete sleeve forms are the easy way to form holes in concrete. They install

in seconds with nails, screws or staples and are easily removed. Concrete will not adhere to them.

HOLFORMS are adjustable to any slab thickness.

Min. Std. Std.

O.D. Ctn. Ctn.

Part No. A B Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E92CSH 11/213/420 3

E92CSJ 2213/32 25 6

E92CSL 3 313/32 25 8

E92CSN 4 413/32 18 8

E92CSP 5513/32 15 8

E92CSR 6 613/32 12 8

Quick Connect 4" Octagon Ceiling Boxes

HOLFORM™Concrete Sleeves

www.carlon.com

ENT Accessories

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

CC120B 8" 10

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

CC125 9" 12

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

CC122 171/2"1

Hand held cutter makes fast square, smooth

field cuts on conduit, sizes

" through 1

Produces burr-free cut with no shavings.

Fits into pocket or pouch.

For clean cuts of conduit, sizes

" through 2".

For fast, smooth field cuts of

" through 1" Flex-Plus

Blue

™

ENT.

Small Cutter Medium Cutter Large Cutter

All-Weather ENT Blue

“Quick-Set” Solvent

Cement with brush

Recommended for use

with Flex-Plus

Blue

™

ENT

(Electrical Nonmetallic

Tubing), Riser-Gard

P&C Flex

, and Carlon

PVC fittings.

Up through 4" diameter.

Recommended pipe

application and sizes

10˚-30˚F

4-5 minutes

30˚-50˚F

3-4 minutes

50˚-70˚F

1-2 minutes

70˚-90˚F

-1

minutes

2 hrs.

350 psi

16 hrs.

800 psi

72 hrs.

1,500 psi

Set-up time

(Evaporation Rate) Lap Shear

@ 73˚F

Recommended

installation

temperature

4˚ to 100˚F

Viscosity at

75˚ as

manufactured

400-700 cps

Part Std.

No. Size Ctn. Qty.

VC9992 Quart 12

Other tapes are available. Consult your sales service location for additional information.

Part. No. Size Tensile Strength Reel Lengths

TL14505 1/2"12

50 lbs. 5,000 ft.

TL14510 1/2" 1250 lbs. 10,000 ft.

TL38203 5/8" 1800 lbs. 3,000 ft.

TL38265 5/8" 1800 lbs. 6,500 ft.

TL38210 5/8" 1800 lbs. 10,000 ft.

ENT cement required for use with ENT

PVC Conduit Cutters

Tape

Prelubricated, woven polyester tape made from low friction, high abrasion resistant yarns

providing a low coefficient of friction. Tape is printed with sequential footage markings for

accurate measurements.

Carlon

Cement

(MSDS sheets available at www.carlon.com)

*Meets ASTM D2564

www.carlon.com 31

ENT Technical Information

1.1 Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT), is designed to replace EMT, flexible metal conduit or other raceway or

cable systems, for installation in accordance with Article 362 of the National Electrical Code, other applicable

sections of the Code, and local codes.

1.2 Any ENT used shall meet the requirements of UL Standard UL 1653 and shall be listed by Underwriters

Laboratories, Inc., as suitable for its intended purpose.

1.3 ENT shall be recognized by a National Evaluation Report for use in 1-hour and 2-hour rated construction.

1.4 Penetration of fire rated walls, floors or ceilings shall use classified Through-Penetration Firestop Systems

described in the current Underwriters Laboratories Fire Resistance Directory.

1.5 Fittings and outlet boxes shall be designed for use with ENT and listed by Underwriters Laboratories. All

fittings, boxes and accessories shall be from one manufacturer.

1.6 Only Carlon ENT Blue cement recommended specifically for use with ENT shall be used.

1.7 Unless indicated differently on drawings, ENT systems shall be color coded: BLUE for branch and feeder circuit

wiring, YELLOW for communications, and RED for fire alarm and emergency systems.

1.8 ENT, fittings, and accessories shall be manufactured by Carlon.

1. Cut ENT square and cleanly.

2. Insert end into fitting, making sure two (2) full

corrugations are snapped into fitting beyond

flexible tabs (2 clicks).

3. ENT should be tied to rebar at 2-3 foot intervals

to prevent flotation. Keep ENT straight. Small

deflections over a long run may accumulate

significant degrees of bend which will affect

conductor installation. Suitable materials

include wire, tie wraps, and tape.

4. When using UL solvent weld fittings for

concrete tight performance:

A. Do not use chemical primer or cleaner.

B. Apply a light, uniform coat of cement

labeled for use with ENT on the coupling

and ENT.

C. Do not use a dauber.

D. Brush excess cement out of ENT grooves.

E. Promptly insert ENT

into fitting while

cement is wet, until

the stop is reached,

and give a quarter

turn.

F. Do not disturb until

joint is set.

Concrete Encasement Guidelines

Specifications

www.carlon.com

ENT Technical Information

•UL recognizes the use of PVC RNC cement type fittings with all sizes of ENT

• ENT rated for 90 deg C conductors

• One piece ENT Coupling, Threaded Terminator and RNC Transition Fitting are rated concrete tight

without tape by UL

• Recognized for use in 2-hour fire resistive nonload bearing and load bearing wall assemblies

• Recognized for use in 1-hour fire resistive nonload bearing wall assemblies

• Recognized for use in a fire resistive ceiling assembly (up to 3 hours)

• Recognized for Through-Penetration Firestop systems as classified by UL to meet BOCA, SBCCI and ICBO codes.

• Conductors easily push through the raceway (up to approximately 50 feet)*

• For use in buildings in accordance with NEC Article 362

• Approved for installations of a one and two hour fire rated wall assembly and up to a three hour rated

floor/ceiling assembly

• Outside Diameters meet IPS Dimensions

• Storage -4°F to 158°F

• Handling -4°F to 104°F

Features

Approved Uses:

Typical Applications:

•Concrete slab – NEC Article 362

• Walls - wood stud, masonry and metal stud – NEC Article 362.

• Ceilings - permanent or dropped (free air only) – NEC Article 362.

• Exposed – NEC Article 362

• Public Assembly – NEC Section 518.4, in nonfire rated and certain five rated structures

• Prewired – NEC Article 362

• Classified by UL 1479 for Through Penetration Firestop Systems in UL Guide Category XHEZ and current

UL Fire Resistance Directory

• Three hour rated floor/ceiling assemble

• Raised Floors – NEC Section 645.5(D)(2)

•Exposed or concealed in building above three floors when a fire sprinkler system is installed in accordance with

NFPA 13 – NEC Section 362.10(2)

•For use in residential attics up to 3 feet above the bottom of the ceiling joist.

• Residential: Low or high rise – multi or single family

• Commercial: Low or high rise – office, retail, hotel/motel, restaurant, etc.

• Nursing Homes/Hospitals in nonpatient care areas only

•Schools, classrooms, dormitories, offices

•Fire Alarm Systems

• Recreational vehicles and parks

• Solar Photovoltaic systems

• Marinas and boatyards

• Other uses per the current NEC

www.carlon.com 33

Round Floor Boxes

1-, 2-, and 3-Gang

Rectangular

Floor Boxes

Residential

Floor Boxes

Brass Covers

Nonmetallic Covers

Carlon

Floor Boxes and Covers

www.carlon.com

Rectangular Floor Boxes

Carlon

Rectangular Floor Box

Systems – three-way power, data,

and communications plus easy

double or triple ganging, too.

Compared to metal boxes, Carlon

rectangular floor boxes cost less and

install faster to save you money on

every job. Three-in-one power, data,

and communications capability cuts

installation time and cost even more,

while simple two- and three-gang

modularity gives you the flexibility,

installation ease, and cost-savings no

other nonmetallic boxes can match.

The covers attach without the use of

fasteners, providing a professional,

clean installation as well as preserving

the aesthetic life of the product. Take

acloser look at all our rectangular

floor box systems offer you.

Features

•Covers require no adjusting collar.Two screws

assure a flush, secure installation.

•Nonmetallic PVC construction, watertight gasket,

and corrosion-resistant hardware assure long life

and reliable performance even in harsh and/or

corrosive environments.

•One consistent box depth simplifies ordering time

and reduces inventory.

•Saves time and money on installations with

simple saw cut to floor level.

•Concrete tight and suitable for any on grade/

below grade application; concrete or wood

sub-floor construction approved.

•Convenient cubic inch capacity markings

on inside allow for easy inspection.

•PVC molded ports and reducer plugs

included.

•Accepts 1/2", 3/4", and 1" conduit, tubing

or raceway.

•Rectangular sides are drillable.

•For tile and carpet applications.

•Cover options include solid brass or

thermoplastic (brown, slate,and caramel).

•UL scrub water tested.

*U.S.Patent 5,866,845

1-, 2-, and 3-Gang

www.carlon.com 35

Rectangular Floor Boxes

Installation

Specifications

With our rectangular boxes, one SKU is all

you ever need. Simply remove appropriate

sides and slide boxes together to create

two- or three-gang boxes for on-the-job

flexibility no competitor offers.

Activation kit provides components to accommodate all standard power, data, and

communications devices plus a divider to separate power from data and communications –

all in a single SKU. Device yokes can be adjusted to store excess cord in the box.

6.00"

5.50"

7.46"

6.00"

3.25"

Rectangular Floor Box

Activation Kit

Internal Min.

Part Volume Concrete Reducer Std. Std. Ctn.

No.Material Size (cu. in.) Depth Hubs Plugs Ctn. Qty. Wt. lbs.

E976RFB PVC 1-Gang 97.4 3 1/2" (2) 1" (2) 1" x 3/4" 3 6.92

(2) 3/4" x 1/2"

(16.8 per

inch of

Depth)

Part Std. Std.

No.Material Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E976AK2 PVC 3 2.47

E42728

www.carlon.com

Rectangular Floor Box Covers – Nonmetallic

On-the-job flexibility extends to our rectangular box covers. Each

one-, two-, or three-gang cover is suitable for any wiring application

and can be used with any floor surface. Nonmetallic covers are even

field reversible for tile or carpet. Double door feature allows easy

access to the device and helps keep stray cords organized.

1-, 2-, and 3-Gang Nonmetallic

Specifications

Rectangular Floor Box Covers – Nonmetallic

Part Dimensions Std. Std.

No. Description (W x L) Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E9761B Brown Single-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange 7.13" x 5.00" 3 1.7

E9762B Brown Double-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange 7.13" x 8.25" 98.5

E9763B Brown Triple-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange 7.13" x 11.50" 67.5

E9761C Caramel Single-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange 7.13" x 5.00" 3 1.7

E9762C Caramel Double-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange 7.13" x 8.25" 98.5

E9763C Caramel Triple-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange 7.13" x 11.50" 67.5

E9761S Slate Single-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange 7.13" x 5.00" 3 1.7

E9762S Slate Double-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange 7.13" x 8.25" 98.5

E9763S Slate Triple-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange 7.13" x 11.50" 67.5

Features

•High impact resistant thermoplastic

•Field reversible for tile or carpet

•Gasketed for a watertight seal

•Double door design

•For tile and carpet applications

•UL scrub water tested

E42728

*U.S. Patent 5,866,845

Carlon Rectangular Floor

box covers do not require

aseparate carpet flange.

The carpet flange is part

of the cover and may

be removed for tile

application.

www.carlon.com 37

Rectangular Floor Box Covers – Brass

Carlon®Brass rectangular Floor Box Covers add a classic touch to

all floor box installations and are particularly suited for use in high-

traffic areas because of the resistance to wear.The gasket gives a

watertight seal, and the light lacquer finish provides extra protection.

1-, 2-, and 3-Gang Solid Brass

Features

•Rugged solid brass construction.

•Brushed finish coated with a light

lacquer for protection.

•Rectangular brass covers include

acord door.

•Gasketed for watertight applications.

•Rectangular brass covers allow for single,

duplex, GFCI receptacles, and low voltage.

•For tile and carpet applications.

•UL scrub water tested.

Specifications

Rectangular Floor Box Covers – Brass

Part Std. Std.

No. Description Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E9761BR Brass Single-Gang Cover 3 6.8

E9762BR Brass Double-Gang Cover 3 9.9

E9763BR Brass Triple-Gang Cover 3 12.1

E976AK2 Rectangular Floor Box Activation Kit 3 1.3

E42728

E9761BR E9762BR E9763BR

*U.S. Patent 6,265,662

www.carlon.com

Round Floor Boxes

Carlon

Round Floor Box Systems –

three-way versatility for power,

data, and communications.

Carlon round floor boxes give you

the same cost-saving advantages

over metal boxes as our rectangular

boxes. By letting you combine

power, data, and communications in

the same box, you can dramatically

reduce your installation time and

cost compared to other nonmetallic

boxes. In addition, multi-use covers

mean fewer SKUs to deal with and

greater jobsite flexibility to increase

your savings further.Take a closer

look at all their advantages for

yourself.

Features

•Nonmetallic PVC construction, watertight

gasket, and corrosion-resistant hardware

assure long life and reliable performance

even in harsh and/or corrosive environments.

•Brass and an assortment of nonmetallic

covers are available for a variety of

applications.

•The same box depth simplifies ordering and

reduces inventory.

•For tile and carpet applications.

•Concrete tight and suitable for any on

grade/below grade application; concrete or

wood floor construction approved.

•Y-connector (E972Y) allows you to feed parallel

runs of 3/4"conduit or to feed in/out from the

same side for increased wiring flexibility and

faster installation.

•PVC molded ports and reducer plugs included.

•Accepts 1/2", 3/4", and 1" conduit, tubing or

raceway.

•UL scrub water tested.

www.carlon.com 39

Round Floor Boxes

Specifications

Round Floor Box

Accessories

Multi-Service Divider Kit

Internal Min.

Part Volume Concrete Reducer Std. Std. Ctn.

No. (cu. in.) Depth Hubs Plugs Ctn. Qty. Wt. lbs.

E971FB 90.0 3 1/2" (2) 1" and (2) 1" x 3/4"and 10 15.6

(2) 3/4" (2) 3/4" x 1/2"

(15.5 per

inch of

Depth)

6.11"

4.00"

6.44"

O.25"

5.03"

6.00"

4.00"

Multi-service divider kit for separate power, data, and

communications compartments provides unbeatable

flexibility and money-saving installation speed.

For use with nonmetallic boxes only.

The 3/4" Y Fitting provides for in and out service from a

single 1" port, and allows for two 3/4" parallel conduit

runs to adapt into a single conduit body port.

Part Std. Std.

No. Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E973K 10 3

3/4"YFitting

Part Std. Std.

No. Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E972Y 10 2.1

Reducer Plugs

Part Std. Std.

No. Size Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E971C 3/4" x 1/2" 100 2.1

E971D 1" x 3/4" 100 3.2

E42728

Where

noted by

Carlon Round Floor Boxes allow for various thickness of concrete pours.

Trim out is easy – just use a handsaw to cut off box at desired height to

accommodate carpet, tile, or other flooring. Carlon leveling ring guarantees a

level top every time, even if the box is tipped slightly during the pouring process.

www.carlon.com

Round Floor Box Covers – Nonmetallic

Nonmetallic Covers Features

•High impact resistant thermoplastic

•Compatible with standard NEMA Duplex,

and 1 1/4"NPS receptacles

•Drill points (3/8") provided for low voltage

cable pass throughs

• 1 1/4"NPS plugs may be modified to accept

smaller fittings (3/8", 1/2", and 3/4")

•For tile and carpet applications

•UL scrub water tested

Part Std. Std.

No.Color Description Ctn. Qty.Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E97DSI Ivory Duplex Cover 10 5.2

E97DSC Caramel Duplex Cover 10 5.7

E97DST Taupe Duplex Cover 10 5.7

E97DSS Slate Duplex Cover 10 5.6

E97DSB Brown Duplex Cover 10 5.8

Duplex Covers

Part Std. Std.

No.Color Description Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E97SSRB Brown NPS Cover 10 3.8

E97SSRC Caramel NPS Cover 10 3.8

E97SSRS Slate NPS Cover 10 3.8

11/4"NPS Covers

Caramel Slate Ivory

Taupe Brown

Part Std. Std.

No. Devices Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E97ABR2 One-Piece Metal Cover Adapter 10 3.3

Metal Cover Adapter Ring

Part Std. Std.

No. Color Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E97CCR Clear 10 1.2

Clear Cover Carpet Ring

E42728

U.S. Patent 6,450,353

www.carlon.com 41

Round Floor Box Covers – Brass

Part Std. Std.

No. Devices Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E97BR2D Duplex and Two Data Ports 5 9.2

Two Door Dual Service

(Divider Kit included)

Part Std. Std.

No. Devices Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E97BR2 Duplex 5 7

Two Door

Brass Covers Features

•Screws concealed under doors

•Rugged solid brass construction

•Brushed finish coated with a light lacquer for protection

•Resistance to wear – suited for high traffic areas

•Gasketed for watertight applications

•Available in four styles – Single Door, Two Door, NPS Opening,

and Two Door Dual Service

•For tile and carpet applications

•UL scrub water tested

E42728

Part Std. Std.

No. Devices Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E97BR GFCI and Duplex 57

Single Door

Part Std. Std.

No. Devices Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E97BRG 1 1/4" Outlet and Single Receptacle 5 7.5

NPS Opening

NEW!

U.S. Patent 6,179,634

Specifications

Adjustable Residential Floor Boxes

One-Gang

Installation

Nonmetallic (White) Nonmetallic (Ivory) Brass

Cover

Receptacle

Box

New Work

Bracket

Old Work

Bracket

Kit includes:

*Note: Brass cover includes ground

lug and wire

E42728

*U.S. Patent 5,289,934

Mounting Hardware:

Ivory/White Cover:

•Two (2) 6-32x1 flat head machine

screws

•Four (4) #6 1-1/4 self-tapping flat

head screws

•Two (2) #6 1-5/8 drywall screws

•One (1) cover plug

Brass Cover:

•Two (2) 6-32x1 brass plated flat

head machine screws

• Four (4) #6 1-1/4 self-tapping flat

head screws

•Two (2) #6 1-5/8 drywall screws

Features

•Ideal for home offices and entertainment rooms

•UL listed Floor Box

•UL scrub water tested

•2hour floor fire classification

•Adjusts to most finished floor heights (From 0" to 13/4")

•20 cubic in. capacity

•Available with nonmetallic or brass cover

• Complete assembly includes box, duplex receptacle, cover,

molded-in cable clamps, mounting bracket and mounting hardware

Part Cubic Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Number Size Cover In. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

B121BFBRW One-Gang White 20 8 7.02

B121BFBR One-Gang Ivory 20 8 7.02

B121BFBB One-Gang Brass 20 8 14.50

Screw in to

adjust to

height of

flooring or

carpet

Beautiful

flush fit

every

time!

Install

clip over

subfloor.

www.carlon.com

www.carlon.com 43

Adjustable Residential Floor Boxes

Specifications

Two-Gang

Installation

Kit includes:

E42728

Features

•Ideal for home offices and entertainment rooms

•UL listed Floor Box

•UL scrub water tested

•2hour floor fire classification

•Adjusts to most finished floor heights (From 0" to 13/4")

•Dual voltage capability

•34 cubic in. capacity

•Complete assembly includes box, cover, dual voltage divider,

molded-in cable clamps, mounting bracket and mounting hardware

(Note: Devices not included)

Part Cubic Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Number Size Cover In. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

B234BFBB Two-Gang Brass 34 4 9.976

Screw in to

adjust to

height of

flooring or

carpet

Beautiful

flush fit

every

time!

Install

clip over

subfloor.

•One (1) New Work Bracket

•One (1) Old Work Bracket

•One (1) 34 cubic in. UL Listed Floor Box

•One (1) Dual Voltage Divider

• One (1) UL Listed Brass Floor Cover

• Four (4) #6-32x1" flat head machine

screws

•Four (4) #6x1-1/4" flat head self-

tapping screws

• Two (2) #6x1-5/8" square drive trim

head screws

•Green ground wire

•Installation instructions

(Devices not

included)

www.carlon.com

Drop-in Floor Box

Features:

•Single hole installation

•Solid brass cover has a light lacquer finish to resist

wear - Ideal for high traffic areas

•Accommodates high and low voltage applications

•Includes single gang grounded receptacle, low voltage

telephone/cable plate (data jacks not included), and

blank plate for custom installations

•Eliminates the need for extension cords

•Superior aesthetics - Ideal for home offices and

entertainment rooms

•C-UL-US Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Box

The Carlon Drop-In Floor Box with Brass Cover

combines many of the same features in our

existing Floor Box line with the strength,

durability and style necessary to accommodate

today’s residential electrical/telecommunica-

tion needs.

The Carlon Drop-In Floor Box is the fastest

easiest way for contractors to put a floor

socket anywhere they need it! It's designed

to accommodate high and low voltage

applications and comes complete with

everything needed for installation -

Floor box,

Brass Cover, hole saw, wired receptacle,

two-hole low voltage plate, blank plate,

mounting screws, and wirenuts.

Note: The Drop-In Floor Box is available with

or without a hole saw.

Installed:

NEW!

Carlon

Drop-In Floor Box

www.carlon.com 45

Drop-in Floor Box

Specifications

Installation

Part Number UPC Code Description Std. Carton Qty. Std. Carton Wt. (lbs.)

E971FBDI 034481186601 Drop-In Floor Box w/Hole Saw 5 6.5

E971FBDIB 034481189459 Drop-In Floor Box without Hole Saw 20 17.6

1. Cut 2-3/8" hole through carpeting

before using hole saw. 2. Drill hole in floor using hole saw.3. Pull romex through floor.

4. Connect receptacle wires to romex. Be

sure to match wire color(s). 5. Secure wire clamp on bottom of

tube. 6. Brass cover snaps into place. Use a

small screwdriver to pry open brass

cover to plug in appliance.

E42728

www.carlon.com

www.carlon.com 47

To give you a

better way to

install parking

lot lights,

we started at

the bottom.

Carlon

Nonmetallic

Curved Lid J-Box

www.carlon.com

Curved Lid J-Box

Anyone who’s worked with parking lot light poles

knows the problem. Those tiny integral hand holes

for electrical wiring can really slow a project down.

But now there’s a better answer for shopping centers,

car dealerships, sports arenas, office complexes, or

anywhere you need pole lighting for large parking

lot areas – the Carlon nonmetallic curved lid J-Boxes.

Carlon curved lid J-Boxes are listed in accordance

with UL 50 specifications for Electrical Enclosures as

well as NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13 ratings.

They are available in sizes 8"x8" or 12"x12".

Both the base and lid are made from PVC to

eliminate rust and corrosion and are supplied with

tamper-resistant screws.

Designed specifically for use with 24" diameter

concrete piers, J-Boxes are installed, along with all

necessary conduit and fittings, when piers are

poured. This gives installers a giant junction box

at the base of every pole to ease wiring, facilitate

circuit management, and provide easy post-

installation maintenance. Just take a closer look,

and you’ll see why our nonmetallic J-Boxes are a

better choice for you.

Features

•NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13

•UL Listed and CSA Certified

• Paintable lid

•Dividers available to separate high and low

voltage, and can be retrofitted into existing

applications

•Lids provide locations to mount weatherproof

covers:

8" x 8" - One location

12" x 12" - Three locations

•Nonconductive and noncorrosive

•Designed for a 24" radius concrete pier

NOTE: The J-Box can also be installed in

concrete piers from 18" to 36" in

diameter. Contact your Carlon Sales

Rep for installation details.

Install Carlon

Weatherproof Covers

www.carlon.com 49

Curved Lid J-Box Installation and Wiring

Faster, easier wiring for greater productivity. Easy to Install

More flexibility, fewer home runs,

and easier maintenance, too.

Once your J-Boxes are

installed, you can speed

projects along by pre-

wiring before poles arrive.

Or you can install poles

first and use them to

mount cable pulling

equipment – a particular

advantage for long,

difficult wire pulls. Of

course, all the extra hand

room our J-Boxes offer makes splicing much easier and faster than

working through cramped pole access holes.

Extra room also gives you splicing space for options like zone lighting

or to reduce the number of home runs, which can lower trenching

and associated materials costs by up to 30%. In addition, the box

lids provide locations to mount receptacles and weatherproof

covers for even more flexibility. For easy maintenance, fixture

protection can be placed at the base, and if need be, poles can

even be removed and replaced in the middle of the circuit without

affecting overall lighting.

1. J-Box, with all conduit and fittings placed as desired,

is temporarily attached to the concrete form – base

and lid inside.

2. Remove formafter concrete has been poured

and allowed to cure.

3. Pop off the J-Box lid, leaving an 8" x 8" x 4"

or 12" x 12" x 4" access area, depending on

the J-Box selected.

4. After wiring is completed, the lid is replaced to

complete the installation.

Site Lighting Plan

Without

J-BOX

Site Lighting Plan

With

J-BOX

www.carlon.com

Curved Lid J-Box

The National Electrical Code (NEC) allows electrical conductors to share an

outlet box when the conductors and communication cables are separated by a

barrier within the box.

Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std.

Ctn Wt.(lbs.)

E88C24

8"x 8"x 4"

6 28.3

E1212C24 12"x 12"x 4" 2 9.7

J-Box Assemblies

Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std.

Ctn Wt.(lbs.)

E88L24

8"x 8"

1 2.1

E1212L24 12"x 12" 1 2.3

Replacement Lids

Part No. Std. Ctn. Qty. Std.

Ctn Wt. (lbs.)

E88DIV 6 2.1

(For use with Part No. E88C24)

E1212DIV 2 2.3

(For use with Part No. E1212C24)

Dividers

J-Box Dividers are used to separate high and low

voltage devices, and solvent cement into place

E54381 LR31146

Specifications

Accessories

Except where

noted by

www.carlon.com 51

Weatherproof Covers

In-Use Weatherproof

Covers

Lamp Holders

Weatherproof Fixture

“T” Boxes

Carlon

Weatherproof

Covers, Lampholders and Fixtures

www.carlon.com

Weatherproof Covers

Single Gang Covers

15 AMP Receptacle Cover

For 15 amp or other single receptacles under 1.375" diameter.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E98SRCN-CAR Grey 10 2.1

30 AMP Receptacle Cover

For 30 amp or other single receptacles under 1.750" diameter.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E98G30N-CAR Grey 10 2.1

50 AMP Receptacle Cover

For 50 amp or other single receptacles under 2.250" diameter.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E98G5FN-CAR Grey 10 2

Duplex Receptacle Cover

For single gang duplex receptacle applications.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No.Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E98GDRN-CAR Grey 10 2

GFI Receptacle Cover

For GFI receptacle applications. Device opening dimensions:

2.63" H x 1.31" W.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E98GFCN-CAR Grey 10 2

20 AMP Receptacle Cover

For 20 amp or other single receptacles under 1.625" diameter.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E98G20N Grey 20 4.1

Carlon

weatherproof covers are rain-tight and drip-proof

when the cover is closed. They are intended for wet

environments and offer protection to outdoor electrical

devices. They may be mounted to Type FS boxes or a

smooth, flat nonporous surface. Lids snap-off for easy

access to top screw holes.

Features

•

Nonconductive

•

Nonmetallic

•

Noncorrosive

•

Durable

•

Paintable

•

Easy to install

Installation Instructions

•

Turn off power when installing electrical devices.

•

Place gasket on top of outlet box.

•

Fasten cover to outlet box with enclosed screws.

This cover must be installed in accordance with the

National Electrical Code (NEC) and local

codes.

These covers can be mounted to Type FS

boxes, or a smooth, flat nonporous mounting

surface. (Use 1/4"bead RTV type, silicone,

neoprene, urethane, or polyurethane caulking

between gasket and mounting surface on

non-box mountings.)

E42728

LR31146

www.carlon.com 53

Weatherproof Covers

Two Gang Covers

Double Duplex

For two gang duplex receptacle applications.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E9G2DDN-CAR Grey 10 2.3

Combination Toggle/GFI Cover

For two gang GFI and weatherproof toggle switch applications.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E9G2GTN-CAR Grey 5 1.3

Combination Toggle

Duplex Receptacle Cover

For two gang duplex receptacles, and weatherproof

toggle switch applications.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E9G2DSN-CAR Grey 10 1.3

Double Toggle Cover

For two gang weatherproof toggle switch applications.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E9G2SSN Grey 6 3.2

Single Gang Covers

Duplex Receptacle Cover –

Horizontal Mount

For single gang duplex receptacle applications.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E98DHGN-CAR Grey 10 3.9

Circuit Breaker Cover

For circuit breaker applications up to 4 single poles. Device

opening dimensions: 2.845"H x 2.265"W.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E98GCBN Grey 20 3.9

Single Switch Cover

For single switches.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E98SSCN-CAR Grey 10 2.1

Toggle Switch Cover

For single weatherproof toggle switch applications.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E98TSCN-CAR Grey 5 1.1

GFI Horizontal Cover

For GFI receptacle applications. Device opening dimensions:

2.63"W x 1.31"H.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E98GHGN-CAR Grey 10 1.9

Blank Covers

Single Gang Cover

Fits Carlon®single gang FS boxes.Supplied with stainless steel

mounting screws and gasket.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E980CN-CAR Grey 12 1.60

E980CM-CAR White 12 1.60

TwoGang Cover

Fits Carlon®two gang FS boxes and other nonmetallic and

metallic FS boxes.Supplied with stainless steel mounting

screws and gasket.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E9802CN-CAR Grey 10

2.17

www.carlon.com

In-Use Weatherproof Covers

Carlon

In-Use Weatherproof covers are intended for wet

locations that require protection for electrical devices while

in-use. And because of their strength and durability they can

be used year round without rusting or fading.

Features

•

NEMA Type 3R Rated

•

Meets NEC article 406.8(B)

while in use

•

Tamper resistant

•

Paintable

•

Nonmetallic

•

Nonconductive

•

Noncorrosive

Installation Instructions

This Cover can be mounted to an FS type box intended for

wet locations, or a smooth, flat mounting surface.

Installation of wiring devices and

this Cover by an electrician or

individual that has a basic

understanding of electrical wiring

is also recommended.

This cover must be installed in

accordance with the National

Electrical Code (NEC) and local codes.

The Cover complies with NEC

article 406.8(B) for outdoors, and

subrule 26-706 of the Canadian

Electrical Code.

Device

Cover

Plate

Electrical

Device

Cover

Assembly

Cover Gasket

Outlet Box

In-Use Weatherproof Covers – NEMA Type 3R Rated

Single Gang

Horizontal

Includes: one duplex

receptacle plate, one GFI

receptacle plate, one cover, one base with gasket and screws.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E9UHGRN Grey 4 2.1

E9UHWRN White 4 2.2

E9UHCRN Clear 42.0

Double Gang

Includes: double

duplex receptacle

plate, double GFI

receptacle plate,

combination duplex

and toggle plate,

combination GFI and

toggle plate, one cover, one base with gasket and screws.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E9U2GRN Grey 6 4.2

E9U2WRN White 6 4.3

E9U2CRN Clear 6 4.1

Single Gang

Vertical

Includes: one switch plate,

one duplex receptacle plate,

one GFI receptacle plate, one

cover, one base with gasket and screws.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No.Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E9UVGRN Grey 12 5.2

E9UVWRN White 12 5.3

E9UVCRN Clear 12 5.0

Single Gang

Vertical

Deep

Includes: one switch plate, one duplex receptacle plate,

one GFI receptacle plate,*one single receptacle plate,

one cover, one base with gasket and screws.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E9UDVGRN Grey 8 5.8

E9UDVWRN White 8 5.8

E9UDVCRN Clear 8 8.6

*1.60" diameter – fits 20 amp twistlock or standard 30 amp

receptacle.

E42728

LR31146

www.carlon.com 55

Lampholders

Rectangular Lampholder Cover

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Wt. (lbs.) Ctn. Qty.

P7901W-CAR White .9 12

Round Lampholder Cover

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Wt. (lbs.) Ctn. Qty.

P7801W-CAR White 1.6 16

Carlon

Nonmetallic Lampholders are ideal for outdoor

residential or commercial applications. Our lampholders are

nonconductive and safe for wet or damp locations. Available

in white, they will compliment any exterior.

Features

•

Nonmetallic

•

Nonconductive

•

Easy to install

•

Paintable

•

Durable

•

Rust proof

Installation Instructions

1. Turn off electricity before starting.

2. Bring power leads into the outlet box and connect

using proper wire nuts or insulation materials.

3. Use drill or nail to knock out holes on lampholder

cover that align with outlet box. When completed,

be sure visual perimeter of weatherproof gasket is even

to assure proper seal.

4. Floodlight lampholders can be positioned using

two different adjustments. Loosen locknut to turn

lampholder assembly to desired position. Tighten

locknut. Then depress pushbutton to adjust lampholder

to final position.

No-Tool-Lampholder with Gasket

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

P8001W-CAR White 24 5.5

Two Lampholders

with Rectangular Cover

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

P8005W-CAR White 63.8

No-Tool-Lampholder with

Round Cover Kit

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

P8060W-CAR White 6 5.8

Two Lampholders

with Round Cover

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

P8010W-CAR White 6 3.9

Closure Plugs

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Ctn. Qty.Wt. (lbs.)

P7701W-CAR White 30 1.3

E70380

E183934

Except where noted by

www.carlon.com

Weatherproof Fixture and “T” Boxes

Carlon

Nonmetallic Weatherproof Fixture is designed for indoor or outdoor

use and is suitable for damp, wet or corrosive environments. The one-piece

design offers a 20.25 cu. in. wiring capacity and is approved for 60° AWG

wire with the use of a 150 watt lamp. It will accommodate 8 no. 12 AWG

through branch circuit conductors and is approved for through branch wiring.

Features

•

Nonmetallic - corrosive resistant

•

Ceramic socket - long life

•

Silicone gasket

•

Drill point located on back

•

Approved for dwellings

•

Junction box approved

3.80 B.C.

(96.5)

for #8 screws

E943E

Adapter

3/4"NPT

Threaded

Ports

4PLCS. Optional 1/2"PVC Reducer to 1/2"PVC Conduit

Optional 1/2"PVC or Steel Reducer

to1/2"Steel Conduit

E950ED

Reducer

E9842D

Threaded

Adapter

E943E

Adapter

1/2"Steel

Adapter

1/2"Steel

Conduit

1/2"Steel

Conduit

1/2"PVC

Conduit

3.50 B.C.

(88.9)

for #8 screws

.77"

(19.6)

.97"

(24.6)

10.50"

(266.7)

960GLB

12"

(304.8)

960GFL 9.75"

(247.6)

960PGL Globes

not

includ-

6.09"

(154.7)

4.67"

(118.6)

Universal

Mounting

Base

Threaded

Hubs

Twist-On/

Lock-On

Socket

Assembly

Ceramic

Screw Shell

Weatherproof Lighting Globes

Fixture Base

Hub Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Qty Wt. (lbs.)

E962E 3/4" 6 4.5

Rippled Polycarbonate Globe

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E960GFL 6 4.9

Clear Glass Globe

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E960GLB (Clear Glass) 6 6.6

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E960PGL(Clear Plastic) 66.6

Clear Polycarbonate Globe

Carlon

Weatherproof “T” Boxes are for use with nonmetallic

wiring systems only. Can be used with Carlon Par Lamp Holders.

Weatherproof “T” Boxes

Single Gang “T” Box

With three 1/2"threaded holes. Mounting feet included.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

*E381D-CAR Grey 1/2"10 2.3

*E381DW-CAR White 1/2"10 1.8

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

*E382DE Grey 1/2"63.6

*E382DEW White 1/2" 6 3.6

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Color Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

*E365D-CAR Grey 1/2" 10 1.2

*E365DW-CAR White 1/2"10 1.2

Double Gang “T” Box

With three 1/2" and four 3/4"threaded holes. Mounting feet included.

Round “T” Box

With five 1/2"threaded holes.Mounting feet included.

*E381D-CAR, E365D-CAR and E382DE are for use with nonmetallic

wiring systems only.

E183934

E42728

Where noted by

www.carlon.com 57

Kaddies

Karts

Dispensers

Carlon

Wire Handling Products

www.carlon.com

Kaddies and Karts

Wire Kaddy™

•Dispense small quantities of spooled wire.

• Convenient hand carrying design.

• Constructed of steel tubing with premium powder coat finish.

• 3/8" hitch pin clip allows easy spool changes.

Shipping/Storage:

•4units per master

• 64 pieces per pallet

(16 masters)

• More than 4 times

more product than

the competition

•Lower freight costs

Shipping/Storage:

•2units per master

• 36 pieces per pallet

(18 masters)

•Lower freight costs

WireHandling Kart™

•Dispense quantities of spooled wire.

• Constructed of steel tubing with premium powder coat finish.

• 3/8" hitch pin clip allows easy spool changes.

Shipping/Storage:

•14 pieces per pallet

•Lower freight costs

Multi-Purpose

WireKart

•Built-in wire guide on handle

allows horizontal dispensing.

•Large 8" heavy-duty wheels

with adjustable axle position.

• Designed to pass through a

28" opening.

• Dispense large quantities of spool wire.

• Heavy-duty construction with premium

powder coat finish.

•5wire spool axles.

• 3/8" hitch pin clip allows easy

spool changes.

Part No. Dimensions Std. Ctn.

Qty. Std. Ctn.

Wt. (lbs.)

CAPACITY

Qty. of

Spools Spool

Dimensions

WK7001 22.75"L x 14"W x 11"H 425 87" diameter x 5" wide

47" diameter x 6"-10" wide

Part No. Dimensions Std. Ctn.

Qty. Std. Ctn.

Wt. (lbs.)

CAPACITY

Qty. of

Spools Spool

Dimensions

WK7101 44.25"L x 16"W x 17.5"H 247 12 7" diameter x 5" wide

67" diameter x 6"-10" wide

Part No. Dimensions Std. Ctn.

Qty.Std. Ctn.

Wt. (lbs.)

CAPACITY

Qty. of

Spools Spool

Dimensions

WK7103 25"L x 28"W x 55"H 158.6 62500' – up to 16" diameter

15 500' – 7" diameter x 5" wide

www.carlon.com 59

Dispensers

Cable Dispenser

•Two mounting styles in one product

vscompetitive offering.

•Floor, or stud mount

• Smoothly dispense coils of armored cable or NM-B.

• Swivel eyelet prevents tangles while paying out.

• Wide base for stability.

• Easy assembly, no tools required.

Shipping/Storage:

•3units per master

• 36 pieces per pallet

(12 masters)

Shipping/Storage:

•10 pieces per pallet

•Lower freight costs

6Reel Wire Dispenser

•Dispense large quantities of spool wire.

• Heavy-duty construction with premium

powder coat finish.

•6angled spindles keep reels in place

without locking.

• Built in wire guide.

•2fixed wheels, 1locking swivel wheel.

• Designed to pass through a 30" opening.

Shipping/Storage:

•Each unit shipped

in 2 cartons

•2pieces per pallet

10 Reel Wire Dispenser

•All-steel construction

• Premium powder coated finish

• Easy loading, dispensing and changing

of spooled wire

• Adjustable wire guide

• Two fixed and two swivel locking casters

for stability

•Angled spindles keep spools in place

during use

• 360° rotating reel frame

•Fits through a 36" door opening

• Heavy duty

• Easy assembly

Part No. Dimensions Std. Ctn.

Qty. Std. Ctn.

Wt. (lbs.)

CAPACITY

Coil Dimensions Spool Dimensions

WK7203 15.5"H x 19"W 345.5 Inside 5.50" min, inside coil dia.

Outside 17" max. outside coil dia.

Max. Weight 50 lbs.

Part No. Dimensions Std. Ctn.

Qty.Std. Ctn.

Wt. (lbs.)

CAPACITY

Qty. of

Spools Spool

Dimensions

WK7202 50"L x 32"W x 57.5"H 1190 10 2500' – up to 18" diameter

Part No. Dimensions Std. Ctn.

Qty. Std. Ctn.

Wt. (lbs.)

CAPACITY

Qty. of

Spools Spool

Dimensions

WK7201 44"L x 29"W x 33"H 180 62500' – up to 18" diameter

floor mount stud mount

www.carlon.com

www.carlon.com 61

Tough on the job,

easy on you.

Carlon

Wire Safe

Wireway And Wiring Trough

www.carlon.com

Wire-Safe

Wireway and Wiring Trough

Easy To

Cut And Assemble.

Wireway and trough can be cut easily and

cleanly with either a hacksaw or fine tooth

saw to make field fabrication a snap.And it’s

equally easy to couple components either

with Carlon primer and PVC cement or

nonmetallic push rivets.

No wires to pull, no hard-to-work-with

metal components.

Carlon®leads the way with the world’s broadest line of nonmetallic wiring management products designed for

easier installation, greater performance, and lower installed cost. That includes our Carlon®Wire Safe®wireway,

wiring trough, and fittings. It’s the perfect solution for containing electrical, electronic, and communication wire and

cable. That’s because it’s easy to install, provides durable protection, and eliminates the need to pull conductors, too.

Just compare it point for point against the competition, and you’ll see why it’s the best alternative for you.

Rugged Yet

Lightweight.

UV stabilized, high-impact resistant PVC

provides a strong, durable,non-corrosive,

non-conductive housing for wire and

cable. At the same time, components are

so light and easy to handle that installa-

tion can be done by one person.

www.carlon.com 63

Wire-Safe

Wireway and Wiring Trough

Improved NEMA 12

Wireway End Caps.

No Wires To Pull.

Once your wireway or trough is installed, just lay your wire

and cable in, pop the cover on, and you’re done. It’s as easy

as that, and that’s a lot easier than pulling wire or cable.

Easy To Rewire.

"Clip-on" cover design allows easy access for adding or

removing wire and cable after initial installation.

Application Flexibility.

Wireway and trough are suitable for a wide range of applica-

tions from the most demanding commercial and industrial

uses including food service companies and chemical plants

to communication and computer facilities.Both wireway and

trough can be used on walls, ceilings, or across supports.

Our new wireway end caps are now made with pre-installed

adhesive backed gaskets. This new design makes them easier

to use and also qualifies them for a NEMA 12 rating.

A Complete

Nonmetallic System.

Both wireway and trough are available in 2" x 2", 3" x 3",

4" x 4" and 6" x 6" dimensions. Wireway comes cut in easy-to-

use 10' lengths for larger jobs, and for tighter spaces, we offer

specific lengths of wiring trough to fit distances of 1' to 10'.

Both can be used with our nonmetallic enclosures, conduit, and

fittings to create a total nonmetallic wire and cable management

system far superior to metal counterparts.

www.carlon.com

Wire-Safe

Wireway and Wiring Trough

Wiresafe

Wireway

Outside Std. Wt.

Part Nominal Ctn. (lbs.)

No. Dimensions Length Qty. per 10'

17011 2 x 2 10' 1 4.7

17013 3 x 3 10' 1 11.2

17015 4 x 4 10' 1 11.2

17017 6 x 6 10' 1 21.4

Wiresafe

Wiring Trough

Except where

noted by

E151021

All wiring trough is made to order and is supplied with a pair of end caps.

Part Outside Nominal Standard Wt./Lbs.

Number Dimensions Carton Qty. Each

12" Trough

18111 2 x 2 1 0.6

18113 3 x 3 1 1.0

18115 4 x 4 1 1.4

18117 6 x 6 1 3.1

24" Trough

18211 2x2 1 1.1

18213 3x3 1 1.8

18215 4x4 1 2.6

18217 6 x 6 1 5.3

36" Trough

18311 2 x 2 1 1.5

18313 3 x 3 1 2.6

18315 4 x 4 1 3.7

18317 6x6 1 7.4

48" Trough

18411 2 x 2 1 2.0

18413 3 x 3 1 3.3

18415 4x4 1 4.8

18417 6 x 6 1 9.6

60" Trough

18511 2 x 2 1 2.5

18513 3 x 3 1 4.1

18515 4 x 4 1 5.9

18517 6 x 6 1 11.7

72" Trough

18611 2 x 2 1 2.9

18613 3 x 3 1 4.9

18615 4 x 4 1 7.1

18617 6x6 1 13.8

120" Trough

18011 2x2 1 4.8

18013 3 x 3 1 8.1

18015 4 x 4 1 11.6

18017 6 x 6 1 22.4

www.carlon.com 65

Wiresafe®Fittings

Wiresafe

Fittings

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No. Size Qty. ea.

* EGFCJ 2 x 2 1 0.5

* EGFCL 3 x 3 1 1.3

† EGFCN 4 x 4 1 1.7

† EGFCR 6 x 6 1 4.8

Flat Cross (Clip-on Cover)

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No. Size Qty. ea.

* EGLIJ 2 x 2 1 0.3

†EGLIL 3 x 3 1 0.7

† EGLIN 4 x 4 1 1.1

† EGLIR 6 x 6 1 3.0

90° Bend Internal Cover (Clip-on Cover)

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No. Size Qty. ea.

* EGLFJ 2 x 2 1 0.3

* EGLFL 3 x 3 1 0.6

† EGLFN 4 x 4 1 1.1

† EGLFR 6 x 6 1 3.3

90° Bend Flat Cover (Clip-on Cover)

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No. Size Qty. ea.

* EGTFJ 2 x 2 1 0.4

* EGTFL 3 x 3 1 0.9

† EGTFN 4 x 4 1 1.4

† EGTFR 6 x 6 1 3.8

Tee Flat Cover (Clip-on Cover)

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No. Size Qty. ea.

* EGLEJ 2 x 2 1 0.3

†EGLEL 3x3 1 0.8

†EGLEN 4 x 4 1 1.2

† EGLER 6 x 6 1 3.3

90° Bend External Cover (Clip-on Cover)

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No. Size Qty. ea.

† EGTEJ 2 x 2 1 0.4

†EGTEL 3x3 1 0.9

† EGTEN 4 x 4 1 1.4

† EGTER 6 x 6 1 3.8

Tee External Cover (Clip-on Cover)

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No. Size Qty. ea.

EGFJ 2 x 2 10 1.1

EGFL 3x3 10 1.4

EGFN 4x4 10 2.2

EGFR 6 x 6 10 3.0

Flange

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No. Size Qty. ea.

EGCIJ 2 x 2 1O 1.3

EGCIL 3x3 1O 2.2

EGCIN 4 x 4 1O 2.5

–6x6 N/A N/A

Internal Coupling

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No. Size Qty. ea.

* EGSEJ 2 x 2 10 Pair 0.6

* EGSEL 3 x 3 10 Pair 0.9

* EGSEN 4 x 4 10 Pair 1.6

†† EGSER 6 x 6 10 Pair 5.0

End Cap (UL NEMA 12 Rated)

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No. Size Qty. ea.

EGPR N/A 200 0.4

Push Rivets

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No.Size Qty. ea.

EGCEJ 2 x 2 10 1.3

EGCEL 3x3 10 2.2

EGCEN 4 x 4 10 2.5

EGCER 6 x 6 10 7.8

External Coupling

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No. Size Qty. ea.

EGSBJ 2x2 10 0.9

EGSBL 3 x 3 10 1.3

EGSBN 4 x 4 10 1.9

EGSBR 6x6 10 2.8

Hangers

*Molded fitting–couplings not needed

†Fabricated fitting–order couplings separately

†† No coupling is required for 6" fabricated end cap

www.carlon.com

Wire-Safe

Wireway and Wiring Trough Installation

Installation Instructions

Description. Carlon Wire Safe wireway and wiring troughs are manufactured from extruded PVC. The standard color is

gray. The wireway consists of a base channel that is formed to receive a “clip-on” cover. Wiring troughs include a pair of

ready-to-install end caps.

Cover Installation and Removal. The cover can be installed by exerting hand pressure along its front face in such a

manner as to engage and clip projections on the side walls of the base channel.The cover can be removed by inserting a tool

(i.e., a screwdriver shaft) into one end of the wireway enclosure and exerting pressure against the underside of the cover,

which is then “peeled off” from the base.

Wireway Fittings. Fittings enable the wireway to be positioned around corners and enable tees and crosses to be created

without detracting from the protective characteristics. Interconnecting pieces can be assembled using couplings and rivets or

cement as necessary.

Molded fittings do not require couplings since they fit on the exterior of the wireway. However, primer and solvent cement are

needed. See cementing instructions.

Fabricated fittings do require internal or external couplings, and these must be ordered separately. To install fittings, a 9/32"

diameter hole should be drilled in the wireway to match the external coupling hole. A push rivet should be used to connect the

two pieces. To connect an internal coupling to the inside of a fitting, use Carlon Quick-Set Clear Cement.

Applications. These systems are designed for use in commercial and industrial areas. They may be used for the contain-

ment of electrical wiring/cables for power and lighting circuits and also communication and computer facilities. They are suit-

able for mounting on the surface of walls or ceilings or suspended across

suitably positioned supports. Ambient temperatures should not exceed 1220F.

Engineering Specifications

Code Approvals.

Carlon's Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough is recognized by the current National Electrical Code, Article 378, for

nonmetallic wireways.It is UL Listed for electrical wiring up to 600 volts. UL File Numbers: UL E151021.

Specification for Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough.

The wireway and wiring troughs shall be Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough.

The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall provide protection for electrical, low voltage, data and communication wiring or cables.

The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall be listed and installed per the NEC Article 378 for nonmetallic wireways.

The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall be manufactured from gray precision extruded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) meeting UL 94 V-O

requirements and shall be suitable for field painting.

The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall include base, cover, fittings, etc.

The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall provide all fittings required to form a complete, integrated surface raceway system.

End caps shall be gasketed and shall have a NEMA Type 12 rating.

The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall provide raceway with the following cross sectional areas:

1. 2x2-3.165 in.2(20.4 cm2)3. 4x4-13.694 in.2(88 cm2)

2. 3x3-7.378 in.2(47 cm2)4. 6x6-31.871 in.2(205 cm2)

Fittings.

Internal and external elbow shall be a fitting cover that snaps onto the main base.Flat elbows and flat tees shall be a fitting cover

that snaps on to the main base.End caps shall be gasketed and NEMA Type 12 rated.

Installation.

Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, NFPA 70 and NECA standard.

Install base,cover, fittings, accessories, etc., as necessary for a complete system.

1. Mark the surface upon which the wireway is to be mounted.

2. Measure, run, and identify position of fittings.

3. Remove cover from wireway, starting at one end, with a peeling

action (use of a screwdriver or similar lever is recommended).

4. Drill mounting holes through base at 60" centers maximum. Two

rows of mounting holes should be drilled, adjacent to each wall of

the wireway in order to evenly distribute the load.

5. The holes in the wireway should be drilled oversize to allow for

expansion. Washers should be mounted under the head of the

mounting device,which should not be tightened to its full extent.

6. Mount the wireway using screws or bolts.

7. Affix the wireway cover by aligning it to the wireway base and

then pressing it into its engaged position, starting at one end.

8. The cover should be made to overlap the base joint in order to

improve rigidity of the joint.

Installation.

www.carlon.com 67

Wire-Safe

Wireway and Wiring Trough Cementing

Cementing Instructions

1. Make a square cut using a miter box or precisely marked

line on the wireway to provide a smooth connection.

2. Make certain surfaces to be bonded are free of dirt, dust,

etc., by wiping them clean with a rag, and by removing

sawcut burrs with a knife or rasp.

3. With a dauber, place a coating of Carlon Clear Primer on

the wireway and its mating parts. Thoroughly coat the

surfaces to be mated.

4. Allow the Carlon Clear Primer a few seconds to soften the

PVC surface (the time may need to be adjusted, depending

upon the temperature).

5. Apply a complete coating of Carlon Quick-Set Clear

Cement to matching ends that will be joined.

6. Hold the parts in position by exerting pressure on the

surfaces with clamps.

7. Allow 15 minutes or more before removing clamps.

Part Standard Standard Standard

Number Size Carton Qty. Carton Wt.

VC9984 1/2 Pint 10 6.0 lbs.

Dauber Top

VC9983 Pint 24 30.0 lbs.

Dauber Top

VC9982 Quart 12 29.0 lbs.

Dauber Top

VC9981P Gallon 6 53.0 lbs.

Pour Top

PVC Homopolymer (ASTM F1784) minimum cell class 12354B

Specific Gravity (ASTM D792) 1.46

Thermal Conductivity (ASTM C177) 1.3 Btu/hr./ft.2/0F/in.

Heat Deflection Temperature

@264 psi (ASTM D648) 700C

Tensile Strength (ASTM D638) 6000 psi

Flammability (UL 94) V-O

Dimensions

Outside Outside Inside Inside Inside Wireway Cover Wt./Ft.

Nominal Size (in.) Actual Size (in.) Height (in.) Width (in.) Area (in.2) Thickness (in.) Thickness (in.) (lb./ft.)

2x2 1.97 x 1.97 1.8 1.79 3.31 0.09 .08 0.6

3x3 2.96 x 2.96 2.8 2.76 7.94 0.10 .08 0.85

4x4 3.94 x 3.94 3.75 3.72 14.39 0.11 .08 1.48

6x6 5.91 x 5.91 5.67 5.67 13.48 0.12 .12 2.29

Size Crush Strength1(lbs.) Impact Strength2(ft.-lbs.)

2x2 650 40

3x3 500 30

4x4 500 40

6x6 600 50

Physical Properties

1. Load on 6" long sample just prior to wall buckling; fully recoverable.

2. Five lb. weight with 1-1/4" dia. face at 730F.

All information represents typical values and does not represent a minimum performance specification.

All Weather Quick-Set Clear Cement

Part Standard Standard Standard

Number Size Carton Qty. Carton Wt.

VC9903 Pint 24 25.0 lbs.

Dauber Top

VC9902 Quart 12 24.0 lbs.

Dauber Top

Cement and primer not needed for end caps.

Clear Primer

Materials

Expansion And Contraction

Wireway will expand or contract with variations in temperatures.

Tocompensate for this expansion and contraction, during instal-

lation leave 0.25" gap at joint,glue only one side of internal cou-

pling, or use external coupling with push rivets. All mounting

holes should be drilled oversize, and fasteners should not be

tightened fully to allow for expansion and contraction.

www.carlon.com

Wire-Safe

Wireway and Wiring Trough Specifications

Area of Conductor (sq. in.)

AB C D Wire Safe Wireway Size and Maximum Number of Conductors Allowed

RFH-2, RH, TF, TFN, (Areas shown are 20% of the full interior cross sectional area of the wireway.)

Conductor Size RHH, ***RHW, THW, THHN, XHHW, 2x2 (0.6 in.2) 3x3 (1.5 in.2) 4x4 (2.7 in.2) 6x6 (6.4 in.2)

AWG-MCM ***SF-2 †TW THWN ††ZW A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D

18 .0167 .0088 .0062 – 36 68 96 – 89 170 241 – 161 306 435 – 383 727 1032 –

6 .0196 .0109 .0079 – 31 55 76 – 76 137 189 – 137 247 341 – 326 587 810 –

14 .0230 .0135 .0087 – 26 44 69 – 65 111 172 – 117 200 310 – 278 474 735 –

14 *.0327 – – – 18 – – – 45 – – – 82 – – – 195 – – –

14 – †.0206 – .0131 – 29 – 46 – 72 – 114 – 131 – 206 – 310 – 488

12 .0278 .0172 .0117 – 21 35 51 – 53 87 128 – 97 156 230 – 230 372 547 –

12 *.0384 – – – 16 – – – 39 – – – 70 – – – 166 – – –

12 – †.0252 – .0167 – 24 – 36 – 59 – 89 – 107 – 161 – 253 – 383

10 .0460 .0222 .0184 – 13 27 33 – 32 67 81 – 58 121 146 – 139 288 347 –

10 – .0311 – .0216 – 19 – 28 – 48 – 69 – 86 – 125 – 205 – 296

8 .0845 .0471 .0373 – 7 13 16 – 17 31 40 – 31 57 72 – 75 135 171 –

8 – †.0598 – .0456 – 10 – 13 – 25 – 32 – 45 – 59 – 107 – 140

6 .1238 .0819 .0519 .0625 4 7 11 10 12 18 28 24 21 32 52 43 51 78 123 102

4.1605 .1087 .0845 .0845 4 6 7 7 9 13 17 17 16 24 31 31 39 58 75 75

3.1817 .1263 .0995 .0995 3 5 6 6 8 11 15 15 14 21 27 27 35 50 64 64

2 .2067 .1473 .1182 .1182 3 4 5 5 7 10 12 12 13 18 22 22 30 43 54 54

1.2715 .2027 .1590 .1590 2 3 4 4 5 7 9 9 9 13 16 16 23 31 40 40

1/0 .3107 .2367 .1893 .1893 2 2 3 3 4 6 7 7 8 11 14 14 20 27 33 33

2/0 .3578 .2781 .2265 .2265 1 2 2 2 4 5 6 6 7 9 11 11 17 23 28 28

3/0 .4151 .3288 .2715 .2715 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 8 9 9 15 19 23 23

4/0 .4840 .3904 .3278 .3278 1 1 1 1 3 4 4 4 5 6 8 8 13 16 19 19

250 .5917 .4877 .4026 .4026 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 4 5 6 6 10 13 15 15

300 .6837 .5581 .4669 .4669 – 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 5 9 11 13 13

350 .7620 .6291 .5307 .5307 – – 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 5 5 8 10 12 12

400 .8365 .6969 .5931 .5931 – – 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 7 9 10 10

500 .9834 .8316 .7163 .7163 – – – – 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 6 7 8 8

600 1.1940 1.0261 .8791 .9043 – – – – 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 5 6 7 7

700 1.3355 1.1575 1.0011 1.0297 – – – – 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 4 5 6 6

750 1.4082 1.2252 1.0623 1.0936 – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 5 6 5

800 1.4784 1.2908 1.1234 1.1499 – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 4 5 5

900 1.6173 1.4208 1.2449 1.2668 – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 5

1000 1.7530 1.5482 1.3623 1.3893 – – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 4 4 4

1250 2.2062 1.9532 – 1.7671 – – – – – – – – 1 1 – 1 2 3 – 3

1500 2.5475 2.2751 – 2.0612 – – – – – – – – 1 1 – 1 2 2 – 3

1750 2.8832 2.5930 – 2.3779 – – – – – – – – – 1 – 1 2 2 – 2

2000 3.2079 2.9013 – 2.6590 – – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 2 – 2

* Dimensions of RHH and RHW.

*** Dimensions of RHH and RHW without outer covering are the same as

THW No. 18 through No. 10, solid as well as No. 8 and larger, stranded.

†Dimensions of THW in sizes No. 14 through No. 8. No. 6 THW and larger

aresame dimension as TW.

†† No. 14 through No. 2.

NOTES: 1) The ampacities of the conductors shall be reduced as shown in

the table at right.

2) Refer to the National Electrical Code for ambient temperature

correction factors.

Number of

ConductorsNumber of

Conductors

Column A – Percent of Values In

Tables as Adjusted for Ambient

Temperature if Necessary

Column B** – Percent of Values In

Tables as Adjusted for Ambient

Temperature if Necessary

4through 6 80 4through 6 80

7through 9 70 7 through 9 70

10 through 24* 70 10 through 20 50

25 through 42* 60 21 through 30 45

43 and above* 50 31 through 40 40

41 through 60 35

*These factors include the effects of a load diversity of 50 percent. ** No diversity.

Wirefill Chart

www.carlon.com 69

Adjustable

Single Gang

2, 3, 4 Gang

Old Work

Ceiling Boxes

SuperBlue

™

Covers

Carlon

Zip Box

Blue™

Switch and Outlet Boxes

www.carlon.com

Zip Box®Blue™Switch and Outlet Boxes

CarIon

Zip Box

Blue™

nonmetallic switch and outlet boxes – the contractor’s choice for easy

installation. Carlon has long been the leader with the world’s broadest line of nonmetallic, nonconductive wiring

management products designed for easier installation, greater performance, and lower installation cost. And that

includes our full line of Zip Box®Blue™nonmetallic switch and outlet boxes. Designed for use with nonmetallic

sheathed cable in accordance with Article 314 of the National Electrical Code®, they make fast work of any residential

or light commercial application. Take a closer look, and you’ll see more reasons why they’re the right choice for you.

Features

•UL Listed, File No. E42728, for use as indicated in

Article 314 of the NEC.

•UL Classified for fire resistance, File No. R8326.

Reference UL Electrical Construction Equipment

Directory,in product category QBWY or the UL

Fire Resistance Directory, for two-hours or less

classification period.

•UL Classified for fire resistance Category CEYY, in a two-

hour fire resistive wall within the same partition cavity on

opposite sides of the wall. Requires the use of mineral wool

batt insulation on putty pad when separation is less than 24".

•Refer to International Building Code Section 712.3.2 Exception

2for other separation options in fire resistive wall assemblies.

•UL Classified Report, File No. R8326, covers use in two-hour

or less fire resistive wall and floor-ceiling assembly.

Understanding Zip Box

Blue™Part Numbers

First Second Third Fourth Fourth or Sixth

Position Position Position Position Fifth Position Position

()

B-Zip Box Gang Size Available cubic inches Securing Methods Grounding Features

BH-SuperBlue 1,2,3, or 4 (ml) within the box

and/or and/or

For Example:

B 1 1 8

(B=Zip Box Blue, 1=single gang, 18 =cubic inch (295 ml) capacity, A=Nail On.)

A=Nail On

B=3/8" – 5/8"

(9.5mm – 15.9mm)

Wallboard Bracket for

Wood or Steel Studs

H=14 1/4" – 23 1/2"

(362mm – 596.9mm)

Adjustable Bar Hanger

K=18 1/4" – 26 3/4"

(463.6mm – 679.5mm)

Adjustable Bar Hanger

L=Metal “L” Bracket for Ceilings

P=Standard Nail On Box

w/ Grounding Lug

R=Old Work Box, includes

Integral Clamps

S=Screw On

G=Grounding Lug

included

P=Grounding Lug

included

www.carlon.com 71

Adjust-A-Box™Adjustable Zip Boxes and Brackets

The Carlon Adjust-A-Box

features a patented

design that allows the box to be adjusted to most wall thicknesses

with the turn of a screw. To install, simply clip the bracket onto the

stud, secure with two screws to ensure the box won’t move, then turn

the adjustment screw clockwise or counterclockwise, and adjust the

box flush with the wall covering.

The Adjust-A-Box is available in one- and two-gang versions, and

by removing the box from the bracket the one-gang can easily be

upgraded to a two-gang, an ideal feature for old work applications.

The Carlon Adjust-A-Box achieves professional results every time.

Features

•Adjusts to any wall thickness

•Ideal for new work or retrofit applications

•Available in backed box or backless bracket

designer

•One- and two-gang versions

•Upgrades made easy

•Nonmetallic and durable

•UL Listed

•Meets NEMA OS-2

• 13/4"Adjustability

High Voltage

Volume Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (cu. in.) Description Size Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

B121ADJ 21 Single Gang Adjustable Wall Box 3 7/8"W x3

3/4"H x3

3/8"D 24 10

B234ADJC 34 Double Gang Adjustable Wall Box 5 5/8"W x35/8"H x3"D 16 8.5

w/ Range Knockout

B234ADJ 34 Double Gang Adjustable Wall Box 5 5/8"W x 3 5/8"H x 3"D 16 8.5

Low Voltage

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Description Size Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC100ADJC Single Gang Adjustable Backless Bracket 3 7/8"W x33/4"H 24 7.5

SC100ADJC Double Gang Adjustable Backless Bracket 5 5/8"W x 3 5/8"H 20 6.9

E42728

E216492

B121ADJ

SC100ADJC

www.carlon.com

Handy Box and Covers

Features

• Flexible, can be used for many applications

• Thermoplastic construction that will not rust or

conduct electricity

• Built in cable clamps to hold wire firmly in place

• Six knockouts for easier wiring

• Four cover styles – blank, toggle switch, duplex

receptacle,and GFCI

•UL Listed (E42728) and two hour fire classified

for walls and ceilings

The Carlon Handy Box

is a non-

metallic switch and outlet box specifically designed

for use with nonmetallic conduit systems and

nonmetallic sheathed cabling.

Unlike metal boxes, the Carlon Handy Box has two

integral cable clamps. These clamps hold nonmetallic

cable firmly in place without the need for separate

clamps... simply push the wire into the clamp-opening,

and the cable is held securely in place. The Carlon

Handy Box also comes with six 1/2"knockouts on the

sides and back for easier wiring and a variety of

mounting options.

The Carlon Handy Box is constructed out of a

thermoplastic material, which resists rust and corrosion.

The Carlon Handy Box can be used with most wiring

devices including ground fault circuit interrupters

(GFCI). The Handy Box is designed to accept standard

metal covers or the NEW Carlon nonmetallic Handy

Box covers.

The Carlon Handy Box covers are made from a

durable polycarbonate material for extra strength and

durability. They’re available in four styles including a

duplex receptacle,toggle switch, ground fault circuit

interrupter (GFCI), and a blank cover (the blank cover

has a molded-in 1/2" knockout in the center).

Corrosion resistant stainless screws are provided with

each cover.

Box

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Description Size Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

B112HB Handy Box – Single Gang 1 7/8"x4" x21/8" 50 10.96

E42728

Covers

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Description Size Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

HB1BL Single Gang Nonmetallic Cover – Blank .25" x4.30" x2.38" 25 1.0

HB1SW Single Gang Nonmetallic Cover – Toggle Switch .25" x4.30" x2.38" 25 1.0

HB1DP Single Gang Nonmetallic Cover – Duplex Receptacle .25" x4.30" x2.38" 25 1.0

HB1GF Single Gang Nonmetallic Cover – GFCI Cover .25" x4.30" x2.38" 25 1.0

E42728

www.carlon.com 73

Single Gang Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic

Switch/Outlet Boxes

E42728

Volume Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (cu. in.) Description Size Knockouts Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

B108B-UPC 8 Single Gang Bracketed Shallow Box 1 1/4"D x23/8"W x35/8"L – 25 3

•B118A 18 Single Gang with captive nails 2 7/8"D x 2 1/4"W x 3 3/4"L 4 100 22

(2 each end)

•B120A-UPC 20 Single Gang with captive nails 3 1/4"D x 2 1/4"W x 3 7/8"L 4 100 24

(2 each end)

•B118B-UPC 18 Single Gang with bracket for 3/8"2

15/16"D x 2 1/4"W x 3 3/4"L 4 50 10

to 5/8"wallboard – steel & wood (2 each end)

stud mounting

•B122A-UPC 22 Single Gang with captive nails 31/2"D x21/4"W x33/4"L 4 100 25

(2 each end)

Vol. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No.cu. in. Description Size Knockouts Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC100A – Single Gang Backless Bracket 2.32" W x3.73"L – 24 7.5

Vol. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No.cu. in. Description Size Knockouts Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC100SC – Single Gang Add-On Bracket 1.80" W x3.68"L – 24 2.3

Low Voltage Backless Bracket

This low voltage bracket provides a low voltage outlet next to a previously

installed high voltage outlet. Great for both new construction and rework, it

attaches easily to most electrical boxes,and is designed to fit a standard two-

gang faceplate.Resi-Rings accept 3/4"Resi-Gard only

E216492

B108B-UPC B118A B120A-UPC B118B-UPC B122A-UPC

Open-backed to easily accommodate the bend radiuses required for low voltage

cabling and deep devices such as volume controls,and is designed to fit a standard

one-gang faceplate. It also features an easy nail-on mounting or screw-in bracket,

while the hard shell provides increased durability and no racking. Resi-Rings accept

3/4", 1", and 11/4"Resi-Gard.

Low Voltage Add-On Bracket

•Suitable for masonry walls

Single Gang

•Meets NEMA OS-2

•UL Listed to UL 514C

www.carlon.com

2-, 3-, 4-Gang and 4" Square Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic

Switch/Outlet Boxes

E42728

Volume Integral Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (cu. in.) Description Size Clamps Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

•B232A-UPC 32 Two Gang with captive nails 3"D x 4"W x 3 3/4"L 8 50 16

(4 each side)

B232B-UPC 32 Two Gang with bracket for 3"D x 4"W x 3 3/4"L 8 50 20

3/8"to 5/8"wallboard – steel (4 each side)

or wood stud mounting

•B344AB 44 Three Gang with captive nails 2 11/16"D x 3 3/4"W x 5 5/8"L 12 30 14

and bracket support (6 each side)

•B455A-UPC 55 Four Gang with captive nails 2 1/2"D x 3 7/10"W x 7 3/5"L 16 25 14

and bracket support (8 each side)

•B455AH 55

Four Gang with captive nails,

21/2"D x 3 7/10"W x 7 3/5"L 16 25 18

bracket support, and Hanger Bar

(8 each side)

Volume Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (cu. in.) Description Size Integral Clamps Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

•B418A-UPC 18 Four Square 1 5/8"D x 4"W x 4"L 10 75 19

with captive nails (3 top, 3 bottom, 2 each side)

•B432A-UPC 32 Four Square 25/8"D x 4"W x 4"L 10 50 16

with captive nails (3 top, 3 bottom, 2 each side)

•B432AR-UPC 32 Four Square 25/8"D x 4"W x 4"L 10 83

with captive nails (3 top,3bottom, 2 each side)

B418A-UPC B432A-UPC

Low Voltage Backless Bracket

E216492

Open-backed to easily accommodate the bend radiuses required for low voltage cabling

and deep devices such as volume controls,and is designed to fit a standard two-gang

faceplate. It also features an easy nail-on mounting or screw-in bracket, while more hard

shell provides increased durability and no racking. Accepts 3/4"Resi-Gard only.

Two-Gang Three-Gang Four-Gang

4" Square

•Suitable for masonry walls

Vol. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No.cu. in. Description Size Knockouts Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC200A –Two Gang Backless Bracket 5.35" W x3.81"L – 24 7.7

•Meets NEMA OS-2

•UL Listed to UL 514C

B232A-UPC B232B-UPC B344AB B455A-UPC B455AH

E42728

www.carlon.com 75

Old Work Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic

Old Work Boxes

E42728

Volume Integral Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (cu. in.) Description Size Clamps Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

†B108R-UPC 8 Single Gang Flanged Shallow Box 1 1/4"D x 2 3/8"W x 3 5/8"L – 25 3

•†B114R-UPC 14 Single Gang Old Work Wall Case 2 3/4"Dx2

1/4"Wx4

1/8"L 4 50 10

2Zip-Mount™retainers and

(2 each end)

mounting ears

•†B114RR-UPC 14 Single Gang Old Work Wall Case 2 3/4"D x 2 1/4"W x 4 1/8"L 4 25 5

2Zip-Mount™retainers and

(2 each end)

mounting ears

•†B120R 20 Single Gang with captive nails 3 5/8"D x 2 5/16"W x 4 1/8"L 4 50 12

2Zip-Mount™retainers and

(2 each end)

mounting ears

B108R-UPC B114R-UPC B120R

•Suitable for masonry walls

†Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

One-Gang

Volume Integral Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (cu. in.) Description Size Clamps Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

•†B225R-UPC 25 Two-Gang Old Work Case 2 3/4"D x 6 30 8

2Zip-Mount™retainers 3 1/8"W x

(3 each side)

and mounting flanges 3 15/16"L

•Suitable for masonry walls

†Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

Two-Gang

Volume Integral Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (cu. in.) Description Size Clamps Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

•†B355R 55 Three Gang Old Work Box 3.69"D x 6 6 3

with mounting ears 2.79"W x 5.72"L

•Suitable for masonry walls

†Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

Three-Gang

E42728

Volume Integral Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (cu. in.) Description Size Clamps Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

•†B468R 68 Four Gang Old Work Box 3.56"D x 8 6 4.03

with mounting ears 2.89"W x 7.57"L

•Suitable for masonry walls

†Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

Four-Gang

Volume Integral Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No.(cu. in.) Description Size Clamps Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

†B618R-UPC 18 Round Old Work Case 41/4"Dia. 4100 24

3Zip-Mount™retainers

†B618RP-UPC 18 Round Old Work Case 4 1/4"Dia. 4 100 26

3Zip-Mount™retainers

& Ground Lug

†Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance or used for Fixture Support in the Ceiling.

Round Old Work Box

•Meets NEMA OS-2

•UL Listed to UL 514C

www.carlon.com

Old Work Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic

E42728

E216492

Old Work Backless Brackets

Volume Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (cu. in.) Description Size Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

B1EXTB N/A Single Gang Box Extender 2 1/4"x 3 1/4"25 3

Box Extender

Low Voltage Old Work Brackets

Volume Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (cu. in.) Description Size Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

†SC100RR N/A Single Gang Backless Old Work Bracket 2 1/4" x 3 1/4" 12 1.4

†Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

Single Gang

Volume Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (cu. in.) Description Size Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

†SC200RR N/A Two-Gang Backless Old Work Bracket 3.92" x 4.00" 6 .9

†Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

Two-Gang

www.carlon.com 77

Ceiling Boxes – Nonmetallic

Ceiling Boxes

All ceiling boxes are produced from a high heat-resistant material

developed specifically for fixture support applications.

E42728

Volume Integral Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (cu. in.) Description Diameter Depth Clamps Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

•B518A-UPC 18 Ceiling Box with captive nails 3" 2 3/4"4 75 19

•B518P-UPC 18 Ceiling Box with captive nails 3" 2 3/4"4 75 20

Ground lug and screw attached

•Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

3/0

B518P-UPC

Volume Integral Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (cu. in.) Description Diameter Depth Clamps Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

•B520A-UPC 20 Ceiling Box with captive nails 4" 2 1/4" 6 75 18

Fixture spacing for 2 3/4"and 3"

•B520P-UPC 20 Ceiling Box with captive nails 4" 2 1/4" 6 75 18

Ground lug and screw attached

Fixture spacing for 2 3/4"and 3 1/2"

•B620L-UPC 20 Ceiling Box with metal L bracket 4" 21/4"6100 31

Fixture spacing for 2 3/4"and 3 1/2"

•B720-SHK 20 Ceiling Box Outlet Box 4" 2 1/4"6 18 5

with mounting screws

•Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

3/0 - 4/0 Combination

B520A-UPC B520P-UPC B620L-UPC B720-SHK

35 lbs. maximum fan weight

Volume Integral Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (cu. in.) Description Diameter Depth Clamps Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

•B708-SHK 8Shallow Ceiling Fan Outlet Box 4" 5/8"118 3

with mounting screws

•Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

4/0

35 lbs. maximum fan weight

•Meets NEMA OS-2

•UL Listed to UL 514C

www.carlon.com

Ceiling Boxes – Nonmetallic

E42728

Ceiling Boxes with Bar Hanger

Volume Integral Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (cu. in.) Description Diameter Depth Clamps Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

•B620H-UPC 20 Ceiling Box with 141/4" - 231/2"4" 2 1/4" 6 75 43

adjustable bar hanger

Fixture spacing for 23/4"and 31/2"

•B620K 20 Ceiling Box with 18 1/4" - 26 3/4"4" 2 1/4" 6 75 46

adjustable bar hanger

Fixture spacing for 23/4"and 31/2"

•B620HG-UPC 20 Ceiling Box with 141/4" - 231/2"4" 2 1/4"6 75 44

adjustable bar hanger

Ground lug and screw attached

Fixture spacing for 23/4"and 31/2"

•B620KG-UPC 20 Ceiling Box with 18 1/4" - 26 3/4"4" 2 1/4" 6 75 46

adjustable bar hanger

Ground lug and screw attached

Fixture spacing for 23/4"and 31/2"

•B620DC 20 Ceiling Box with 24" 4" 2 1/4" 6 16 10

T-Grid bar hanger

Fixture spacing for 23/4"and 31/2"

•Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

3/0 - 4/0 Combination

B620H-UPC B620K

B620HG-UPC B620KG-UPC

•Meets NEMA OS-2

www.carlon.com 79

SuperBlue™Hard Shell Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic

Wall Boxes

Two Gang

Single Gang

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. Ctn.

No. Description Capacity Depth Qty. Wt.

BH122A Single Gang 22 cu. in. 3.63 100 31.3

BH122S Single Gang with Screws 22 cu. in. 3.63 100 31.3

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. Ctn.

No. Description Capacity Depth Qty. Wt.

BH235A Two Gang 35 cu. in. 3.50 48 21.3

BH235S Two Gang with Screws 35 cu. in. 3.50 48 21.3

The Carlon®SuperBlue™Hard Shell Boxes

combine the features of the hard shell thermoset

box and the thermoplastic PVC style box to create

a“new” rigid nonmetallic wiring box. Molded out

of specially formulated thermoplastic material,

Carlon SuperBlue boxes are so strong they won’t

crack or break, even in extreme environments. So

rigid, they resist flexing and hold their shape even

under the worst conditions.

They provide the largest wirefill capacity in their

class, and come with molded-in nailing flanges as

well as molded-in clamps to make installation

faster. Carlon SuperBlue boxes are lightweight,

noncorrosive and nonconductive. They are

designed to nest inside one another so they take

up less shelf space and are easier to transport to

job sites.

•Lightweight

•Noncorrosive and nonconductive

• Nest inside one another

• UL Listed to UL 514C

• UL Classified for two hour or

less fire wall assemblies

• Meets NEMA OS-2

E42728

Features

•Largest wirefill capacity in

their class

• Won’t crack or break in

extreme environments

• Resist flexing

• Hold their shape

• Molded-in flanges and clamps

• Faster installation

www.carlon.com

SuperBlue™Hard Shell Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic

Three Gang Four Gang

Single Gang Old Work Two Gang Old Work

Wall Boxes

Old Work Boxes

E42728

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. Ctn.

No. Description Capacity Depth Qty. Wt.

BH353A Three Gang 53 cu. in. 3.50 24 14.0

BH353S Three Gang with Screws 53 cu. in. 3.50 24 14.0

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. Ctn.

No. Description Capacity Depth Qty. Wt.

BH464A Four Gang 64 cu. in. 3.18 24 17.4

BH464S Four Gang with Screws 64 cu. in. 3.18 24 17.4

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. Ctn.

No. Description Capacity Depth Qty. Wt.

†BH118R Single Gang Old Work 18 cu. in. 3.64 36 10.9

†Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. Ctn.

No. Description Capacity Depth Qty. Wt.

†BH234R Two Gang Old Work 34 cu. in. 3.59 18 7.71

†Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

www.carlon.com 81

SuperBlue™Low Voltage Divider Plate

Low Voltage Divider Plate

Carlon SuperBlue boxes are easily divided into both high

and low voltage use. Just insert the Low Voltage Divider

Plate, and you’re ready to go!

The National Electrical Code allows electrical

conductors to share an outlet box when the

conductors and signaling or communication

cables are separated by a barrier within the box.

Features

Installation

•Transforms a high voltage box into an accepted

high and low voltage box

•Orange color signifies low voltage installations

•Designed to be used with Carlon’s 2-, 3-, and

4- gang SuperBlue Boxes

•UL Listed

•Noncorrosive and nonconductive

•Great for situations requiring a high/low voltage

fire-classified box

Part Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Description cu. in. Qty. Wt.

SCDIV Low Voltage Divider Plate - 50 2.2

E42728

Ceiling Box

3/0 Round Old Work Box

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. Ctn.

No. Description Capacity Qty. Wt.

BH614R 3/0 Round Old Work Box 14 cu. in. 20 5.0

BH614RP Four Gang with Screws w/Ground Lug 14 cu. in. 20 5.0

www.carlon.com

SuperBlue™Ceiling Boxes –Nonmetallic

3/0 - 4/0 Combination Ceiling Boxes

Ceiling Box Ceiling Box with Grounding Lug

Ceiling Box with Hanger Bar

*Hanger Bar adjusts from 11 1/2"to 18 1/2"Ceiling Fan Box

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. Ctn.

No. Description Capacity Depth Qty. Wt.

•BH525H Ceiling Box with Hanger Bar 25 cu. in. 2.95 20 13.2

•BH525HP Ceiling Box with Hanger Bar 25 cu. in. 2.95 20 13.2

with Grounding Lug

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. Ctn.

No. Description Capacity Depth Qty. Wt.

•BH525L Ceiling Fan Box with Nails 25 cu. in. 3.06 24 12.2

•BH525LP Ceiling Fan Box with 25 cu. in. 3.06 24 12.2

Grounding Lug with Nails

E42728

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. Ctn.

No. Description Capacity Depth Qty. Wt.

•BH525A Ceiling Box 25 cu. in. 3.00 48 16.3

•BH525S Ceiling Box with Screws 25 cu. in. 3.00 48 16.3

•Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. Ctn.

No. Description Capacity Depth Qty. Wt.

•BH525P Ceiling Box with Grounding Lug 25 cu. in. 3.00 24 9.4

•BH525SP

Ceiling Box w/Grounding Lug w/Screws

25 cu. in. 3.00 24 9.4

•Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

•Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs. •Listed for fan support up to 35 lbs. and fixture support up to 50 lbs.

Listed for fan support up to 35 lbs.

www.carlon.com 83

Switch/Outlet Covers –Nonmetallic

Covers

Cu. Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Rise in. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

A410 1/2" 3.5 100 8.0

A411 5/8" 4.2 50 6.0

A412 3/4" 5.0 50 6.0

A413 1" 6.6 40 5.0

A414 11/4" 8.1 30 5.0

Single-Gang – Covers

Cu. Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Rise in. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

A400 Blank – 100 9.0

A420 1/2" 6.1 75 6.0

A421 5/8" 7.4 50 4.2

A422 3/4" 8.8 50 4.8

Two-Gang – Covers

Vol. Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Rise (cu. in.) Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

A471 1/2" 3.2 100 3.3

A472 5/8" 4.0 100 3.8

Round Plaster Ring

Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

Vol. Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No.Rise (cu. in.) Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

A470D Blank with 1/2"KO – 100 4.7

E460R-CAR Blank – 35 2.2

Round Blank Cover

Vol. Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Rise (cu. in.) Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

CPC4 WH White Ceiling Box Cover – 12 1.3

Ceiling Box Cover – White

E42728

www.carlon.com

Zip Box

Features

Carlon Trademark

Blue Color Nonconductive...no

need to ground box LightweightCeiling boxes with

special engineered high

heat resistant material for

fixture support

High Impact

PVC Wall Boxes

Engraved NEC

Wire Fill Leveling Guides Clean Easy Knockout

(Single Gang Only) Pre-installed Angled Nails

Integral Clamps

(Multi-Gang Boxes)

General Features

Special Nail-on and Bracket Boxes

Type B Type L Type H Type K

www.carlon.com 85

Zip Box

Installation

Zip Clamp™

Easy to wire, simply...

Grounding Lugs

(No need to ground box itself) Easy to wire...

Old Work Boxes

Easy to rework, simply...

Align Wire Push Through Secure Clamp

Pre-installed Lugs Make Grounding Connection

Trace Box Cut on Lines Place Box in Wall Secure Box in Wall

Insert Wires

www.carlon.com

Plenum-Gard

Riser-Gard

Hal-Free

Riser-Gard

General

Purpose

Carlon

Flexible

Raceway Systems

www.carlon.com 87

www.carlon.com

Plenum-Gard

Plenum-Gard isaUL Listed non-

metallic corrugated flexible conduit

for use in Plenum, Riser and General

Purpose applications.

Plenum-Gard is manufactured from

PVDF resin, which is extremely

durable and resistant to abrasion

and mechanical damage before/after

cable installation.

Plenum-Gard is listed to UL 2024 in

accordance with the National Electrical

Code for Plenum, Riser, General

Purpose, and other cabling optical fiber

/telecommunication applications as

defined in Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820.

Important: Installed cables must be

plenum rated and the UL Listing

must be printed on the product.

Abandoned cables MUST be

removed (Reference NEC).

UL Standard 2024 Value

Maximum Flame Propagation 5 ft.

Max. Peak Optical Smoke Density 0.5

Max. Average Optical Smoke Density 0.15

E151168

FT-6 Rated

Min. Reel Wt. per

Pull Size Reel Reel Wt. 100 ft.

Color Part No. Tape (F x W) Type Length (lbs.) (lbs.)

Orange CE4X1-1000 Empty 36" x 24" W 1000 35 8

Orange CE4X1-1000S Empty 36" x 24" W 1000 35 8

Orange CF4X1C-500 900 lb. 36" x 24" W 500 35 10

Orange CF4X1C-1000 900 lb. 48" x 32" W 1000 90 10

Orange CF4X1C-1500 900 lb. 48" x 32" W 1500 90 10

Orange CF4X1C-5200 900 lb. 66" x 41" W 5200 265 10

Orange CF4X1C-6500 900 lb. 72" x 41" W 6500 302 10

Orange CF4X1C-8000 900 lb. 82" x 41" W 8000 375 10

Orange CG4X1C-500 900 lb. 36" x 24" W 500 35 16

Orange CG4X1C-900 900 lb. 48" x 32" W 900 90 16

Orange CG4X1C-1600 900 lb. 48" x 46" W 1600 105 16

Orange CG4X1C-3200 900 lb. 66" x 41" W 3200 265 16

Orange CG4X1C-6500 900 lb. 96" x 41" W 6500 700 16

Orange CG4X1-900S Empty 48" x 32" W 900 90 16

Orange CH4X1C-350 900 lb. 48" x 32" W 350 90 20

Orange CH4X1C-1200 900 lb. 48" x 46" W 1200 105 20

Orange CH4X1C-4000 900 lb.82" x 41" W 4000 375 20

Orange CJ4X1C-225 900 lb.48" x 32" W 225 90 23

Orange CJ4X1C-700 900 lb. 48" x 46" W 700 105 23

Orange CJ4X1C-2000 900 lb. 82" x 41" W 2000 375 23

Orange CJ4X1C-2800 900 lb. 82" x 41" W 2800 375 23

11/4"

3/4"

11/2"

StandardStock – Reels

•Storage -4°F to 158°F

•Handling -4°F to 104°F

• No UV protection (not suitable for outdoor use)

• Do NOT store outside

W = Wood

Applications: Plenum, Riser,

and General Purpose

Technical Info:

NEW

1/2"& 3/4"

with tape

www.carlon.com 89

Plenum-Gard

Features:

Specifications

•For use in Plenum areas per

Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820.

•Sizes 1/2"through 2"

•Pre-installed pull tape available

insizes 1/2"through 2"

•Outside Diameters meet IPS

Dimensions

•UL Listed raceway meeting UL 2024

•Footage sequentially marked

•Single peak design

Custom Orders

How to Build a Part Number

Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 Position 5 Position 6 Position 7

Product Size Configuration Wall Color Pull Line Length

C=Plenum-Gard D = 1/2"4=Corrugated X = Standard 1 = Orange C = 900 lb. Tape Example

E = 3/4" 2 = Black -1000 = Feet

F=1" 3 = Gray -1000S = 1000 Feet Split

G=11/4" 4 = White

H=11/2" 5 = Blue

J=2" 7 = Yellow

8 = Red

Pull Coil Wt. per

Color Part No. Tape Length (ft.) 100 ft. (lbs.)

Orange CE4X1-350* Empty 350 8

Orange CF4X1C-100* 900 lb. 100 10

Orange CF4X1C-250* 900 lb. 250 10

Orange CF4X1-250 Empty 250 10

Orange CF4X1-250S* Empty 250 10

Orange CG4X1C-200* 900 lb. 200 16

Orange CH4X1C-150* 900 lb. 150 20

Orange CJ4X1C-100* 900 lb. 100 23

Standard Stock – Coils

11/4"

3/4"

11/2"

* Overnight Shippable

I.D. Min. Max. Min. Bend

Size Min. Ref. O.D. O.D. Radius

1/2" .60 .815 .835 2"

3/4" .74 1.025 1.045 2"

1" 1.00 1.292 1.312 3"

11/4"1.35 1.630 1.650 3"

11/2"1.50 1.868 1.888 4"

2" 2.00 2.329 2.349 4"

•Custom Orders are not returnable

•Custom lengths are available in

minimum order quantities of 1000 ft.

•Custom color runs are available in

minimum order quantities of 10,000 ft.

Options:

•Color: Black, Blue, Gray, Red, White and Yellow

•Two,three, or four way parallel

•Split Duct

•Custom print line

www.carlon.com

Riser-Gard

Riser-Gard is a nonmetallic

flexible raceway for use in Riser

and General Purpose applications.

Riser-Gard is UL Listed and is

available with tape pre-installed.

Riser-Gard is listed to UL 2024

Standard for Riser Applications

or optical fiber/communications

raceways.

UL Listed to 2024 Test Method Maximum Value

Maximum Flame Propagation UL 2024 6.0 ft.

Maximum Air Temperature at 12 ft. UL 2024 372°F

Reel Reel Product

Pull Size Reel Reel Wt. Wt. per

Color Part No. Tape (F x W) Type Length (lbs.) 100 ft. (lbs.)

Orange DE4X1-1000 Empty 36" x 24" W1000 35 9

Orange DF4X1C-500R 900 lb.42" x 24" W500 50 14

Orange DF4X1C-1000 900 lb.48" x 32" W1000 90 14

Orange DF4X1C-1500 900 lb. 48" x 32" W 1500 90 14

Orange DF4X1C-2700 900 lb. 48" x 46" W 2700 105 14

Orange DF4X1C-5200 900 lb. 66" x 41" W 5200 265 14

Orange DF4X1C-6500 900 lb. 72" x 41" W 6500 302 14

Orange DF4X1C-7000 900 lb. 72" x 45" S 7000 148 14

Orange DF4X1C-9400 900 lb. 84" x 45" S 9400 199 14

Orange DG4X1C-900 900 lb. 48" x 32" W 900 90 17

Orange DG4X1C-500R 900 lb. 42" x 24" W 500 50 17

Orange DG4X1C-1500 900 lb. 48" x 46" W 1500 105 17

Orange DG4X1C-1600 900 lb. 48" x 46" W 1600 105 17

Orange DG4X1C-3200 900 lb. 66" x 41" W 3200 265 17

Orange DG4X1C-4500 900 lb. 72" x 45" S 4500 148 17

Orange DG4X1C-5600 900 lb. 84" x 46" W 5600 600 17

Orange DG4X1C-6500 900 lb. 96" x 45" S 6500 220 17

Orange DH4X1C-1200 900 lb.48" x 46" W 1200 105 22

Orange DH4X1C-4000 900 lb. 82" x 45" S 4000 193 22

Orange DH4X1C-4500 900 lb.84" x 45" S 4500 199 22

Orange DJ4X1C-700 900 lb. 48" x 46" W 700 105 26

Orange DJ4X1C-2000 900 lb. 82" x 41" W 2000 375 26

Orange DJ4X1C-2800 900 lb. 84" x 45" S 2800 199 26

11/4"

3/4"

11/2"

StandardStock – Reels

•Storage -4°F to 158°F

•Handling -4°F to 104°F

• No UV protection (not suitable for outdoor use)

• Do NOT store outside

W = Wood, S = Steel

Riser-Gard is listed to UL 2024 in accor-

dance with the National Electrical Code per

Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820 for Riser,

General Purpose, and other cabling optical

fiber/telecommunication applications.

Riser-Gard is suitable for use in vertical

runs in a shaft or between floors, as well

as areas other than the plenum.

Important: Installed cables must be

of suitable rating for the application.

E151168

FT-4 Rated

Applications: Riser and General Purpose

Technical Info:

www.carlon.com 91

Riser-Gard

Features:

•For use in Riser and General Purpose areas per

Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820 of the NEC.

•Riser-Gard is also suitable for direct burial.

Not approved for exposed applications.

NOTE: UL has not evaluated Riser-Gard for this

application.

•UL Listed Raceway meeting UL 2024

•Available in sizes 3/4" through 2"

•Pull tape can be factory

pre-installed in 1" through 2"

•Outside Diameters meet IPS

Dimensions

•Footage sequentially marked

Custom Orders

How to Build a Part Number

Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 Position 5 Position 6 Position 7

Product Size Configuration Wall Color Pull Line Length

D = Riser-Gard E = 3/4"4=Corrugated X=Standard 1=Orange C=900 lb.Tape Example

F=1" 2 = Black -1000 = Feet

G=11/4" 3 = Gray -1000S = 1000 Feet Split

H=11/2" 4 = White

J=2" 5 = Blue

7 = Yellow

8 = Red

Pull Coil Product Wt. per

Color Part No. Tape Length (ft.) 100 ft. (lbs.)

Orange DE4X1-350* Empty 350 9

Orange DF4X1C-250* 900 lb. 250 14

Orange DF4X1C-500 900 lb. 500 14

Orange DF4X1-250S* Empty 250 14

Orange DG4X1-200 Empty 200 17

Orange DG4X1C-200* 900 lb. 200 17

Orange DG4X1C-500 900 lb. 500 17

Orange DG4X1-200S* Empty 200 17

Orange DH4X1C-150* 900 lb. 150 22

Orange DJ4X1C-100* 900 lb.100 26

Standard Stock – Coils

11/4"

3/4"

11/2"

*Overnight Shippable

Specifications

I.D. Min. Max. Min. Bend

Size Min. Ref. O.D. O.D. Radius

3/4".74 1.025 1.075 6"

1" .98 1.290 1.340 6"

11/4"1.31 1.640 1.690 7"

11/2" 1.54 1.880 1.930 8 1/4"

2" 2.00 2.350 2.400 9 1/2"

•Custom Orders are not returnable

•Custom lengths are available in

minimum order quantities of 1000 ft.

•Custom color runs are available in

minimum order quantities of 10,000 ft.

Options:

•Color: Black, Blue, Gray, Red, White and Yellow

•Two, three, or four way parallel

•Split Duct

•Custom print line

www.carlon.com

Hal-Free Riser-Gard

Features:

Hal-Free Riser-Gard is listed to UL

2024 in accordance with

NEC

Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820.

Custom lengths and split ducts

are available upon request.

Hal-Free Riser-Gard is available

in white only.

UL Listed to 2024 Test Method Maximum Value

Maximum Flame Propagation UL 2024 3'6"

Maximum Air Temperature UL 2024 387°F

Custom Orders

How to Build a PartNumber

Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 Position 5 Position 6 Position 7

Product Size Configuration Wall Color Pull Line Length

H=Hal-Free F = 1" 4 = Corrugated X = Standard 4 = White C = 900 lb. Tape Example

Riser-Gard G=11/4"-1000 = Feet

H=11/2"-1000S = 1000 Feet Split

J=2"

•Free from halogen elements

•Compliant with NEC Articles 725,

770, 800 and 820

•Available in sizes 1" through 2"

•Available in white only

•Sequentially marked footage

Hal-Free Riser-Gard isahalogen free

nonmetallic flexible raceway for use in

riser and general purpose applications.

In the event of a fire, this product will

not release halogen elements into the

air, which makes it ideal for applications

in tunnels, laboratories and high-tech

environments.

E143102

FT-4 Rated

Applications: Riser and General

Purpose

•Custom orders not returnable

•Custom lengths available in minimum order quantities of 1000 ft.

Technical Info:

•Storage and Handling -4°F to 150°F

• No UV protection (not suitable for outdoor use)

•Do NOT store outside

Reel Reel Wt. per

Part Nom. Nom. Pull Reel Reel Length Weight 100 ft.

Color No. I.D. O.D. Tape Size Type (feet) (lbs.) (lbs.)

White HF4X4C-5000 1.049 1.365 900 lb. 72" x 41" W 5000 302 7.3

White HG4X4C-4000 1.250 1.550 900 lb. 72" x 41" W 4000 302 9.2

White HH4X4C-2000 1.500 1.850 900 lb. 66" x 41" W 2000 265 12.0

White HJ4X4C-2000 2.000 2.425 900 lb. 82" x 41" W 2000 375 20.8

StandardStock – Reels

11/4"

11/2"

W=Wood

www.carlon.com 93

General Purpose

General Purpose is nonmetallic

flexible raceway for use in General

Purpose applications only. It is UL

Listed and available with tape

pre-installed.

UL Listed to 2024 Test Method Maximum Value

Maximum Flame Propagation UL 2024 6.0 ft.

Maximum Air Temperature at 12 ft. UL 2024 372°F

•Storage -4°F to 158°F

•Handling -4°F to 104°F

• No UV protection (not suitable for outdoor use)

•Do not store outside

General Purpose raceway is listed to

UL2024

in accordance with

the National Electrical

Code per Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820 for

General Purpose and other cabling optical

fiber/telecommunication applications.

E151168

FT-1 Rated

Applications: General Purpose

Technical Info:

I.D. Min. Reel Reel Product

Min. Min. Max. Pull Bend Size Reel Reel Wt. Wt. per

Color Part No. Ref. O.D. O.D. Tape Radius (F x W) Type Length (lbs.) 100 ft. (lbs.)

Orange BF4X1B-8000 .98 1.29 1.34 1130 lb. 6" 82" x 41" W 8000 375 14

Orange BG4X1B-5600 1.31 1.64 1.69 1130 lb. 7" 72" x 41" W 5600 302 17

Orange BH4X1B-4500 1.54 1.88 1.93 1130 lb. 81/4" 82" x 41" W 4500 375 22

Orange BJ4X1B-8000 2.00 2.35 2.40 1130 lb. 91/2"82" x 41" W2000 375 26

11/4"

11/2"

Standard Stock – Reels

W = Wood

Features:

•For use in General Purpose areas per

Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820 of the NEC.

•Available in sizes 3/4" through 2"

•Pull tape can be factory

pre-installed in 1" through 2"

•Outside Diameters meet IPS Dimensions

•Footage sequentially marked

Custom Orders

How to Build a PartNumber

Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 Position 5 Position 6 Position 7

Product Size Configuration Wall Color Pull Line Length

B=General Purpose F = 1" 4 = Corrugated X = Standard 1 = Orange B = 1130 lb. Tape Example

G=11/4"2 = Black -1000 = Feet

H=11/2" 3 = Gray

J=2" 4 = White

5 = Blue

7 = Yellow

8 = Red

•Custom Orders are not returnable

•Custom lengths are available in

minimum order quantities of 1000 ft.

•Custom color runs are available in

minimum order quantities of 10,000 ft.

Options:

•Color: Black, Blue, Gray, Red, White and Yellow

•Two,three,or four way parallel

•Split Duct

•Custom print line

www.carlon.com

Flexible Raceway Accessories

•For use with Riser-Gard®and General Purpose

Nonmetallic Adapters & Couplings

•For use with Plenum-Gard®

Nonmetallic Adapters & Couplings

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Size Color Quantity Weight (lbs.)

SCA240E 3/4" Orange 25 .783

SCA240F 1" Orange 20 .972

Couplings

StandardCarton Standard Carton

Part. No. Size Color Quantity Weight (lbs.)

SCA243E 3/4" Orange 100 2.30

SCA243F 1" Orange 50 2.00

Threaded Adapters

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Size Color Quantity Weight (lbs.)

SCA253E 3/4"Orange 100 2.90

SCA253F 1" Orange 50 2.30

Snap-In Adapters

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Size Color Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A340F 1" Orange 50 2.50

Couplings

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Size Color Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A343F 1" Orange 50 1.55

Couplings

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Size Color Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A353F1" Orange 50 3.00

Couplings

LR31146

www.carlon.com 95

Flexible Raceway Accessories

Duct O.D. Std. Std. Ctn.

Part. No. Size Range Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

P75 3/4" .91 – 1.08 10 12

P100 1" 1.21 – 1.41 100 25

P125 1 1/4" 1.44 – 1.68 100 28

P150CPLR 1 1/2" 1.80 – 2.02 100 35

P200 2" 2.31 – 2.48 50 19

Universal Aluminum Couplings

•For use with Plenum-Gard

, Riser-Gard

, Hal-Free Riser-Gard

and General Purpose

Male Terminal Adapters

For adapting nonmetallic

conduits to boxes,

threaded fittings, metallic

systems. Male threads

on one end, socket end

on other.

All socket fittings should be attached Using Carlon solvent cement. Using

Carlon fittings with Carlon nonmetallic conduit insures system integrity.

Standard Couplings

Socket type for

joining nonmetallic

conduit.

Where a waterproof termination is required into any enclosure

(metallic or nonmetallic), install the neoprene washer over the

threads of a terminal adapter before inserting into the enclosure.

Use a standard locknut or threaded bushing to secure the assembly.

Washers Flat Sealing Washer

E32447

Except where noted by

Nonmetallic Adapters and Couplings

•For use with Riser-Gard®and General Purpose

Metallic Adapters and Couplings

Self-threading, which draws

each end of the conduit into

the center of the coupler.

Terminating

Connector

•For use with Plenum-Gard®and

Hal-Free Riser-Gard

Part Nom. O.D. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Size Range Qty. Wt.

TC100 1"

.91 – 1.08

12 50

TC125 1

" 1.495 – 1.70 12 52

TC150 1

" 1.80 – 2.00 12 56

TC200 2" 2.31 – 2.52 12 58

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. A B Min. Max. C T L

Ctn. Wt.

No. Size Qty. Color Typical D OD Typical (lbs.)

E943E 3/4125 Gray 1.064 1.046 .800 111/32 3/49/16 13/83.5

E943F 1 50 Gray 1.330 1.310 1.018 15/8111/16 125/32 3

E943G 11/450 Gray 1.677 1.655 1.332 21/32 13/4115/16 4

E943H 11/225 Gray 1.918 1.894 1.566 2 5/32 13/16 3/421/16 2.5

E943J 2 50 Gray 2.393 2.369 2.000 221/32 13/16 3/421/87

SCE943G 11/450 Orange 1.677 1.655 1.332 21/32 13/4115/16 4

SCE943H 11/225 Orange 1.918 1.894 1.566 2 5/32 13/16 3/421/16 2.5

SCE943J 2 50 Orange 2.393 2.369 2.000 221/3213/163/421/87

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. A B Min. Max. C L Ctn.

No. Size Qty. Color Typical D OD Typical

Wt. (lbs.)

E940E 3/4100 Gray 1.064 1.046 .840 15/16 3/415/84.4

E940F 1 50 Gray 1.330 1.310 1.210 15/815/16 2 3.5

E940G 11/430 Gray 1.677 1.655 1.535 163/64 1 21/83.5

E940H 11/225 Gray 1.918 1.894 1.755 215/64 11/823/83.9

E940J 2 30 Gray 2.393 2.369 2.190 247/64 13/16 21/25.25

SCE940G 11/430 Orange 1.677 1.655 1.535 163/64 1 21/83.5

SCE940H 11/225 Orange 1.918 1.894 1.755 215/64 11/823/83.9

SCE940J 2 30 Orange 2.393 2.369 2.190 247/64 13/16 21/25.25

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No.Size Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E943EW 3/4" 125 .45

E943FW 1" 100 .46

E943GW 11/4"50 .44

E943HW 11/2"50 .45

E943JW 2" 25 .42

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part. No. Size Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E147E 3/4"1.7

E147F 1" 25 1.5

Metallic Terminal Adapter

•For use with Plenum-Gard®

www.carlon.com

Flexible Raceway Accessories

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC100ADJC 1-Gang 24 7.5

SC200ADJC 2-Gang 20 6.9

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Volume Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC200DV 1-Gang 20.5 cu. in. 16 6.4

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC100SC 1-Gang 24 2.3

SC200DV

SC100ADJC

SC100SC

E42728

E216492

*U.S. Patent D463,376

*U.S. Patent D459,312

U.S. Patent 6,710,245

*U.S. Patent 5,289,934

Dual Voltage Box/Bracket*

Low Voltage Add-On Bracket*

Low Voltage Adjustable Brackets*

SC100A

E216492

Low Voltage Brackets*

SC200A

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC100A 1-Gang 24 5.3

SC200A 2-Gang 24 7.7

(3/4" Resi-Rings)

*U.S. Patent D457,140

D462,664

*Lamson & Sessions

Low Voltage Boxes & Brackets

www.carlon.com 97

Flexible Raceway Accessories

Carlon Mud Box Assemblies are available in five unique styles…blank, ceiling ring, one-gang, two-gang

and 4 square. All Mud Box Assemblies are manufactured out of polycarbonate material to provide extra strength

and durability, are concrete tight, and have twelve integral connectors…two-1", six-3/4", and four-1/2". Using our

new ENT Reducers, this product will meet ANY jobsite application.

Mud Box Base with Blank Cover

Mud Box with Ceiling Ring

•Threaded brass inserts for fan (#10-32 screws) and fixture (#8-32 screws) mountings

•Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs. • Listed for ceiling fans up to 35 lbs.

Mud Boxwith One-Gang Ring

Mud Boxwith Two-Gang Ring

Mud Box with 4 Square Ring

• 4 Square Ring not for luminaries.

Mud Box Assemblies

Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863BC Mud Box w/ Blank Cover 24 12.3

Patent Pending

Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863CF Mud Box w/ Ceiling Ring 24 15.5

A863CFG Mud Box w/ Ceiling Ring & Ground Lug 24 16.1

Patent Pending

Part. No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863S Mud Box w/ One-Gang Ring 24 16.8

A863SG Mud Box w/ One-Gang Ring & Ground Lug 24 16.2

Patent Pending

Part. No.Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863D Mud Box w/ Two-Gang Ring 24 15.8

A863DG Mud Box w/ Two-Gang Ring & Ground Lug 24 16.6

Patent Pending

Part. No.Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863-4SQ Mud Box w/ 4 Inch Square Ring 24 15.2

Patent Pending

Except where noted by

NEW

E42728 E42728

www.carlon.com

Flexible Raceway Accessories

•For use with Riser-Gard®and General Purpose

21/2"&4"Mud Boxes with Covers

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A861 Without ground lug 10 2.5

CA861G With ground lug 10 2.0

Base Rings

Listed for use with ceiling fans up to 35 lbs. and for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

•For use with Riser-Gard®and

General Purpose

•Suitable for masonry walls

•Meets NEMA OS-2

QuickConnect Outlet and Switch Boxes

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A58381D 3 x 21/4x3 (

1/2"KO’s) 25 4.6

A58381E 3 x 21/4x3 (

3/4"KO’s) 25 4.6

Single Gang – 16 cu. in.

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A52151D 4x4x1

1/2(1/2" KO’s) 100 22.6

A52151E 4 x 4 x 11/2(3/4"KO’s) 100 22.6

A521DE 4 x 4 x 11/2(1/2" & 3/4"KO’s) 100 22.6

TwoGang – 20 cu. in.

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A52171D 4 x 4 x 23/8(1/2"KO’s) 25 7.6

A52171E 4x4x2

3/8(3/4" KO’s) 25 7.6

A5217DE 4 x 4 x 23/8(1/2" & 3/4"KO’s) 25 7.6

TwoGang – 30.3 cu. in.

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A862D 21/2"Deep (1/2"KO’s) 10 2.5

A862E 21/2"Deep (3/4"KO’s) 10 2.1

A864D 4" Deep (1/2"KO’s) 10 2.9

A864E 4" Deep (3/4"KO’s) 10 2.9

A864F 4" Deep (1" KO’s) 10 3.0

Covers

E42728 LR31146

E42728

www.carlon.com 99

Flexible Raceway Accessories

•For use with Riser-Gard®and General Purpose

ENT Box with Adapters

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A5329DE

4x4x1

3/4(1/2" & 3/4"KO’s)

50 14.8

Two Gang – 24.75 cu. in. ENT Box with Adapters

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A540DS

For use with 1/2"Knockout

100 2.1

Box Back Wall Support

•For use with Riser-Gard®and General Purpose

ENT Box Extenders

StandardCarton Standard Carton

Part. No. Rise Cu. in. Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A410 1/2" 3.5 100 7.7

A411 5/8"4.2 50 4.6

A412 3/4" 5.0 50 5.1

A413 1" 6.6 40 5

A414 11/4" 8.1 30 4.4

Single Gang

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Rise Cu. in. Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A400 Blank - 100 7.7

A420 1/2" 6.1 75 5.0

A421 5/8" 7.4 50 4.2

A422 3/4" 8.8 50 4.8

Two Gang

E42728

Except where noted by

•For use with Riser-Gard®and General Purpose

Round Covers for Octagon Ceiling Boxes

E42728

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Rise Cu. in. Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A471 1/2"3.2 100 3.3

A472 3/4" 4.0 100 3.7

Round Plaster Rings

•Suitable for fixture support

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Rise Cu. in. Quantity Weight (lbs.)

E460R-CAR Blank - 35 2.2

A470D Blank with 1/2" KO-100 4.7

Round Blank Covers

www.carlon.com

100

Flexible Raceway Accessories

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

CC120B 8" 10

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

CC125 9" 12

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

CC122 171/2"1

PVC Conduit Cutters

Hand held cutter makes fast square, smooth

field cuts on conduit from

" through 1

Produces burr-free cut with no shavings. Fits

into pocket or pouch.

For clean cuts of conduit

through 2".

For fast, smooth field cuts of

" through 1" Riser-Gard

and Plenum-Gard.

Small Cutter Medium Cutter Large Cutter

• For use with Riser-Gard®and General Purpose

• Carlon ceiling boxes and round plaster rings are produced from a special high heat

resistant engineered plastic material developed specifically for fixture support.

• LIsted for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

Quick Connect 4"Octagon Ceiling Boxes

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A615D

4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s)

50 6.4

A615E

4 - 21/8" Deep (3/4" KO’s)

50 6.4

A615DE

4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" & 3/4" KO’s)

50 6.4

Ceiling Box – 20.5 cu. in.

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A615DJ

4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s)

50 18.7

Ceiling Box with J Mount – 20.5 cu. in.

E42728

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A615DL

4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s)

50 6.4

Ceiling Box with L Bracket – 20.5 cu. in.

Ceiling Box with Adjustable Hanger Bar – 20.5 cu. in.

Adjust from 141/4" to 231/4"

Standard Carton Standard Carton

Part. No. Description Quantity Weight (lbs.)

A615DH

4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s)

25 13.6

Except where

noted by

www.carlon.com 101

Flexible Raceway Accessories

Carlon

Cement

(MSDS sheets available at www.carlon.com)

*Meets ASTM D2564

Medium Bodied Clear PVC Solvent Cement

with dauber*

All-Weather “Quick-Set”

Clear Solvent Cement

with dauber*

Low VOC Gray PVC Solvent

Cement

with dauber*

Part Std.

No. Size Ctn. Qty.

VC9964 1/2Pint 10

VC9963 Pint 24

VC9962 Quart 12

VC9961P Gallon 6

Recommended for all grades

and types of Carlon PVC

conduit, duct, wireway and

fittings, except Flex-Plus

Blue

™

ENT (Electrical

Nonmetallic Tubing.)

Up through 6" diameter.

Recommended for all

grades and types of Carlon

PVC conduit, duct, wireway

and fittings, except Flex-

Plus

Blue

™

ENT (Electrical

Nonmetallic Tubing.)

Up through 6" diameter.

Recommended for all

grades and types of Carlon

PVC conduit, duct, wireway

and fittings, except Flex-

Plus

Blue

™

ENT (Electrical

Nonmetallic Tubing.)

Up through 6" diameter.

VOC emission of 490

grams/liter per the Bay and

South Coast test method.

Recommended pipe

application and sizes

10˚-30˚F Not recommended

30˚-50˚F

5-6 minutes

50˚-70˚F

3-4 minutes

70˚-90˚F

1-2 minutes

10˚-30˚F

4-5 minutes

30˚-50˚F

3-4 minutes

50˚-70˚F

1-2 minutes

70˚-90˚F

-1

minutes

10˚-30˚F

Not recommended

30˚-50˚F

5-6 minutes

50˚-70˚F

3-4 minutes

70˚-90˚F

1-2 minutes

2hrs.

350 psi

16 hrs.

800 psi

72 hrs.

1,500 psi

2hrs.

350 psi

16 hrs.

800 psi

72 hrs.

1,500 psi

2hrs.

350 psi

16 hrs.

800 psi

72 hrs.

1,500 psi

Set-up time

(Evaporation Rate) Lap Shear

@73˚F

Recommended

installation

temperature

40˚ to 100˚F

-5˚ to 100˚F

40˚ to 100˚F

Viscosity at

75˚ as

manufactured

500-900 cps

400-700 cps

500-900 cps

Part Std.

No. Size Ctn. Qty.

VC9984 1/2Pint 10

VC9983 Pint 24

VC9982 Quart 12

VC9981P Gallon 6

Part Std.

No. Size Ctn. Qty.

VC9LV4 1/2Pint 10

VC9LV3 Pint 24

VC9LV2 Quart 12

Other ropes and tapes are available. Consult your sales service location for additional information.

Prelubricated, woven polyester tape made from low friction, high abrasion resistant yarns providing a low coefficient of friction.

Tape is printed with sequential footage markings for accurate measurements.

Tape

Part. No. Size Tensile Strength Reel Lengths

TL14505 1/2"12

50 lbs. 5,000 ft.

TL14510 1/2"1250 lbs. 10,000 ft.

TL38203 5/8"1800 lbs. 3,000 ft.

TL38265 5/8"1800 lbs. 6,500 ft.

TL38210 5/8"1800 lbs. 10,000 ft.

www.carlon.com

102

Innerduct Guide

Carlon

Innerduct Guide

HERE IS

NNERDUCT BEING USED

Plenum

General

Purpose &

Riser

•Must be

UL Listed

•Plenum cable

must be

installed

•Color: Industry

standard=orange

•Pull tape

pre-installed

in sizes 1/2"

through 2"

•Plenum-Gard®

product

numbers:

1/2" CD4X1C

3/4" CE4X1C

1" CF4X1C

11/4" CG4X1C

11/2" CH4X1C

2" CJ4X1C

INSIDE THE

BUILDING

•Must be UL

Listed

•Riser rated

cable must be

used in riser

applications

•Color: Industry

standard=orange

•

Riser-Gard

product numbers:

3/4" DE4X1C

1" DF4X1C

11/4" DG4X1C

11/4" DH4X1C

2" DJ4X1C

•

General Purpose

product numbers:

1" BF4X1B

11/4" BG4X1B

11/4" BH4X1B

2" BJ4X1B

Pulled

into a

Conduit

Plowed or

Trenched

•HDPE True

sized duct

recommended

1.00" ID or

1.25" ID

•Corrugated

(Riser-Gardand

HDPE) duct for

newer conduit

runs & shorter

distance pulls

•HDPE Solidwall

for older conduit

runs & longer

distance pulls

OUTSIDE THE

BUILDING

•HDPE SDR sized

duct recommended

(11/4"or larger)

•HDPE SDR 13 wall

thickness for non-

rocky soil conditions

•HDPE SDR 11 wall

thickness for rocky

conditions

•

Riser-Gard

approved for direct

bury applications

but NOTexposed

applications

NOTE:

•Aerial HDPE for

exposed applications

Specifying and installing UL Listed innerducts with the anticipation of future upgrades provides the building owner

with a low cost solution for the removal of abandoned cables.

Options

•Color

•Striping

•Factory installed pull lines

•Segmented or paralleled reels

•Pre-lubricated duct

Note:

•HDPE innerduct will not meet code

Section

www.carlon.com 103

Carlon

Structured Cable

Management Systems

Structured Cable Management Systems

Cable management

systems that make

installation faster

and better.

www.carlon.com

104

www.carlon.com 105

Structured Cable Management Systems

Dual Voltage Box/Bracket

Here’s a smart alternative where you would

normally use separate high and low voltage

boxes. Designed to fit a standard two-gang

faceplate, this component combines an

electrical box and low voltage bracket into

asingle unit for fast, easy installation.

Noalignment tools are required, and easy nail-on mounting provides

precise placement and a professional finished appearance. Resi-Rings

"Resi-Gard only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC200DV

Low Voltage Adjustable Brackets

Our Low Voltage Adjustable Brackets are the

perfect solution for tile,paneling, or stucco. A

bracket allows for quick, easy stud mounting,

and a turn of the screw adjusts to any wall

thickness. It’s great for retrofit/ installation

upgrades. Replace the single-gang bracket with a two-gang bracket, or

switch services to a high-voltage Adjust-A-Box

™

...SC100ADJC (shown)

SC200ADJC

Resi-Gard

Flexible Raceway

And Fittings

Available in 5 sizes from

"to 2", with

factory installed pull tape in sizes 1" to 2",

our Resi-Gard Flexible Raceway provides a

main chase from the main distribution panel

to a secondary hub in the attic or basement. Ideal for easy access to add

cable or service upgrades, or leave empty for future expansion

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .See page 100 for part numbers

Low Voltage Add-On

Bracket

This low voltage bracket provides a low

voltage outlet next to a previously

installed high voltage outlet. Great for

both new construction and rework, it

attaches easily to most electrical boxes,

and is designed to fit a standard two-

gang faceplate. Resi-Rings accept

Resi-Gard only . . . . . . . . . . . . .SC100SC

Low Voltage Brackets

Here’sthe fast installation choice where

only low voltage is required. Designed to

fit a standard one- or two-gang faceplate,

these low voltage brackets feature an easy

nail-on mounting or screw-in bracket, while

ahard shell provides increased durability

and no racking. SC100A – Accepts 3/4", 1", and 1-1/4" Resi-Gard

SC200A (shown) – Accepts 3/4" Resi-Gard only

Low Voltage Divider Plate

For applications where a combined

high and low voltage closed back box

is needed, such as placement in a fire-

rated wall, we offer our Carlon

SuperBlue™ two-, three-, and four-gang

wiring boxes with a slip-in-place divider

to give you the split box you need for

the low voltage outlet . . . . . . . . SCDIV

Why waste time mounting, then

trying to line up separate high

voltage and low voltage boxes,

and still end up with something

not quite right? Our Dual Voltage

Box/Bracket lets you do it all in

one fast, easy step with perfect

alignment every time.

Attaching the Add-On

Bracket is a “snap.” You

just remove the back of the

double-sided tape (1),

clip the bracket in place (2),

and press on the bracket to

secure it against the box

(3). Allows for the

installation of most decora

style yoke plates

Our Low Voltage Brackets are open-

backed to easily accommodate the bend

radiuses required for low voltage cabling

and deep devices such as volume

controls, while molded-in ports make it

easy to connect flexible raceway for

future-proofing. Or you can use them to

tie off cable to the bracket. They can

also be attached to wood or steel studs.

What could be easier than converting

one of our Carlon SuperBlue boxes for

both high and low voltage use? Just

slip the divider into place, and you’re

ready to go. Great for situations

requiring a dual voltage fire-rated box.

Our Low Voltage Adjustable

Brackets simplify installation with

tile, paneling, or stucco to save you

time and effort. Just use the

quick-mount bracket to clip it to

the stud (1), add a screw for extra

support if you want it (2), then use

the adjustment screw to accommo-

date wall thickness (3). Also

available in a two-gang version.

1. 2. 3.

Our complete line of quick-connect couplings, adapters, cable clips, conduit clamps, and solvent cement make for quick, easy

professional installation of Resi-Gard Flexible Raceway.

1. 2. 3.

www.carlon.com

106

SCMS – Resi-Gard and Fittings

Acomplete line of Carlon one-piece quick connect couplings, threaded adapters, and snap-in

terminator adapters are available for quick, easy professional installation of Resi-Gard Flexible

Raceway.

Ideal for providing a main chase from the main distribution

panel to a secondary hub in the attic or basement, Resi-Gard

nonmetallic flexible raceway is available in 3/4"to 2"

diameter sizes with factory installed pull tape in sizes 1" to

2". The raceway is hand bendable, lightweight and easily

cut to length to reduce scrap. Bright orange color clearly

signifies a low voltage installation.

Resi-Gard

Fittings

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SCA240E 3/4" 25 .783

SCA240F 1" 20 .972

Quick Connect Coupling

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SCA243E 3/4" 25 .633

SCA243F 1" 20 .778

Quick Connect Threaded Adapter

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SCA253E 3/4"25 .783

SCA253F 1" 20 .918

Quick Connect Snap-In Adapter

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SCE943G 11/4"50 3

SCE943H 11/2" 25 2.5

SCE943J 2" 50 6.8

Male Terminal Adapter

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SCE940G 11/4" 30 3.5

SCE940H 11/2"25 3.9

SCE940J 2" 30 5.2

Standard Couplings

Standard Length Coils

Resi-Gard

Flexible Raceway

Pull Part Coil Prod. Wt.

Size Tape No. Length (lbs.) Coil

3/4" Empty* SCE4X1-100 100 11.5

1" 900 lbs. SCF4X1C-100 100 17.9

11/4"900 lbs. SCG4X1C-100 100 21.5

11/2"900 lbs. SCH4X1C-50 50 11.2

2" 900 lbs. SCJ4X1C-50 50 13.4

*Must be cemented to Resi-Gard®Flexible Raceway

using ONLYResi-Gard Solvent Cement

E86720 E32447

E151168

FT-1

Standard Length Reels

Pull Part Reel Prod. Wt.

Size Tape No. Length (lbs.) Reel

3/4" Empty SCE4X1-1000 1000 115.0

1" 900 lbs. SCF4X1C-1500 1500 268.5

2" 900 lbs. SCJ4X1C-500 500 133.5

LR92248

*Made to order

Except where

noted by LR31146

*If installing own tape, a lubricated polyester is recommended.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No.Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

LT9LE 3/4" 700 4

LT9LF 1" 600 4

PVC Lock Nut

www.carlon.com 107

SCMS – Boxes and Brackets

Structured Cabling Boxes and Brackets

Carlon’s new and innovative family of Structured Cabling Boxes and Brackets for all your installation requirements.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC100ADJC 1-Gang 24 7.5

SC200ADJC 2-Gang 20 6.9

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Volume Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC200DV 1-Gang 20.5 cu. in. 16 6.4

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC100SC 1-Gang 24 2.3

SC200DV

SC100ADJC

SC100SC

E42728

E216492

*U.S. Patent D463,376

*U.S. Patent D459,312

U.S. Patent 6,710,245

*U.S. Patent 5,289,934

Dual Voltage Box/Bracket*

•Dual Voltage Capability

•Accepts a two-gang face plate.

•3/4” Resi-Rings

•Backless Design accommodates

large/deep low voltage devices.

• Eliminates cutting the backs off

Electrical Boxes.

•Accommodates bend radius require-

ments for low voltage cabling.

• Provides ample space for installation.

Features:

LowVoltage Add-On Bracket*

•Dual Voltage Capability accommodates

high and low voltage devices in the

same box.

• Accepts a two-gang face plate.

• Attaches to virtually any nonmetallic

electrical box as long as there’s a side

for the tape to stick to.

•3/4" Resi-Rings

• Allows for the installation of most

decora style yoke plates

Features:

LowVoltage Adjustable Brackets*

•Accommodates varying finished wall thicknesses –

ideal for wood paneling, tile or stucco walls.

•With the turn of a screw, adjust to any wall thickness.

• Steel Mounting Bracket provides a secure mount.

•Backless Design accommodates large/deep low

voltage devices.

• Eliminates cutting the backs off Electrical Boxes.

• Accommodates bend radius requirements

for low voltage cabling.

•Provides ample space for installation.

• Removable Bracket and Interchangeable

Mounting Bracket – upgrade from a one-gang

to a two-gang anytime.

Features:

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC100A 1-Gang 24 5.3

SC200A 2-Gang 24 7.7

(3/4" Resi-Rings)

*U.S. Patent D457,140

D462,664

*Lamson & Sessions

www.carlon.com

108

SCMS – Boxes and Brackets

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC100RR 1-Gang 12 1.4

SC200RR 2-Gang 6 .9

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SCA410 1-Gang 20 1.54

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SCDIV 50 2.2

SC100A

SCDIV

E216492

For use with Carlon®SuperBlue™boxes

only (Refer to pages 79-81)

Low Voltage Brackets*

•Backless Design accommodates large/deep low

voltage devices.

•Eliminates cutting the backs off Electrical Boxes.

• Accommodates bend radius requirements for

low voltage cabling.

• Provides ample space for installation.

•Breakaway Drywall Support Flange provides

easy alignment for 1/2" drywall.

• Mount Flange for steel stud application

• Screw mount option

• Resi-Rings with Concentric Knockouts

•Accepts 3/4", 1", and 1-1/4" Resi-Gard.

• Horizontal Mounting Bracket

• Bracket can be mounted horizontally on wood

or steel studs.

•Breakaway Vertical Mounting Flange

• Breakaway feature allows the use of the Low

Voltage Add-On Bracket.

Features:

One-Gang Low Voltage Bracket:

LowVoltage

Divider Plate

Mud Ring

(4" sq. 1/2"Raised Cover)

Old WorkBrackets

•Rectangular Flange for faster/easier installation.

• Chamfered Corners – Prevents Racking.

•Shallow Bracket – Less material, easier to work with.

• Marking hole for wall opening.

• Thinner Flange for less protrusion on the wall.

• SINGLE GANG ONLY – Clamps stop at center

point to prevent the bracket from twisting or

bending out of the wall.

Features:

SC200A

U.S. Patent No. 6,812,405

www.carlon.com 109

SCMS – Accessories

Resi-Gard

Solvent Cement

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

VC9963SC 24 28.6

Resi-Gard

Cutters

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

CC120B 8" 10

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

CC122 171/2"1

Cable Clips

Standard Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Size Part No. Bag Quantity Wt. (lbs.) Qty.

1/4" SC14CC 1 ea. 2.23 10 Bags of 100

1/2" SC12CC 1 ea. 2.31 10 Bags of 25

3/4" SC34CC 1 ea. 2.96 20 Bags of 10

Conduit Clamps

Standard Std. Std. Ctn.

Size Part No. Bag Quantity Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

3/4" SCE977EC 1 ea. 20 Bags of 5 1.5

1" SCE977FC 1 ea. 12 Bags of 5 1.3

11/4" SCE977GC 1 ea. 8 Bags of 5 1.1

11/2" SCE977HC 1 ea. 6 Bags of 5 1.0

2" SCE977JC 1 ea. 6 Bags of 5 1.5

For clean cuts

of conduit 1/2"

through 2".

For fast, smooth field

cuts of 1/2" through 1"

innerduct.

Small Cutter Large Cutter

(Equals one bag

of 100 Clips

(Equals one bag

of 25 Clips

(Equals one bag

of 10 Clips

(Equals one bag

of 5 Clamps

(Equals one bag

of 5 Clamps

(Equals one bag

of 5 Clamps

(Equals one bag

of 5 Clamps

(Equals one bag

of 5 Clamps

NOTE: Each clamp requires 2 screws, 2 nuts, and/or 2 bolts

SC34CC SC12CC SC14CC

Carlon’s cable clips with pre-installed nails provide fast and easy

installation for either a single cable, 2-3 cables, or 1 bundled cable.

Carlon’s orange conduit clamps are designed to secure Resi-Gard raceway or bundled cable.

Resi-Gard Solvent Cement is ideal for easy, tight installation of all

Resi-Gard flexible nonmetallic raceway and fittings and accessories.

Available in pint sizes with convenient brush top applicator.

Carlon’s Kwikcut Cutter is ideal for fast, smooth field cuts for up to 1" diameter Resi-Gard

nonmetallic flexible raceway. Carlon’s Large PVC Cutter is ideal for cuts up to 2" diameter

nonmetallic rigid and flexible raceway.

www.carlon.com

110

SCMS – Adjustable Floor Brackets

The Carlon Low Voltage Adjustable Floor Bracket is specifically designed for the low voltage,

structured cabling market…

the floor bracket is industry standard orange to identify low

voltage applications, the open design provides the space needed for low voltage bend

radius requirements, and the Leviton QuickPort®Quad 106®Insert provides up to four

low voltage outlet ports.

The Carlon Low Voltage Adjustable Floor Bracket is ideal for any

residential or commercial low voltage application.

The floor bracket also features a patented screw design allowing it to be adjusted to most

finished floor heights by simply turning the screw clockwise or counterclockwise and adjust-

ing flush to the floor.

The floor bracket kit comes complete with a nonmetallic (white or ivory) or brass cover, a

Leviton QuickPort Quad 106 Insert, new work and old work metal mounting brackets, and

mounting screws.

Carlon Structured Cable Management Systems…Your Total Systems

Solution!

Features:

•White, Ivory, or Brass Cover

•Orange – Identifies Low Voltage Installations

•Open Design Floor Bracket – Accommodates Low Voltage Bend Radius Requirements

•Patented Adjustable Screw – Bracket Adjusts to Most Finished Floor Depths

•Leviton QuickPort Quad 106 Insert – Install up to 4 Low Voltage Inserts

•Two-Door Design

•C-UL-US Listed

Low Voltage Adjustable Floor Bracket w/ Cover

Install clip over subfloor. Screw in to adjust to height

of flooring or carpet. Beautiful flush fit every time!

Installation:

Specifications:

Part No. Cover Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

SC100FBWC Nonmetallic – White 8 5.62

SC100FBVC Nonmetallic – Ivory 8 5.62

SC100FBBC Brass 8 13.78

www.carlon.com 111

Carlon

Nonmetallic Enclosures

Circuit Safe

NEMA

Circuit Safe

JIC

Himeline

HLA/HLS

Himeline

HLP

Slack and Splice

Enclosures

www.carlon.com

112

Circuit Safe®NEMA Enclosures

Circuit Safe NEMA Enclosures

LR96563

E110981

Manufactured from polycarbonate material (bodies and

covers), Carlon®NEMA enclosures deliver high temper-

ature stability (-30° F to 230° F ), exceptional corrosion

resistance, and greater performance than traditional

steel and stainless steel enclosures. Less than half the

weight of metal enclosures, they‘re also easier to

machine without fear of fracture and easier to install,

while offering both a lower installed cost and longer

service life. In addition, these attractive enclosures offer

molded-in features not found in metal enclosures along

with no rough edges, sharp corners, or burrs. Rated for

use in all NEMA Type 1, 2, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12,

and 13 environments, Carlon NEMA enclosures meet

or exceed both UL and CSA requirements. They are

available in 10 different styles and 11 sizes from 6 x 4

x4to16 x 14 x 6 with screw or hinged design, clear

or opaque covers, and quick-release latches.

Features

•Captive stainless steel cover screws.

•Brass inserts for cover, mounting flanges and panel

mounting screws.

•Back panel provisions accept standard size

panels.

•Dove tailed corners for mounting panels or swing

out panels at any depth. (Use optional adjustable

back panel kit or swing out panel kit.)

•Oil resistant continuous gasket.

•Removable nonmetallic mounting rails included with

factory assembled units.

•Tapered edge keeps liquids away from door opening.

•Ultraviolet stabilized for outdoor use.

•Optional steel or PVC back panels available.

Applications

•Junction boxes

•Terminal block enclosures

•Motor control housings

•Instrument cases

•Electronic equipment cases

•Splice and pull boxes

•Pushbutton housings

Standards

•Meets NEMA Type

1, 2, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13

•Per UL 50, enclosures for electrical equipment.

•CSA certified as indicated.

www.carlon.com 113

Circuit Safe®NEMA Enclosures

NEMA Enclosure Styles

Screw Cover

Circuit Safe®NEMA enclosures are

available in three different cover

options and a wide range of sizes.

From our screw cover style enclosures

to our hidden hinge cover style

enclosures to our external hinge cover

style enclosures, Carlon has a Circuit

Safe NEMA enclosure to meet your

application-specific need.

Styles

•Screw Cover

•External Hinge

•Hidden Hinge

Cover Color Options

•Opaque

•Clear

Material

•Polycarbonate (Bases and Lids)

External Hinge Cover

Hidden Hinge Cover

www.carlon.com

114

Circuit Safe®NEMA Enclosures

Screw-On Cover

Meets NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12

LR96563

E110981

Opaque Clear Back Std. Std. Ctn.

Cover Cover Panels** Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Size Assembly* Assembly* Steel/PVC Qty. Opaque/Clear

6x4x4 NS644 NV644 JP64 / JP64P 1 Opa 1.8 / Clr 1.9

6x6x4 NS664 NV664 JP66 / JP66P 1 Opa 2.4 / Clr 2.4

8x6x4 NS864 NV864 JP86 / JP86P 1 Opa 2.9 / Clr 2.8

8x8x4 NS884 NV884 JP88 / JP88P 1 Opa 3.2 / Clr 3.3

10 x 8 x 4 NS1084 NV1084 JP108 / JP108P 1 Opa 4.0 / Clr 3.9

10 x 8 x 6 NS1086 NV1086 JP108 / JP108P 1 Opa 4.6 / Clr 4.5

10 x 10 x 6 NS10106 NV10106 JP1010 / JP1010P 1 Opa 5.3 / Clr 4.9

12 x 10 x 6 NS12106 NV12106 JP1210 / JP1210P 1 Opa 6.1 / Clr 5.2

12 x 12 x 6 NS12126 NV12126 JP1212 / JP1212P 1 Opa 6.8 / Clr 6.1

14 x 12 x 6 NS14126 NV14126 JP1412 / JP1412P 1 Opa 7.4 / Clr 7.0

16 x 14 x 6 NS16146 NV16146 JP1614 / JP1614P 1 Opa 9.2 / Clr 8.1

EnclosureBase* EnclosureLids Back Panels**

Std. Std. Ctn. Std. Std. Ctn. Std.

Enclosure Part Ctn. Wt. Opaque Clear Ctn . Wt. Steel /PVC Ctn

Size Nos. Qty. (lbs.) Lids Lids Qty. (lbs.) Part Nos. Qty.

6x4x4 NP644B 18 21 NS64L NV64L 16 Opa 6.4 / Clr 5.7 JP64 / JP64P 1

6x6x4 NP664B 12 17 NS66L NV66L 12 Opa 6.2 / Clr 5.7 JP66 / JP66P 1

8x6x4 NP864B 12 18 NS86L NV86L 9 Opa 6 / Clr 4.4 JP86 / JP86P 1

8x8x4 NP884B 14 28 NS88L NV88L 18 Opa 14 / Clr 11.2 JP88 / JP88P 1

10 x 8 x 4 NP1084B 12 26 NS108L NV108L 12 Opa 13 / Clr 11 JP108 / JP108P 1

10 x 8 x 6 NP1086B 8 23 NS108L NV108L 12 Opa 13 / Clr 11 JP108 / JP108P 1

10 x 10 x 6 NP1010B 620 NS1010L NV1010L 11 Opa 14 / Clr 12 JP1010 / JP1010P 1

12 x 10 x 6 NP1210B 6 23 NS1210L NV1210L 12 Opa 15 / Clr 15 JP1210 / JP1210P 1

12 x 12 x 6 NP1212B 522 NS1212L NV1212L 10 Opa 15 / Clr 14 JP1212 / JP1212P 1

14 x 12 x 6 NP1412B 5 24 NS1412L NV1412L 5 Opa 9 / Clr 9 JP1412 / JP1412P 1

16 x 14 x 6 NP1614B 431 NS1614L NV1614L 5 Opa 11 / Clr 11 JP1614 / JP1614P 1

Opaque Cover

Clear Cover

*Mounting rails are not included. See “Mounting Rails” listed in the Enclosure Accessories section.

** Order back panels separately.

Factory Assembled

Individual Components

*Kitted Enclosures include body, lid and mounting rail kit.

** Order back panels separately.

www.carlon.com 115

Circuit Safe®NEMA Enclosures

Screw-On Cover

Enclosure With

Enclosure Mounting Panel Mounting

Back Panel Back Panel**

Clear Lid Opaque Lid Enclosure Size Hole Spacing Hole Spacing Size Part Nos.

Part Nos.* Part Nos.* A B C D E F G H I J K L Steel PVC

NV644 NS644 6.40 4.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 7.69 6.75 2.00 4.25 2.25 4.88 2.88 JP64 JP64P

NV664 NS664 6.40 6.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 7.69 6.75 4.00 4.25 4.25 4.88 4.88 JP66 JP66P

NV864 NS864 8.40 6.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 9.69 8.75 4.00 6.25 4.25 6.75 4.88 JP86 JP86P

NV884 NS884 8.40 8.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 9.69 8.75 6.00 6.25 6.25 6.75 6.88 JP88 JP88P

NV1084 NS1084 10.40 8.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 11.69 10.75 6.00 8.25 6.25 8.75 6.88 JP108 JP108P

NV1086 NS1086 10.40 8.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 11.69 10.75 6.00 8.25 6.25 8.75 6.88 JP108 JP108P

NV10106 NS10106 10.40 10.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 11.69 10.75 8.00 8.25 8.25 8.75 8.88 JP1010 JP1010P

NV12106 NS12106 12.40 10.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 13.69 12.75 8.00 10.25 8.25 10.75 8.88 JP1210 JP1210P

NV12126 NS12126 12.40 12.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 13.69 12.75 10.00 10.25 10.25 10.75 10.88 JP1212 JP1212P

NV14126 NS14126 14.40 12.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 15.69 14.75 10.00 12.25 10.25 12.75 10.88 JP1412 JP1412P

NV16146 NS16146 16.40 14.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 17.69 16.75 12.00 14.25 12.25 14.75 12.88 JP1614 JP1612P

Specifications

* Packaged-To-Order Enclosures include body, lid and mounting rail kit.

** Order back panels separately. (10/32 –3/8Back Panel screws not supplied.)

Mounting Rail

Back Panel

(order

separately) .19

.44

www.carlon.com

116

Circuit Safe®NEMA Enclosures

Hidden Hinge Cover

Meets NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12

LR96563

E110981

Opaque Clear Back Std. Std. Ctn.

Cover Cover Panels** Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Size Assembly* Assembly* Steel/PVC Qty. Opaque/Clear

6x4x5(y) NH644 NI644 JP64 / JP64P 1 Opa 2.2 / Clr 2.8

6x6x5 NH664 NI664 JP66 / JP66P 1 Opa 2.7 / Clr 3.2

8x6x5 NH864 NI864 JP86 / JP86P 1 Opa 3.3 / Clr 3.8

8x8x5 NH884 NI884 JP88 / JP88P 1 Opa 3.8 / Clr 3.8

10 x 8 x 5 NH1084 NI1084 JP108 / JP108P 1 Opa 4.0 / Clr 4.5

10 x 8 x 7 NH1086 NI1086 JP108 / JP108P 1 Opa 5.2 / Clr 5.1

10 x 10 x 7 NH10106 NI10106 JP1010 / JP1010P 1 Opa 5.7 / Clr 5.8

12 x 10 x 7 NH12106 NI12106 JP1210 / JP1210P 1 Opa 6.9 / Clr 6.1

12 x 12 x 7 NH12126 NI12126 JP1212 / JP1212P 1 Opa 7.7 / Clr 7.2

14 x 12 x 7 NH14126 NI14126 JP1412 / JP1412P 1 Opa 8.3 / Clr 7.9

16 x 14 x 7 NH16146 NI16146 JP1614 / JP1614P 1 Opa 10.1 / Clr 9.6

Enclosure Base* Enclosure Lids Collars Back Panels**

Std. Std. Ctn. Opaque Clear Std. Std. Ctn. Std. Std. Ctn. Std.

EnclosurePart Ctn. Wt. Lids Lids Ctn . Wt. Part Ctn. Wt. Steel /PVC Ctn

Size Nos. Qty. (lbs.) Part Nos. Part Nos. Qty. (lbs.) Nos. Qty. (lbs.) Part Nos. Qty.

6x4x5(y) NP644B 18 21 NH64L NI64L 16 Opa 6.8 / Clr 6.3 NH64C 16 6 JP64 / JP64P 1

6x6x5 NP664B 12 17 NH66L NI66L 12 Opa 6.8 / Clr 6.3 NH66C 12 5 JP66 / JP66P 1

8x6x5 NP864B 12 18 NH86L NI86L 9 Opa 6.3 / Clr 5.7 NH86C 9 4 JP86 / JP86P 1

8x8x5 NP884B 14 28 NH88L NI88L 18 Opa 16 / Clr 15 NH88C 9 3.6 JP88 / JP88P 1

10 x 8 x 5 NP1084B 12 26 NH108L NI108L 12 Opa 13 / Clr 12 NH108C 12 7.8 JP108 / JP108P 1

10 x 8 x 7 NP1086B 823 NH108L NI108L 12 Opa 13 / Clr 12 NH108C 12 7.8 JP108 / JP108P 1

10 x 10 x 7 NP1010B 6 20 NH1010L NI1010L 11 Opa 14 / Clr 13 NH1010C 11 7.5 JP1010 / JP1010P 1

12 x 10 x 7(z) NP1210B 623 NH1210L NI1210L 12 Opa 17 / Clr 6 NH1210C 12 8 JP1210 / JP1210P 1

12 x 12 x 7(z) NP1212B 5 22 NH1212L NI1212L 10 Opa 17 / Clr 16 NH1212C 12 7.7 JP1212 / JP1212P 1

14 x 12 x 7(z) NP1412B 524 NH1412L NI1412L 5 Opa 10 / Clr 10 NH1412C 5 4.7 JP1412 / JP1412P 1

16 x 14 x 7(z) NP1614B 4 31 NH1614L NI1614L 5 Opa 13 / Clr 12 NH1614C 5 5.6 JP1614 / JP1614P 1

Opaque Cover

Clear Cover

*Mounting rails are not included. See “Mounting Rails” listed in the Enclosure Accessories section.

** Order back panels separately.

(y) 6 x 4 x 5 enclosures are not available with quick-release latches.

(z) Sizes 12 x 10 and larger require two (2) latches per enclosure.

Factory Assembled

Individual Components

*Packaged-To-Order Enclosures (except NI1084) include body, lid and mounting rail kit.

** Order back panels separately.

(y) 6 x 4 x 5 size not available with quick-release latches.

www.carlon.com 117

Circuit Safe®NEMA Enclosures

Hidden Hinge Cover

Enclosure With

Enclosure Mounting Panel Mounting

Back Panel Back Panel**

Opaque Lid Clear Lid Enclosure Size Hole Spacing Hole Spacing Size Part Nos.

Part Nos.* Part Nos.* A B C D E F G H I J K L Steel PVC

NH644 NI644 6.40 4.40 5.30 4.79 5.94 7.69 6.75 2.00 4.25 2.25 4.88 2.88 JP64 JP64P

NH664 NI664 6.40 6.40 5.30 4.79 5.94 7.69 6.75 4.00 4.25 4.25 4.88 4.88 JP66 JP66P

NH864 NI864 8.40 6.40 5.30 4.79 5.94 9.69 8.75 4.00 6.25 4.25 6.75 4.88 JP86 JP86P

NH884 NI884 8.40 8.40 5.30 4.79 5.94 9.69 8.75 6.00 6.25 6.25 6.75 6.88 JP88 JP88P

NH1084 NI1084 10.40 8.40 5.30 4.79 5.94 11.69 10.75 6.00 8.25 6.25 8.75 6.88 JP108 JP108P

NH1086 NI1086 10.40 8.40 7.30 6.79 7.94 11.69 10.75 6.00 8.25 6.25 8.75 6.88 JP108 JP108P

NH10106 NI10106 10.40 10.40 7.30 6.79 7.94 11.59 10.75 8.00 8.25 8.25 8.75 8.88 JP1010 JP1010P

NH12106 NI12106 12.40 10.40 7.30 6.79 7.94 13.69 12.75 8.00 10.25 8.25 10.75 8.88 JP1210 JP1210P

NH12126 NI12126 12.40 12.40 7.30 6.79 7.94 13.69 12.75 10.00 10.25 10.25 10.75 10.88 JP1212 JP1212P

NH14126 NI14126 14.40 12.40 7.30 6.79 7.94 15.69 14.75 10.00 12.25 10.25 12.75 10.88 JP1412 JP1412P

NH16146 NI16146 16.40 14.40 7.30 6.79 7.94 17.69 16.75 12.00 14.25 12.25 14.75 12.88 JP1614 JP1612P

Specifications

* Packaged-To-Order Enclosures (except NI1084) include body, lid and mounting rail kit.

** Order back panels separately. (10/32 –3/8Back Panel screws not supplied.)

Mounting Rail

Back Panel

(order

separately) .19

.44

Mounting Rail

www.carlon.com

118

Circuit Safe®NEMA Enclosures

External Hinge Cover

Meets NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12

LR96563

E110981

Opaque Clear Back Std. Std. Ctn.

Cover Cover Panels** Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

Size Assembly* Assembly* Steel/PVC Qty. Opaque/Clear

6x4x4(y) NJ644 NC644 JP64 / JP64P 1 Opa 1.9 / Clr 2

6x6x4 NJ664 NC664 JP66 / JP66P 1 Opa 2.4 / Clr 2.4

8x6x4 NJ864 NC864 JP86 / JP86P 1 Opa 2.9 / Clr 2.9

8x8x4 NJ884 NC884 JP88 / JP88P 1 Opa 3.3 / Clr 3.3

10 x 8 x 4 NJ1084 NC1084 JP108 / JP108P 1 Opa 4 / Clr 4

10 x 8 x 6 NJ1086 NC1086 JP108 / JP108P 1 Opa 4.6 / Clr 4.7

10 x 10 x 6 NJ10106 NC10106 JP1010 / JP1010P 1 Opa 5.6 / Clr 5.3

12 x 10 x 6 NJ12106 NC12106 JP1210 / JP1210P 1 Opa 6.3 / Clr 5.8

12 x 12 x 6 NJ12126 NC12126 JP1212 / JP1212P 1 Opa 6.9 / Clr 6.6

14 x 12 x 6 NJ14126 NC14126 JP1412 / JP1412P 1 Opa 7.7 / Clr 7

16 x 14 x 6 NJ16146 NC16146 JP1614 / JP1614P 1 Opa 8.2 / Clr 8

Enclosure Base* Enclosure Lids Back Panels**

Std. Std. Ctn. Std. Std. Ctn. Std.

EnclosurePart Ctn. Wt. Opaque Clear Ctn . Wt. Steel /PVC Ctn

Size Nos. Qty. (lbs.) Lids Lids Qty. (lbs.) Part Nos. Qty.

6x4x4(y) NL644B 18 29 NJ64L NC64L 16 Opa 6.4 / Clr 4.2 JP64 / JP64P 1

6x6x4 NL664B 12 18 NJ66L NC66L 12 Opa 5.0 / Clr 5.9 JP66 / JP66P 1

8x6x4 NL864B 8 14 NJ86L NC86L 9 Opa 6 / Clr 5.3 JP86 / JP86P 1

8x8x4 NL884B 14 28 NJ88L NC88L 18 Opa 15 / Clr 13.5 JP88 / JP88P 1

10 x 8 x 4 NL1084B 12 32 NJ108L NC108L 12 Opa 13 / Clr 11.7 JP108 / JP108P 1

10 x 8 x 6 NL1086B 8 15 NJ108L NC108L 12 Opa 13 / Clr 11.7 JP108 / JP108P 1

10 x 10 x 6 NL1010B 6 20 NJ1010L NC1010L 11 Opa 14 / Clr 13 JP1010 / JP1010P 1

12 x 10 x 6(z) NL1210B 6 24 NJ1210L NC1210L 12 Opa 14 / Clr 15 JP1210 / JP1210P 1

12 x 12 x 6(y) NL1212B 5 21.8 NJ1212L NC1212L 10 Opa 16 / Clr 14 JP1212 / JP1212P 1

14 x 12 x 6(y) NL1412B 4 19 NJ1412L NC1412L 5 Opa 10 / Clr 9 JP1412 / JP1412P 1

16 x 12 x 6(y) NL1614B 4 31 NJ1614L NC1614L 5 Opa 13.5 / Clr 12 JP1614 / JP1614P 1

Opaque Cover

Clear Cover

*Mounting rails are not included. See “Mounting Rails” listed in the Enclosure Accessories section.

** Order back panels separately.

(z) Sizes 12 x 10 and larger require two (2) latches per enclosure.

(y) Quick-release latch not available in 6 x 4 x 4 size.

Factory Assembled

Individual Components

* Packaged-To-Order Enclosures include body,lid and mounting rail kit.

** Order back panels separately.

(y) Quick-release latch not available in 6 x 4 x 4 size.

www.carlon.com 119

Circuit Safe®NEMA Enclosures

External Hinge Cover

Enclosure With

Enclosure Mounting Panel Mounting

Back Panel Back Panel**

Clear Lid Opaque Lid Enclosure Size Hole Spacing Hole Spacing Size Part Nos.

Part Nos.* Part Nos.* A B C D E F G H I J K L Steel PVC

NC644 NJ644 6.40 4.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 7.69 6.75 2.00 4.25 2.25 4.88 2.88 JP64 JP64P

NC664 NJ664 6.40 6.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 7.69 6.75 4.00 4.25 4.25 4.88 4.88 JP66 JP66P

NC864 NJ864 8.40 6.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 9.69 8.75 4.00 6.25 4.25 6.75 4.88 JP86 JP86P

NC884 NJ884 8.40 8.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 9.69 8.75 6.00 6.25 6.25 6.75 6.88 JP88 JP88P

NC1084 NJ1084 10.40 8.40 4.49 3.98 5.13 11.69 10.75 6.00 8.25 6.25 8.75 6.88 JP108 JP108P

NC1086 NJ1086 10.40 8.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 11.69 10.75 6.00 8.25 6.25 8.75 6.88 JP108 JP108P

NC10106 NJ10106 10.40 10.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 11.69 10.75 8.00 8.25 8.25 8.75 8.88 JP1010 JP1010P

NC12106 NJ12106 12.40 10.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 13.69 12.75 8.00 10.25 8.25 10.75 8.88 JP1210 JP1210P

NC12126 NJ12126 12.40 12.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 13.69 12.75 10.00 10.25 10.25 10.75 10.88 JP1212 JP1212P

NC14126 NJ14126 14.40 12.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 15.69 14.75 10.00 12.25 10.25 12.75 10.88 JP1412 JP1412P

NC16146 NJ16146 16.40 14.40 6.49 5.98 7.13 17.69 16.75 12.00 14.25 12.25 14.75 12.88 JP1614 JP1614P

Specifications

Mounting Rail

Back Panel

(order

separately) .19

.44

* Packaged-To-Order Enclosures; include body, lid and mounting rail kit.

** Order back panels separately. (10/32 –3/8Back Panel screws not supplied.)

.88

www.carlon.com

120

Section

Quick Reference

Complete Enclosures Individual Components

(no Panel or Latches) Latches

Opaque Clear Back Panels (Qty. needed)

Lid Lid Body Lid Collar Mtg. Rails Steel PVC Steel PVC

NS644 NP644B NS64L N/A NMK4V JP64 JP64P N/A N/A

NV644 NP644B NV64L N/A NMK4V JP64 JP64P N/A N/A

NS664 NP664B NS66L N/A NMK6V JP66 JP66P N/A N/A

NV664 NP664B NV66L N/A NMK6V JP66 JP66P N/A N/A

NS864 NP864B NS86L N/A NMK6V JP86 JP86P N/A N/A

NV864 NP864B NV86L N/A NMK6V JP86 JP86P N/A N/A

NS884 NP884B NS88L N/A NMK8V JP88 JP88P N/A N/A

NV884 NP884B NV88L N/A NMK8V JP88 JP88P N/A N/A

NS1084 NP1084B NS108L N/A NMK8V JP108 JP108P N/A N/A

NV1084 NP1084B NV108L N/A NMK8V JP108 JP108P N/A N/A

NS1086 NP1086B NS108L N/A NMK8V JP108 JP108P N/A N/A

NV1086 NP1086B NV108L N/A NMK8V JP108 JP108P N/A N/A

NS10106 NP1010B NS1010L N/A NMK10V JP1010 JP1010P N/A N/A

NV10106 NP1010B NV1010L N/A NMK10V JP1010 JP1010P N/A N/A

NS12106 NP1210B NS1210L N/A NMK10V JP1210 JP1210P N/A N/A

NV12106 NP1210B NV1210L N/A NMK10V JP1210 JP1210P N/A N/A

NS12126 NP1212B NS1212L N/A NMK12V JP1212 JP1212P N/A N/A

NV12126 NP1212B NV1212L N/A NMK12V JP1212 JP1212P N/A N/A

NS14126 NP1412B NS1412L N/A NMK12V JP1412 JP1412P N/A N/A

NV14126 NP1412B NV1412L N/A NMK12V JP1412 JP1412P N/A N/A

NS16146 NP1614B NS1614L N/A NMK14V JP1614 JP1614P N/A N/A

NV16146 NP1614B NV1614L N/A NMK14V JP1614 JP1614P N/A N/A

Screw-On Cover Style

Complete Enclosures Individual Components

(no Panel or Latches) Latches

Opaque Clear Back Panels (Qty. needed)

Lid Lid Body Lid Collar Mtg. Rails Steel PVC Steel PVC

NJ644 NL644B NJ64L N/A NMK4V JP64 JP64P SSLS (1) NPL1S (1)

NC644 NL644B NC64L N/A NMK4V JP64 JP64P SSLS (1) NPL1S (1)

NJ664 NL664B NJ66L N/A NMK6V JP66 JP66P SSLS (1) NPL1S (1)

NC664 NL664B NC66L N/A NMK6V JP66 JP66P SSLS (1) NPL1S (1)

NJ864 NL864B NJ86L N/A NMK6V JP86 JP86P SSLS (1) NPL1S (1)

NC864 NL864B NC86L N/A NMK6V JP86 JP86P SSLS (1) NPL1S (1)

NJ884 NL884B NJ88L N/A NMK8V JP88 JP88P SSLS (1) NPL1S (1)

NC884 NL884B NC88L N/A NMK8V JP88 JP88P SSLS (1) NPL1S (1)

NJ1084 NL1084B NJ108L N/A NMK8V JP108 JP108P SSLS (1) NPL1S (1)

NC1084 NL1084B NC108L N/A NMK8V JP108 JP108P SSLS (1) NPL1S (1)

NJ1086 NL1086B NJ108L N/A NMK8V JP108 JP108P SSLS (1) NPL1S (1)

NC1086 NL1086B NC108L N/A NMK8V JP108 JP108P SSLS (1) NPL1S (1)

NJ10106 NL1010B NJ1010L N/A NMK10V JP1010 JP1010P SSLS (1) NPL1S (1)

NC10106 NL1010B NC1010L N/A NMK10V JP1010 JP1010P SSLS (1) NPL1S (1)

NJ12106 NL1210B NJ1210L N/A NMK10V JP1210 JP1210P SSLS (2) NPL1S (2)

NC12106 NL1210B NC1210L N/A NMK10V JP1210 JP1210P SSLS (2) NPL1S (2)

NJ12126 NL1212B NJ1212L N/A NMK12V JP1212 JP1212P SSLS (2) NPL1S (2)

NC12126 NL1212B NC1212L N/A NMK12V JP1212 JP1212P SSLS (2) NPL1S (2)

NJ14126 NL1412B NJ1412L N/A NMK12V JP1412 JP1412P SSLS (2) NPL1S (2)

NC14126 NL1412B NC1412L N/A NMK12V JP1412 JP1412P SSLS (2) NPL1S (2)

NJ16146 NL1614B NJ1614L N/A NMK14V JP1614 JP1614P SSLS (2) NPL1S (2)

NC16146 NL1614B NC1614L N/A NMK14V JP1614 JP1614P SSLS (2) NPL1S (2)

External Hinge Cover Style

www.carlon.com 121

Circuit Safe®NEMA Enclosures

Quick Reference

Complete Enclosures Individual Components

(no Panel or Latches) Latches

Opaque Clear Back Panels (Qty. needed)

Lid Lid Body Lid Collar Mtg. Rails Steel PVC Steel PVC

NH644 NP644B NH64L NH64C NMK4V JP64 JP64P SSLL (1) NPL1L (1)

NI644 NP644B NI64L NH64C NMK4V JP64 JP64P SSLL (1) NPL1L (1)

NH664 NP664B NH66L NH66C NMK6V JP66 JP66P SSLL (1) NPL1L (1)

NI664 NP664B NI66L NH66C NMK6V JP66 JP66P SSLL (1) NPL1L (1)

NH864 NP864B NH86L NH86C NMK6V JP86 JP86P SSLL (1) NPL1L (1)

NI864 NP864B NI86L NH86C NMK6V JP86 JP86P SSLL (1) NPL1L (1)

NH884 NP884B NH88L NH88C NMK8V JP88 JP88P SSLL (1) NPL1L (1)

NI884 NP884B NI88L NH88C NMK8V JP88 JP88P SSLL (1) NPL1L (1)

NH1084 NP1084B NH108L NH108C NMK8V JP108 JP108P SSLL (1) NPL1L (1)

NI1084 NP1084B NI108L NH108C NMK8V JP108 JP108P SSLL (1) NPL1L (1)

NH1086 NP1086B NH108L NH108C NMK8V JP108 JP108P SSLL (1) NPL1L (1)

NI1086 NP1086B NI108L NH108C NMK8V JP108 JP108P SSLL (1) NPL1L (1)

NH10106 NP1010B NH1010L NH1010C NMK10V JP1010 JP1010P SSLL (1) NPL1L (1)

NI10106 NP1010B NI1010L NH1010C NMK10V JP1010 JP1010P SSLL (1) NPL1L (1)

NH12106 NP1210B NH1210L NH1210C NMK10V JP1210 JP1210P SSLL (2) NPL1L (2)

NI12106 NP1210B NI1210L NH1210C NMK10V JP1210 JP1210P SSLL (2) NPL1L (2)

NH12126 NP1212B NH1212L NH1212C NMK12V JP1212 JP1212P SSLL (2) NPL1L (2)

NI12126 NP1212B NI1212L NH1212C NMK12V JP1212 JP1212P SSLL (2) NPL1L (2)

NH14126 NP1412B NH1412L NH1412C NMK12V JP1412 JP1412P SSLL (2) NPL1L (2)

NI14126 NP1412B NI1412L NH1412C NMK12V JP1412 JP1412P SSLL (2) NPL1L (2)

NH16146 NP1614B NH1614L NH1614C NMK14V JP1614 JP1614P SSLL (2) NPL1L (2)

NI16146 NP1614B NI1614L NH1614C NMK14V JP1614 JP1614P SSLL (2) NPL1L (2)

Hidden Hinge Cover Style

www.carlon.com

122

Circuit Safe®JIC Enclosures

Circuit Safe JIC Enclosures

Manufactured from structural foam thermoplastic, Carlon®

Circuit Safe®JIC enclosures provide high impact strength

to eliminate dents and deformations along with high

dielectric strength, excellent weathering capabilities, and

excellent resistance to a wide range of corrosive agents,

acids, alkalines, and salts. These UL approved and CSA

recognized enclosures also withstand wet and dirty

environments, while their thick wall construction make

them a particularly good choice wherever condensation

is a concern. Rated for use in Type 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4,

4X, 12, and 13 environments, Carlon Circuit Safe JIC

enclosures are suited for virtually all indoor/outdoor

industrial, MRO, and OEM applications. They are available

in 10 sizes from 6 x 6 x 5 through 30 x 24 x 12 with a

choice of screw or hinged design, opaque covers, or clear

polycarbonate covers which protect devices from hostile

environments while allowing monitoring of instrumenta-

tion and/or electrical functions.

Features

•Hinge caps make covers captive.

•Nonmetallic molded-in hinges on hinged models.

•No rough corners, sharp edges, or burrs.

•Nonconductive — eliminates danger of electrical

shock.

•Lid design provides greater usable internal

volume.

•Ample interior space for ease of wiring.

•Fully gasketed.

•Ultraviolet stabilized for outdoor use.

Applications

•Instrument case.

•Junction and terminal boxes.

•Control and switching enclosures.

•Splice and pull boxes.

•Starter, pushbutton, and transformer housings.

•Meter and transformer cabinets.

Standards

•Meets NEMA Types 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X,

12, 13 as indicated.

•UL Listed per UL 50, enclosures for electrical

equipment.

•CSA certified.

•JIC compliance.

www.carlon.com 123

Circuit Safe®JIC Enclosures

Hinged Cover

Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13

Opaque Clear

Dimensions Std. Ctn.

Back Panel*

Std. Ctn.

Cover Cover External Internal Mounting Qty. (lbs.) Part Nos. Panel Qty. (lbs.)

Part Nos. Part Nos. A B C D E F G H Opaque/Clear Steel/PVC Size Steel/PVC

CJ665 CC665 6.50 6.50 6.69 6.00 6.00 5.45 9.00 4.00 1 (Opa 3.5) / 1 (Clr 3.1) JP66/JP66P 4.88 x 4.88 1 (1.0) / 1 (0.3)

CJ863 CC863 8.50 6.50 4.49 8.00 6.00 3.25 11.00 4.00 1 (Opa 2.8) / 1 (Clr 3.1) JP86/JP86P 6.75 x 4.88 1 (1.0) / 1 (0.78)

CJ1085 CC1085 10.50 8.50 6.69 10.00 8.00 5.45 13.00 6.00 1 (Opa 5.2) / 1 (Clr 5.2) JP108/JP108P 8.75 x 6.88 1 (1.5) / 1 (0.7)

CJ12106 CC12106 12.50 10.50 7.69 12.00 10.00 6.45 15.00 8.00 1 (Opa 7.1) / 1 (Clr 8.4) JP1210/JP1210P 10.75 x 8.88 1 (2.0) / 1 (1.2)

CJ14126 CC14126 14.50 12.50 7.72 14.00 12.00 6.48 17.00 10.00 1 (Opa 9.0) / 1 (Clr 8.6) JP1412/JP1412P 12.75 x 10.88 1 (3.2) / 1 (1.7)

CJ16147 CC16147 16.50 14.50 8.46 16.00 14.00 7.22 19.00 12.00 1 (Opa 10.6) / 1 (Clr 11.9) JP1614/JP1614P 14.75 x 12.88 1 (4.7) / 1 (2.3)

Factory Assembled

*Order back panels separately.

Enclosures shipped with mounting feet, hinge caps and screws.

For factory installed pad lockable latch, consult Customer Service for price and delivery.

O.312

TYP F

Features

•Nonmetallic mounting feet and all mounting

hardware included.

•White painted 14 gauge steel or 1/4"PVC back

panel (order separately).

•304 (18-8) stainless steel screws (10-32 / 11/8").

•Lid design provides greater usable internal volume.

•Completely nonmetallic hinges.

•Brass screw inserts.

• Temperature Range: -30° to 230°F

•Material: polycarbonate molded base and cover.

LR31146

E54381

www.carlon.com

124

Circuit Safe®JIC Enclosures

Screw-On Cover

Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13

Opaque Clear

Dimensions Std. Ctn.

Back Panel*

Std. Ctn.

Cover Cover External Internal Mounting Qty. (lbs.) Part Nos. Panel Qty. (lbs.)

Part Nos. Part Nos. A B C D E F G H Opaque/Clear Steel/PVC Size Steel/PVC

CS665 CV665 6.50 6.50 6.69 6.00 6.00 5.45 9.00 4.00 1 (Opa 2.7) / 1 (Clr 2.9) JP66/JP66P 4.88 x 4.88 1 (1.0) / 1 (0.3)

CS863 CV863 8.50 6.50 4.49 8.00 6.00 3.25 11.00 4.00 1 (Opa 2.9) / 1 (Clr 2.9) JP86/JP86P 6.75 x 4.88 1 (1.0) / 1 (0.4)

CS1085 CV1085 10.50 8.50 6.69 10.00 8.00 5.45 13.00 6.00 1 (Opa 5.0) / 1 (Clr 5.0) JP108/JP108P 8.75 x 6.88 1 (1.5) / 1 (0.7)

CS12106 CV12106 12.50 10.50 7.69 12.00 10.00 6.45 15.00 8.00 1 (Opa 6.5) / 1 (Clr 7.2) JP1210/JP1210P 10.75 x 8.88 1 (2.0) / 1 (1.2)

CS14126 CV14126 14.50 12.50 7.72 14.00 12.00 6.48 17.00 10.00 1 (Opa 8.0) / 1 (Clr 8.8) JP1412/JP1412P 12.75 x 10.88 1 (3.2) / 1 (1.7)

CS16147 CV16147 16.50 14.50 8.46 16.00 14.00 7.22 19.00 12.00 1 (Opa 11.5) / 1 (Clr 10.8) JP1614/JP1614P 14.75 x 12.88 1 (4.7) / 1 (2.3)

Factory Assembled

*Order back panels separately.

Enclosures shipped with mounting feet and panel mounting hardware.

Features

•Nonmetallic mounting feet and all mounting

hardware included.

•304 (18-8) stainless steel screws (10-32 / 11/8").

•Brass screw inserts.

•Clear polycarbonate cover available.

•White painted 14 gauge steel or 1/4"PVC back

panel (order separately).

•Lid design provides greater usable internal volume.

• Temperature Range: -30° to 230°F

•Material: polycarbonate molded base and cover.

LR31146

E54381

O.312

TYP F

www.carlon.com 125

Circuit Safe®JIC Enclosures

Medium Hinged Cover

Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13

Dimensions Std.

Back Panel*

Std. Ctn.

Part External Internal Mounting

Ctn.

Part Nos. Panel Qty. (lbs.)

Nos.* A B C D E F G H Qty. (lbs.) Steel/PVC Size Steel/PVC

C2016A4 20.50 16.50 8.36 17.25 13.25 6.28 21.26 10.00 1 (15.1) NP2016/NP2016P 17 x 13.25 1 (7.0) / 1 (6.1)

C2016B4 20.50 16.50 10.36 17.25 13.25 8.28 21.26 10.00 1 (17.2) NP2016/NP2016P 17 x 13.25 1 (7.0) / 1 (6.1)

C2016C4 20.50 16.50 12.36 17.25 13.25 10.28 21.26 10.00 1 (19.7) NP2016/NP2016P 17 x 13.25 1 (7.0) / 1 (6.1)

C2420A4 24.50 20.50 8.36 21.25 17.25 6.28 25.26 14.00 1 (21.5) NP2420/NP2420P 21 x 17 1 (10.4) / 1 (4.7)

C2420B4 24.50 20.50 10.36 21.25 17.25 8.28 25.26 14.00 1 (24) NP2420/NP2420P 21 x 17 1 (10.4) / 1 (4.7)

C2420C4 24.50 20.50 12.36 21.25 17.25 10.28 25.26 14.00 1 (24.9) NP2420/NP2420P 21 x 17 1 (10.4) / 1 (4.7)

C3024A4 30.50 24.50 8.36 27.25 21.25 6.28 31.26 18.00 1 (28.4) NP3024/NP3024P 27 x 21 1 (18.0) / 1 (9.8)

C3024B4 30.50 24.50 10.36 27.25 21.25 8.28 31.26 18.00 1 (31.4) NP3024/NP3024P 27 x 21 1 (18.0) / 1 (9.8)

C3024C4 30.50 24.50 12.36 27.25 21.25 10.28 31.26 18.00 1 (33.8) NP3024/NP3024P 27 x 21 1 (18.0) / 1 (9.8)

Factory Assembled

*Enclosure only available with opaque hinged cover.

Enclosures shipped with mounting feet, hinge caps and screws.

**Order back panels separately.

For factory installed pad lockable latch, consult Customer Service for price and delivery.

Features

•Nonmetallic mounting feet and all mounting

hardware included.

•White painted 14 gauge steel or 1/4"PVC back

panel (order separately).

•304 (18-8) stainless steel screws (10-32 / 11/8").

•Completely nonmetallic hinges.

•Brass screw inserts.

• Temperature Range: -40° to 185°F

•Material: NORYL base and cover.

LR31146

E54381

O.312

TYP

www.carlon.com

126

Circuit Safe®JIC Enclosures

Hinged Window Cover

Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13

Features

•Nonmetallic mounting feet and all mounting

hardware included.

•304 (18-8) stainless steel screw (10-32 / 11/8").

•White painted 14 gauge steel or 1/4"PVC back

panel (order separately).

•Completely nonmetallic hinges.

•Lid design provides greater usable internal volume.

•Brass screw inserts.

•Material: polycarbonate molded base and cover.

Note: Window material 1/8"thick clear polycarbonate is

permanently bonded to the cover.

LR31146

E54381

Dimensions Std. Ctn.

Back Panel*

Std. Ctn.

Part External Internal Mounting Qty. Part Nos. Panel Qty. (lbs.)

Nos. A B C D E F G H J K (lbs.) Steel/PVC Size Steel/PVC

J665W 6.50 6.50 6.69 6.00 6.00 5.45 9.00 4.00 4.70 4.70 1 (3.1) JP66/JP66P 4.88 x 4.88 1 (1.0) / 1 (0.3)

J863W 8.50 6.50 4.49 8.00 6.00 3.25 11.00 4.00 4.70 4.70 1 (3.2) JP86/JP86P 6.75 x 4.88 1 (1.0) / 1 (0.78)

J1085W 10.50 8.50 6.69 10.00 8.00 5.45 13.00 6.00 8.70 6.70 1 (5.6) JP108/JP108P 8.75 x 6.88 1 (1.5) / 1 (0.7)

J12106W 12.50 10.50 7.69 12.00 10.00 6.45 15.00 8.00 10.70 8.70 1 (7.4) JP1210/JP1210P 10.75 x 8.88 1 (2.0) / 1 (1.2)

J14126W 14.50 12.50 7.72 14.00 12.00 6.48 17.00 10.00 12.70 10.70 1 (9) JP1412/JP1412P 12.75 x 10.88 1 (3.2) / 1 (1.7)

J16147W 16.50 14.50 8.46 16.00 14.00 7.22 19.00 12.00 14.70 12.70 1 (9.3) JP1614/JP1614P 14.75 x 12.88 1 (4.7) / 1 (2.3)

Factory Assembled

Enclosures shipped with mounting feet, hinge caps and screws.

*Order back panels separately.

For factory installed pad lockable quick-release latch, consult Customer Service for price and delivery.

O.312

TYP

www.carlon.com 127

Circuit Safe®Pushbutton Enclosures

Circuit Safe Pushbutton Enclosures

Circuit Safe®nonmetallic pushbutton enclosures are

molded from engineered thermoplastic material

that is resistant to most corrosive agents. Whether

predrilled 1-2-3 hole enclosures, blank cover

enclosures or enclosures with multiple hole

openings, Carlon's pushbutton enclosure series

offers high impact strength, chemical resistance,

high dielectric strength and excellent durability

for the correct application.

Features

•Engineered thermoplastic base and cover.

•304 stainless steel screws.

•Brass screw inserts.

•High-impact strength.

•Temperature range from -40° F to 185° F.

Applications

•Standard oil-tight pushbuttons, switches and

pilot lights.

•Conduit entries.

•Junction boxes.

•MRO and OEM applications.

Standards

•Standards vary by product.

•Screw cover pushbutton enclosures with 1-2-3

hole openings are Listed per UL 50 for

industrial controls.

•Narrow profile blank screw cover enclosures are

listed per UL 50 for industrial controls and meets

NEMA Type 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, and 13.

•Nonmetallic hinged cover enclosures with

multiple hole openings are UL Listed.

www.carlon.com

128

Circuit Safe®Pushbutton Enclosures

Screw Cover Enclosures with 1-2-3 Hole Openings

UL Listed per UL 50 for Industrial Controls

30.5 mm Pushbutton Enclosures

LR31146

Features

•30.5 mm keyed pushbutton holes.*

•Material: nylon base and cover.

•Integrally molded mounting flange.

Overall Outside

Part Inside Box Size Mounting Including Mounting Pieces/ Weight

Nos. Style A x B x C L x J Bracket H x W x D F G R S Pkg. (lbs.)/Unit

CP100N One Opening 3.13 x 2.81 x 3 4 x 2.38 4.88 x 3.50 x 3.38 3.38 3.25 .63 2.5 12 8.90

CP200N Two Openings 5.38 x 2.81 x 3 6.25 x 2.38 7.13 x 3.50 x 3.38 5.63 3.25 .63 2.5 8 11.25

CP300N Three Openings 7.38 x 2.81 x 3 8.50 x 2.38 9.38 x 3.50 x 3.38 7.88 3.25 .63 2.5 6 7.60

Wall mount pushbutton enclosures are molded

from gray, engineered thermoplastic material

that is resistant to most corrosive agents.

Universal pushbutton holes are designed to

accommodate all standard oil-tight pushbuttons,

switches and pilot lights. A grounding plate is

included on the cover. Auxiliary devices must be

rated for appropriate NEMA applications.

•Brass screw inserts.

•304 (18-8) stainless screws (8-32 / 3/8").

•Temperature range from - 40˚F to 185˚F.

E54381

1.210 Dia.

1/4 Dia. Mtg. Hole

*22 mm Pushbutton holes available upon request.

www.carlon.com 129

Circuit Safe®Pushbutton Enclosures

Narrow Profile Blank Screw Cover Enclosures for

Small Instrumentation and Control Applications

UL Listed per UL 50 for Industrial Controls

Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13

LR31146

E54381

Blank cover enclosures can be easily drilled with a

standard hole saw for conduit entries and pushbut-

tons. Wall mount enclosures are molded from gray,

engineered thermoplastic material and are resistant

to most corrosive agents.

Features

•Brass screw inserts.

•Material: nylon base and cover.

•Integrally molded mounting flange.

•304 (18-8) stainless screws (10-32 / 3/8").

•Temperature range from - 40˚F to 185˚F.

Blank Screw Cover Enclosures*

Overall Outside

Part Inside Box Size Mounting Including Mounting Pieces/ Weight

Nos. Style A x B x C L x J Bracket H x W x D F G R S Pkg. (lbs.)/Unit

CP100NB Blank Cover 3.13 x 2.81 x 3 4 x 2.38 4.88 x 3.50 x 3.38 3.38 3.25 .63 2.5 12 9.60

CP200NB Blank Cover 5.38 x 2.81 x 3 6.25 x 2.38 7.13 x 3.50 x 3.38 5.63 3.25 .63 2.5 8 8.8

CP300NB Blank Cover 7.38 x 2.81 x 3 8.50 x 2.38 9.38 x 3.50 x 3.38 7.88 3.25 .63 2.5 6 8.20

*Special openings or positionings available on request.

www.carlon.com

130

Circuit Safe®Pushbutton Enclosures

Hinged Cover Enclosures with Multiple Hole Openings

Screw Cover Pushbutton Enclosures With Multiple 30.5 mm Openings*

LR31146

E54381

Features

•Nonmetallic mounting feet and all mounting

hardware included.

•White painted 14 gauge steel or 11/8"PVC back

panel (order separately).

•Material: engineered thermoplastic base and cover.

Part Inside Panel Size

Nos. Openings Box size Weight Qty. Part Nos. Steel/PVC

J665P 4 6 x 6 x 5.88 2.42 1 JP66 / JP66P 4.88 x 4.88

J863P 6 8 x 6 x 3.63 1.86 1 JP86 / JP86P 6.75 x 4.88

J1085P 9 10 x 8 x 5.88 3.59 1 JP108 / JP108P 8.75 x 6.88

J12106P 12 12 x 10 x 6.88 4.29 1 JP1210 / JP1210P 10.75 x 8.88

J14126P 20 14 x 12 x 6.88 7.19 1 JP1412 / JP1412P 12.75 x 10.88

J16147P 25 16 x 14 x 7.63 11.20 1 JP1614 / JP1614P 14.75 x 12.88

For enclosures larger than 25 position, please call Customer Service.

*All Circuit Safe pushbutton enclosures are furnished with standard hole dimensions: 17/32"diameter with keyways at 12 o’clock and 3 o’clock.

Special openings or positionings available on request.

Gasketed Pushbutton Hole Plug

Part StandardStandard

Number Size Carton Qty. Weight (lbs.)

CP900 Standard PB hole 100 2.0

Accessories

Made from engineered thermoplastic material,

these enclosures are ideal for applications

that require high-impact strength, chemical

resistance, high dielectric strength, and excellent

weathering capabilities, including indoor/

outdoor industrial, MRO, and OEM applications.

Nonmetallic hinges are an integral part of

the mold. Hinge caps make cover captive

and removable cover allows for easy field

adjustment. Auxiliary devices must be rated

for appropriate NEMA applications.

•304 stainless steel screws.

•Brass screw inserts.

•Lid design provides greater usable volume.

•Completely nonmetallic hinges.

•Temperature range from - 40˚F to 185˚F.

www.carlon.com 131

Circuit Safe®Enclosure Accessories

Circuit Safe

NEMA Accessories

Part Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Product Numbers Description Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

Panel Adjuster NBPADJ2 4 panel adjusters 10 kits 2.07

Kit 4#10-32 screws

to mount panel

180° Swing Out NBPSWG 4 panel adjusters 10 kits 2.68

Panel Kit 2 hinges

2#10-32 screws

to mount panel

Swing Out Panel NBPSWG2 2 hinged adjusters 10 kits 1.80

Adjuster Kit 2 panel adjusters

4#10-32 screws

Panel Adjuster Kits

Mounting Rails*

*Mounting rails can be mounted on long or short side of enclosure.

Does not apply to 16" enclosure.

#10-32 Panel Thumb Screws

Used on internal hinge door only.

Part Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Number Description Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

NBPTSK 2 #10-32 10 kits 1.2

thumb screws

2nonmetallic

washers

Mounting Std.

Rail Kits Size Ctn. Weight

Part Number (in.) Qty. (lbs.)

NMK4V 4 25 5

NMK6V 6 24 7.7

NMK8V 8 24 10.25

NMK10V 10 20 13.26

NMK12V 12 20 11.4

NMK14V 14 25 17.76

www.carlon.com

132

Circuit Safe®Enclosure Accessories

Circuit Safe

NEMA Accessories

Part Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Product Numbers Description Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

Nonmetallic NPL1L Quick-Release Latch Kit 25 2.00

Quick-Release for use with hidden

Latch Kit hinge enclosure

for NH & NI Series

Nonmetallic NPL1S Quick-Release Latch Kit 25 2.00

Quick-Release for use with external

Latch Kit hinge enclosure for

NJ & NC Series

304 Stainless Steel SSLL Quick-Release Latch Kit 25 4.27

Quick-Release for use with hidden

Latch Kit hinge enclosure for

NH & NI Series

304 Stainless Steel SSLS Quick-Release Latch Kit 25 3.41

Quick-Release for use with external

Latch Kit hinge enclosure for

NJ & NC Series

Latch Kits

For NEMA hinged enclosures.

www.carlon.com 133

Circuit Safe®Enclosure Accessories

Circuit Safe

JIC Accessories

Mounting Feet

For Circuit Safe Enclosures – Type CC, CJ, CS, CV, J

Part Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

CJB159* As required 0.04

*CJB159 nonmetallic mounting feet provide 1/4" standoff and may be

used to mount enclosures in horizontal or vertical mode. They are

shipped with all Circuit Safe JIC enclosures. No screws are provided

when mounting feet are ordered separately.

Hinge Caps*

For Circuit Safe Enclosures – Type CC, CJ, J

Part Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

CH100R As required 0.03

*For Circuit Safe enclosures to secure covers to bases.

Shipped as standard with hinge cover enclosure.

JIC Installation Kits*

Part Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

CH208 1Kit 0.25

*Installation kit is included as standard equipment with all JIC

enclosures. Information listed here for purposes of additional purchase

only. Kit includes 4 mounting feet, 8 hinge caps, and 8 screws.

JIC Latch Kits*

Part Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

CJTL 1Kit 0.25

Stainless steel. Kit includes latch and keeper.

*Factory installed. Consult customer service for price and delivery.

www.carlon.com

134

Circuit Safe®Enclosure Accessories

Circuit Safe

NEMA and JIC Accessories

Steel Back Panels*

Steel back panels are white painted 14 gauge steel.

Part Thickness Size Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Nos. (in.) (in.) Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

JP64 14 gauge 4.88 x 2.88 1 0.6

JP66 14 gauge 4.88 x 4.88 1 1.0

JP86 14 gauge 6.75 x 4.88 1 1.0

JP88 14 gauge 6.75 x 6.88 1 1.2

JP108 14 gauge 8.75 x 6.88 1 1.5

JP1010 14 gauge 8.75 x 8.88 1 2.3

JP1210 14 gauge 10.75 x 8.88 1 2.7

JP1212 14 gauge 10.75 x 10.88 1 3.5

JP1412 14 gauge 12.75 x 10.88 1 3.8

JP1614 14 gauge 14.75 x 12.88 1 4.7

PVC Back Panels*

PVC back panels are made from 1/4"PVC and meet UL94 V-O.

Part Size Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Nos. (in.) Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

JP64P 47⁄8x27⁄81 0.3

JP66P 47⁄8x47⁄81 0.3

JP86P 63⁄4x47⁄81 0.4

JP88P 63⁄4x67⁄81 0.5

JP108P 83⁄4x87⁄81 0.7

JP1010P 83⁄4x87⁄81 0.9

JP1210P 103⁄4x 107⁄811.2

JP1212P 103⁄4x107⁄81 1.5

JP1412P 123⁄4x 107⁄811.7

JP1614P 143⁄4x127⁄81 2.3

Medium NEMA Back Panels*

Part Nos. Size Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Steel/PVC (in.) Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

NP2016 / NP2016P 17 x 13 1 7.0 / 6.125

NP2420 / NP2420P 21 x 17 1 10.4 / 4.71

NP3024 / NP3024P 27 x 21 1 18.0 / 9.781

*Circuit Safe NEMA enclosures are not shipped with back panels which must be ordered separately.

All accessories can be factory installed. Consult Customer Service for price and delivery.

www.carlon.com 135

Circuit Safe®Enclosure Accessories

Circuit Safe

NEMA and JIC Accessories

Draining Device*

For 3R Rating and condensation build-up.

Air Vents*

NEMA 1 Rated only.

EnclosureVentilator*

Allows any size enclosure to breathe, yet remains watertight.

Part Standard

Number Carton Qty.

HPVEA9 1

Part Standard

Number Carton Qty.

HVM27 1

Part Standard

Numbers Style Carton Qty.

HPVM25 For fitting outside of all enclosures 1

HPVM35 For fitting inside of all enclosures 1

*Factory installation available.

www.carlon.com

136

Circuit Safe®Enclosure Accessories

Window Kits

NEMA 4X Rated

Window kits are easily field-installed.

Nonmetallic construction and double gaskets

ensure environmental integrity. For circuit

breaker and other surface mounted instruments.

E110981

Except where noted by

Features

•High-impact strength.

•Excellent weathering capabilities.

•High dielectric strength.

•Corrosion resistant.

•Suitable for indoor and outdoor use.

•Fully gasketed.

•Extended temperature range -30˚F to 230˚F.

•Lightweight.

Standards

•UL Listed and meets NEMA Type 4X with the

exception of NI1614W. All sizes are NEMA

Type 12 rated.

Applications

•Instrument case.

•Junction and terminal boxes.

•Control and switching enclosures

•Meter and transformer cabinets.

•Small device enclosures.

Part Size Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Nos.* (in.) Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

NI64W 6 x 4 1 .8

NI66W 6 x 6 1 .9

NI86W 8 x 6 1 1.17

NI88W 8 x 8 1 1.4

NI108W 10 x 8 1 1.5

NI1010W 10 x 10 1 1.82

NI1210W 12 x 10 1 2.12

NI1212W 12 x 12 1 2.65

NI1412W 14 x 12 1 2.67

NI1614W 16 x 14 1 3.10

All window kits can be factory installed to Carlon®enclosures.

Consult factory for price and delivery.

*Non-stock factory order only – consult Customer Service.Size A B C D E F

NI64W 6.42 4.41 5.92 3.92 2.72 3.80

(163.1) (112.0) (150.4) (99.6) (69.1) (96.5)

NI66W 6.42 6.42 5.92 5.92 4.72 5.80

(163.1) (163.1) (150.4) (150.4) (119.9) (147.3)

NI86W 8.42 6.42 7.92 5.92 4.72 5.80

(213.9) (163.1) (201.2) (150.4) (119.9) (147.3)

NI88W 8.42 8.42 7.92 7.92 6.72 7.80

(213.9) (213.9) (201.2) (201.2) (170.7) (198.1)

NI108W 10.42 8.42 9.92 7.92 6.72 7.80

(264.7) (213.9) (252.0) (201.2) (170.7) (198.1)

NI1010W 10.42 10.42 9.92 9.92 8.72 9.80

(264.7) (264.7) (251.9) (251.9) (221.5) (248.9)

NI1210W 12.42 10.42 11.92 9.92 8.72 9.80

(315.5) (264.7) (302.7) (251.9) (221.5) (248.9)

NI1212W 12.42 12.42 11.92 11.92 10.72 11.80

(315.5) (315.5) (302.7) (302.7) (272.3) (299.7)

NI1412W 14.42 12.42 13.92 11.92 10.72 11.80

(366.3) (315.5) (353.6) (302.7) (272.3) (299.7)

NI1614W 16.42 14.42 15.92 13.92 12.72 13.80

(417.1) (366.3) (404.4) (353.6) (323.1) (350.5)

www.carlon.com 137

Himeline®Enclosures

Himeline Enclosures HE, HS, HP, HLA/HLS Series

Carlon®Himeline®enclosures are the ideal alternative to

expensive stainless steel enclosures. They have excellent

corrosion resistant properties; are impervious to sunlight,

dirt, and moisture. Available in four series (HE, HS, HP,

and HLA/HLS), with sizes ranging from 4 x 3 x 2 through

50 x 40 x 17, these enclosures offer choices that include

double doors, clear or opaque covers, hinged and screw

versions, single or three point closure mechanisms,

4X windows, DIN rail mounting, and adjustable depth

door in door option that allow you to customize your

enclosures by separating power from communications.

Features

•High-impact strength.

•High dielectric strength.

•Suitable for indoor and outdoor use.

•Fully gasketed.

•Lightweight.

Applications

•Instrument case.

•Junction and terminal boxes.

•Control and switching enclosures.

•Meter and transformer cabinets.

•Small device enclosures.

Standards

•Meets NEMA and IP standards as indicated in

appropriate section.

•UL Listed as indicated.

•CSA certified as indicated.

www.carlon.com

138

Himeline®Enclosures – HE Series

HE Series

(Small Electronic Enclosures/Insulated Industrial Boxes – Except Hinged Boxes)

Lid Options

Features

•Hidden hinges open 185°

for easy access.

•M8x18 screws for back panel

mounting (included).

•Sealing gasket on all models.

•Mounting plate available for

specific sizes.

•Hinged versions available (factory

installed).

*For more information

contact your Carlon Sales Representative.

•Optional internal/external hinges.

•Enclosures attach directly or with

wall brackets.

Material

•Opaque – lids and bases - PVC

•Clear – lids and bases - polycarbonate

Standards

•NEMA 4X Rated.

•Meets IP 55.

Opaque low lid. “BASIC” model. Transparent low lid. “C” models.

Carlon®Himeline®HE Series Enclosures are small Electronic

Enclosures/Insulated Industrial Boxes ranging in size from

4x3x2to 13 x 11x 4. They have a high-impact, high dielectric

resistance, and are lightweight, fully gasketed and suitable for

indoor and outdoor applications. The HE Series Enclosures meet

IP 55 and are NEMA 4X Rated. All these features combined

make these enclosures the ideal alternative to expensive

stainless steel enclosures.

www.carlon.com 139

Himeline®Enclosures – HE Series

E54381

Except where noted by

Opaque Clear Dimensions Std. Std.

Cover Cover External Internal Ctn. Ctn. Unit Locking

Assembly Assembly A B C D E Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Wt. (lbs.) Screw Type

HE432 HE432C 4.33 2.96 2.29 4.14 2.76 5 1.1 5.2 Stainless Steel

HE443 HE443C 4.14 4.14 2.60 3.90 3.90 6 3.1 7.5 Stainless Steel

HE533 HE533C 5.32 2.92 2.84 5.12 2.72 5 2.4 6.3 Stainless Steel

HE743 HE743C 6.70 4.14 3.23 6.46 3.90 2 1.2 12.4 Polyamide

HE974 HE974C 8.66 6.62 4.18 8.43 6.38 1 1.1 – Polyamide

HE1194 – 10.63 8.66 4.14 7.48 9.81 1 2.7 – Polyamide

HE12105 HE1210C 12.33 9.97 4.53 11.82 9.45 1 3.0 – Polyamide

HE14114 HE1411C 13.78 11.02 4.14 12.92 10.16 1 4.0 – Polyamide

Wall Mounting Bracket

Mounting Plates

To be fitted directly into the boxes with self-tapping screws included in the

standardsupply.Made of zinc coated steel, 1.5 mm thick.

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. Ctn. Wt.

Number Qty. (lbs.)

HEWMB 1 .35

Part Dimensions Std.Ctn. Std.

Ctn.

Number A B C D E Qty.

Wt.

(lbs.)

EMP743 3.74 (95) 6.15 (156) 5.12 (130) 10 10

EMP974 6.15 (156) 8.07 (205) 5.12 (130) 5.91 (150) 10 8.5

EMP1194 8.19 (208) 10.16 (258) 6.34 (161) 8.70 (221) 10 13

EMP1210 9.26 (235) 11.62 (295) 6.15 (156) 8.51 (216) 5 4.1

EMP1411 9.85 (250) 12.60 (320) 8.27 (210) 9.85 (250) 5 3

Draining Device*

For 3R Rating and condensation build-up.

Air Vents*

NEMA 1 Rated only.

Enclosure Ventilator*

Allows any size enclosure to breathe, yet remains watertight.

*Factory installation available.

Part Std.

Number Ctn. Qty.

HVM27 1

Part Std.

Number Ctn. Qty.

HPVEA9 1

Part Std.

Numbers Style Ctn. Qty.

HPVM25 For fitting outside 1

of all enclosures

HPVM35 For fitting inside 1

of all enclosures

Accessories

www.carlon.com

140

Himeline®Enclosures – HS Series

HS Series Screw-On Fastened and Hinged Cover Enclosures

• Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13

• Meets IP 65

Himeline

HS Series enclosures are designed

for use as junction boxes, terminal wiring

boxes, instrument and control housings, and

small device enclosure applications. Molded

under high pressure, Himeline HS Series

enclosures provide high-impact strength,

chemical resistance, high dielectric strength,

and excellent weathering capabilities.

Features

•Standard slotted locking screw.

•High impact strength.

•Chemical resistance.

•High dielectric strength.

•Excellent weathering capabilities.

•Sealing gasket on all models.

Applications

•Junction boxes.

•Terminal wiring boxes.

•Instrument and control housings.

•Small device enclosure applications.

•Indoor or outdoor use.

•Sunlight resistant.

Standards

•Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13 standards

as indicated.

•UL Listed per UL 50, enclosures for electrical

equipment.

•CSA certified.

•Meets IP 65.

•UL Listed (E54381).

Material

•Opaque/Clear Lid – Polycarbonate

•Base – Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester

www.carlon.com 141

Himeline®Enclosures – HS Series

HS Series Screw-On Fastened and Hinged Cover Enclosures

Opaque Clear

Opaque

Clear Opaque

Wt.

Clear

Wt.

Back

Screw-On Screw-On Hinged Hinged (lbs.) each (lbs.) each Panel Std.

Cover Cover Cover Cover External Internal Screw/ Screw/ Std. Part Dimensions Thick- Wt. Ctn.

Part Nos. Part Nos. Part Nos. Part Nos. A B C D E F Hinged Hinged Pkg. Nos. H x W ness (lbs.) Qty.

HS7A7 HS7A7C HH7A7 HH7A7C 10.63 7.09 7.09 6.26 9.80 6.54 10.7 / 7 10.9 / 6.2 4 HS7ABP 5.51 x 9.05 .08 1.1 1

HS11A7 HS11A7C HH11A7 HH11A7C 10.63 10.63 7.09 9.80 9.80 6.54 15.2 / 8.5 14 / 8 4 HS11ABP 9.05 x 9.05 .08 1.7 1

HS11B7 HS11B7C HH11B7 HH11B7C 14.17 10.63 7.09 9.80 13.35 6.54 17 / 4 18 / 4 4 HS11BBP 9.05 x 12.60 .08 2.4 1

HS11C7 HS11C7C HH11C7 HH11C7C 21.26 10.63 7.09 9.80 20.43 6.54 13 / 13 12.5 / 13 2 HS11CBP 9.05 x 19.68 .08 3.9 1

HS15C7 HS15C7C HH15C7 HH15C7C 21.26 14.17 7.09 13.35 20.43 6.54 17.7 / 11 18 / 11 2 HS15CBP 12.60 x 19.68 .08 6.6 1

HS21C7 HS21C7C HH21C7 HH21C7C 21.26 21.26 7.09 20.43 20.43 6.54 12.5 / 13 12 / 13 1 HS21CBP 19.68 x 19.68 .08 8.8 1

HS11A9 HS11A9C HH11A9 HH11A9C 10.63 10.63 9.06 9.80 9.80 8.47 15 / 4 16.6/5 4 HS11ABP 9.05 x 9.05 .08 1.7 1

HS11B9 HS11B9C HH11B9 HH11B9C 14.17 10.63 9.06 9.80 13.35 8.47 20 / 6 19 / 6 4 HS11BBP 9.05 x 12.60 .08 2.5 1

HS11C9 HS11C9C HH11C9 HH11C9C 21.26 10.63 9.06 9.80 20.43 8.47 14 / 9 14 / 9 2 HS11CBP 9.05 x 19.68 .08 3.9 1

HS15C9 HS15C9C HH15C9 HH15C9C 21.26 14.17 9.06 13.35 20.43 8.47 18.5 / 11 19 / 11 2 HS15CBP 12.60 x 19.68 .08 6.6 1

HS21C9 HS21C9C HH21C9 HH21C9C 21.26 21.26 9.06 20.43 20.43 8.47 13 / 14 14 / 14 1 HS21CBP 19.68 x 19.68 .08 8.8 1

HS15D9 HS15D9C HH15D9 HH15D9C 28.35 14.17 9.06 13.35 27.52 8.47 13 / 13 13 / 13 1 HS15DBP 12.60 x 26.77 .10 9.5 1

HS21D9 HS21D9C HH21D9 HH21D9C 28.35 21.26 9.06 20.43 27.52 8.47 18 / 18 17 / 18 1 HS21DBP 19.68 x 26.77 .10 15.5 1

Specifications

Features

•Molded under high pressure.

•High impact strength.

•Chemical resistance.

•High dielectric strength.

•Excellent weathering capabilities.

•Clear cover available.

Placement of part P/N HSEH Hinge

Kit at top and bottom of long side

of HH Series enclosures.

2.00

.08

.08.09

.47

LR701839

E54381

Back panels and mounting feet must be ordered separately.

www.carlon.com

142

Himeline®Enclosures – HS Series

Accessories

Thumb Screws

–For Himeline HS Enclosures

Part Standard Standard

Numbers Carton Qty. Carton Wt. (lbs.).

HSTS4 4 0.1

HSTS6 6 0.15

Nonmetallic Carrying Handle

Converts enclosures to portable units for meters and portable power.

Part Standard Standard

Numbers Carton Qty. Carton Wt. (lbs.).

HSCH 1 0.2

Mounting Feet

–For Himeline HS Enclosures

Part Std. Std. Ctn.

Numbers Description Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

HSMFZ Zinc dichromated Steel 4/set 0.2

HSMFSS 304 Stainless Steel 4/set 0.2

Back Panels

– For Himeline HS Enclosures* Metal back panels are white painted 14 gauge steel.

Part Size Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Nos. (in.) Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

HS7ABP 5.51 x 9.05 1 1.2

HS11ABP 9.05 x 9.05 1 2.0

HS11BBP 9.05 x 12.60 1 2.7

HS11CBP 9.05 x 19.68 1 4.3

HS15CBP 12.60 x 19.68 1 7.1

HS21CBP 19.68 x 19.68 1 9.6

HS15DBP 12.60 x 26.77 1 10.2

HS21DBP 19.68 x 26.77 1 16.6

*Himeline HS enclosures are not shipped with back panels. Order separately.

PVC back panels available upon request. Consult Customer Service.

www.carlon.com 143

Himeline®Enclosures – HS Series

Accessories

Draining Device*

For 3R Rating and condensation build-up.

Air Vents*

NEMA 1 Rated only.

Enclosure Ventilator*

Allows any size enclosure to breathe, yet remains watertight.

Part Standard

Number Carton Qty.

HPVEA9 1

Part Standard

Number Carton Qty.

HVM27 1

Part Standard

Numbers Style Carton Qty.

HPVM25 For fitting outside of all enclosures 1

HPVM35 For fitting inside of all enclosures 1

*Factory installation available.

www.carlon.com

144

Himeline®Enclosures – HP Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester)

HP Series Enclosures with Hinged Quick-Release Cover

• Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13

• Meets IP 66

Himeline®HP Series enclosures for medium sized devices

and equipment provide superior performance as junction

and terminal wiring boxes, and instrument and control

housing applications.

For indoor/outdoor industrial, MRO, and OEM applica-

tions. HP Series enclosures are resistant to corrosion,

sunlight, chemicals, dirt, and moisture. Temperature

range from -58° F to 320° F.

Features

•Projections for affixing cover mounted panel.

•Door locking mechanism convertible to key lock.

•M8x18 studs for back panel mounting (included).

•Hidden hinges open 185° for easy access.

•Multipositional DIN rail fixing components.

•Removable stainless steel hinge pins.

•Single piece construction.

•Opaque or tempered glass window option.

•Steel, nonmetallic & slotted back panels

available.

•External & internal venting available.

•Hinged variable height inner panel option.

•Quick lock 1/4-turn entry.

•Underside grid pattern on inner door panel.

•Self-positioning panel depth adjusters.

•Pole mounting kit.

•Pedestal mounting capability.

• Sunlight resistant.

Applications

•Junction boxes.

•Terminal wiring boxes.

•Instrument and control housing.

• Indoor or outdoor use.

Standards

•NEMA Type 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13.

•UL Listed per UL 50, enclosures for electrical

equipment.

•CSA certified.

•Meets IP 66.

Material

•Lids/Bases – Fiberglass reinforced polyester.

www.carlon.com 145

Himeline®Enclosures – HP Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester)

HP Series Enclosures with Hinged Quick-Release Cover

LR701839

E54381

Enclosure With

Std.

Enclosure With

Std. Window Dimensions Std.

Opaque Cover

Ctn. Wt.

Clear

Ctn. Wt. Dimension External Internal Mounting Window Ctn.

Part Nos. (lbs.) Window* (lbs.) (H x W) (in.) A B C D E F G H J K Qty.

HP1612B 11.04 HC1612B 12.5 11 x 7.87 16.93 12.99 7.87 14.96 10.24 6.61 14.76 5.91 11.02 7.87 1

HP2016B 16.80 HC2016B 17.2 14.96 x 11.81 20.87 16.93 7.87 18.90 14.17 6.61 18.70 9.84 14.96 11.81 1

HP2416C 21.13 HC2416C 24.12 18.89 x 11.81 25.47 17.17 9.84 22.83 14.17 8.35 22.64 9.84 18.90 11.81 1

HP3020D 32.28 HC3020D** 36.02 22.83 x 15.74 29.41 21.10 11.81 26.77 18.11 10.28 26.57 13.78 22.83 15.75 1

HP3325D 39.00 HC3325D** 43.12 26.77 x 19.68 33.35 25.04 11.81 30.71 22.05 10.28 30.51 17.72 26.77 19.69 1

Specifications

*HC Enclosures are IP 65 Rated. Clear window is glass.

** This series of enclosures come standard with body, lid and mounting rail kit.

•Internal fiberglass reinforced polyester door assembly.

•Grid pattern on the inside for quicker positioning of equipment.

•Quick locking 1/4-turn entry.

Hinged Internal Door

Depth with back

panel installed

Part A B C D Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Numbers in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

PID1612 12.40 (315) 18.07 (205) 5.98 (152) 1.02 (26) 1 2.05

PID2016 16.34 (415) 12.00 (305) 5.98 (152) 1.02 (26) 1 3.15

PID2416 20.28 (515) 12.00 (305) 7.64 (194) 1.26 (32) 1 4.50

PID3020 24.21 (615) 15.94 (405) 9.61 (244) 1.26 (32) 1 6.50

PID3325 28.15 (715) 19.88 (505) 9.61 (244) 1.26 (32) 1 8.45

www.carlon.com

146

Himeline®Enclosures – HP Series

Accessories

Steel Back Panels

Steel back panels are white painted 14 gauge steel.

To Fit Part Thickness Weight P S

Enclosures Numbers in. (mm) lbs. (kg) in. in.

HP1612B PMM1612 .079 (2) 3.10 (1.6) 14.37 9.84

HP2016B PMM2016 .079 (2) 6.15 (2.5) 18.30 13.78

HP2416C PMM2416 .079 (2) 8.0 (3.1) 22.24 13.78

HP3020D PMM3020 .079 (2) 12.04 (4.6) 26.18 17.72

HP3325D PMM3325 .118 (3) 20.0 (9.9) 30.11 21.65

ToFit Part Weight P S

Enclosures Numbers lbs. (kg) in. (mm) in. (mm)

HP1612B PMB1612 1.10 (0.5) 14.37 (365) 9.84 (250)

HP2016B PMB2016 2.65 (1.2) 18.30 (465) 13.78 (350)

HP2416C PMB2416 3.09 (1.4) 22.24 (565) 13.78 (350)

HP3020D PMB3020 4.63 (2.1) 26.18 (665) 17.72 (450)

HP3325D PMB3325 6.62 (3.0) 30.11 (765) 21.65 (550)

To Fit Part Weight D E

Enclosures Numbers lbs. (kg) in. (mm) in. (mm)

HP1612B PMR1612 1.54 (0.7) 13.74 (349) 9.8 (251)

HP2016B PMR2016 2.87 (1.3) 17.72 (450) 13.82 (351)

HP2416C PMR2416 3.53 (1.6) 21.85 (555) 13.82 (351)

HP3020D PMR3020 5.07 (2.3) 25.39 (645) 17.76 (451)

HP3325D PMR3325 7.06 (3.2) 29.53 (750) 21.69 (551)

PVC Insulating Back Panels

PVC back panels are made from 1/4"PVC and meet UL94 V-O.

Slotted Back Panels

Zinc dichromated coated steel plates perforated for addition of electrical circuitry.

Refer to the Enclosure Accessories section for back panel accessories.

Back Panels Dimensions

Acomplete range of plates, which can be directly fixed to the enclosure supports or to the adjustable depth supports.

www.carlon.com 147

Himeline®Enclosures – HP Series

Accessories

Blanking Grommet

To close off openings on enclosure backs.

35 mm Symmetrical DIN Rail

Rail Mounting Insert

Wall Mounting Set (includes brass inserts and installation tools)

Pole Mounting Set

Part To Fit Standard Carton

Numbers To Enclosures Quantity

HPPF300 HP1612B 1

HPPF400 HP2016B 1

HP2416C

HPPF500 HP3020D 1

HPPF600 HP3325D 1

Part StandardCarton

Number Features Quantity

HPRFK Fits all enclosures 1

Part Standard Carton Standard Carton

Number Quantity Weight (lbs.)

HPWMF 4 0.1

Part To Fit To Width Std. Ctn.

Numbers Enclosures (in.) Qty.

HPCO300 HP1612B 11.02 1

HPCO400 HP2016B, HP2416C 14.96 1

HPCO500 HP3020D 18.90 1

Part Fits Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

NumbersEnclosure Sizes Description Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

HPBNGB 16 x 12 and 20 x 16 Blanking Grommet Set of 4 1.00

HPBNGC 24 x 16, 30 x 20 Blanking Grommet Set of 4 1.00

and 33 x 25

www.carlon.com

148

Himeline®Enclosures – HP Series

Accessories

Draining Device*

For 3R Rating and condensation build-up.

Part Standard

Number Carton Qty.

HPVEA9 1

Part To Fit Standard

Number ToEnclosures Carton Qty.

HPSFS1 HP2016B 1

HP2416C

To Fit Part A B Standard Carton

Enclosures Numbers in./mm in./mm Quantity

HP1612B & HPLM200 5.98/152 3.90/99 1 set of 4

HP2016B HPLM200

HP2416C HPLM250 8.07/205 4.13/105 1 set of 4

HP3020D & HPLM300 10.04/255 8.07/205 1 set of 4

HP3325D HPLM300

FIXING NUT FIXING BOLT WITH WASHER

Part Type Std. Ctn. Part Length Std. Ctn.

Numbers Of Thread Qty. Numbers (in.) Qty.

HPFA4 M4 100 HPFB104 .39 100

HPFA4 M4 100 HPFB164 .63 100

HPFA5 M5 100 HPFB125 .47 100

HPFA5 M5 100 HPFB185 .71 100

HPFA6 M6 100 HPFB126 .47 100

HPFA6 M6 100 HPFB186 .71 100

*Factory installation available.

Fixing Accessories For Slotted Plates

For slotted back panels, see page 34

Back Panel Depth Adjustable Supports

Supports designed to fit 7.87" (200 mm), 9.84" (250 mm), 11.81" (300 mm) and 13.78" (350 mm) deep enclosures.

Self-positioning slots allow for adjustment every .49" (12.5 mm). Made of zinc dichromated coated steel.

Pedestal Mount

www.carlon.com 149

Himeline®Enclosures – HP Series

Accessories

Air Vents*

NEMA 1 Rated only.

Enclosure Ventilator*

Allows any size enclosure to

breathe, yet remains watertight.

Part Standard

Number Carton Qty.

HVM27 1

Part Standard

Numbers Style Carton Qty.

HPVM25 For fitting outside of all enclosures 1

HPVM35 For fitting inside of all enclosures 1

Locks

For Himeline HP Enclosures

Replacement Door Lock Cylinder Key Lock (Keyed Alike) Padlocking Service

Replacement Standard Handle

Part Standard

Number Carton Qty.

HPBU 1

Coupling Frame

For Himeline HP Enclosures

HP3020D and HP3325D

Part Std.

Number Ctn. Qty.

HPRLA 1

For replacement handle,order HPRSH.

Part Std.

Number Ctn. Qty.

HPTPLM 1

For replacement key, order HPRKO.

Part Std.

Number Ctn. Qty.

HPPLH 1

Part Standard Carton Standard Carton

Number Quantity Weight (lbs.)

HPRSH 1 0.05

*Factory installation available.

www.carlon.com

150

Himeline®Enclosures – HLA/HLS Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester)

HLA/HLS Series Enclosures

Carlon®Himeline®HLA/HLS Series Enclosures are large Fiber

Reinforced Polyester Cabinets ranging in sizes 20 x 20 x 17

to 50 x 40 x 17 and 20 x 20 x 12 to 50 x 40 x 12, respectively.

They have operating temperatures of -50° to 150° C and can

accommodate large devices and equipment for a wide range

of applications including junction and terminal wiring boxes,

instruments, and control housings. They are ideal for

indoor/outdoor industrial, MRO and OEM applications, and

offer superior strength and high resistance to corrosion,

moisture, dust, oil and UV light, enabling them to withstand

the harshest of environments.

The HLA/HLS Series Enclosures are fitted with a watertight

gasket and are available in one-and two-door configurations.

These cabinets have a closed top and bottom and the two-door

version includes a central upright to maintain rigidity.

To maintain the watertight seal, the locking mechanism is

positioned outside the gasketed area. A wide variety of

accessories are available such as steel and nonmetallic back

panels, self-positioning panel depth adjusters, and ventilator

kits.

Carlon Enclosures…the ideal alternative to expensive

stainless steel enclosures.

Features

•Fiber reinforced polyester.

•Temperature range of -58° to 302° F

(-50° to 150° C).

•Indoor/outdoor applications.

•Superior strength.

•High resistance to harsh environments.

•Watertight gasket seal.

•One- and two-door configurations.

•Locking mechanism and hinge are outside

gasketed area.

•Floor or wall mounted.

Applications

•Contain large devices and equipment.

•Junction and terminal wiring boxes.

•Instrument and control housings.

Standards

•IP 65 Rating (Single door versions only)

•4/4X Rated (Single door versions only)

•UL Listed

•CSA Certified

www.carlon.com 151

Himeline®Enclosures – HLA/HLS Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester)

HLA/HLS Series Single and Double Hinged Cover

Enclosures with Latches

LR96563

E54381

One Door NEMA Types 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12, 13

Two Door NEMA Types 1, 2, 12, 13

Dimensions Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. H W D Qty. Wt.

HLA2020 20 20 17 1 38.3

HLA2030 20 30 17 1 53.9

HLA3020 30 20 17 1 53.9

HLA3030 30 30 17 1 60.7

HLA4020 40 20 17 1 63.1

HLA4030 40 30 17 1 81.0

HLA5020 50 20 17 1 78.7

HLA5030 50 30 17 1 96.7

HLA One Door (17" Deep)

Dimensions Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. H W D Qty. Wt.

HLS2020 20 20 12 1 29.8

HLS2030 20 30 12 1 40.59

HLS3020 30 20 12 1 49.5

HLS3030 30 30 12 1 55.1

HLS4020 40 20 12 1 56.81

HLS4030 40 30 12 1 61.7

HLS5020 50 20 12 1 67.56

HLS5030 50 30 12 1 76.83

HLS One Door (12" Deep)

Dimensions Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. H W D Qty. Wt.

HLA30402 30 40 17 1 81.0

HLA40402 40 40 17 1 114.7

HLA40502 40 50 17 1 135.0

HLA50402 50 40 17 1 135.0

HLA Two Door (17" Deep)

Dimensions Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. H W D Qty. Wt.

HLS30402 30 40 12 1 62.57

HLS40402 40 40 12 1 87.59

HLS40502 40 50 12 1 104.28

HLS50402 50 40 12 1 104.28

HLS Two Door (12" Deep)

www.carlon.com

152

Himeline®Enclosures – HLA/HLS Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester)

Accessories

Dimensions Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. H W Qty. Wt.

LP2020BP 15.4 14.8 1 2.1

LP3020BP* 25.2 14.8 1 3.0

LP3030BP 25.2 24.6 1 6.3

LP4020BP 35.0 14.8 1 5.2

LP4030BP 35.0 24.6 1 8.8

LP5020BP 44.3 14.8 1 6.7

LP5030BP 44.3 24.6 1 11.2

Nonmetallic Thermosetting Plastic (Bakelite)

Metal – Galvanized Steel

One Door

Dimensions Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. H W Qty. Wt.

LP30402BP 25.2 34.4 1 8.8

LP40402BP 35.0 34.4 1 12.3

LP40502BP 35.0 44.3 1 16.1

LP50402BP 44.3 34.4 1 16.1

Two Door

*Use Back Panel LP3020BP for Enclosures HLA2030,

HLA3020, HLS2030 and HLS3020

Dimensions Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. H W Qty. Wt.

LA2020BP 15.4 14.8 1 5.6

LA3020BP* 25.2 14.8 1 8.6

LA3030BP 25.2 24.6 1 17.6

LA4020BP 35.0 14.8 1 14.6

LA4030BP 35.0 24.6 1 24.3

LA5020BP 44.3 14.8 119.4

LA5030BP 44.3 24.6 1 31.9

One Door

Dimensions Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. H W Qty. Wt.

LA30402BP 25.2 34.4 1 24.1

LA40402BP 35.0 34.4 1 33.8

LA40502BP 35.0 44.3 143.4

LA50402BP 44.3 34.4 1 43.7

Two Door

*Use Back Panel LA3020BP for Enclosures HLA2030,

HLA3020, HLS2030 and HLS3020

www.carlon.com 153

Himeline®Enclosures – HLA/HLS Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester)

Accessories

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

HLAMFSS 1 ea. .6

(set of 4)

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

HLATEL 1 ea. .41

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

HLABPA4 1 ea. .31

(set of 4)

Mounting Feet Replacement Handle with Cylinder Key Lock

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

HLATD 1 ea. .21

Standard Replacement Bar Lock with Key

Panel Adjuster Kit

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

HLAPAD 1ea. .61

Padlock Device

Std. Ctn.

Part No. Qty.

HPVEA9 1

Draining Device*

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

HLAHAN 1.40

For 3R Rating and condensation build-up.

*Factory installation available.

Std. Ctn.

Part No. Style

Wt. (lbs.)

HPVM25

For fitting outside of all enclosures

HPVM35

For fitting inside of all enclosures

Std. Ctn.

Part No. Qty.

HVM27 1

EnclosureVentilator*

Allows any size enclosure to breathe, yet

remains watertight.

NEMA 1 Rated only.

Replacement Handle with Push Button

Air Vents*

www.carlon.com

154

Himeline®Distribution Enclosures

Distribution Enclosure and Pedestal

Carlon

Distribution Enclosures

and Pedestals are designed to

accommodate all types of

electrical equipment for electrical

distribution applications. The

enclosure may be directly installed

on the ground or on top of a

pedestal, and the pedestal

is approved for direct bury appli-

cations. Both are manufactured

using fiber reinforced polyester to

provide high impact resistance

and allow effortless modifications.

And each have an IP-43 Self-

Ventilated and IP-54 Watertight

rating and a temperature range of

-58°Fto 302°F.

Features

•High impact resistance

• Nonconductive and noncorrosive.

• Fits all type of electrical equipment

• IP-43 Self-Ventilated.

•IP-54 Watertight.

•One and two door configurations.

• Install directly on the ground or on a pedestal.

• Removable inner hinges for great access.

•Doors open 180°

Features

•Can be direct buried.

• Nonconductive and noncorrosive

• Detachable upper front for easy access.

• High impact resistance.

• Auxiliary outlet on the side.

• IP-43 Self-Ventilated.

•IP-54 Watertight.

•Floor or wall mountable.

Enclosure

Pedestal

Applications

Material

•Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester

www.carlon.com 155

Himeline®Distribution Enclosures

Distribution Enclosure and Pedestal

Part No. of No. of A B C Ctn. Wt.

No. Doors Locks Height Width Depth Qty. (lbs.)

HLP3318 1 1 33.46 18.31 12.60 1 40.79

HLP3323 1 1 33.46 23.23 12.60 1 48.50

HLP3331 1 1 33.46 30.91 12.60 1 55.12

HLP33442 2 1 33.46 43.90 12.60 1 77.16

HLP33442L 2 2 33.46 43.90 12.60 1 77.16

Enclosures

Part

#of Plates

Thick- Carton Weight

No. per Encl. D E ness Qty. (lbs.)

LA1412BP 1 14.02 11.97 .20 1 4.41

LA1816BP 2 17.64 15.59 .20 1 11.02

LA1916BP 1 18.94 16.89 .20 1 6.00

LA2725BP 1 26.61 24.57 .20 1 8.38

Mounting Plates

Part

Size

Carton Weight

No.H x WxD Qty. (lbs.)

HLP3318G 33 x 18 x 12 1 2.2

HLP3323G 33 x 23 x 12 12.2

HLP3331G 33 x 31 x 12 1 2.2

HLP3344G 33 x 44 x 12 12.2

Gasket

Part A B C Ctn. Weight

No. Height Width Depth Qty. (lbs.)

HLPED3318 35.43 18.31 12.20 1 33.10

HLPED3323 35.43 23.23 12.20 1 37.48

HLPED3331 35.43 30.91 12.20 1 44.10

HLPED33442 35.43 43.90 12.20 1 55.12

Pedestals

Specifications

Accessories

www.carlon.com

156

Slack and Splice Enclosures

Carlon’sstate-of-the-art modification

capabilities allow for design of Slack and

Splice Enclosures to meet specific application

requirements.

Features

•Slack and Splice Enclosures provide maximum

protection of slack fiber and splice unit assemblies.

• Eliminates need for difficult aerial and vault splicing.

• Stores adequate slack fiber to facilitate splicing at

ground level work station.

• Enclosure sized to maintain minimum required

radius of fiber optic cable.

• Splice tube to accommodate industry standard

splice and tray assemblies (Splice enclosure only).

www.carlon.com 157

Slack and Splice Enclosures

Slack Enclosures

Splice Enclosures

Inside Box Dimensions

Part Box Size Opening

Number A x B x C E x F K M N

SLK11 30 x 24 x 111/2271/4x21 1/4101/410 1/21

SLK12 30 x 24 x 91/227 1/4x21 1/481/481/21

SLK21 24 x 20 x 111/2211/4x171/410 1/410 1/21

SLK22 24 x 20 x 91/2211/4x17 1/481/481/21

SLK31 20 x 16 x 111/2171/4x 131/4101/4101/21

SLK32 20 x 16 x 91/217 1/4x13 1/410 1/410 1/21

Inside Box Dimensions

Part Box Size Tube Opening

Number A x B x C Size E x F K M N

SPL111 30 x 24 x 111/210" 271/4x 211/4101/4101/21

SPL122 30 x 24 x 9 1/28" 271/4x21 1/481/481/21

SPL211 24 x 20 x 111/210" 211/4x 171/4101/4101/21

SPL222 24 x 20 x 9 1/28" 211/4x171/481/481/21

1/4"Thick

UL Approved Gasket

Structural

Foam

Thermoplastic

Enclosure

Slack

Fiber

Optic

Cable

Weatherproof

Split Cable

Grommets

Hinged

Cover for

Easy

Access

Cable

Retainer

Clips

Weatherproof

Splice Tube

Splice Closure

(Not Included)

Aluminum

Channel for

Pole or Vault

Wall Mounting

Structural

Foam

Thermoplastic

Enclosure

Slack

Fiber

Optic

Cable

Weatherproof

Split Cable

Grommets

Hinged

Cover for

Easy

Access

Cable

Retainer

Clips

Aluminum

Channel for

Pole or Vault

Wall Mounting

www.carlon.com

158

Enclosures Factory Modifications

For All Enclosures

Color Molded Enclosures

All Circuit Safe®enclosures can be molded in a variety of

colors. Minimum quantities for single shipment or releases

against blanket orders are required.

Painted/Silkscreened Enclosures

All enclosures can be painted, interior and exterior, or by

special request. Enclosure covers can also be silkscreened on

request.

EMI/RFI Protection

For applications where Radio Frequency Interference is a

factor, the interior can be coated with an acrylic base paint

with a nickel filler. Windows can be covered with fine copper

mesh.

Other Modifications Available

Our factory is capable of modifying any of our enclosures to

acustomer’sspecifications. Factory’scapabilities include:

• Precision milling of button holes, windows, and pockets

for keypad installations.

• Hole tapping.

•Ventilators.

•Mounting bosses.

• Access windows.

• Hinged windows.

• Mounted in use weatherproof covers.

• Handles for portable units.

•Latches.

•Enclosure coolers.

• Cylinder locking systems.

• And more!

Painted JIC enclosure with painted back panel. Installed

clear cover with handle and quick-release latch.

Molded junction box painted with addition of

mounted in-use weatherproof cover.

Painted JIC enclosure with pocket installed in cover

for control pad.

Color molded JIC unit with addition of window

and pushbuttons.

www.carlon.com 159

Enclosures General Information

NEMA Types – Definitions Pertaining to Nonhazardous Locations

Enclosures for Electrical Equipment

An enclosure is a surrounding case constructed to provide protection from accidental contact with the

enclosed equipment and to provide protection to the enclosed equipment from specified environmental

conditions. A brief description of the more common types of enclosures used by the electrical industry follows.

Type 1 Enclosure: Intended for indoor use primarily to provide protection against contact with enclosed

equipment and a degree of protection against falling dirt.

Type 2 Enclosure: Intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against limited

amounts of falling water and dirt.

Type 3 Enclosure: Intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against

wind-blown dust, rain, sleet and external ice formation.

Type 3R Enclosure: Intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against falling

rain, sleet and external ice formation.

Type 3S Enclosure: Intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against

wind-blown dust, rain, and sleet, and to provide for operation of external mechanism

when ice laden.

Type 3X Enclosure: Intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against

wind-blown dust, rain, sleet, external ice formation, and corrosion.

Type 3SX Enclosure: Intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against

wind-blown dust, rain, sleet, and corrosion,and to provide for operation of external

mechanism when ice laden.

Type 4 Enclosure: Intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against

wind-blown dust and rain, splashing water and hose-directed water.

Type 4X Enclosure: Intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against

corrosion, wind-blown dust and rain, splashing water and hose-directed water.

Type 6 Enclosure: Intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to avoid a degree of protection against

contact with enclosed equipment, falling dirt, hose-directed water, entry of water

during occasional temporary submersion at a limited depth and external ice formation.

Type 6P Enclosure: Intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against

contact with enclosed equipment, falling dirt, hose-directed water, entry of water

during prolonged submersion at a limited depth and external ice formation.

Type 12 Enclosure: Intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust,

falling dirt and dripping noncorrosive liquids.

Type 13 Enclosure: Intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust,

spraying of water, oil and noncorrosive coolant.

www.carlon.com

160

Enclosures General Information

International Standards IP Protection Classification Data

The letters IP followed by three characteristic numbers symbolize the degree of protection.

Protected against

solid bodies larger

than 50 mm (for

example acciden-

tally touching with 

the hand)

No protection

Protected against

solid bodies larger

than 12 mm (for

example a finger)

Protected against

solid bodies larger

than 2.5 mm (tools,

wires)

Protected against

solid bodies larger

than 1 mm (fine 

tools, small wires)

Protected against

dust (no harmful

deposits)

Complete protection

against dust

Protected against

vertical water drops

(condensation)

No protection

Protected against

water drops at up to 

15°from the vertical

Protected against

rain at up to 60°

from the vertical

Protected against

water splashing from

all directions

Protected against

water sprayed from

ahose from all

directions

Protected against

water projections

similar to sea wave

splashes

Protected against

effects of prolonged

immersion under

pressure

Protected against

the effect of

immersion

15 cm mini

...m

First Digit

Protection Against Solid Bodies

Second Digit

Protection Against Liquids

TestTest

No protection No protection

Protection against

vertical water drops

condensation

Protected against

water drops at up to

15°from the vertical

Protected against

water splashing from

all directions

Protected against

water sprayed from a

hose from all directions

Protected against

water projections

similar to sea wave

splashes

Protected against

the effector

immersion

Protected against

effects of prolonged

immersion under

pressure

Protected against

rain at up to 60°

from the vertical

Protection against

solid bodies larger than

50 mm (for example

accidentally touching

with the hand)

Protection against

solid bodies larger

than 12 mm (for

example a finger)

Protection against

solid bodies larger

than 2.5 mm (tools,

wires)

Protection against

solid bodies larger

than 1 mm (tools,

small wires)

Protection against

dust (no harmful

deposits)

Complete protection

against dust

IP IP

0 0

www.carlon.com 161

Enclosures General Information

Clearance Holes For Carflex®Fittings or PVC Male Terminal Adapters

Engineering Properties Of Enclosures

Carflex Fittings &

PVC Male Terminal Nominal Actual Actual

Adapters Size Size Size

Trade Sizes (in.) (in.) (mm)

1⁄2.875 .879 22.4

3⁄41.093 1.107 28.2

1 1.344 1.357 34.6

11⁄41.813 1.699 43.2

11⁄21.938 1.949 49.6

2 2.375 2.413 61.5

21⁄22.875 2.914 74.0

3 3.5 3.539 89.8

31⁄24 4.044 102.7

4 4.5 4.544 115.4

55.625 5.675 143.7

Opaque Clear

Test Polycarbonate Polycarbonate

Property Method Covers & Boxes Cover FRP

Thermal And Mechanical

Temperature Range (°F) - -30° to 230° -30° to 230° -58° to 320°

Specific Gravity (oz./in3)ASTM D792 1.20 1.20 1.79

Thermal Conductivity (BTU•in/hr•ft2•°F) ASTM D177 1.35 1.35 1.68

Heat Deflection Temperature @ 264 PSI (°F) ASTM D648 265 260 392

Tensile Strength (PSI) ASTM D638 8,800 9,000 13,000

Flexural Strength (PSI) ASTM D790 13,500 14,000 19,000

Compressive Strength @ 10% Deformation (PSI) ASTM D695 12,500 12,500 24,000

Impact Strength IZOD Notched (ft.lbs./in.) ASTM D256 12 12 12

Water Absorption – 24 hrs. @ 73°F (%) ASTM D570 0.15 0.15 0.17

Electrical

Dielectric Strength (VOLTS/MIL.) ASTM D149 380 380 467

Dielectric Constant ASTM D150

60 Hz 3.0 3.0 -

100 Hz ---

106 2.96 2.96 -

Volume Resistivity @ 73°F (OHM-CM) ASTM D257 >1016 >1016 2.0 x 1015

Arc Resistance (SEC) ASTM D495 120 120 200+

www.carlon.com

162

Enclosures General Information

Chemical Resistance Data

Environmental Resistance Table:

E–Excellent, G–Good, L–Limited, U–Unsatisfactory

IMPORTANT: These environmental resistance ratings are based upon tests where the specimens were placed in complete submergence in the reagent listed. Ratings

listed in this chart apply to a 48-Hour exposure period. (The information in this chart is to be used ONLY as a guide in selecting equipment for appropriate

chemical compatibility. Before permanent installation, test the equipment with the chemicals and under the specific conditions of your application.)

Acetaldehyde U L - -

Acetamide U U - -

Acetate Solvent U - - U

Acetic Acid U G E E

Acetic Acid 20% U E E E

Acetic Acid 80% L G E E

Acetic Acid, Glacial U G E E

Acetic Anhydride U U E U

Acetone UU UU

Acetyl Bromide U - - -

Acetyl Chloride (dry) LU-U

Acetylene E U - -

Acrylonitrile G U - -

Adipic Acid E - - -

Alcohols:Amyl E G - L

Alcohols:Benzyl U - - U

Alcohols:Butyl E E - E

Alcohols:Diacetone G--E

Alcohols:Ethyl L G - E

Alcohols:Hexyl E- -E

Alcohols:Isobutyl E - - E

Alcohols:Isopropyl E E - E

Alcohols:Methyl E G -E

Alcohols:Octyl - - - E

Alcohols:Propyl E - - E

Aluminum Chloride E E E E

Aluminum Chloride 20% E E - E

Aluminum Fluoride E - - E

Aluminum Hydroxide EG -E

Aluminum Nitrate G E - -

Aluminum Potassium Sulfate 10%

EE-E

Aluminum Potassium Sulfate 100%

EE -E

Aluminum Sulfate EEEE

Amines UU-U

Ammonia 10% G U - E

Ammonia Nitrate G - - E

Ammonia, anhydrous E U - G

Ammonia, liquid EU L-

Ammonium Acetate E - - -

Ammonium Bifluoride E - - E

Ammonium Carbonate E - L E

Ammonium Caseinate -- -E

Ammonium Chloride E E E E

Ammonium Hydroxide E U L E

Ammonium Nitrate E - L E

Ammonium Oxalate E E - -

Ammonium Persulfate E - - E

Ammonium Phosphate, Dibasic E E - E

Ammonium Phosphate, Monobasic

E- -E

Ammonium Phosphate, Tribasic E - - E

Ammonium Sulfate EE EE

Ammonium Sulfite E - E E

Amyl Acetate U U L U

Amyl Alcohol EGLL

Amyl Chloride U - U U

Aniline LUUU

Aniline Hydrochloride G U - -

Antifreeze E--E

Antimony Trichloride E E E E

Aqua Regia (80% HCl, 20% HNO3)

LU-U

Aromatic Hydrocarbons U - - U

Arsenic Acid E E - E

Arsenic Salts E - - -

Asphalt E U - -

Barium Carbonate E E E E

Barium Chloride E E E E

Barium Cyanide U - - -

Barium Hydroxide E U U E

Barium Nitrate EU -E

Barium Sulfate G U E E

Barium Sulfide E-EE

Beer E E - E

Beet Sugar Liquids E - - E

Benzaldehyde U U U G

Benzene L U L U

Benzene Sulfonic Acid E U E E

Benzoic Acid E G - G

Benzol -U-G

Benzonitrile - E - -

Benzyl Chloride -- -U

Bleaching Liquors E - - -

Borax (Sodium Borate) E - - E

Boric Acid E-EE

Bromine L L - E

Butadiene L U - U

Butane L U - U

Butanol (Butyl Alcohol) L G - E

Butyl Amine U U - U

Butyl Ether E- -U

Butyl Phthalate - U - E

Butylacetate UU UG

Butylene E U - -

Butyric Acid GU-U

Calcium Bisulfate -U--

Calcium Bisulfide E - - E

Calcium Bisulfite G U - E

Calcium Carbonate EL EE

Calcium Chlorate G-E-

Calcium Chloride L - E E

Calcium Hydroxide G U U E

Calcium Hypochlorite G U L E

Calcium Nitrate EE EE

Calcium Oxide G - - E

Calcium Sulfate G E E E

Calgon - - - E

Cane Juice E - - -

Carbolic Acid (Phenol) U U - U

Carbon Bisulfide U - L -

Carbon Dioxide (dry) E - - E

Carbon Dioxide (wet) E - - E

Carbon Disulfide UU -U

Carbon Monoxide E - - E

Carbon Tetrachloride U U E U

Carbon Tetrachloride (dry) ---U

Carbon Tetrachloride (wet) - - - U

Carbonated Water E - - E

Carbonic Acid E E - E

Catsup E--E

Chloric Acid E - - U

Chlorine (dry) U- -G

Polycarbonate

FRP

Circuit Safe NEMA (Fiberglass Reinforced

Circuit Safe JIC Polyester)

Noryl

PVC

Himeline HE - Himeline HS - Bases Circuit

Himeline HE -

Clear Cover w/Base

Himeline HP Safe

Opaque Cover Himeline HS - Himeline HLA/HLS Medium

Chemical

w/Base

Opaque w/Clear Lids

Himeline HLP JIC

Polycarbonate

FRP

Circuit Safe NEMA (Fiberglass Reinforced

Circuit Safe JIC Polyester)

Noryl

PVC

Himeline HE - Himeline HS - Bases Circuit

Himeline HE -

Clear Cover w/Base

Himeline HP Safe

Opaque Cover Himeline HS - Himeline HLA/HLS Medium

Chemical

w/Base

Opaque w/Clear Lids

Himeline HLP JIC

www.carlon.com 163

Enclosures General Information

Chemical Resistance Data

Environmental Resistance Table:

E–Excellent, G–Good, L–Limited, U–Unsatisfactory

IMPORTANT: These environmental resistance ratings are based upon tests where the specimens were placed in complete submergence in the reagent listed. Ratings

listed in this chart apply to a 48-Hour exposure period. (The information in this chart is to be used ONLY as a guide in selecting equipment for appropriate

chemical compatibility. Before permanent installation, test the equipment with the chemicals and under the specific conditions of your application.)

Chlorine Water E - E L

Chlorine, Anhydrous Liquid U L - G

Chloroacetic Acid G U - -

Chlorobenzene (Mono) U U U U

Chlorobromomethane U - - -

Chloroform U U - U

Chlorosulfonic Acid U L - U

Chocolate Syrup - E - E

Chromic Acid 10% E G E E

Chromic Acid 30% E L - U

Chromic Acid 5% EG -E

Chromic Acid 50% U U - U

Chromium Salts E - - -

Citric Acid G E E E

Citric Oils - - - E

Clorox® (Bleach) E - - E

Copper Chloride E - - E

Copper Cyanide EU-E

Copper Fluoborate E - - -

Copper Nitrate EU -E

Copper Sulfate >5% E E - E

Copper Sulfate 5% E E - E

Cresols U U UU

Cresylic Acid U U - -

Cupric Acid E E - E

Cyclohexane U G - U

Cyclohexanone U U - U

Detergents E E - E

Diacetone Alcohol U U - -

Dichlorobenzene U U - -

Dichloroethane UU -E

Diesel Fuel E E - U

Diethyl Ether UU--

Diethylamine UU--

Diethylene Glycol L G - E

Dimethyl Aniline U U U U

Dimethyl Formamide U U - U

Diphenyl Oxide U---

Dyes G - - E

Epsom Salts (Magnesium Sulfate) E E - E

Ethane E - - -

Ethanol LG -E

Ethanolamine U - - E

Ether U - L U

Ethyl Acetate U U L E

Ethyl Benzoate U U - E

Ethyl Chloride UU LU

Ethyl Ether U - U U

Ethylene Bromide U U - -

Ethylene Chloride U U - U

Ethylene Chlorohydrin UU E-

Ethylene Diamine U E - U

Ethylene Dichloride U U U U

Ethylene Glycol EGEE

Ethylene Oxide U L - E

Fatty Acids E G - E

Ferric Chloride E E E E

Ferric Nitrate EEEE

Ferric Sulfate E E E E

Ferrous Chloride E U E E

Ferrous Sulfate E E E E

Fluoboric Acid E - - E

Fluorine U L - -

Fluosilicic Acid U E - E

Formaldehyde 100% E E - E

Formaldehyde 40% E E E E

Formic Acid E E L E

Freon 113 G G - U

Freon 12 E - - U

Freon 22 E - - G

Freon TF G - - -

Freon® 11 E - - G

Fuel Oils E G - G

Furan Resin E - - -

Furfural U U L U

Gallic Acid G - - E

Gasoline (high-aromatic) E E - G

Gasoline,leaded, ref. G E E G

Gasoline,unleaded L E - U

Gelatin G- -E

Glucose E E E E

Glue, P.V.A. L - - -

Glycerin E E EE

Glycolic Acid G - - -

Grease E - - -

Heptane L G E G

Hexane G U U G

Hydraulic Oil (Petro) E - - -

Hydraulic Oil (Synthetic) E- --

Hydrazine - U - -

Hydrobromic Acid 100% E - - G

Hydrobromic Acid 20% G - - G

Hydrochloric Acid 100% UU-E

Hydrochloric Acid 20% EGEE

Hydrochloric Acid 37% G U L E

Hydrochloric Acid, Dry Gas E - - E

Hydrocyanic Acid G - - E

Hydrocyanic Acid (Gas 10%) EG -L

Hydrofluoric Acid 100% L U - U

Hydrofluoric Acid 20% G U - L

Hydrofluoric Acid 50% G U - U

Hydrofluoric Acid 75% L U - U

Hydrofluosilicic Acid 100% G - - G

Hydrofluosilicic Acid 20% E - - G

Hydrogen Gas E E - E

Hydrogen Peroxide 10% E E - E

Hydrogen Peroxide 100% E E - E

Hydrogen Peroxide 30% E E E E

Hydrogen Peroxide 50% E E E -

Hydrogen Sulfide (aqua) G E - E

Hydrogen Sulfide (dry) E- --

Hydroquinone G - - -

Hydroxyacetic Acid 70% U - - -

Ink L---

Iodine E - - L

Iodine (in alcohol) E---

Iodoform E - - -

Isooctane EG-U

Isopropyl Acetate U U - -

Isopropyl Ether GU --

Polycarbonate

FRP

Circuit Safe NEMA (Fiberglass Reinforced

Circuit Safe JIC Polyester)

Noryl

PVC

Himeline HE - Himeline HS - Bases Circuit

Himeline HE -

Clear Cover w/Base

Himeline HP Safe

Opaque Cover Himeline HS - Himeline HLA/HLS Medium

Chemical

w/Base

Opaque w/Clear Lids

Himeline HLP JIC

Polycarbonate

FRP

Circuit Safe NEMA (Fiberglass Reinforced

Circuit Safe JIC Polyester)

Noryl

PVC

Himeline HE - Himeline HS - Bases Circuit

Himeline HE -

Clear Cover w/Base

Himeline HP Safe

Opaque Cover Himeline HS - Himeline HLA/HLS Medium

Chemical

w/Base

Opaque w/Clear Lids

Himeline HLP JIC

www.carlon.com

164

Enclosures General Information

Chemical Resistance Data

Environmental Resistance Table:

E–Excellent, G–Good, L–Limited, U–Unsatisfactory

IMPORTANT: These environmental resistance ratings are based upon tests where the specimens were placed in complete submergence in the reagent listed. Ratings

listed in this chart apply to a 48-Hour exposure period. (The information in this chart is to be used ONLY as a guide in selecting equipment for appropriate

chemical compatibility. Before permanent installation, test the equipment with the chemicals and under the specific conditions of your application.)

Isotane E - - -

Jet Fuel (JP3, JP4, JP5) L E - U

Kerosene E U - U

Ketones U U - U

Lacquer Thinners U G - U

Lacquers U U - U

Lactic Acid G G E E

Lard E E - E

Lead Acetate G - - E

Lead Nitrate E - - E

Lead Sulfamate GE--

Lime G - - -

Linoleic Acid E - - -

Lithium Chloride U G - -

Lithium Hydroxide - U - -

Lubricants G E - L

Lye: Ca(OH)2 Calcium Hydroxide G U - E

Lye: KOH Potassium Hydroxide G U - E

Lye: NaOH Sodium Hydroxide E U - E

Magnesium Bisulfate EE --

Magnesium Carbonate G E E E

Magnesium Chloride G E E E

Magnesium Hydroxide E E GE

Magnesium Nitrate E E - E

Magnesium Oxide - - - -

Magnesium Sulfate (Epsom Salts) E E E E

Maleic Acid E - - E

Malic Acid E - - -

Manganese Sulfate LE -E

Mayonnaise U - - -

Melamine U- --

Mercuric Chloride (dilute) E E - E

Mercuric Cyanide E---

Mercurous Nitrate EE-E

Mercury E U - E

Methane G - - -

Methanol (Methyl Alcohol) E G L E

Methyl Acetate UU --

Methyl Acetone U - - -

Methyl Alcohol 10% E G - E

Methyl Bromide U - - -

Methyl Butyl Ketone E U - -

Methyl Cellosolve U U - -

Methyl Chloride U U - U

Methyl Dichloride E - - -

Methyl Ethyl Ketone U U E U

Methyl Isobutyl Ketone U U - U

Methyl Isopropyl Ketone U U - U

Methyl Methacrylate E - - -

Methylamine U - - -

Methylene Chloride UU UU

Mineral Spirits E L - E

Monochloroacetic acid - U - -

Monoethanolamine U--E

Morpholine - U - U

Motor oil GE-E

Naphtha E G E U

Naphthalene U--U

Natural Gas E - - -

Nickel Chloride E E - E

Nickel Nitrate E U - E

Nickel Sulfate E E - E

Nitrating Acid (<15% HNO3) U - - -

Nitrating Acid (>15% H2SO4) U - - -

Nitrating Acid (_1% Acid) U - - -

Nitrating Acid (_15% H2SO4) U - - -

Nitric Acid (20%) E G G G

Nitric Acid (50%) G G - G

Nitric Acid (5-10%) E E - E

Nitric Acid (Concentrated) G L - G

Nitrobenzene UULU

Nitromethane G U - U

Nitrous Acid E - - -

Nitrous Oxide E - - -

Oils:Aniline U - - U

Oils:Citric G E - E

Oils:Creosote L - - U

Oils:Diesel Fuel (20, 30, 40, 50) G - - U

Oils:Fuel (1, 2, 3, 5A, 5B,6) EG-E

Oils:Hydraulic Oil (Petro) E - - -

Oils:Hydraulic Oil (Synthetic) E - - -

Oils:Mineral G G - E

Oils:Olive L E -E

Oils:Orange L L - -

Oils:Pine U E - -

Oils:Rosin L - - -

Oils:Silicone E - - E

Oils:Transformer G - - -

Oils:Turbine E - - -

Oleic Acid L - E E

Oleum 100% U- -E

Oleum 25% U - - -

Oxalic Acid (cold) G-EE

Ozone GE--

Palmitic Acid G - - -

Paraffin G E - E

Pentane E E - -

Perchloric Acid L - - -

Perchloroethylene L U - U

Petrolatum G - - -

Petroleum - - - U

Phenol (10%) LG LU

Phenol (Carbolic Acid) U U - U

Phosphoric Acid (>40%) G E - E

Phosphoric Acid (crude) G E - E

Phosphoric Acid (molten) U - - -

Phosphoric Acid (_40%) G E - E

Phosphoric Acid Anhydride - U - -

Phosphorus E - - -

Phosphorus Trichloride U L - -

Photographic Developer EE -E

Photographic Solutions E E - E

Phthalic Anhydride U E - -

Picric Acid UU--

Potash (Potassium Carbonate) E - L E

Potassium Bicarbonate E- -E

Potassium Bromide E E - E

Potassium Chlorate EE-E

Potassium Chloride E E E E

Potassium Chromate E - E E

Polycarbonate

FRP

Circuit Safe NEMA (Fiberglass Reinforced

Circuit Safe JIC Polyester)

Noryl

PVC

Himeline HE - Himeline HS - Bases Circuit

Himeline HE -

Clear Cover w/Base

Himeline HP Safe

Opaque Cover Himeline HS - Himeline HLA/HLS Medium

Chemical

w/Base

Opaque w/Clear Lids

Himeline HLP JIC

Polycarbonate

FRP

Circuit Safe NEMA (Fiberglass Reinforced

Circuit Safe JIC Polyester)

Noryl

PVC

Himeline HE - Himeline HS - Bases Circuit

Himeline HE -

Clear Cover w/Base

Himeline HP Safe

Opaque Cover Himeline HS - Himeline HLA/HLS Medium

Chemical

w/Base

Opaque w/Clear Lids

Himeline HLP JIC

www.carlon.com 165

Enclosures General Information

Chemical Resistance Data

Environmental Resistance Table:

E–Excellent, G–Good, L–Limited, U–Unsatisfactory

IMPORTANT: These environmental resistance ratings are based upon tests where the specimens were placed in complete submergence in the reagent listed. Ratings

listed in this chart apply to a 48-Hour exposure period. (The information in this chart is to be used ONLY as a guide in selecting equipment for appropriate

chemical compatibility. Before permanent installation, test the equipment with the chemicals and under the specific conditions of your application.)

Potassium Cyanide Solutions E - - E

Potassium Dichromate E E - E

Potassium Ferricyanide E - E E

Potassium Ferrocyanide E - E E

Potassium Hydroxide (Caustic Potash)

EU LE

Potassium Hypochlorite G - - -

Potassium Iodide E - - -

Potassium Nitrate E E E E

Potassium Oxalate - - - -

Potassium Permanganate E E E E

Potassium Sulfate EE EE

Potassium Sulfide E - - E

Propane (liquefied) E L - E

Propylene G - - -

Propylene Glycol L G - -

Pyridine U U - G

Pyrogallic Acid E - - -

Resorcinal LG--

Rosins L - - -

Salicylic Acid G E - -

Salt Brine (NaCl saturated) E E - E

Sea Water E E - E

Silicone E E -E

Silver Bromide - - - E

Silver Nitrate E E - E

Soap Solutions E E - E

Soda Ash (see Sodium Carbonate) E E - E

Sodium Acetate G E E E

Sodium Aluminate - - - E

Sodium Benzoate G E - -

Sodium Bicarbonate EE EE

Sodium Bisulfate E E - E

Sodium Bisulfite EE-E

Sodium Borate (Borax) EE-E

Sodium Bromide G - E E

Sodium Carbonate E E - E

Sodium Chlorate EE EE

Sodium Chloride EEEE

Sodium Chromate - E - E

Sodium Cyanide E - - E

Sodium Ferrocyanide E - E E

Sodium Fluoride E- -E

Sodium Hydrosulfite L - - -

Sodium Hydroxide (20%) E E U E

Sodium Hydroxide (50%) E U U E

Sodium Hydroxide (80%) E U U E

Sodium Hypochlorite (<20%) EL LE

Sodium Hypochlorite (100%) G - - E

Sodium Metaphosphate E - - -

Sodium Metasilicate E - - -

Sodium Nitrate E- UE

Sodium Perborate E - - E

Sodium Peroxide G E - -

Sodium Polyphosphate E--E

Sodium Silicate E - - E

Sodium Sulfate EEEE

Sodium Sulfide E U U E

Sodium Sulfite E-EE

Sodium Tetraborate E - - E

Sodium Thiosulfate (hypo) E U - E

Stannic Chloride E E - E

Stannic Fluoborate - - - E

Stannous Chloride E - - E

Stearic Acid G E - E

Stoddard Solvent L E - U

Styrene U U - E

Sulfate (Liquors) G - - -

Sulfur Chloride L - - E

Sulfur Dioxide E- -E

Sulfur Dioxide (dry) E E - E

Sulfur Hexafluoride G---

Sulfur Trioxide E - - U

Sulfur Trioxide (dry) E - - U

Sulfuric Acid (<10%) E E E E

Sulfuric Acid (10-75%) E G U E

Sulfuric Acid (75-100%) U U - E

Sulfuric Acid (cold concentrated) U - - E

Sulfuric Acid (hot concentrated) UU -U

Sulfurous Acid E - - E

Tallow - - - E

Tannic Acid E L - E

Tanning Liquors E - - E

Tartaric Acid E- EE

Tetrachloroethane L - - U

Tetrachloroethylene U U - U

Tetrahydrofuran U U L U

Tin Salts E - - -

Toluene (Toluol) U U - U

Trichloroacetic Acid G U - -

Trichloroethane L U - U

Trichloroethylene U - U U

Trichloropropane - - - U

Tricresylphosphate U--E

Triethylamine G--G

Trisodium Phosphate E - - E

Turpentine U U E U

Urea UU LE

Uric Acid E- --

Varnish U - - U

Vinegar G E E E

Vinyl Acetate U - - -

Vinyl Chloride U - - -

Water, Acid, Mine G G - -

Water, Deionized E - - E

Water, Distilled E E - E

Water, Fresh G E - E

Water, Salt G E - E

Whiskey & Wines E E - E

White Liquor (Pulp Mill) E - - E

White Water (Paper Mill) E - - U

Xylene UU EG

Zinc Chloride G E E E

Zinc Hydrosulfite - - - E

Zinc Sulfate EEEE

Polycarbonate

FRP

Circuit Safe NEMA (Fiberglass Reinforced

Circuit Safe JIC Polyester)

Noryl

PVC

Himeline HE - Himeline HS - Bases Circuit

Himeline HE -

Clear Cover w/Base

Himeline HP Safe

Opaque Cover Himeline HS - Himeline HLA/HLS Medium

Chemical

w/Base

Opaque w/Clear Lids

Himeline HLP JIC

Polycarbonate

FRP

Circuit Safe NEMA (Fiberglass Reinforced

Circuit Safe JIC Polyester)

Noryl

PVC

Himeline HE - Himeline HS - Bases Circuit

Himeline HE -

Clear Cover w/Base

Himeline HP Safe

Opaque Cover Himeline HS - Himeline HLA/HLS Medium

Chemical

w/Base

Opaque w/Clear Lids

Himeline HLP JIC

www.carlon.com

166

www.carlon.com 167

Carlon

Conduit,

Fittings and Accessories

Schedule 40 & 80

Conduit

Schedule 40 & 80

Elbows

Junction Boxes

FS Boxes

Utility Conduit,

Fittings & Elbows

P&C Duct

Telephone Duct

P&C Flex

PV-Mold

Slip Meter Risers

Split Duct

Cement

Spacers

www.carlon.com

168

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 40

Carlon

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC), Fittings & Accessories

Carlon

manufactures the most complete line of nonmetallic

conduits and fittings in the electrical industry. Carlon

Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 conduits are designed for use

aboveground and underground as described in the National

Electrical Code. Specify only Carlon conduits and fittings to

insure raceway system integrity.

Features

Ease of Installation

Nonmetallic conduits are 1/4to 1/5

the weight of metallic systems, can be installed in less than

half the time, and are easily fabricated on the job.

Safety

Nonmetallic conduits are nonconductive, assuring a

safe system.

Impact Resistant

Carlon Schedule 40 and Schedule 80

nonmetallic conduits are resistant to sunlight and are listed

for exposed or outdoor usage. The use of expansion fittings

allows the system to expand and contract with temperature

variations.

Corrosion Resistant

Carlon conduits and fittings are

nonmetallic and will not rust or corrode.

Carlon nonmetallic Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 conduits

and elbows are manufactured to NEMA TC-2, Federal

specification WC1O94A and UL 651 specifications. Fittings

are manufactured to NEMA TC-3, Federal specification

WC1094A and UL514B. Both conduit and fittings carry

respective UL or ETL Listings and UL or ETL labels.

Part No. Std. Crate Qty. Wt. Per Dimensions

10' 20'

Nom. Size

10' 20' 100' O.D. I.D. Wall

49005-010 1/2" 6000' 17 .840 .622 .109

49007-010 49007-020 3/4" 4400' 8800' 23 1.050 .824 .113

49008-010 49008-020 1" 3600' 7200' 34 1.315 1.049 .133

49009-010 49009-020 11/4" 3300' 6600' 46 1.660 1.380 .140

49010-010 49010-020 11/2" 2250' 4500' 55 1.900 1.610 .145

49011-010 49011-020 2" 1400' 2800' 73 2.375 2.067 .154

49012-010 49012-020 21/2" 930' 1860' 124 2.875 2.469 .203

49013-010 49013-020 3" 880' 1760' 163 3.500 3.068 .216

49014-010 49014-020 31/2" 630' 1260' 196 4.000 3.548 .226

49015-010 49015-020 4" 570' 1140' 232 4.500 4.026 .237

49016-010 49016-020 5" 380' 760' 315 5.563 5.047 .258

49017-010 49017-020 6" 260' 520' 409 6.625 6.065 .280

With Integral Bell*

Schedule 40PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC).

(Heavy Wall EPC)

Listed for underground applications encased in concrete or direct burial. Also for use in

exposed or concealed applications aboveground.

•

Sunlight resistant

•

Rated for use with 90˚C conductors

•

Superior weathering characteristics

Schedule 40 Heavy Wall

Rigid nonmetallic conduit is normally supplied in standard 10' lengths, with one belled end per length. For specific requirements, it may be

produced in lengths shorter or longer than 10', with or without belled ends.

E35297

ETL Listed

to UL 651 in

compliance

to the NEC

Use RNC Fittings with Schedule 40

and Schedule 80 Conduit.

Notes:

1. Special fittings and conduit sizes will be quoted on request.

2. DON’T FORGET TO ORDER CEMENT.

3. Carlon reserves the right to ship to the nearest unitized quantity.

RUS Listed

www.carlon.com 169

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 80

Part No. Std. Crate Qty.Wt. Per Dimensions

10' 20'

Nom. Size

10' 20' 100' O.D. I.D. Wall

49405-010 49405-020 1/2" 6000' 12000' 21 .840 .546 .147

49407-010 49407-020 3/4" 4400' 8000' 30 1.050 .742 .154

49408-010 49408-020 1" 3600' 7200' 44 1.315 .957 .179

49409-010 49409-020 11/4" 3300' 6600' 60 1.660 1.278 .191

49410-010 49410-020 11/2" 2250' 3600' 72 1.900 1.500 .200

49411-010 49411-020 2" 1400' 2800' 101 2.375 1.939 .218

49412-010 49412-020 21/2" 930' 1880 154 2.875 2.323 .276

49413-010 49413-020 3" 880' 1760' 210 3.500 2.900 .300

49415-010 49415-020 4" 570' 1140' 308 4.500 3.826 .337

49416-010 – 5" 380' – 428 5.563 4.813 .375

49417-010 49417-020 6" 260' 520' 588 6.625 5.761 4.32

With Integral Bell*

Use RNC Fittings with Schedule 40

and Schedule 80 Conduit.

Notes:

1. Special fittings and conduit sizes will be quoted on request.

2. DON’T FORGET TO ORDER CEMENT.

3. Carlon reserves the right to ship to the nearest unitized quantity.

Schedule 80 PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC)

(Extra Heavy Wall EPC-80)

Listed for use in aboveground and belowground applications that are subject to physical damage.

•

Sunlight resistant

•

Rated for use with 90˚C conductors

•

Superior weathering characteristics

•

For use in areas subject to physical damage

Schedule 80 Extra Heavy Wall

Rigid nonmetallic conduit is normally supplied in standard 10' lengths, with one belled end per length. For specific requirements, it may be

produced in lengths shorter or longer than 10', with or without belled ends.

Supportof Carlon Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit

in Aboveground Installations

Table 352.30(B) NEC shows the support requirements for Schedule

40 and Schedule 80 rigid PVC nonmetallic conduit.

Plastic conduit should always be installed away from steam lines,

etc. Support straps should allow for lineal movement caused by

expansion and contraction.

Maximum ambient temperature is 122°F (50°C).

Table 352.30(B), NEC

Trade Maximum Spacing Between

Size Supports (feet)

1/2- 1 3

11/4- 2 5

21/2- 3 6

31/2-57

Acceptable Dimensions in Inches of Integral Bell per UL 651

ABC

Trade At Entrance (in.) At Bottom (in.) Nominal Bell

Size

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

Depth (in.)

1/20.860 0.844 0.844 0.828 1.375

3/41.074 1.054 1.056 1.036 1.500

1 1.340 1.320 1.320 1.300 1.750

11/41.689 1.665 1.667 1.643 1.875

11/21.930 1.906 1.906 1.882 2.750

2 2.405 2.381 2.381 2.357 3.250

21/22.905 2.875 2.883 2.853 3.250

3 3.530 3.500 3.507 3.477 3.875

31/24.065 3.965 4.007 3.977 3.875

44.565 4.465 4.506 4.476 4.625

5 5.643 5.543 5.583 5.523 5.625

66.708 6.608 6.644 6.584 6.375

E35297

ETL Listed

to UL 651 in

compliance

to the NEC

RUS Listed

www.carlon.com

170

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 40 Elbows

Plain Belled Plain Belled

End End End Std. End Std.

Item Part No. Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.

90° Elbow UA9AD UA9ADB 1/2" 50 50

UA9ADR-CAR UA9ADB 1/2" 25 50

UA9AE UA9AEB 3/4" 25 25

UA9AFR-CTN UA9AFB-CTN 1" 25 25

UA9AG UA9AGB 11/4" 20 20

UA9AH UA9AHB 11/2" 25 25

UA9AJ UA9AJB 2" 20 20

UA9AJ-CAR UA9AJB 2" 5 20

UA9AK-CAR UA9AKB-CAR 21/2" 10 10

UA9AL UA9ALB-CAR 3" 1 5

UA9AM UA9AMB 31/2"1 20

UA9AN UA9ANB 4" 1 1

UA9AP UA9APB 5" 1 1

UA9AR UA9ARB 6" 1 1

45° Elbow UA7AD UA7ADB 1/2" 50 50

UA7AE UA7AEB 3/4" 25 25

UA7AER-CAR UA7AEB 3/4" 15 25

UA7AF UA7AFB 1" 20 20

UA7AF-CAR UA7AFB 1" 15 20

UA7AG UA7AGB 11/4" 20 20

UA7AH UA7AHB 11/2" 20 20

UA7AJ UA7AJB 2" 20 20

UA7AJ-CAR UA7AJB-CAR 2" 4 4

UA7AK UA7AKB 21/2" 20 20

UA7AK-CAR UA7AKB-CAR 21/2" 5 5

UA7AL-CAR UA7ALB 3" 5 25

UA7AL-CAR UA7ALB-CAR 3" 5 10

UA7AM UA7AMB 31/2"1 20

UA7AN UA7ANB 4" 1 20

UA7AP UA7APB 5" 1 1

UA7AR UA7ARB 6" 1 1

30° Elbow UA6AD UA6ADB 1/2" 50 50

UA6AE UA6AEB 3/4" 25 25

UA6AF UA6AFB 1" 25 1

UA6AG UA6AGB 11/4" 20 20

UA6AH UA6AHB 11/2" 25 1

UA6AJ UA6AJB 2" 20 20

UA6AK UA6AKB 21/2" 10 20

UA6AL UA6ALB 3" 1 1

UA6AM UA6AMB 31/2"1 1

UA6AN UA6ANB 4" 1 1

UA6AP UA6APB 5" 1 1

UA6AR UA6ARB 6" 1 1

Schedule 40 Elbows

Standard Radius

Available in plain and integral belled end for use with nonmetallic solvent weld fittings.

Plain Belled

Plain End

Belled End

End End Std. Std.

Item Part No. Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.

221/2° Elbow UA5AD – 1/2"1 –

UA5AE – 3/4"1 –

UA5AF – 1" 1 –

UA5AG – 11/4"1 –

UA5AH – 11/2"1 –

UA5AJ UA5AJB 2" 25 1

UA5AK – 21/2"20 –

UA5AL UA5ALB 3" 5 1

UA5AM – 31/2"1 –

UA5AN UA5ANB 4" 1 1

UA5AP UA5APB 5" 1 1

UA5AR UA5ARB 6" 1 1

111/4° Elbow UA3AD – 1/2"1 –

UA3AE – 3/4"1 –

UA3AF – 1" 1 –

UA3AG – 11/4"1 –

UA3AH – 11/2"1 –

UA3AJ – 2" 1 –

UA3AK – 21/2"1 –

UA3AL – 3" 1 –

UA3AM – 31/2"1–

UA3AN UA3ANB 4" 1 1

UA3AP – 5" 1 –

UA3AR – 6" 1 –

ABC

Min. Min.

Size (Radius)

1/2" .840 4" 11/2"

3/4" 1.050 41/2"1

1/2"

1" 1.315 53/4"1

7/8"

11/4" 1.660 71/4"2"

11/2" 1.900 81/4"2"

2" 2.375 91/2"2"

21/2" 2.875 101/2"3"

3" 3.500 13" 31/8"

31/2" 4.000 15" 31/4"

4" 4.500 16" 33/8"

5" 5.563 24" 35/8"

6" 6.625 30" 33/4"

ABC

Trade At Entrance At Bottom Socket Depth

Size Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.

1/2".860 0.844 0.844 0.828 1.500 0.652

3/4" 1.074 1.054 1.056 1.036 1.500 0.719

1" 1.340 1.320 1.320 1.300 1.875 0.875

11/4"1.689 1.665 1.667 1.643 2.000 0.938

11/2" 1.930 1.906 1.906 1.882 2.000 1.062

2" 2.405 2.381 2.381 2.357 2.000 1.125

21/2" 2.905 2.875 2.883 2.853 3.000 1.469

3" 3.530 3.500 3.507 3.477 3.125 1.594

31/2"4.065 3.965 4.007 3.977 3.250 1.687

4" 4.565 4.465 4.506 4.476 3.375 1.750

5" 5.643 5.543 5.583 5.523 3.625 1.937

6" 6.708 6.608 6.644 6.584 3.750 2.125

Standard Radius Elbow

Dimensions

Integral

Belled End

Dimensions

90°

Elbow 45°

Elbow

E35297

ETL Listed

to UL 651 in

compliance

to the NEC

www.carlon.com 171

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 40 Elbows

Schedule 40 Elbows

Special Radius

*Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations

Plain Belled

Plain End

Belled End

End End Nom. Radius Std. Std.

Segment Part No. Part No. Diam. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.

90° Elbow UA9CF UA9CFB 1" 18" 1 1

UA9DF UA9DFB 1" 24" 1 1

UA9EF UA9EFB 1" 30" 1 1

UA9FF – 1" 36" 1 –

UA9HF – 1" 48" 1 –

UA9CG UA9CGB 11/4" 18" 1 1

UA9DG UA9DGB 11/4" 24" 1 1

UA9EG UA9EGB 11/4" 30" 1 1

UA9FG UA9FGB 11/4" 36" 1 1

UA9HG – 11/4" 48" 1 –

UA9CH UA9CHB 11/2" 18" 1 1

UA9DH UA9DHB 11/2" 24" 1 1

UA9EH UA9EHB 11/2" 30" 1 1

UA9FH UA9FHB 11/2" 36" 1 1

UA9HH – 11/2" 48" 1 –

UA9CJ UA9CJB 2" 18" 1 1

UA9DJ UA9DJB-UPC 2" 24" 1 1

UA9EJ UA9EJB 2" 30" 1 1

UA9FJ-UPC UA9FJB 2" 36" 1 1

UA9HJ UA9HJB 2" 48" 1 1

UA9JJ – 2" 72" 1 –

UA9CK UA9CKB 21/2" 18" 1 1

UA9DK UA9DKB-UPC 21/2" 24" 1 1

UA9EK UA9EKB 21/2" 30" 1 1

UA9FK-UPC UA9FKB 21/2" 36" 1 1

UA9HK UA9HKB 21/2" 48" 11

UA9CL UA9CLB 3" 18" 1 1

UA9DL UA9DLB-UPC 3" 24" 1 1

UA9EL UA9ELB 3" 30" 1 1

UA9FL UA9FLB 3" 36" 1 1

UA9HL UA9HLB 3" 48" 1 1

UA9IL – 3" 60" 1 –

UA9DM UA9DMB 31/2" 24" 1 1

UA9EM UA9EMB 31/2" 30" 1 1

UA9FM UA9FMB 31/2"36" 11

UA9HM UA9HMB 31/2" 48" 1 1

– UA9CNB 4" 18" – 1

UA9DN UA9DNB 4" 24" 1 1

UA9EN UA9ENB 4" 30" 1 1

UA9FN UA9FNB 4" 36" 1 1

UA9HN UA9HNB 4" 48" 1 1

UA9IN UA9INB 4" 60" 1 1

UA9JN – 4" 72" 1 1

UA9EP UA9EPB 5" 30" 1 1

UA9FP UA9FPB 5" 36" 1 1

UA9HP UA9HPB 5" 48" 1 1

UA9IP UA9IPB 5" 60" 1 1

UA9FR UA9FRB 6" 36" 1 1

UA9HR UA9HRB 6" 48" 1 1

UA9IR UA9IRB 6" 60" 1 1

– UA9TRB 6" 180" – 1

UA9HT –8" 48" 1 1

Plain Belled

Plain End Belled End

End End Nom. Radius Std. Std.

Segment Part No. Part No. Diam. (in.)

Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.

45° Elbow UA7CF – 1" 18" 1 –

UA7DF – 1" 24" 1 –

UA7EF – 1" 30" 1 –

UA7FF – 1" 36" 1 –

UA7HF – 1" 48" 1 –

UA7CG – 11/4" 18" 1 –

UA7DG – 11/4" 24" 1 –

UA7EG – 11/4" 30" 1 –

UA7FG – 11/4" 36" 1 –

UA7HG – 11/4" 48" 1 –

UA7CH – 11/2" 18" 1 –

UA7DH – 11/2"24" 1 –

UA7EH – 11/2" 30" 1 –

UA7FH UA7FHB 11/2" 36" 1 1

UA7HH – 11/2" 48" 1 –

– UA7BJB 2" 12" – 1

UA7CJ UA7CJB 2" 18" 1 1

UA7DJ UA7DJB 2" 24" 1 1

UA7EJ UA7EJB 2" 30" 1 1

UA7FJ UA7FJB 2" 36" 1 1

UA7HJ UA7HJB 2" 48" 1 1

UA7SJ – 2" 150" 1 –

UA7CK – 21/2" 18" 1 –

UA7DK UA7DKB 21/2" 24" 1 1

UA7EK – 21/2" 30" 1 –

UA7FK UA7FKB 21/2" 36" 1 1

UA7HK – 21/2" 48" 1 –

UA7CL UA7CLB 3" 18" 1 1

UA7DL UA7DLB 3" 24" 1 1

UA7EL UA7ELB 3" 30" 1 1

UA7FL UA7FLB 3" 36" 1 1

– UA7HLB 3" 48" – 1

UA7DM – 31/2" 24" 1 –

UA7EM – 31/2" 30" 1 –

UA7FM –31/2"36" 1–

UA7DN UA7DNB 4" 24" 1 1

UA7EN UA7ENB 4" 30" 1 1

UA7FN UA7FNB 4" 36" 1 1

UA7HN UA7HNB 4" 48" 1 1

–UA7NNB 4" 120" –1

UA7SN UA7SNB 4" 150" 1 –

UA7EP UA7EPB 5" 30" 1 1

UA7FP UA7FPB 5" 36" 1 1

UA7HP UA7HPB 5" 48" 11

– UA7IPB 5" 60" – 1

– UA7NPB 5" 120" – 1

– UA7SPB 5" 150" – 1

UA7FR UA7FRB 6" 36" 1 1

UA7HR UA7HRB 6" 48" 1 1

UA7FT – 8" 36" 1 –

UA7HT –8" 48" 1–

E35297

ETL Listed to UL 651 in

compliance to the NEC

www.carlon.com

172

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 40 Elbows

Schedule 40 Elbows

Special Radius

*Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations

Plain Belled

Plain End Belled End

End End Nom. Radius Std. Std.

Segment Part No. Part No. Diam. (in.)

Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.

30° Elbow UA6CJ – 2" 18" 1 –

UA6DJ UA6DJB 2" 24" 1 1

UA6FJ UA6FJB 2" 36" 1 1

UA6HJ UA6HJB 2" 48" 1 1

UA6CK – 21/2" 18" 1 –

UA6DK – 21/2" 24" 1 –

UA6CL – 3" 18" 1 –

UA6DL UA6DLB 3" 24" 1 1

UA6FL UA6FLB 3" 36" 1 1

UA6HL UA6HLB 3" 48" 1 1

UA6DM – 31/2"24" 1 –

UA6FM – 31/2" 36" 1 –

UA6HM – 31/2" 48" 1 –

UA6DN – 4" 24" 1 –

UA6FN UA6FNB 4" 36" 1 1

UA6HN UA6HNB 4" 48" 1 1

UA6FP UA6FPB 5" 36" 1 1

UA6HP UA6HPB 5" 48" 1 1

UA6FR UA6FRB 6" 36" 1 1

UA6HR UA6HRB 6" 48" 1 1

Plain Belled

Plain End Belled End

End End Nom. Radius Std. Std.

Segment Part No. Part No. Diam. (in.)

Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.

111/4° Elbow UA3DJ UA3DJB 2" 24" 1 25

UA3FJ UA3FJB 2" 36" 1 1

UA3HJ – 2" 48" 1 –

UA3HK – 21/2" 48" 1 –

UA3DL UA3DLB 3" 24" 1 1

UA3FL UA3FLB 3" 36" 1 1

UA3HL – 3" 48" 1 –

UA3DM – 31/2" 24" 1 –

UA3HM – 31/2" 48" 1 –

UA3DN UA3DNB 4" 24" 1 1

UA3FN UA3FNB 4" 36" 1 1

– UA3SNB 4" 150" – 1

UA3HN UA3HNB 4" 48" 1 1

UA3FP UA3FPB 5" 36" 1 1

UA3HP – 5" 48" 1 –

– UA3UPB 5" 240" – 1

UA3FR UA3FRB 6" 36" 1 1

UA3HR – 6" 48" 1 –

UA3FT – 8" 36" 1 –

Plain Belled

Plain End

Belled End

End End Nom. Radius Std. Std.

Segment Part No. Part No. Diam. (in.)

Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.

221/2°Elbow UA5FF – 1" 36" 1 –

UA5FG – 11/4" 36" 1 –

UA5FH UA5FHB 11/2" 36" 1 1

UA5CJ UA5CJB 2" 18" 1 1

UA5DJ UA5DJB 2" 24" 1 25

UA5EJ UA5EJB 2" 30" 1 1

UA5FJ UA5FJB 2" 36" 1 1

UA5HJ – 2" 48" 1 –

UA5VJ – 2" 300" 1 –

UA5CK – 21/2" 18" 1 –

UA5DK – 21/2"24" 1 –

UA5EK – 21/2" 30" 1 –

UA5FK – 21/2" 36" 1 –

UA5HK – 21/2" 48" 1 –

– UA5CLB 3" 18" 1 1

UA5DL UA5DLB 3" 24" 1 1

UA5EL UA5ELB 3" 30" 1 1

UA5FL UA5FLB 3" 36" 1 1

UA5HL – 3" 48" 1 –

UA5VL – 3" 300" 1 –

UA5DM – 31/2" 24" 1 –

UA5EM – 31/2" 30" 1 –

UA5FM – 31/2" 36" 1 –

UA5HM – 31/2" 48" 1 –

UA5DN UA5DNB 4" 24" 1 1

UA5EN UA5ENB 4" 30" 1 1

UA5FN UA5FNB 4" 36" 1 1

UA5HN UA5HNB 4" 48" 1

UA5IN – 4" 60" 1 –

UA5JN – 4" 72" 1 –

UA5SN UA5SNB 4" 150" 1

– UA5UNB 4" 240" – 1

– UA5VNB 4" 300" – 1

– UA5DPB 5" 24" 1 1

UA5EP UA5EPB 5" 30" 1 1

UA5FP UA5FPB 5" 36" 1 1

UA5HP UA5HPB 5" 48" 1 1

UA5IP – 5" 60" 1 –

UA5SP – 5" 150" 1 –

– UA5UPB 5" 240" – 1

– UA5VPB 5" 300" – 1

UA5FR UA5FRB 6" 36" 1 1

UA5HR UA5HRB 6" 48" 1 1

UA5IR – 6" 60" 1 –

UA5RR – 6" 144" 1 –

UA5SR – 6" 150" 1 –

UA5VR – 6" 300" 1 –

UA5FT – 8" 36" 1 –

UA5HT – 8" 48" 1 –

E35297

ETL Listed to UL 651 in

compliance to the NEC

www.carlon.com 173

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 80 Elbows

Schedule 80 Elbows

Standard Radius

Available in plain end only for use with nonmetallic solvent weld fittings.

Special Radius

Plain Belled

Plain End

Belled End

End End Nom. Radius Std. Std.

Segment Part No. Part No. Diam. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.

90° Elbow

UB9CF – 1" 18" 1 –

UB9DF – 1" 24" 1 –

UB9FF – 1" 36" 1 –

UB9HF – 1" 48" 1 –

UB9CG – 1

"18" 1 –

UB9DG – 1

" 24" 1 –

UB9FG – 1

" 36" 1 –

UB9HG – 1

" 48" 1 –

UB9CH – 1

"18" 1 –

UB9DH

-UPC

UB9DHB 1

" 24" 1 1

UB9FH – 1

" 36" 1 –

UB9HH – 1

" 48" 1 –

UB9CJ – 2" 18" 1 –

UB9DJ-UPC UB9DJB 2" 24" 1 1

UB9FJ UB9FJB 2" 36" 1 1

UB9HJ – 2" 48" 1 –

UB9CK – 2

"18" 1 –

UB9DK-UPC UB9DKB 2

" 24" 1 1

UB9FK UB9FKB 2

" 36" 1 1

UB9HK – 2

" 48" 1 –

UB9CL – 3" 18" 1 –

UB9DL UB9DLB 3" 24" 1 1

UB9FL UB9FLB 3" 36" 1 1

UB9HL – 3" 48" 1 –

UB9DN UB9DNB 4" 24" 1 1

UB9FN UB9FNB 4" 36" 1 1

UB9HN UB9HNB 4" 48" 1 1

UB9NN – 4" 120" 1 –

UB9FP – 5" 36" 1 –

UB9HP – 5" 48" 1 –

UB9IP – 5" 60" 1 –

UB9FR – 6" 36" 1 –

UB9HR – 6" 48" 1 –

UB9IR – 6" 60" 1 –

45° Elbow

UB7CF – 1" 18" 1 –

UB7DF – 1" 24" 1 –

UB7FF – 1" 36" 1 –

UB7HF – 1" 48" 1 –

UB7DG – 1

" 24" 1 –

UB7FG – 1

" 36" 1 –

UB7HG – 1

" 48" 1 –

UB7CH – 1

" 18" 1 –

UB7DH UB7DHB 1

" 24" 1 1

UB7FH – 1

" 36" 1 –

UB7HH –1

" 48" 1 –

UB7CJ – 2" 18" 1 –

UB7DJ UB7DJB 2" 24" 1 1

UB7FJ UB7FJB 2" 36" 1 1

UB7HJ – 2" 48" 1 –

UB7DK UB7DKB 2

"24" 1 1

UB7FK – 2

" 36" 1 –

UB7HK – 2

" 48" 1 –

UB7CL –3" 18" 1–

UB7DL UB7DLB 3" 24" 1 1

UB7FL UB7FLB 3" 36" 1 1

UB7HL –3" 48" 1 –

UB7DN UB7DNB 4" 24" 1 1

UB7FN UB7FNB 4" 36" 1 1

UB7HN – 4" 48" 1 –

UB7FP – 5" 36" 1 –

UB7HP – 5" 48" 1 –

UB7FR –6" 36" 1 –

UB7HR –6" 48" 1 –

UB7IR – 6" 60" 1 –

30° Elbow

UB6FN – 4" 36" 1 –

UB6FR – 6" 36" 1 –

° Elbow

– UB5DHB 1

" 24" – 20

–UB5DJB 2" 24" –20

– UB5FJB 2" 36" – 25

– UB5DKB 2

" 24" – 15

UB5DL UB5DLB 3" 24" 1 10

– UB5FLB 3" 36" – 1

UB5DN UB5DNB 4" 24" 15

–UB5FNB 4" 36" –1

UB5FP – 5" 36" 1 –

° Elbow

UB3FP – 5" 36" 1 –

Plain End Belled End

Plain End Belled End Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Item Part No. Part No. Size Qty. Qty.

90° Elbow

UB9AD –

"50 –

UB9AD-CAR –

"25 –

UB9AE –

"25 –

UB9AE-CAR –

"15 –

UB9AF – 1" 25 –

UB9AF-CAR – 1" 10 –

UB9AG – 1

"20 –

UB9AG-CAR – 1

"5 –

UB9AH – 1

"25 –

UB9AH-CAR – 1

"5 –

UB9AJ – 2" 20 –

UB9AJ-CAR – 2" 5 –

UB9AK-CAR – 2

"10 –

UB9AL-CAR – 3" 5 –

UB9AN – 4" 1 –

UB9AP UB9APB 5" 1 1

UB9AR 6" 1 –

45° Elbow

UB7AD –

"50 –

UB7AE-UPC –

"25 –

UB7AF-UPC – 1" 20 –

UB7AG – 1

"20 –

UB7AH – 1

"20 –

UB7AH-CAR –1

"5–

UB7AJ-UPC – 2" 20 –

UB7AK – 2

"20 –

UB7AL –3"1–

UB7AN – 4" 1 –

UB7AP UB7APB 5" 1 1

UB7AR –6"1–

30° Elbow

UB6AD –

" 50 –

UB6AE –

"25 –

UB6AF – 1" 25 –

UB6AG–1

"5–

UB6AH –1

" 25 –

UB6AJ – 2" 20 –

UB6AK – 2

"1 –

UB6AL –3"1–

UB6AN –4"1–

UB6AP –5"1–

UB6AR – 6" 1 –

° Elbow

UB5AL – 3" 5 –

UB5AN –4" 1–

UB5AP UB5APB 5" 11

°Elbow

UB3AL – 3" 1 –

UB3AR – 6" 1 –

Flexible PVC Elbows

Std. Std. Ctn. Length

Part Ctn. Wt. Fully

No. Size Qty. (lbs.) Assembled

UAFAD

" 8 1.6 8.5"

UAFAE

" 6 1.9 9.6"

UAFAF 1" 6 2.4 11.9"

•UL listed for exposed and direct burial applications

in accordance with Article 356 of 2002 NEC

•0° - 90° bending and offset applications

•O-ring seal for moisture tight connections

•Maintains round shape throughout bend

•Sunlight resistant

•Non-corrosive – all PVC and Neoprene material

•Fully assembled and ready to use

E35297

ETL Listed to

UL 651 in

compliance

to the NEC

www.carlon.com

174

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Couplings

Std.

Part

Ctn.

BCL

No. Size

Qty.

Typical

I.D. O.D. Typical

E940D 1/2150 .852 .836 .728 17/64 11/16 11/2

E940E 3/4100 1.064 1.046 .840 15/16 3/415/8

E940F 1 50 1.330 1.310 1.210 15/815/16 2

E940G 11/430 1.677 1.655 1.535 163/64 1 21/8

E940H 11/225 1.918 1.894 1.755 215/64 11/823/8

E940J 2 30 2.393 2.369 2.190 247/64 13/16 21/2

E940K 21/220 2.890 2.868 2.688 35/16 133/64 33/16

E940K-CAR 21/24 2.890 2.868 2.688 35/16 133/64 33/16

E940L 3 25 3.515 3.492 3.375 331/32 13/4313/32

E940L-CAR 3 5 3.515 3.492 3.375 331/32 13/4313/32

E940M 31/220 4.015 3.992 3.780 49/16 13/435/8

E940N 4 15 4.515 4.491 4.265 53/32 125/32 33/4

E940N-CAR 4 5 4.515 4.491 4.265 53/32 125/32 33/4

E940P 5 8 5.593 5.553 5.097 61/415/16 41/16

E940R 6 5 6.658 6.614 6.115 71/223/16 45/8

All socket fittings should be attached Using Carlon

solvent cement. Using Carlon fittings with Carlon

nonmetallic conduit insures system integrity.

Standard Couplings

Socket type for

joining nonmetallic

conduit.

Special Long Line Couplings

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No.Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E941H 11/240 9

E941J 2 25 8

E941K 21/215 8

E941L 315 14

E941N 410 15

E941PF 5412

E941RF 6521

Long Line

Couplings

E32447

Except where noted by

Short Expansion Couplings

(Expands to a maximum of 2")

Std.

Part No.Size Ctn. Qty.

E955D 1/240

E955E 3/440

E955F 1 25

E955G 11/415

E955H 11/210

E955J 2 6

E32447

E33447

Expansion Fittings

(For Use with Schedule 40 & 80 Conduit)

E945 series expansion fittings are designed to

compensate for length changes due to temperature

variations in exposed conduit runs.

Coupling Male Terminal Travel

End Adapter End Std. Length

Part No. Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. (in.)

E945D E945DX 1/220 4"

E945E E945EX 3/415 4"

E945F E945FX 1 10 4"

E945G E945GX 11/454"

E945H E945HX 11/254"

E945J E945JX 2 15 8"

E945K E945KX 21/210 8"

E945L E945LX 3 10 8"

E945M E945MX 31/258"

E945N E945NX 4 5 8"

E945P E945PX 5 1 8"

E945R E945RX 6 1 8"

Male terminal

adapter end

Coupling end

Fabricated Expansion Couplings

Std. Travel

Part Ctn. Length

No. Size Qty. (in.)

E945KXL 21/210 12

•EXCLUSIVE Molded in Mid-point

indicator on the piston.

•EXCLUSIVE 2" Expansion Fitting

with an 8" travel distance.

•Two-piece molded design with

lubricated seals for easier move-

ment for the life of the product.

•Ridges on the fitting for easier

installation (Sizes 2" through

6" only).

•Male terminal Adapter End design

(1/2" – 2" NPT Threads, and

21/2"–6" NPSC Threads).

•Two O-Rings to prevent leakage.

•Can be installed vertically or

horizontally.

E33447

www.carlon.com 175

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Adapters

Part Std. ABMin. Max. C S L

No.Size

Ctn. Qty.

Typical DOD Typical

E943D 1/2150 .852 .836 .597 11/85/89/16 15/16

E943E 3/4125 1.064 1.046 .800 111/32 3/49/16 13/8

E943F 1 50 1.330 1.310 1.018 15/8111/16 125/32

E943G 11/450 1.677 1.655 1.332 21/32 13/4115/16

E943H 11/225 1.918 1.894 1.566 2 5/32 13/16 3/421/16

E943J 2 50 2.393 2.369 2.000 2 21/32 13/16 3/421/8

E943K 21/225 2.890 2.868 2.376 35/16 13/47/827/8

E943K-CAR 21/252.890 2.868 2.376 35/16 13/47/827/8

E943L 3 45 3.515 3.492 2.954 4 115/16 7/831/16

E943L-CAR 35 3.515 3.492 2.954 4 115/16 7/831/16

E943M 31/230 4.015 3.992 3.440 41/227/16 17/837/16

E943N 4 20 4.515 4.491 3.940 53/32 23/87/831/2

E943N-CAR 4 20 4.515 4.491 3.940 53/32 23/87/831/2

E943P 5 5 5.593 5.553 4.815 61/421/313

15/16

E943R 6 10 6.658 6.614 5.860 71/223/813

3/8

Male Terminal Adapters

For adapting nonmetallic

conduits to boxes, threaded

fittings, metallic systems.

Male threads on one end,

socket end on other.

Part

Std.

B Min. Max. C T L

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

Typical

D OD Typical

E942D 1/2150 .852 .836 .620 17/64 11/16 3/419/16

E942E 3/4100 1.064 1.046 .822 15/16 13/16 3/415/8

E942F 1 50 1.330 1.310 1.046 15/815/16 7/8115/16

E942G 11/430 1.677 1.655 1.377 163/64 17/82

E942H 11/225 1.918 1.894 1.607 25/32 11/87/827/32

E942J 2 30 2.393 2.369 2.064 247/64 13/16 12

5/16

E942K 21/220 2.890 2.868 2.450 311/32 15/811/8215/16

E942K-CAR 21/24 2.890 2.868 2.450 311/32 15/811/8215/16

E942L 3 25 3.515 3.492 3.000 331/32 13/411/831/16

E942L-CAR 3 3 3.515 3.492 3.000 331/32 13/411/831/16

E942M 31/220 4.015 3.992 3.500 41/217/811/831/4

E942N 4 15 4.515 4.491 4.000 51/64 21

1/8313/64

E942N-CAR 4 7 4.515 4.491 4.000 51/64 21

1/8313/64

E942NX9

4 15

E942P 5 8 5.593 5.553 5.047 61/4115/16 11/16 33/16

E942R 6 6 6.658 6.614 6.055 71/421/811/16 33/8

E942RX

66(Call for information)

Female Adapters

For adapting nonmetallic

conduits to threaded

fittings, metallic systems.

Female threads on one end,

socket end on other.

Long Line Adapter

Adapters

(Call for information)

Special Schedule 40 Swedge Couplings

*Consult factory for additional sizes

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E442K 21/220 13

E442R 6 6 27

E442T 8 2 17

Risers

Schedule 40

Part ABC Thread

Std.

Std. Ctn.

No. Size

(Length)

(Min.) Size

Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E954HX 11/280.00 1.567 .950

11/2

NPT

1 3.8

E954J 260.00 2.024 .825

NPT

13.7

E954JX 280.00 2.024 .825

NPT

15.0

E954K 21/260.00 2.418 .812

21/2"

NPSC

16.0

E954KX 21/280.00 2.418 .812 2

1/2"

NPSC

1 8.4

E954L 3 60.00 3.012 .798

NPSC

1 8.7

E954LX 3 80.00 3.012 .798

NPSC

1 11.0

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E948H 11/225 6

E948J 2 25 5

E948K 21/225 16

E948L 3 25 13

E948N 4 10 8

E948P 5 14 33

E948R 6 6 16

E948JR 2" (6" long) 15 8

E948JS 2" (Sch. 40 Split Duct) 25 6

E948L12 3" (12" long) 1 1

E948L6 3" (6" long) 15 15

E948LS 3" (Sch. 40 Split Duct) 25 17

E948N12 4" (12" long) 10 28

E948N7 4" (7" long) 15 25

E948NS 4" (Sch. 40 Split Duct) 10 15

E948PS 5" (Sch. 40 Split Duct) 1 2

E948R10 6" (10" long) 6 25

E948R12 6" (12" long) 6 25

E948RS 6" (Sch. 40 Split Duct) 1 2

Couplings

Sleeve Coupling

(For Repair Work)

NoInternal Stop

E32447

Except where noted by

Special Long Line Couplings —

Sleeve Couplings

www.carlon.com

176

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Fittings & Accessories

Part

Std. Ctn.

No. Size

Qty.

Typical Typical Typical

E950ED 3/4" x1/2"100 15/32 13/64 11/32

E950FD-CAR 1" x 1/2"251

11/32 3/16 57/64

E950FE 1" x 3/4"100 111/32 3/16 11/64

E950GE-CAR 11/4" x 3/4"10 115/32 3/16 11/64

E950GF 11/4"x1" 50 115/32 3/16 19/64

E950HF-CAR 11/2"x1" 10 119/32 3/16 19/64

E950HG-CAR 11/2"x11/4" 10 119/32 3/16 117/64

E950JG-CAR 2" x 11/4"10 1

3/47/32 117/64

E950JH-CAR 2" x 11/2"10 1

3/47/32 125/64

E950KJ-CAR 21/2" x 2" 10 25/32 3/8127/64

E950LJ-CAR 3" x 2" 10 21/81/417/8

E950LK 3" x 21/2"25 1

15/16 1/4111/16

E950NL 4" x 3" 25 23/45/16 115/16

Reducer Bushings

For connecting different sizes

of conduit. Bell x Spigot.

Reducer Plugs

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E971C 3/4" x 1/2" 100 2

E971D 1" x 3/4" 100 3

Plugs (Polyethylene)

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

P258H 11/2"50 2

P258K 21/2" 25 1.5

Plugs with Pull Tabs (Polyethylene)

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

P258JT 2 60 3

P258LT 3 30 3

P258NT 4 48 8

P258PT 5 30 6

P258RT 6 30 9

Reducers

Plugs

E32447

Except where noted by

Part Std.

Ctn.

Min

OD Max CM L

No. Size

Qty.

D Typical

X Typical

E996D 1/2100 .662 .840 17/64 23/32 27/32

E996E 3/4100 .824 1.050 121/64 25/32 29/32

E996F 1 100 1.049 1.315 15/861/64 13/32

E996G 11/450 1.380 1.660 131/32 11/16 11/4

E996H 11/250 1.610 1.900 213/64 13/16 13/8

E996J 2 25 2.067 2.375 229/32 11/417/16

E996K-CAR 21/210 2.469 2.875 37/16 17/8115/16

E996L 3 20 3.068 3.500 41/822

1/16

E996L-CAR 3 5 3.068 3.500 41/82 2 1/16

E996N 4 10 4.026 4.500 51/821/221/4

Box Adapters for

Enclosures

Adapts nonmetallic

conduit to all electrical

enclosures by inserting

adapter through knockout

and cementing into Carlon

couplings.

Threaded Adapters

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

E9842D 11/225

E9842E 23/425

1 Fits 3/4" sockets 2 Fits 1" sockets

Fabricated Reducers

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E952KJ 21/2"x 2" 48 28

E952LJ 3" x 2" 36 21

E952LK 3" x 21/2"36 31

E952NL 4" x 3" 15 23

E952NM 4" x 31/2"15 25

E952PN 5" x 4" 12 26

E952RP 6" x 5" 10 31

Fabricated

Reducers

(Male x Male)

Reducers

Adapters

Caps

Service Entrance Caps

Std.

Ctn. Dimensions (in.)

Part No. Size Qty. F G H

E998D 1/25 .45 .45 –

E998E 3/420 .45 .45 –

E998E-CAR 3/45.45 .45 –

E998F 1 15 .59 .58 –

E998F-CAR 1 5 .59 .58 –

E998G-CAR 11/45 .74 .71 .50

E998H-CAR 11/25 .74 .71 .50

E998J-CAR 2 5 .83 .78 .56

E998K-UPC 21/22 1.70 1.31 1.00

E998L 3 2 1.70 1.31 1.00

E998N 4 2 2.25 1.88 1.31

www.carlon.com 177

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Fittings & Accessories

End Bells

Offset

Std.

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E994DR-CAR 1/225 3

E994ER-CAR 3/415 2

E994F 1 50 12

End

Bells

Std. Std.

Ctn. Ctn.

Part No. Size Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E997F 1 50 1

E997F-CAR 1 15 1

E997G 11/435 1

E997G-CAR 11/415 1

E997H 11/230 1

E997H-CAR 11/210 1

E997J 2 40 1

E997J-CAR 2 10 1

E997K 21/230 2

E997K-CAR 21/210 2

E997L 3 50 2

E997L-CAR 3 10 2

E997M 31/240 10

E997N 4 30 11

E997P 5 15 10

E997R 6 10 7.4

E997T 8 3 14.55

Part Std. Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E949J5 2" x 5" 50 10

E949J6 2" x 6" 25 12

E949JN 2" x 4" 25 7

E949JX 2" x 8" 12 7

E949LR 3" x 6" 20 21

E949N5 4" x 5" 20 2

E949NR 4" x 6" 15 21

E949R5 6" x 5" 12 27

E949RX 6" x 8" 6 17

Fabricated End Bells

Schedule 40

Meter Offset

Std.

Part Ctn.

No. Size Qty. Offset A

E995G 11/415 0.758 4.230

E995G-CTN 11/46 0.758 4.230

E995J 2 8 0.684 4.270

Offsets

E32447

Except where noted by

End Caps

Std. Std.

Ctn. Ctn.

Part No. Size Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E958D 1/2100 3

E958E 3/4100 4

E958F 1 75 5

E958G 11/440 4

E958H 11/230 4

E958J 2 25 5

E958K 21/210 4

E958L 3 10 5

E958N 4517

E958P 5 5 11

E958R 6513

PVC Riser Caps

Std. Std.

Ctn. Ctn.

Part No. Size Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E935J 2 25 9

E935L 3 25 18

E935N 4 25 18

E935P 5 25 35

E935R 610 13

www.carlon.com

178

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Fittings & Accessories

Flat Sealing Washer

Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty.

E943DW 1/2125

E943EW 3/4125

E943FW 1 100

E943GW 11/450

E943HW 11/250

E943JW 2 25

Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty.

LT9LD 1/21200

LT9LE 3/4700

LT9LF 1 600

PVC Lock Nut

HOLFORM nonmetallic concrete

sleeve forms are the easy way to

form holes in concrete. They

install in seconds with nails,

screws or staples and are easily

removed. Concrete will not

adhere to them. HOLFORMS are

adjustable to any slab thickness.

Where a waterproof termination is required into any

enclosure (metallic or nonmetallic), install the neoprene

washer over the threads of a terminal adapter before

inserting into the enclosure. Use a standard locknut or

threaded bushing to secure the assembly.

Std. A B C D

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty. Typical Typical Typical Typical

E990D 1/275 .852 .836 2.187 .718

E990

DR-CAR

1/225 .852 .836 2.187 .718

E990E 3/450 1.064 1.046 2.531 .781

E990

ER-CAR

3/420 1.064 1.046 2.531 .781

Gasket included.

HOLFORM™

Concrete Sleeves

Min. Std. Std.

O.D. Ctn. Ctn.

Part No. A B Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E92CSH 11/213/420 3

E92CSJ 2 213/3225 6

E92CSL 3 313/32 25 8

E92CSN 4 413/3218 8

E92CSP 5 513/3215 8

E92CSR 6 613/32 12 8

Access

Pull Elbows

Sleeves

Washers

Lock Nuts

E32447

Except where noted by

Conduit Bodies

Part No. Size

Vol.

Cu. In.

Std. Ctn. Qty.

E970CD

15.16 15

E970CE

15.16 15

Type X with

Cover

Four knock-out type socket

openings, 90° spacing. Available

with 1/2” or 3/4” socket outlets.

Includes cover and gasket.

Supplied with 4 stainless steel cover screws.Diameter 41/8"

,Thickness 1/4"

*Not designed for use with wiring devices or light fixtures.

www.carlon.com 179

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Conduit Bodies

Part Std. C

Max. L2 L3 Max Max Max. Vol.

No.

Size

Ctn. Qty.

Typical

L1 Typical H Q W

Cu. In.

E986D-CAR

4.0

E986E-CAR

12.0

E986F-CAR

110

12.0

E986G-CAR

32.0

E986H-CAR

32.0

E986J

2101

63.0

E986K

210.

E986L

3 4 1

210.

E986M

390.

E986N

4 4 1

390.

Conduit Bodies

Type LB

Part

Std. Vol.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

L1 L2 Q W

Cu. In.

E988D-CAR

4.0

E988E

12.0

E988F-CAR

110

12.0

E988G-CAR

32.0

E988H-CAR

32.0

E988J

251

63.0

Type E

Part

Std.

Max. L2 Max Max. Vol.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

Typical

L1 Typical Q W

Cu. In.

E987D-CAR

4.0

E987E-CAR

12.0

E987F-CAR

110

12.0

E987G-CAR

32.0

E987H-CAR

32.0

E987J

2151

63.0

Type C

Part

Std.

Max. L2 L3

Max. Max. Max.

Vol.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

Typical

L1 Typical H Q W

Cu. In.

E985D-CAR

4.0

E985E-CAR

12.0

E985F-CAR

110

12.0

E985G-CAR

32.0

E985H-CAR

32.0

E985J

2101

63.0

Type LR

Part

Std.

Max. L2 L3

Max Max Max.

Vol.

No. Size

Ctn.Qty.

Typical

L1 Typical H Q W

Cu. In.

E983D-CAR

4.0

E983E-CAR

12.0

E983F

1 20

12.0

E983G

10 1

32.0

E983H-CAR

32.0

E983J

210 1

63.0

Type T

Part

Std.

Max. L2 L3 Max Max Max. Vol.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

Typical

L1 Typical H Q W

Cu. In.

E984D-CAR

4.0

E984E-CAR

12.0

E984F-CAR

110 2

12.0

E984G-CAR

32.0

E984H-CAR

32.0

E984J

2101

63.0

E984J-CAR

231

63.0

Type LL

E42728

Except where noted by

• Hubs are not threaded • Textured lids • Foam-in-place gasket

www.carlon.com

180

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Junction Boxes

Molded Nonmetallic Junction Boxes

6P Rated

It’s another first from Carlon

- the first nonmetallic

junction boxes UL Listed with a NEMA 6P rating per

Section 314.29, Exception of the National Electrical Code.

Manufactured from PVC or PPO thermoplastic molding

compound and featuring foam-in-place gasketed lids

attached with stainless steel screws, these rugged

enclosures offer all the corrosion resistance and physical

properties you need for direct burial applications.

Type 6P enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor

use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against

contact with enclosed equipment, falling dirt, hose-

directed water, entry of water during prolonged

submersion at a limited depth, and external ice

formation.

• All Carlon Junction Boxes

are UL Listed and maintain

a minimum of a NEMA Type

4/4x Rating.

• Parts numbers with an

asterisk (*) are UL Listed and

maintain a NEMA Type 6P

Rating and Type 4/4X Rating.

E42728

Except where noted

by †

Size in Std.

Material Std.

Inches Ctn. Min

Min. Min. Min. Ta Tc Thermo- Ctn.

Part No. H x W x D

Qty.

ATABB C PVC plastic Wt. (Lbs.)

E989NNJ-CAR* 4 x 4 x 2 53

11/16 35/8N/A 2.160 .155 X3

E987N-CAR* 4 x 4 x 4 5 311/16 31/2N/A 4 .160 .155 X 4

†

E989NNR-CAR* 4 x 4 x 6 43

11/16 33/8N/A 6.160 .200 X 5

E989PPJ-CAR* 5 x 5 x 2 4 411/16 41/2N/A 2 .110 .150 X 3

E987R-CAR* 6 x 6 x 4 2 6 55/8N/A 4 .190 .190 X 3

E989RRR-UPC* 6 x 6 x 6 8 55/853/8N/A 6 .160 .150 X 14

E989N-CAR 8 x 8 x 4 1 8 8 N/A 4 .185 .190 X 2

E989SSX-UPC 8 x 8 x 7 27

21/32 75/16 N/A 7.160 .150 X 6

E989UUN 12 x 12 x 4 3 115/8111/2111/84 .160 .150 X 12

E989R-UPC 12 x 12 x 6 2 1115/16 117/8117/16 6 .265 .185 X 10

Typical

www.carlon.com 181

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Switch Boxes

Type FSE

Single Gang FS Boxes

Part No. Size

Vol.

Cu. In.

Std. Ctn. Qty.

E980DFN

19 10

E980EFN

19 10

E980FFN 1 19 18

E980FFN-CAR 1 19 10

All sizes take standard covers

and accessories or devices.

Integral mounting feet

provide easy mounting.

For dead-end terminations.

Type FSC

All sizes take standard covers

and accessories or devices.

Detachable mounting feet

provide easy mounting.

For through terminations.

Part

Vol. Std.

No. Size

Cu. In.

Ctn. Qty.

E981DFN

19 15

E981EFN

19 15

E981FFN 1 19 18

E981FFN-CAR 119 10

E42728

Type FSS

All sizes take standard covers

and accessories or devices.

Detachable mounting feet

provide easy mounting.

For multiple

dead-end circuit

terminations or

where additional

support is required

in stub-up

applications.

Type FSCC

All sizes take standard covers

and accessories or devices.

Detachable mounting feet

provide easy mounting.

For multiple

through circuit

terminations

or where

additional

support is

required in

stub-up

applications.

Part

Vol. Std.

No. Size

Cu. In.

Ctn. Qty.

E979DFN-CAR

19 10

E979EFN-CAR

19 10

E979FFN 1 19 15

Part

Vol. Std.

No. Size

Cu. In.

Ctn. Qty.

E982DFN

19 10

E982EFN

19 10

E982FFN-CTN 1 19 8

www.carlon.com

182

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Switch Boxes

Single Gang FD Deep Device Boxes

Type FD

All sizes take standard

covers and accessories or

devices. Integral mounting feet

provide easy mounting.

For terminations

where hub

requirements

vary according to

application –

hubs easily made

with flared wood

bit or hole saw.

Part

Vol. Std.

No. Size

Cu. In.

Ctn.Qty.

E9801 N/A 25 10

For dead-end

terminations where

large devices or

additional wiring

capacity is required.

Type FDE

All sizes take standard covers

and accessories or devices.

Integral mounting feet

provide easy mounting.

Part

Vol. Std.

No. Size

Cu. In.

Ctn. Qty.

E9801DN

25 10

E9801EN

25 10

E9801FN 1 25 10

Part

Vol. Std.

No. Size

Cu. In.

Ctn. Qty.

E9811DN

25 10

E9811EN

25 10

E9811FN 1 25 10

Type FDC

All sizes take standard covers

and accessories or devices.

Integral mounting feet

provide easy mounting.

For through

terminations where

large devices or

additional wiring

capacity is required.

E42728

www.carlon.com 183

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Switch Boxes & Covers

Two Gang FS Boxes

Type 2FSC

Part

Vol. Std.

No. Size

Cu. In.

Ctn. Qty.

E9812D

32 10

E9812E

32 10

E9812F 1 32 10

All sizes take standard covers

and accessories or devices.

Integral mounting feet

provide easy mounting.

For through terminations

where two devices or

additional wiring capacity

is required.

Type FS

Part

Vol. Std.

No. Size

Cu. In.

Ctn. Qty.

E9802 N/A 32 10

All sizes take standard covers

and accessories or devices.

Integral mounting feet

provide easy mounting.

For terminations where hub

requirements vary according

to application - hubs easily

made with flared wood bit

or hole saw.

Type 2FSE

Part

Vol. Std.

No. Size

Cu. In.

Ctn. Qty.

E9802D

32 10

E9802E

32 10

E9802F 1 32 10

All sizes take standard covers

and accessories or devices.

Integral mounting feet

provide easy mounting.

For dead-end

terminations

where two

devices or

additional

wiring capacity

is required.

Blank Covers

Std. Std.

Part

Ctn. Ctn.

No. Color

Qty.

Wt. (lbs.)

E980CN-CAR Gray 12 1.60

E980CM-CAR White 12 1.60

Fits Carlon®single gang

FS boxes. Supplied with

stainless steel mounting

screws and gasket.

Single Gang

Std. Std.

Part

Ctn. Ctn.

No. Color

Qty.

Wt. (lbs.)

E9802CN-CAR Gray 10 2.17

Fits Carlon®two gang FS boxes,other

nonmetallic and metallic FS boxes.

Supplied with stainless steel mounting

screws and gasket.

Two Gang

E42728

www.carlon.com

184

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Support Straps

Size:

inches Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (mm) Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) A B C D F G H J R

E978DC-CAR 1/2" 40 1 0.80 .75 1.63 0.75 .59 .99 1.36 .21 1.67

(16) (20.3) (1.90) (41.4) (19.1) (14.9) (25.1) (34.5) (5.33) (42.4)

E978EC-CAR 3/4" 40 3 1.00 .88 1.92 0.75 .70 1.20 1.57 .21 1.96

(21) (25.4) (22.4) (48.7) (19.1) (17.8) (30.4) (39.9) (5.33) (49.8)

E978FC-CAR 1" 30 4 1.20 1.02 2.17 0.75 .83 1.43 1.84 .21 2.22

(27) (30.5) (25.9) (55.1) (19.1) (21.1) (36.3) (46.7) (5.33) (56.3)

Single Mount

Single Mount Double Mount

Snap Strap

Conduit

Support Straps

Carlon’s Snap Strap

offers a unique support strap designed especially

for the installation of PVC conduit. Also usable for installations of rigid

steel. This high strength, nonmetallic clamp allows conduit to expand

and contract freely, eliminating the bowing commonly seen from the

expansion and contraction of conduit caused by varying temperature

changes. Finished installations have a neat, attractive appearance on

exposed applications.

To be used in accordance with conduit spacing requirements per the

NEC, Section 352.30. This part is not supplied with screws.

• UV inhibited for use in direct sunlight

Size:

inches Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. (mm) Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.) A B C D F G H J R

E978GC-CAR 11/4" 15 4 1.66 2.75 3.23 1.00 .95 1.78 2.15 .218 3.28

(35) (42.16) (69.9) (82.0) (25.4) (24.1) (45.2) (54.61) (5.54) (83.3)

E978HC-CAR 11/2" 15 5 1.92 3.05 3.53 1.00 1.08 2.04 2.40 .218 3.58

(41) (48.77) (77.5) (89.7) (25.4) (27.4) (51.8) (60.96) (5.54) (90.9)

E978JC-CAR 2" 10 5 2.34 3.50 4.00 1.00 1.31 2.48 2.86 .218 4.06

(53) (59.44) (88.9) (101.6) (25.4) (33.3) (63.0) (72.64) (5.54) (103.1)

Double Mount

www.carlon.com 185

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Clamps

Conduit Clamps

Conduit Clamp

Size: Std. Std.

Part inches Ctn. Ctn. Wt.

No. (mm) Qty. (lbs.) A B C D E F G H J

E977DC 1/2" 100 1.2 0.892 1.71 2.16 0.50 .14 .42 .866 1.04 .260

(16) (22.6) (43.4) (54.8) (12.7) (3.5) (10.6) (21.9) (26.4) (6.6)

E977EC 3/4" 100 1.4 1.102 1.97 2.40 0.50 .14 .525 1.076 1.255 .260

(21) (27.9) (50.0) (60.9) (12.7) (3.5) (13.3) (27.3) (31.8) (6.6)

E977FC 1" 100 2 1.39 2.25 2.81 0.594 .14 .658 1.342 1.574 .260

(27) (35.3) (57.1) (71.3) (15.0) (3.5) (16.7) (34.0) (39.9) (6.6)

E977GC 11/4" 50 5 1.714 2.68 3.28 .64 .15 .83 1.687 1.89 .320

(35) (43.5) (68.0) (83.3) (16.2) (3.8) (21.0) (42.8) (48.0) (8.1)

E977HC 11/2"50 61.92 2.82 3.44 .70 .15 .97 1.93 2.12 .312

(41) (48.7) (71.6) (87.3) (17.7) (3.8) (24.6) (49.0) (53.8) (7.9)

E977JC 2" 25 4.5 2.54 3.54 4.18 .76 .16 1.05 2.29 2.49 .315

(53) (64.5) (89.9) (106.1) (19.3) (4.0) (26.6) (58.1) (63.2) (8.0)

E977KC-CAR 21/2" 25 1.4 2.86 4.50 5.46 1.00 .20 1.43 2.86 3.12 .36

(63) (72.6) (114.3) (138.7) (25.4) (5.08) (36.3) (72.6) (79.2) (9.14)

E977LC-CAR 3" 20 1.4 3.47 5.00 6.00 1.00 .20 1.74 3.48 3.70 .36

(78) (88.2) (127.0) (152.4) (25.4) (5.08) (44.3) (88.4) (94.0) (9.14)

E977NC-CAR 4" 15 12.2 4.366 6.15 7.20 1.00 .20 2.32 4.50 4.70 .36

(103) (110.9) (156.2) (182.9) (25.4) (5.08) (58.8) (114.3 (119.4) (9.14)

Nonmetallic Clamps

Nonmetallic clamps offer the same chemical resistance

as Carlon nonmetallic conduits for a complete, corrosion

resistant system.

To be used in accordance with conduit spacing

requirements per the NEC, Section 352.30.

• UV inhibited for use in direct sunlight

*Note: Some clamp applications require 2 screws,2 nuts and 2 washers.

www.carlon.com

186

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Technical Information

Typical Properties of Conduit Raw Material Compound

Wire Fill

Conductor

Type

Size

Trade Size

Letters

AWG, MCM

1/23/41 1

1/411/2221/2331/2441/4568

14 13 24 39 69 94 154

12 10 18 29 51 79 114 164

10 6 11 18 32 44 73 194 160

8 3 5 9 19 22 36 51 71 106 136

6 1 4 6 11 15 26 37 57 76 98 125 154

4 1 2 4 7 9 16 22 35 47 60 75 94 137 236

3 1 1 3 6 8 13 19 29 39 51 64 90 116 201

2 1 1 3 5 7 11 16 25 33 43 54 67 97 169

1 1 1 3 5 9 12 18 25 32 49 59 72 125

1/0 1 1 3 4 7 10 15 21 27 33 42 61 105

2/0 1 1 2 3 6 8 13 17 22 28 35 51 88

3/0 1 1 1 3 5 7 11 14 18 23 29 42 73

4/0 1 1 1 2 4 6 9 12 15 19 24 35 61

250 1 1 1 3 4 7 10 12 16 20 28 49

300 1 1 1 3 4 6 8 11 13 17 24 42

350 1 1 1 2 3 5 7 9 12 15 21 37

400 1 1 1 3 5 6 8 10 13 19 33

500 1 1 1 2 4 5 7 9 11 16 27

600 1 1 1 1 3 4 5 7 9 13 22

700 1 1 1 3 4 5 6 8 11 19

750 1 112346 7 11 19

6 1 3 5 9 13 21 30 47 63 81 102 128 185 320

600 1 1 1 1 3 4 5 7 9 13 22

700 1 1 1 3 4 5 6 7 11 19

750 11 1234 6 71018

Thermal

ASTM Typical

Test Values

Co-efficient of Thermal Expansion-inch/inch/°F D696 3.38 x 10

-5

(properties @ 73.4°F)

Heat Distortion °F at 264 psi D648 160°F

Thermal Conductivity BTU (hr.) (ft.) (°F/in.) N/A 1.3

Electrical

ASTM Typical

Test Values

Dielectrical Strength volts/mil D149 1100

Dielectric Constant 60 CPS @ 30°C D150 4.00

Power Factor 60 CPS @ 30°C D150 1.93

Mechanical

ASTM Test Typical Values

Specific Gravity D792 1.43 - 1.6

Tensile Strength (psi) @ 73.4°F D638 5,000-6,500

Izod Impact ft lbs./in. of notch D256 0.65 - 1.5

Flexural Strength (psi) D790 12,500

Compressive Strength (psi) D695 9,000

Hardness (Durometer D) D2240 85

Impedance

(Volts lost per ampere per 100 feet)

3 90% 80% 1 90% 80%

P.F. P.F. P.F. P.F.

Steel Conduit .0118 .0123 .0136 .0142

Schedule 40

.0105 .0106 .0121 .0122

Using 250 KCmil Cu. conductor. comparable values for other conductor sizes.

THWN

THHN

FEP

(14 thru 2)

FEPB

(14 thru 8)

PFA

(14 thru 4/0)

PFAH

(14 thru 4/0)

XHHW

(4 thru

500MCM)

XHHW

Maximum number of conductors in Schedule 80 PVC conduit

(Based on Table 1, Chapter 9 of the NEC)

Conductor Size

Trade Size

AWG, MCM 1/23/41 11/411/222

1/2345

# 14 THW 4 8 13 24 34 57 82 128

THHN 10 19 33 58 81 135 194 0

12 THW 3 6 11 20 28 47 67 105 183

THHN 8 14 24 43 60 100 144 0

10 THW 3 5 9 16 22 37 54 85 148

THHN 59 15 27 38 64 92 143

8THW 12 4 8 11 19 28 44 77 121

THHN 1 4 7 13 18 31 45 70 123 195

6 THW 1 1 3 6 8 14 20 32 56 88

THHN 1 3 5 9 13 22 32 50 88 140

4 THW 0 1 2 4 6 10 15 24 42 66

THHN 1 1 3 6 8 13 20 31 54 86

3 THW 0 1 1 4 5 9 13 20 36 57

THHN 1 1 2 5 7 11 17 26 46 73

2THW 0 1 1 3 4 8 11 17 31 49

THHN 1 1 1 4 5 9 14 22 38 61

1 THW 0 1 1 1 3 5 8 13 22 35

THHN 0 1 1 3 4 7 10 16 28 45

0 THW 0 0 1 1 2 4 7 11 19 30

THHN 01 1 2 3 6 8 13 24 38

00 THW 0 0 1 1 1 4 6 9 16 26

THHN 0 1 1 1 3 5 7 11 20 32

000 THW 0 0 1 1 1 3 5 8 14 22

THHN 001 124691626

0000 THW 0 0 1 1 1 3 4 6 11 18

THHN 0 0 1 1 1 3 5 8 14 22

250 THW 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 5 9 14

THHN 000112461118

300 ThW 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 4 8 13

THHN 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 5 9 15

350 THW 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 4 7 11

THHN 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 4 8 13

400 THW 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 6 10

THHN 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 4 7 12

500 THW 000 011 1358

THHN 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 6 10

600 THW 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 4 7

THHN 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 5 8

700 THW 000 001 1136

Carlon Carlon Inter-

Schedule 40

Schedule 80

Electrical mediate Rigid

Rigid Rigid Metallic Metal Metal

Nom. Nonmetallic Nonmetallic Tubing Conduit Conduit

Size Conduit Conduit Aluminum (EMT) (IMC) (RMC)

1/218 22 27 30 57 79

3/423 29 36 46 78 105

135 43 53 66 112 153

11/448 60 70 96 114 201

11/257 72 86 112 176 246

2 76 100 116 142 230 334

21/2125 153 183 230 393 527

3164 212 239 270 483 690

31/2198 288 350 561 831

4 234 310 340 400 625 982

5 317 431 465

Not Made Not Made

1344

6412 592 612

Not Made Not Made

1770

Weight

Comparison

Carlon Schedule 40

rigid nonmetallic

conduit compared to

other rigid conduit in

pounds per 100 feet

(approx.)

Maximum number of conductors in Schedule 40 PVC conduit

(Based on Table 1, Chapter 9 of the NEC)

www.carlon.com 187

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Expansion and Contraction

Temperature Considerations for

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit

Compensation for Linear

Expansion

Expansion and Contraction

Like all construction materials, PVC will expand or contract with

variations in temperatures. The coefficient of linear expansion in PVC

conduit is 3.38 x 10

-5

in./in./°F as compared to 1.2 x 10

-5

for aluminum

and 0.6 x 10

-5

for steel. An expansion coupling is needed whenever

the change in length due to temperature variation will exceed

in.

Add 30°F to the estimated temperature range when conduit is

installed in direct sunlight to allow for radiant heating.

An expansion coupling consists of two sections of conduit, one

telescoping inside another. When installing expansion couplings,

alignment of piston and barrel is important. Be sure to mount

expansion joint level for best performance.

For a vertical run, the expansion coupling must be installed close to

the top of the run with the barrel jointing down, in order that rain

water does not run into the opening. The lower end of the conduit

run must be secured at the bottom so that any length change due to

temperature variation will result in an upward movement.

Expansion Characteristics of PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit

Coefficient of Thermal Expansion = 3.38 x 10-5 in./in./°F

Length Length Length Length

Change in Change in Change in Change in

Temperature inches per Temperature inches per Temperature inches per Temperature inches per

Change in 100 Ft. of Change in 100 Ft. of Change in 100 Ft. of Change in 100 Ft. of

Degrees F PVC Conduit Degrees F PVC Conduit Degrees F PVC Conduit Degrees F PVC Conduit

5 0.2 55 2.2 105 4.2 155 6.3

10 0.4 60 2.4 110 4.5 160 6.5

15 0.6 65 2.6 115 4.7 165 6.7

20 0.8 70 2.8 120 4.9 170 6.9

25 1.0 75 3.0 125 5.1 175 7.1

30 1.2 80 3.2 130 5.3 180 7.3

35 1.4 85 3.4 135 5.5 185 7.5

40 1.6 90 3.6 140 5.7 190 7.7

45 1.8 95 3.8 145 5.9 195 7.9

50 2.0 100 4.1 150 6.1 200 8.1

The expansion joint must be installed to allow both expansion and

contraction of the conduit run. The correct piston opening for any

installation condition should use the following formula:

Determine the Piston Opening

O= E

T max - T installed

[]

Where:

O = Piston opening (in.)

T max = Maximum anticipated temperature of conduit (°F)

T inst. = Temperature of conduit at time of installation (°F)

Total change in temperature of conduit (°F)

Expansion allowance built into each expansion

coupling (in.)

380 ft. of conduit is to be installed on the outside of a building

exposed to the sun in a single straight run. It is expected that the

conduit will vary in temperature from 0°F in the winter to 140°F in

the summer (this includes the 30°F for radiant heating from the

sun.) The installation is to be made at a conduit temperature of 90°F.

From the table, a 140°F temperature change will cause a 5.7 in.

length change in 100 ft. of conduit. The total change for this

example is 5.7" x 3.8 = 21.67" which should be rounded to 22".

The number of expansion couplings will be 22"x coupling range

(4" for Carlon trade sizes

" through 1-

", and 8" for sizes 2"

through 6".) If the E945D coupling is used, the number will be 22"x

4 = 5.50 which should be rounded to 6. The coupling should be

placed at 62 ft. intervals (380 x 6). the proper piston setting at the

time of installation is calculated as explained above.

Example

O= 4.0 = 1.4 in.

140 - 90

140

[]

Insert the piston into the barrel to the maximum depth. Place a mark

on the piston at the end of the barrel. To properly set the piston, pull

the piston out of the barrel to correspond to the 2.1 in. calculated

above. See drawing at lower left.

Summary

1. Anticipate expansion and contraction of PVC conduit in

aboveground, exposed installation.

2. Use an expansion coupling when length change due to

temperature variation will exceed 1/2".

3. PVC conduit expands 4.1" for each 100 feet of run and a 100°F

temperature change.

4. Align expansion coupling with the conduit run to prevent binding.

5. Follow the instructions to set the piston opening.

6. Rigidly fix the outer barrel of the expansion coupling so it cannot

move. Mount the conduit connected to the piston loosely enough

to allow the conduit to move as the temperature changes.

Solvent Weld Solvent Weld

Maximum Depth Mark

Piston Opening

Pipe strap

should be anchored

tightly to barrel

Pipe strap

mounted loosely to

allow movement

www.carlon.com

188

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Technical Information

Corrosion Resistance of Carlon Schedule 40

and Schedule 80 PVC Conduit and Fittings

Carlon Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 are generally

acceptable for use in environments containing the chemicals

below. These environmental resistance ratings are based

upon tests where the specimens were placed in complete

submergence in the reagent listed. Schedule 40 and

Schedule 80 can be used in many process areas where

chemicals not on this list are manufactured or used because

worker safety requirements dictate that any air presence or

splashing be at a very low level.

If there are any questions for specific suitability in a

given environment, prototype samples should be

tested under actual conditions.

Acetic Acid O-20%

Acetic Acid 20-30%

Acetic Acid 3O-60%

Acetic Acid 80%

Acetic Acid – Glacial

Acetic Acid Vapors

Acetylene

Adipic Acid

Alum

Aluminum Chloride

Aluminum Fluoride

Aluminum Hydroxide

Aluminum Oxychloride

Aluminum Nitrate

Aluminum Sulfate

Ammonia-Dry Gas

Ammonium Bifluoride

Ammonium Carbonate

Ammonium Chloride

Ammonium Hydroxide 28%

Ammonium Metaphosphate

Ammonium Nitrate

Ammonium Persulfate

Ammonium Phosphate – Neutral

Ammonium Sulfate

Ammonium Sulfide

Ammonium Thiocyanate

Amyl Alcohol

Anthraquinone

Anthraquinonesulfonic Acid

Antimony Trichloride

Aqua Regia

Arsenic Acid 80%

Arylsulfonic Acid

Barium Carbonate

Barium Chloride

Barium Hydroxide

Barium Sulfate

Barium Sulfide

Beet – Sugar Liquor

Benzine Sulfonic Acid 10%

Benzoic Acid

Bismuth Carbonate

Black Liquor (Paper Industry)

Bleach – 12.5% Active CL2

Borax

Boric Acid

Brine

Breeder Pellets – Dane. Fish

Bromic Acid

Bromine – Water

Butane

Butadiene

Butyl Alcohol

Butyl Phenol

Butylene

Butyric Acid

Calcium Bisulfite

Calcium Carbonate

Calcium Chlorate

Calcium Chloride

Calcium Hydroxide

Calcium Hypochlorite

Calcium Nitrate

Calcium Sulfate

Carbonic Acid

Carbon Dioxide Gas – Wet

Carbon Dioxide – Aqueous

Solution

Carbon Monoxide

Caustic Potash

Caustic Soda

Chloracatic Acid

Chloral Hydrate

Chlorine Gas (Dry)

Chlorine Gas (Moist)

Chlorine Water

Chlorosulfonic Acid

Chrome Alum

Chromic Acid 10%

Chromic Acid 30%

Chromic Acid 40%

Chromic Acid 50%

Citric Acid

Copper Chloride

Copper Cyanide

Copper Fluoride

Copper Nitrate

Copper Sulfate

Cottonseed Oil

Cresylic Acid 50%

Crude Oil – Sour

Crude Oil – Sweet

Demineralized Water

Dextrin

Dextrose

Diglycolic Acid

Disodium Phosphate

Ethyl Alcohol

Ethylene Glycol

Fatty Acids

Ferric Chloride

Ferric Nitrate

Ferric Sulfate

Ferrous Chloride

Ferrous Sulfate

Fluorine Gas – Wet

Fluorine Gas – Dry

Fluoroboric Acid

Fluorosilicic Acid

Formaldehyde

Formic Acid

Fructose

Gallic Acid

Gas – Coke Oven

Gas – Natural (Dry)

Gas – Natural (Wet)

Gasoline – Sour

Gasoline – Refined

Glucose

Glycerine (Glycerol)

Glycol

Glycolic Acid

Green Liquor (Paper Industry)

Heptane

Hexanol, Tertiary

Hydrobromic Acid 20%

Hydrochloric Acid 0% - 25%

Hydrochloric Acid 25% - 40%

Hydrocyanic Acid or

Hydrogen Cyanide

Hydrofluoric Acid 10%

Hydrofluorosilicic Acid

Hydrogen Phosphide

Hydrogen Sulfide – Dry

Hydrogen Sulfide –

Aqueous Solution

Hydroquinone

Hydroxylamine Sulfate

Iodine

Kerosene

Lactic Acid 28%

Lauric Acid

Lauryl Chloride

Lauryl Sulfate

Lead Acetate

Lime Sulfur

Linoleic Acid

Linseed Oil

Lubricating Oils

Magnesium Carbonate

Magnesium Chloride

Magnesium Hydroxide

Magnesium Nitrate

Magnesium Sulfate

Maleic Acid

Malic Acid

Mercuric Chloride

Mercuric Cyanide

Mercurous Nitrate

Mercury

Methyl Sulfate

Methylene Chloride

Mineral Oils

Naphthalene

Nickel Chloride

Nickel Nitrate

Nitric Acid,Anydrous

Nitric Acid 20%

Nitric Acid 40%

Nitric Acid 60%

Nitrobenzene

Nitrous Oxide

Oils and Fats

Oils – Petroleum – (See Type)

Oleic Acid

Oxalic Acid

Palmitic Acid 10%

Perchloric Acid 10%

Phenylhydrazine Hydrochloride

Phosgene, Gas

Phosphoric Acid – 0-25%

Phosphoric Acid – 25-50%

Phosphoric Acid – 50-85%

Photographic Chemicals

Plating Solutions

Potassium Bicarbonate

Potassium Bichromate

Potassium Borate

Potassium Bromide

Potassium Carbonate

Potassium Chloride

Potassium Chromate

Potassium Cyanide

Potassium Dichromate

Potassium Ferricyanide

Potassium Ferrocyanide

Potassium Fluoride

Potassium Hydroxide

Potassium Nitrate

Potassium Perborate

Potassium Perchlorite

Potassium Permanganate 10%

Potassium Persulfate

Potassium Sulfate

Propane

Propyl Alcohol

Silicic Acid

Silver Cyanide

Silver Nitrate

Silver Plating Solutions

Sodium Acetate

Sodium Arsenite

Sodium Benzoate

Sodium Bicarbonate

Sodium Bisulfate

Sodium Bisulfite

Sodium Bromide

Sodium Chlorate

Sodium Chloride

Sodium Cyanide

Sodium Dichromate

Sodium Ferricyanide

Sodium Ferrocyanide

Sodium Fluoride

Sodium Hydroxide

Sodium Hypochlorite

Sodium Nitrate

Sodium Nitrite

Sodium Sulfate

Sodium Sulfide

Sodium Sulfite

Sodium Thiosulfate (Hypo)

Stannic Chloride

Stannous Chloride

Stearic Acid

Sulfur

Sulfur Dioxide – Gas Dry

Sulfur Trioxide

Sulfuric Acid – 0-10%

Sulfuric Acid – 10-75%

Sulfuric Acid – 75-90%

Sulfurous Acid

Tannic Acid

Tanning Liquors

Tartaric Acid

Titanium Tetrachloride

Triethanolamine

Trimethyl Propane

Trisodium Phosphate

Turpentine

Urea

Vinegar

Whiskey

White Liquor (Paper Industry)

Wines

Zinc Chloride

Zinc Chromate

Zinc Cyanide

Zinc Nitrate

Zinc Sulfate

www.carlon.com 189

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Specification Format

A. The Carlon rigid nonmetallic conduit system shall be installed

as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein.

B. All wiring shall be installed in Carlon rigid nonmetallic conduit.

All conduit shall be secured by means of proper fittings. All

fittings shall be Carlon.

C. Carlon outlet boxes, fittings and junction boxes shall be used

for all outlets, pull boxes and junction points. (Lighting fixtures

shall not be supported or hung from PVC junction boxes but be

supported in position by other means.)

D. Exposed conduits shall be mounted securely by suitable

hangers or straps with the maximum spacing of points of

supports not greater than indicated by Section 352.30 of the

NEC.

E. Except where embedded in concrete or direct buried, Carlon

conduit shall be supported to permit adequate lineal

movement to allow for expansion and contraction of conduit

due to temperature change.

F. For aboveground installations where temperature change in

excess of 14°C (25°F) is anticipated, expansion joints shall

be installed. See Table 352.44(A) NEC for expansion

characteristics.

G. Proper care shall be taken when field bending is employed

to maintain the internal diameter and wall thickness of the

conduit.

Suggested Format for

Specifying Carlon Nonmetallic

Conduit, Conduit Fittings and

Junction Boxes

www.carlon.com

190

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Utility Non-UL Listed

Part No. Std. Crate Qty. Dimensions Wt. Per

20' 10' 20' 10'

Nom. Size

O.D. I.D. Wall 100'

59610-020 59610-010 4500' 2250' 1/2" 1.900 1.610 .145 56

59611-020 59611-010 2800' 1400' 2" 2.375 2.067 .154 75

59612-020 59612-010 1860' 930' 21/2" 2.875 2.469 .203 124

59613-020 59613-010 1760' 880' 3" 3.500 3.068 .216 172

59615-020 59615-010 1140' 570' 4" 4.500 4.026 .237 244

59616-020 59616-010 760' 380' 5" 5.563 5.047 .258 331

59617-020 59617-010 520' 260' 6" 6.625 6.065 .280 430

59618-020 59618-010 300' 150' 8" 8.625 7.981 .322 647

Heavy Wall Rigid Schedule 40 Utility Conduit

• Rated for 90°C conductors or cable

• For direct earth burial and concrete encasement, specifically designed for the power utility specifications.

With Integral Bell*

*Limited geographical area

AB C

Trade At Entrance At Bottom Nominal Bell

Size

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

Depth

11/21.926 1.916 1.911 1.901 2.750

2 2.405 2.395 2.386 2.376 3.250

21/22.911 2.901 2.887 2.877 3.250

3 3.543 3.533 3.513 3.503 3.875

4 4.549 4.539 4.514 4.504 3.875

5 5.619 5.609 5.578 5.568 4.625

6 6.692 6.682 6.641 6.631 5.625

8 8.692 8.682 8.614 8.631 6.375

Non-UL Listed

Deep Socket Schedule 40 Utility Elbows

with Integral Belled Ends

Dimensions in Inches of Utility Conduit Integral Bells

Std.

Part

Nom. Radius Std. Ctn. Ctn. Wt.

Segment No.

Diameter (in.) Qty. (lbs.)

90° Elbow UC9BHB 11/2" 12" 20 25.00

UC9DHB 11/2" 24" 1 2.13

UC9FHB 11/2"36" 1 3.05

UC9BJB 2" 12" 11.44

UC9DJB 2" 24" 1 2.82

UC9FJB 2" 36" 1 4.14

UC9HJB 2" 48" 1 5.15

UC9DKB 21/2"24" 15.00

UC9FKB 21/2" 36" 1 7.15

UC9DLB 3" 24" 1 6.57

UC9FLB 3" 36" 1 9.15

UC9DNB 4" 24" 110.59

UC9FNB 4" 36" 1 13.64

UC9HNB 4" 48" 1 17.72

UC9FRB 6" 36" 1 25.80

UC9HRB 6" 48" 132.24

45° Elbow UC7FHB 11/2" 36" 1 1.74

UC7FJB 2" 36" 1 2.07

UC7CKB 21/2"18" 1 2.27

UC7FKB 21/2" 36" 1 4.12

UC7FLB 3" 36" 1 5.00

UC7FNB 4" 36" 1 8.15

UC7HNB 4" 48" 1 9.36

UC7HRB 6" 48" 1 17.19

UC7ITB 8" 60" 1 33.00

Std.

Nom. Radius Std. Ctn. Ctn. Wt.

Segment Part No. Diameter (in.) Qty. (lbs.)

221/2° Elbow UC5CKB 21/2" 18" 1 1.45

UC5FKB 21/2" 36" 1 2.49

UC5FNB 4" 36" 1 5.18

UC5FRB 6" 36" 1 11.82

UC5HNB 4" 48" 1 5.57

ABC

Trade At Entrance At Bottom Nominal Bell

Size

Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.

11/21.926 1.916 1.900 1.888 2.750 2.500

22.405 2.395 2.381 2.357 2.875 2.625

21/22.911 2.901 2.875 2.861 3.125 2.875

33.543 3.533 3.500 3.484 3.125 2.875

4 4.549 4.539 4.500 4.482 3.750 3.500

5 5.619 5.609 5.563 5.543 4.250 4.000

6 6.692 6.682 6.625 6.603 5.250 5.000

88.692 8.682 8.641 8.631 6.250 6.000

Dimensions in Inches of Utility Elbows Bells

www.carlon.com 191

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Utility Non-UL Listed

Elbows – Long Belled

221/2°Elbow Part Nom. Radius Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Number Diameter (In.) Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

UC5FRBLB 6" 36 1 9.6

45° Elbow UC7CJBLB 2" 18 1 1.3

UC7DJBLB 2" 24 1 1.4

UC7DLBLB 3" 24 1 5.0

UC7DNBLB 4" 24 1 5.8

UC7DPBLB 5" 24 1 8.5

UC7FJBLB 2" 36 1 2.2

UC7FLBLB 3" 36 1 5.2

UC7FNBLB 4" 36 1 7.8

UC7FPBLB 5" 36 1 11.1

UC7FRBLB 6" 36 1 9.6

UC7HJBLB 2" 48 1 2.8

UC7HLBLB 3" 48 1 6.6

UC7HNBLB 4" 48 1 9.7

UC7HPBLB 5" 48 1 13.7

UC7HRBLB 6" 48 1 18.1

90° Elbow UC7CJBLB 2" 18 1 1.3

UC7DJBLB 2" 24 1 1.4

UC7DLBLB 3" 24 1 5.0

UC7DNBLB 4" 24 1 5.8

UC7DPBLB 5" 24 1 8.5

UC7FJBLB 2" 36 1 2.2

UC7FLBLB 3" 36 1 5.2

UC7FNBLB 4" 36 1 7.8

UC7FPBLB 5" 36 1 11.1

UC7FRBLB 6" 36 1 9.6

UC7HJBLB 2" 48 1 2.8

UC7HNBLB 4" 48 1 9.7

UC7HPBLB 5" 48 1 13.7

UC7HRBLB 6" 48 1 18.1

ABC

Trade At Entrance (in.) At Bottom (in.) Nominal Bell

Size

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

Depth (in.)

1 - 11/2" 1.924 1.912 1.900 1.888 2 3/4"

2" 2.399 2.387 2.375 2.363 3 1/4"

2 - 21/2"2.897 2.883 2.875 2.861 31/4"

3" 3.523 3.507 3.500 3.484 4"

4" 4.524 4.506 4.500 4.482 4 3/4"

5" 5.603 5.583 5.563 5.543 5 3/4"

6" 6.669 6.647 6.625 6.603 6 1/4"

Non-UL Listed

Integral Belled End Dimensions

www.carlon.com

192

P&C®Duct

Carlon

P&C

Duct

Carlon P&C (Power & Communications) Duct and fittings are

designed and formulated specifically for concrete encased

and direct burial applications of power utility primaries,

secondaries, street lighting and distribution systems. Carlon

P&C Duct complies with NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8, and ASTM

F-512 for utility duct. Both EB and DB duct are rated for use

with 90°C conductors. P&C Duct fittings comply with NEMA

TC-9 Standard.

Carlon Telephone Duct complies with NEMA TC-10. Bellcore

CAO 8546, GT8343, and other applicable telephone standards.

Advantages:

•

Manufactured for high modulus C-250 compound

•

High impact strength

•

Excellent structural strength

•

Superior load bearing

•

Multiple duct banks can be pre-assembled and lowered

into trench

•

No special cutting or tapering devices required

•

Provides easy bending around obstructions minimizing the

need for special angle couplings and sweeps

•

Superior aging and weathering characteristics

Features:

•

Heat resistant

•

Fire resistant

•

Conforms to NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8 and ASTM Standard

F-512 for utility duct*

•

Carlon P&C Duct Type EB-20 is ETL Listed

•

Low coefficient of expansion

•

Continuous rigid control

•

Smooth inner wall and smooth transition between joints

Engineering Features:

Chemical Inertness resists water absorption and is totally

immune to galvanic or electrolytic attacks.

Solvent Cemented Joints provide leakproof duct runs

tested at 25 psi. This type of joint eliminates the need for

costly mechanical rodding procedure. Carlon P&C Duct

can be rodded pneumatically.

www.carlon.com 193

P&C®Duct – Type EB

Carlon

P&C

Duct

Type EB

Carlon nonmetallic P&C Duct Type EB is manufactured

from Carlon’s exclusive high modulus C-600 compound,

developed especially for power and communications

applications, and is designed for use in concrete encased

installations. Type EB is rated for 90°C Cable.

P&C Duct Type EB-20

Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8

EB-20/ASTM F-512

Approx.

Nom. Part Number Std. Crate Qty.

Wt.

per *Min.

Size 10' 20' 10' 20' 100 ft. O.D. Wall

2 – 48711-020 – 2,800 36 2.375 .060

3 – 48713-020 – 2,000 59 3.500 .061

4 48715-010 48715-020 570 1,140 98 4.500 .082

5 48716-010 48716-020 380 760 148 5.563 .103

6 48717-010 48717-020 260 520 212 6.625 .125

*Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus

**Special order item

Note: One belled end per 20' length

*Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus

Note: One belled end per 20' length

Use DB Sweeps with EB Duct.

RUS Listed

ETL Listed

to UL 651A in

compliance

to the NEC

P&C Duct Type EB-35 Heavy Wall

Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8

EB-35/ASTM F-512

Approx.

Nom. Part Number Std. Crate Qty.

Wt.

per *Min.

Size 10' 20' 10' 20' 100 ft. O.D. Wall

2 – 68711-020 – 2,800 39 2.375 .060

3 – 68713-020 – 2,000 72 3.500 .076

4 – 68715-020 – 1,140 116 4.500 .100

5 68716-010 68716-020 380 760 177 5.563 .126

6– 68717-020** – 520 251 6.625 .152

www.carlon.com

194

P&C®Duct – Type DB

Trenching:

Trench should be graded true and free from stones and

soft spots. Backfill should also be free of stones and be

firmly tamped around the sides of the conduit, to develop

maximum supporting strength. Tamping on top of the

conduit is not recommended.

Backfill:

In rocky soil where it is impossible to have an even trench

bottom, a selected backfill should be put in before laying

the conduit. Selected backfill (not tamped) at least 6" over

the top of the conduit is recommended. After final backfill

is placed, tamping may be used to finish the grade.

The method of direct burial varies with soil condition,

load conditions, and engineering preferences. A common

practice is to lay one tier at a time, backfill, and repeat

with the desired spacing of ducts being made as ducts

are layered.

Many companies have used the heavier wall Type DB-120

in a duct-to-duct formation. Where limited loads occur, this

type of installation has proven satisfactory.

Carlon

P&C

Duct

Type DB

Carlon nonmetallic P&C Duct Type DB is manufactured

from Carlon’s exclusive high modulus C-600 compound,

developed especially for power and communications

applications, and is designed for use in direct burial

or concrete encased installations. Type DB is rated for

90°C Cable.

P&C Duct Type DB-60

Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8

DB-60/ASTM F-512

Nom. Part Std.

Approx. Wt.

*Min.

Size Number Crate Qty. per 100 ft. O.D. Wall

2 48811-020 2,800 38 2.375 .060

348813-020 2,000 81 3.500 .092

1/2

48814-020 2,000 108 4.000 .107

4 48815-020 1,140 133 4.500 .121

5 48816-020 760 202 5.563 .152

648817-020 520 288 6.625 .182

*Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus

Note: One belled end per 20' length

RUS Listed

*Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus

Note: One belled end per 20' length

P&C Duct Type DB-120 Heavy Wall

Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8

DB-120/ASTM F-512

Approx.

Nom. Part Number Std. Crate Qty.

Wt.

per *Min.

Size 10' 20' 10' 20' 100 ft. O.D. Wall

1 – 48808-020 – 8,000 18 1.315 .060

11/2– 48810-020 – 4,500 28 1.900 .060

2 – 68811-020 – 2,800 47 2.375 .077

3 – 68813-020 – 2,000 99 3.500 .118

4 – 68815-020 – 1,140 165 4.500 .154

5 – 68816-020 – 760 251 5.563 .191

6 68817-010 68817-020 260 520 356 6.625 .227

www.carlon.com 195

P&C®Duct – Special California Type DB-100

Carlon Special California Rigid Nonmetallic

DB-100 P&C

Duct & Sweeps

Carlon DB-100 nonmetallic P&C Duct Type DB is

manufactured to

NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8 and

specifications that exist within the State of California,

and is designed for use in direct burial or concrete

encased installations. Rated for use with 90°C cable.

Std. Ctn.

Part No.Size Qty.

PE9HN 4" 1

PE9HP 5" 1

90° Sweep – 48" Radius

Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Qty.

PE7SP 5" 1

Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Qty.

PE3SP 5" 1

45° Sweep – 150" Radius

° Sweep – 150" Radius

Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Qty.

PE3SNS 4" 1

PE3SPS 5" 1

PE3SRS 6" 1

° Sweep – 150" Radius

(Segmented sweeps)

P&C Duct Type DB-100

Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8

and ASTM F-512

Approx.

Std.

Wt.

Nom. Part Crate per *Min.

Size Number Qty. 100 ft. O.D. Wall

4 68915-020 1,140 154 4.500 .155

5 68916-020 760 237 5.563 .192

6 68917-020 520 337 6.625 .229

P&C Duct Type DB-100

DWP Approved

Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8

and ASTM F-512

Approx.

Std.

Wt.

Nom. Part Crate per *Min.

Size Number Qty. 100 ft. O.D. Wall

3 68913D-020 2,000 95 4.500 .155

4 68915D-020 1,140 156 5.563 .192

5 68916D-020 760 237 6.625 .229

*Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus

Note: One belled end per 20' length

*Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus

DB-100 Sweeps – Belled

*Consult factory for additional sizes

RUS Listed

www.carlon.com

196

P&C®Duct – DB-60 Sweeps

DB-60 Sweeps

*Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations

Radius Std.

Segment Part No. Size (in.) Ctn. Qty.

90° Sweep PF9CH 11/2" 18" 1

PF9CJ 2" 18" 1

PF9CL 3" 18" 1

PF9CN 4" 18" 1

PF9DF 1" 24" 1

PF9DH 11/2" 24" 1

PF9DJ 2" 24" 1

PF9DL 3" 24" 1

PF9DN 4" 24" 1

PF9DP 5" 24" 1

PF9FF 1" 36" 1

PF9FJ 2" 36" 1

PF9FL 3" 36" 1

PF9FN 4" 36" 1

PF9FP 5" 36" 1

PF9FR 6" 36" 1

PF9HL 3" 48" 1

PF9HN 4" 48" 1

PF9HP 5" 48" 1

PF9HR 6" 48" 1

PF9IL 3" 60" 1

PF9IN 4" 60" 1

PF9IP 5" 60" 1

PF9IR 6" 60" 1

PF9SH 11/2" 150" 1

PF9SJ 2" 150" 1

PF9SL 3" 150" 1

PF9SR 6" 150" 1

PF9VL 3" 300" 1

PF9VN 4" 300" 1

PF9VP 5" 300" 1

Radius Std.

Segment Part No. Size (in.) Ctn. Qty.

45° Sweep PF7CF 1" 18" 1

PF7CH 11/2" 18" 1

PF7CJ 2" 18" 1

PF7CL 3" 18" 1

PF7DF 1" 24" 1

PF7DH 11/2" 24" 1

PF7DJ 2" 24" 1

PF7DL 3" 24" 1

PF7DN 4" 24" 1

PF7FF 1" 36" 1

PF7FH 11/2" 36" 1

PF7FJ 2" 36" 1

PF7FL 3" 36" 1

PF7FN 4" 36" 1

PF7FP 5" 36" 1

PF7FR 6" 36" 1

PF7HJ 2" 48" 1

PF7HL 3" 48" 1

PF7HN 4" 48" 1

PF7HP 5" 48" 1

PF7HR 6" 48" 1

PF7IL 3" 60" 1

PF7IP5" 60" 1

PF7NN 4" 120" 1

PF7SH 11/2" 150" 1

PF7SJ 2" 150" 1

PF7SL 3" 150" 1

PF7SN 4" 150" 1

PF7SP 5" 150" 1

PF7SR 6" 150" 1

PF7VN 4" 300" 1

PF7VP 5" 300" 1

PF7VR 6" 300" 1

www.carlon.com 197

P&C®Duct – DB-60 Sweeps

DB-60 Sweeps

*Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations

Radius Std.

Segment Part No. Size (in.) Ctn. Qty.

30° Sweep

PF6CJ 2" 18" 1

PF6CL 3" 18" 1

PF6DL 3" 24" 1

PF6DN 4" 24" 1

PF6DP 5" 24" 1

PF6CH 1

" 30" 1

PF6FJ 2" 36" 1

PF6FL 3" 36" 1

PF6FN 4" 36" 1

PF6FR 6" 36" 1

PF6HJ 2" 48" 1

PF6HN 4" 48" 1

PF6HP 5" 48" 1

PF6HR 6" 48" 1

PF6IN 4" 60" 1

PF6IP 5" 60" 1

PF6SJ 2" 150" 1

PF6SN 4" 150" 1

PF6SP 5" 150" 1

PF6VJ 2" 300" 1

PF6VN 4" 300" 1

PF6VR 6" 300" 1

221/2° Sweep PH5DL 3" 24" 1

PF5DN 4" 24" 1

PF5DP 5" 24" 1

PF5FF 1" 36" 1

PF5FL 3" 36" 1

PF5FN 4" 36" 1

PF5FP 5" 36" 1

PF5FR 6" 36" 1

PF5HL 3" 48" 1

PF5HN 4" 48" 1

PF5HR 6" 48" 1

PF5IJ 2" 60" 1

PF5IL 3" 60" 1

PF5IP 5" 60" 1

PF5IR 6" 60" 1

PF5SL 3" 150" 1

PF5SN 4" 150" 1

PF5SP 5" 150" 1

PF5SR 6" 150" 1

PF5VN 4" 300" 1

PF5VP 5" 300" 1

PF5VR 6" 300" 1

Radius Std.

Segment Part No. Size (in.) Ctn. Qty.

111/4° Sweep

PF3CJ 2" 18" 1

PF3CL 3" 18" 1

PF3DF 1" 24" 1

PF3DH 1

" 24" 1

PF3DP 5" 24" 1

PF3FJ 2" 36" 1

PF3FL 3" 36" 1

PF3FN 4" 36" 1

PF3FP 5" 36" 1

PF3FR 6" 36" 1

PF3HL 3" 48" 1

PF3HN 4" 48" 1

PF3HP 5" 48" 1

PF3HR 6" 48" 1

PF3IJ 2" 60" 1

PF3IR 6" 60" 1

PF3SJ 2" 150" 1

PF3SN 4" 150" 1

PF3SP 5" 150" 1

PF3SR 6" 150" 1

PF3VJ 2" 300" 1

PF3VL 3" 300" 1

PF3VN 4" 300" 1

PF3VP 5" 300" 1

www.carlon.com

198

P&C®Duct – DB-120 Sweeps

DB-120 Sweeps

*Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations

Radius Std.

Segment Part No. Size (in.) Ctn. Qty.

90° Sweep PH9CJ 2" 18" 1

PH9CL 3" 18" 1

PH9CN 4" 18" 1

PH9DJ 2" 24" 1

PH9DL 3" 24" 1

PH9DN 4" 24" 1

PH9DP 5" 24" 1

PH9FJ 2" 36" 1

PH9FL 3" 36" 1

PH9FN 4" 36" 1

PH9FP 5" 36" 1

PH9FR 6" 36" 1

PH9HJ 2" 48" 1

PH9HL 3" 48" 1

PH9HN 4" 48" 1

PH9HP 5" 48" 1

PH9HR 6" 48" 1

PH9IJ 2" 60" 1

PH9IL 3" 60" 1

PH9IN 4" 60" 1

PH9IR 6" 60" 1

PH9OJ 2" 66" 1

PH9SJ 2" 150" 1

PH9SL 3" 150" 1

PH9SN 4" 150" 1

PH9SP 5" 150" 1

PH9SR 6" 150" 1

PH9VN 4" 300" 1

PH9VP 5" 300" 1

PH9VR 6" 300" 1

Radius Std.

Segment Part No. Size (in.) Ctn. Qty.

45° Sweep PH7CJ 2" 18" 1

PH7CL 3" 18" 1

PH7CN 4" 18" 1

PH7DJ 2" 24" 1

PH7DL 3" 24" 1

PH7DN 4" 24" 1

PH7DP 5" 24" 1

PH7FJ 2" 36" 1

PH7FL 3" 36" 1

PH7FN 4" 36" 1

PH7FP 5" 36" 1

PH7FR 6" 36" 1

PH7HJ 2" 48" 1

PH7HL 3" 48" 1

PH7HN 4" 48" 1

PH7HP 5" 48" 1

PH7HR 6" 48" 1

PH7IJ 2" 60" 1

PH7IL 3" 60" 1

PH7IP 5" 60" 1

PH7IR 6" 60" 1

PH7SJ 2" 150" 1

PH7SN 4" 150" 1

PH7SP 5" 150" 1

PH7SR 6" 150" 1

www.carlon.com 199

P&C®Duct – DB-120 Sweeps

Radius Std.

Segment Part No. Size (in.) Ctn. Qty.

30° Sweep

PH6CJ 2" 18" 1

PH6CL 3" 18" 1

PH6CN 4" 18" 1

PH6DJ 2" 24" 1

PH6DN 4" 24" 1

PH6DP 5" 24" 1

PH6FJ 2" 36" 1

PH6FL 3" 36" 1

PH6FN 4" 36" 1

PH6FP 5" 36" 1

PH6FR 6" 36" 1

PH6HN 4" 48" 1

PH6HR 6" 48" 1

PH6IN 4" 60" 1

PH6SL 3" 150" 1

1/2

° Sweep

PH5CJ 2" 18" 1

PH5CL 3" 18" 1

PH5CN 4" 18" 1

PH5DJ 2" 24" 1

PH5DL 3" 24" 1

PH5DP 5" 24" 1

PH5FJ 2" 36" 1

PH5FL 3" 36" 1

PH5FN 4" 36" 1

PH5FP 5" 36" 1

PH5HL 3" 48" 1

PH5HN 4" 48" 1

PH5HP 5" 48" 1

PH5HR 6" 48" 1

PH5IJ 2" 60" 1

PH5IL 3" 60" 1

PH5IR 6" 60" 1

PH5SN 4" 150" 1

PH5SP 5" 150" 1

PH5SR 6" 150" 1

PH5VJ 2" 300" 1

PH5VN 4" 300" 1

DB-120 Sweeps

*Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations

Note: For Nom. Diameter of 1": use 1" DB-60 Sweeps

For Nom. Diameter of 1

": use 1

" DB-60 Sweeps

Radius Std.

Segment Part No. Size (in.) Ctn. Qty.

1/4

° Sweep

PH3CJ 2" 18" 1

PH3CN 4" 18" 1

PH3DJ 2" 24" 1

PH3DN 4" 24" 1

PH3DP 5" 24" 1

PH3FJ 2" 36" 1

PH3FL 3" 36" 1

PH3FN 4" 36" 1

PH3FP 5" 36" 1

PH3FR 6" 36" 1

PH3HN 4" 48" 1

PH3IN 4" 60" 1

PH3IP 5" 60" 1

PH3IR 6" 60" 1

PH3SJ 2" 150" 1

PH3SL 3" 150" 1

PH3SN 4" 150" 1

PH3SP 5" 150" 1

PH3SR 6" 150" 1

PH3VR 6" 300" 1

www.carlon.com

200

P&C®Duct Fittings

Part No. Size Std.

Ctn. Qty.

E940H 11/2"25

E940J 2" 30

E940K 21/2"20

E240L 3" 30

E240N 4" 15

E240P 5" 20

E240RF 6" 5

Part No. Size Std.

Ctn. Qty.

E941H 11/2" 40

E941J 2" 25

E941K 21/2"15

E241L 3" 15

E241N 4" 10

Long Line Coupling

*Consult factory for additional sizes

Part No. Size Std.

Ctn. Qty.

E200J 2" 30

E200L 3" 25

E200M 31/2"20

E200N 4" 15

E200P 5" 8

E200R 6" 5

Couplings

(Use same type fittings for Type EB and DB)

Part No. Size Std.

Ctn. Qty.

E2440NF 4" 15

E2440PF 5" 10

E2440RF 6" 5

5° Angle Coupling BxB

(Bell x Bell)

Std.

Part No. Size C

Ctn. Qty.

E244J 2" 2.13 15

E244L 3" 3.25 5

E244NF 4" 3.50 15

E244NF5 (short) 4" 1.87 25

E244PF 5" 4.13 10

E244PF5 (short) 5" 2.00 20

E244RF 6" 5.13 5

E244RF5 (short) 6" 2.25 10

5° Angle

Coupling

BxS

(Bell x Spigot)

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

P258H 11/2" 50

P258K 21/2"50

Plug

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

P258JT 2" 60

P258LT 3" 30

P258NT 4" 48

P258PT 5" 30

P258RT 6" 30

Plug with Pull Tab

Part No. Size Std.

Ctn. Qty.

E245J 2" 20

E245N 4" 10

E245P 5" 10

E245R 6" 5

5° Angle Coupling BxB (Swedged)

Plugs

Coupling

Sleeve Coupling (for repair work)

No internal stop

Part No. Size Std.

Ctn. Qty.

E242J 2" 48

Swedge Coupling

Part No. Size Std.

Ctn. Qty.

E2440N5 4" 15

E2440P5 5" 20

5° Angle Coupling S x S

*Sizes 1

"- 2

" order part numbers E940_

*Sizes 1

"- 2

" order part numbers E941_

www.carlon.com 201

P&C®Duct Fittings

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E943F 1" 50

E943H 11/2"25

E943J 2" 50

E943L-CAR 3" 5

E943N-CAR 4" 5

E943P 5" 5

E943R 6" 10

Male Adapter

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E942F 1" 50

E942H 11/2"25

E942J 2" 30

E942L-CAR 3" 3

E942N-CAR 4" 7

E942P 5" 8

E942R 6" 6

Female Adapter

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E997F-CAR 1" 15

E997H-CAR 11/2"10

E997J-CAR 2" 10

E997L-CAR 3" 10

E997N 4" 30

E997P 5" 15

E997R 6" 10

End Bell

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E297J 2" 40

E297L 3" 50

E297N 4" 30

E297P 5" 15

Molded End Bell

(For use with P&C Duct only)

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E297JN 2" x 4" 25

E297LR 3" x 6" 20

E297NT 4" x 10" 15

E297PS 5" x 8" 10

E297PT 5" x 10" 10

E297RF 6" x 5" 10

E297RT 6" x 10" 6

Fabricated End Bell

(For use with P&C Duct only)

*Consult factory for additional sizes

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E252LJ 3"x 2" 50

E252NJS 4"x 2" 25

E252NL 4"x 3" 25

E252PN 5"x 4" 20

E252RNS 6"x 4" 6

E252RP 6"x 5" 10

Swedge Reducer (Male x Male)

Part Std.

No.Size

Ctn. Qty.

E297RR 6"(6" long) 10

Long Length End Bell P&C Duct

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E299JM 2" x 42" 1

E299JP 2" x 56" 1

E299JR 2" x 78" 1

E299LF 3" x 36" 1

E299LR 3" x 60" 1

E299NX7 4" x 84" 1

Cable Marker

Adapters

Reducers

End Bells

Markers

Note: for manhole terminations

www.carlon.com

202

Telephone Duct – Type B, C & D

Telephone Duct Type B

Carlon®Telephone Duct Type B is designed for use in

concrete encased installations. Type B duct meets the

requirements of NEMA TC-10 and conforms to Bellcore

CAO8546.

Telephone Duct Type B

Nom. Part Std.

Approx. Wt.

*Min.

Size Number Crate Qty. per 100 ft. O.D. Wall

4" 68315-020 (Grey) 1260 100 4.350 .090

4" 68315W-020 (White) 1260 100 4.350 .095

Telephone Duct Type D

Nom. Part Std.

Approx. Wt.

*Min.

Size Number Crate Qty. per 100 ft. O.D. Wall

4" 68615-020 (White) 1260 150 4.350 .160

Telephone Duct Type B Heavy Wall

Nom. Part Std.

Approx. Wt.

*Min.

Size Number Crate Qty. per 100 ft. O.D. Wall

4" 68415-020 (Grey) 1260 100 4.350 .100

4" 68415W-020 (White) 1260 100 4.350 .100

* Estimated min. wall to meet performance criteria (500,000 modulus

compound

NOTE:

One Belled End per 20' length (for concrete encasement only)

Telephone Duct Type C

Carlon®Telephone Duct Type C is designed for direct bur-

ial or concrete encased applications. Type C duct complies

with NEMA Standard TC-10 and Bellcore CAO8546.

Telephone Duct Type C

One belled end per 20' length

Nom. Part Std.

Approx. Wt.

*Min.

Size Number Crate Qty. per 100 ft. O.D. Wall

4" 68515-020 (Grey) 1260 151 4.350 .150

4" 68515W-020 (White) 1260 151 4.350 .150

* Estimated min. wall to meet performance criteria

Telephone Duct Type D

White Only (Carlon®Telephone Duct Type D is designed

to be used in exposed applications.)

* Estimated min. wall to meet performance criteria

RUS Listed

www.carlon.com 203

Telephone Duct Sweeps

Telephone Duct Sweeps Manufactured

from Heavy Wall “C” Duct

• Size: 4 inches.

• Each sweep is furnished with a belled end.

• Straight end length 3".

E-Bends – Riser Ells

Part No. Bend Std. Ctn.

(Gray) Radius Qty.

TP9CN 1'6" 1

TP9DN 2' 1

TP9FN 3' 1

TP9HN 4' 1

TP9IN 5' 1

TP9JN 6' 1

TP9MN 9' 1

TP9NN 10' 1

TP9SN 12'6" 1

TP9TN 15' 1

TP9UN 20' 1

(White):

TW9DN 2' 1

TW9FN 3' 1

TW9HN 4' 1

TW9IN 5' 1

TW9JN 6' 1

TW9MN 9' 1

TW9NN 10' 1

TW9SN 12'6" 1

TW9TN 15' 1

90° Sweep

Part No. Bend Std. Ctn.

(Gray) Radius Qty.

TP5DN 2' 1

TP5FN 3' 1

TP5HN 4' 1

TP5IN 5' 1

TP5JN 6' 1

TP5MN 9' 1

TP5RN 12' 1

TP5SN 12'6" 1

TP5TN 15' 1

TP5UN 20' 1

TP5VN 25' 1

(White):

TW5DN 2' 1

TW5FN 3' 1

TW5HN 4' 1

TW5JN 6' 1

TW5MN 9' 1

TW5SN 12'6" 1

° Sweep

Part No. Bend Std. Ctn.

Gray Radius Qty.

TP6FN 3' 1

TP6HN 4' 1

TP6JN 6' 1

TP6NN 10' 1

TP6RN 12' 1

TP6SN 12'6" 1

TP6TN 15' 1

(White):

TW6FN 3' 1

TW6HN 4' 1

TW6JN 6' 1

TW6MN 9' 1

TW6NN 10' 1

TW6RN 12' 1

TW6SN 12'6" 1

TW6TN 15' 1

30° Sweep

Part No. Bend Std. Ctn.

(Gray) Radius Qty.

TP3DN 2' 1

TP3FN 3' 1

TP3HN 4' 1

TP3IN 5' 1

TP3JN 6' 1

TP3SN 12'6" 1

(White):

TW3DN 2' 1

TW3FN 3' 1

TW3HN 4' 1

° Sweep

Std.

Part No. Bend Ctn.

(Gray Only) Radius Qty.

TA9ENT (Belled End) 2' 6" 1

TA9FN (Plain End) 3' 1

TA9FNT (Belled End) 3' 1

TA9FNTL (Belled End-Long) 3' 1

90° Sweep

Part No. Bend Std. Ctn.

(Gray) Radius Qty.

TP7DN 2' 1

TP7FN 3' 1

TP7HN 4' 1

TP7ON 4'6" 1

TP7IN 5' 1

TP7JN 6' 1

TP7MN 9' 1

TP7NN 10' 1

TP7RN 12' 1

TP7SN 12'6" 1

TP7TN 15' 1

TP7UN 20' 1

(White):

TW7DN 2' 1

TW7FN 3' 1

TW7HN 4' 1

TW7ON 4'6" 1

TW7IN 5' 1

TW7JN 6' 1

TW7MN 9' 1

TW7NN 10' 1

TW7RN 12' 1

TW7SN 12'6" 1

TW7TN 15' 1

45° Sweep

RUS Listed

www.carlon.com

204

Telephone Duct Fittings & Accessories

Internal Stop

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E908N 4" 25

Molded Coupling

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E914N 4" 15

5° Angle Coupling

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

For Repair Work:

E900N 4"x 6" 25

E900NU 4"x 12" 10

E900NW (White) 4"x 6" 25

Split Sleeve Couplings:

E900NS 4" 25

E900NS8 (White) 4"x 8" 15

E900NSW (White) 4" 25

E900PS 5" 15

For Type D Duct Applications Only:

E900DN (White) 4" 25

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

P258 NTB 4" 50

Plug with Pull Tab

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E903N 4" Sq. 4

Square to Round

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E917N 4" 10

Molded End Bell

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E907N 4" (5" long, 5.5" flare) 10

E907NY 4" (9" long, 5.75" flare) 1

Straight End Bell

Plugs

End Bells

Couplings

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E9098NS 4" 1

E9098PS 5" 1

Split End Bell (PVC)

(Designed for use with a coupling.)

Sleeve Coupling

No internal stop

www.carlon.com 205

Telephone Duct Fittings & Accessories

Adapts Telephone Duct to Fiber

Transite MCD

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E901N 4" 24

Split:

E901NS 4" 24

Internal Adapter

Adapts threaded metal pipe to

Telephone Duct

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E902N 4" 10

Female Adapter

Adapts Telephone Duct to Cast Iron

Bends

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E906N 4" 1

Cast Iron Adapter

Adapts Telephone Duct to

P&C Duct (IPS)

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E908NM 4" to 31/2" 15

P&C Duct

Reducer

Square Clay Tile Adapter

Adapts Telephone Duct to

P&C Duct (IPS)

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E913N 4" 15

E913NF 4" 15

P&C Duct

Adapter

For starting lateral runs:

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E916N 4" 1

E916NW (White) 4" 1

Split:

E916NS 4" 1

E916NSW (White) 4" 5

Wye Branch

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E923NM 4" to 31/4"10

Round Clay Tile Adapter

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

E905N 4" 5

E905NL (Long) 4" 1

Expansion Joint - Type D

Reducers

Adapters

Wyes

Expansion Joints

Part Std.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty.

Adapts Clay to Telephone Duct:

E904M 31/4" to 4"x 18" 10

E904M12 31/4" to 4"x 12" 10

E904M8 31/4" to 4"x 81/2" 12

E904MM 31/2" to 31/2"x 18" 12

E904MX 3" to 4"x 18" 10

E904N 31/2" to 4"x 18" 10

E904N12 31/2" to 4"x 12" 12

E904N24 31/2" to 4"x 24" 10

E904N8 31/2" to 4"x 8" 10

Split Square Adapter:

E904MS 31/4" x 4" 10

E904NS 31/2" to 4"x 18" 10

www.carlon.com

206

P&C®Duct and Telephone Duct – Specification

Physical Properties of P&C

Duct by ASTM Test Methods

Typical Values

Property ASTM No. P&C®Duct Telephone Duct

Tensile strength, psi D638 4,800 4,800

Modulus of elasticity in tension, psi D638 500,000 500,000

Flexural strength, psi D790 11,000 11,000

Deflection temp under load at 265 psi deg. C D648 72°C 72°C

Coefficient of thermal expansion in/in/°F D696 3.30 x 10-5 3.30 x 10-5

Coefficient of static friction .20 .20

Minimum Impact Resistance at 0°C (32°F) ft •lbf

Nominal Conduit Series

Size EB-20 EB-35 DB-60 DB-100 DB-120

1––– – 10

11/2– – 10 – 15

2 20 20 20 – 25

3 20 30 40 45 50

31/220 35 50 60 65

425 40 60 70 80

5 30 55 85 100 110

6 40 75 120 135 150

Performance Properties of P&C Duct as Indicated per NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8 and ASTM F-512

Pipe Stiffness lb/in/in

Minimum Pipe Stiffness

Conduit Series (F/ y), all sizes

EB-20 20

EB-35 35

DB-60 60

DB-100 100

DB-120 120

Minimum Impact Resistance at 32°C

B-Duct C-Duct D-Duct

ft. lb. ft. lb. ft. lb.

25 50 50

Performance Properties of Telephone Duct as Indicated per NEMA Standard TC-10

Pipe Stiffness F/ y lb/in/in

Nominal

Size B-Duct HWB C-Duct D-Duct

All 30 40 120 120

Collapse Pressure of

Telephone Duct Materials (PSI)

Type B Duct – 9.2

Type C Duct – 36.6

Type D Duct – 36.6

2" EB-20 – 11.2

2" EB-35 – 11.2

2" DB-60 – 11.2

2" DB-120 – 26.6

3" EB-20 – 6.6

3" EB-35 – 8.2

3" DB-60 – 15.2

3" DB-120 – 34.0

4" EB-20 – 6.7

4" EB-35 – 9.2

4" DB-60 – 17.0

4" DB-120 – 36.6

5" EB-20 – 5.9

5" EB-35 – 10.3

5" DB-60 – 18.9

5" DB-120 – 38.2

6" EB-20 – 6.1

6" EB-35 – 11.2

6" DB-60 – 19.6

6" DB-120 – 38.0

Collapse Pressure of P&C Duct Materials (PSI)

www.carlon.com 207

P&C®Duct and Telephone Duct – Installation

Typical Installation Practices for P&C

Duct Type EB

and Telephone Duct Type B

Trenching:

Whenever possible the walls of the trench for P&C Duct should

act as forms for concrete encasement. The trench should be

made no wider than necessary to provide the nominal size

concrete thickness.

Duct Spacing:

Duct spacing, both vertical and horizontal, is accomplished

with the use of Carlon PVC Snap-Loc

Spacers.

Recommended interval between spacer assemblies is 8 to 10

feet.

Terminating:

For smooth cable pulling and properly engineered terminations

into manholes, Carlon P&C Duct end bells should be used.

Concrete:

The concrete used with P&C Duct should be 3/8" aggregate

with a nominal compressive strength of 2,500 lbs. per square

inch. The slump should be at the upper end of the range,

preferably 7 to 8 inches.It should have just enough slump to

flow to the bottom of the formation and yet not be so wet as

to cause the ducts to float. In placing concrete around P&C

Duct, adjust the delivery chute so the fall of the concrete into

the trench is minimal. Use a splash board to divert the flow of

concrete away from the trench sides and avoid dislodging soil

and stones.

Pressure Grouting:

This technique is used for ducts in a casing or bored

construction. Hydraulic pressure exceeding 25 psi is

common and thus dictates the use of a P&C Duct Type

DB-120 or a Schedule 40

product. (See collapse pressure

chart). Hydraulic pressure from grouting is a function of the

line pressure at the nozzle and back pressure created by

pumping. If the exhaust nozzle isn’t withdrawn properly, the

back pressure will rapidly build and equal the line pressure.

Depending on the type casing and pumping distance, line

pressures will go up to 90 psi.

Hydraulic Pressure:

The primary consideration for duct selection is the height

of the duct bank. Since concrete exerts a force of 1.03 psi

per foot of height, to determine the correct duct selection,

consider the following examples:

1. 16 way duct bank, 5" conduit, 4 x 4 configuration with

3" separation, and 3" concrete cover

Concrete Height – 4 x 5.563" + 4 x 3 =

22.5 + 12" = 34.2"

Hydraulic Pressure – (34.2"/12) x 1.03 = 2.9 psi

In this instance the maximum force on the bottom

ducts would be 2.9 psi, therefore, 5" EB-20 would be a

satisfactory choice.

2. 16 way duct bank, 5" conduit, 8 x 2 configuration with

3" separation, and 3" concrete cover.

Concrete Height – 8 x 5.563" + 8 x 3 =

44.5 + 24" = 68.5"

Hydraulic Pressure — (68.5"/12) x 1.03 = 5.9 psi

In this instance the hydraulic force is equal to the

theoretical collapse pressure of 5" EB-20, therefore,

the use of 5" EB-35 or DB-60 would be a satisfactory

choice.

Another alternative would be to use a sequential

pour technique.Pour approximately 1/2the height,

allow the concrete to set-up, and then pour the

remaining distance. Using this method, 5" EB-20

would be satisfactory, since the hydraulic pressure

has been reduced by 50%.

RUS Listed

www.carlon.com

208

P&C®Duct and Telephone Duct – Expansion & Contraction

Expansion & Contraction

When duct temperature variations are anticipated during the

installation of Carlon P&C®Duct and Telephone Duct, allow

extra duct footage at each tie-in for contraction. Terminated

duct runs should be covered with backfill from tie-in point

toward the end of the duct run. If the trench must be left

open, don’t terminate the run. All plastic duct may expand

or contract as concrete is poured and cured. When placing

concrete encasement, always encase from one end of the duct

section toward the other end of the section, to allow the free

end to move. Never encase from each end of the section

toward the center.

The coefficient of thermal expansion of Carlon P&C Duct

and Telephone Duct is 3.30 x 10-5 in/in/°F. The following chart

indicates what expansion or contraction can be expected at

various temperature changes.

Type D Telephone Duct is designated specifically for use

in bridge crossings and exposed applications.Using the

expansion/contraction chart, calculate the number of expan-

sion joints required. Expansion joints provide a 6" allowance

for expansion/contraction. Utilize one expansion

joint for each 100 feet of exposed length for most installations.

The duct should be free to move during expansion/contraction;

the barrel should be securely clamped and the piston should

be aligned properly with the barrel for easy movement.

Bridge Crossings and Exposed Applications

Expansion/Contraction Chart

www.carlon.com 209

P&C Flex®

Carlon

P&C Flex

Corrugated Flexible Conduit

Carlon P&C Flex nonmetallic corrugated flexible conduit

is designed specifically for power and communications

applications when protecting or replacing cable. Produced

to IPS dimensions, Carlon P&C Flex is grey in color and

formulated for sunlight resistance.

The corrugated design of P&C Flex provides maximum

flexibility for easy handling and installation. It is perfect

for a wide range of applications from underground

residential communication raceway to under bridge or

roadway conduit. P&C Flex provides adaptability in the

field since it may be used with existing conduits,

couplings, adapters, end bells and plugs in virtually any

configuration.

• Storage: -4°F to 158°F

• Handling: -4°F to 104°F

Performance Properties

1" 11/4"1

1/2"2"2

1/2" 3" 4"

Stiffness F/ y at 5% deflection 500 200 200 200 130 130 90

Impact Strength (Ft./Lbs.) 72° 40 40 50 50 70 120 140

Impact Strength (Ft./Lbs.) 32° 8 8 15 25 35 60 60

Minimum Bending Radius (inches) 66 7 8 12 15 18

Conduit Tensile Strength 300 400 500 700 1000 1500 2000

Round Wooden Reel

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part Ctn. Wt./Reel

No. Size Qty. (lbs.) I.D. O.D.

11810-250 1 1/2" 250 Ft. 78.5 1.570 1.900

11810T-250 (Tape) 1 1/2" 250 Ft. 110.0 1.570 1.900

11811-250 2" 250 Ft. 129.5 2.045 2.375

11811T-250 (Tape) 2" 250 Ft. 131.5 2.045 2.375

Detectable Tape

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part Ctn. Wt./Reel

No. Size Qty. (lbs.) I.D. O.D.

11808D-2700 1" 2700 ft. 500 1.000 1.315

11808D-5200 1" 5200 ft. 1144 1.000 1.315

11809D-4500 1-1/4" 4500 ft. 927 1.340 1.660

11810D-4500 1-1/2" 4500 ft. 1148 1.570 1.900

11811D-2500 2" 2500 ft. 1005 2.045 2.875

11813D-1200 3" 1200 ft. 1122 3.068 3.500

11815D-800 4" 800 ft. 1007 4.026 4.500

Edge Brace Reel

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part Ctn. Wt./Reel

No. Size Qty. (lbs.) I.D. O.D.

11808-5200 1" 5200 Ft. 1144 1.000 1.315

11809-4500 11/4" 4500 Ft. 927 1.340 1.660

11810-4500 11/2" 4500 Ft. 1148 1.570 1.900

11810T-2300 (Tape) 11/2"2300 Ft. 405 1.570 1.900

11811-700 2" 700 Ft. 280 2.045 2.375

11811-1100 2" 1100 Ft. 270.60 2.045 2.375

11811-2500 2" 2500 Ft. 1005 2.045 2.375

11812-250 21/2" 250 Ft. 172 2.469 2.875

11812AG-001 21/2"1300 Ft. 658 2.469 2.875

11813-250 3" 250 Ft. 248 3.068 3.500

11813-500 3" 500 Ft. 193 3.068 3.500

11813-750 3" 750 Ft. 724 3.068 3.500

11813-1200 3" 1200 Ft. 1122 3.068 3.500

11815-250 4" 250 Ft. 323.5 4.026 4.500

11815-800 4" 800 Ft. 811 4.026 4.500

Non-UL Listed

www.carlon.com

210

P&C Flex®Installation & Fittings

Part Std. Std.

Ctn.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E940H 11/2"25 4

E940J 2" 30 5

E940K-CAR 2 1/2"4 2

E940L-CAR 3" 5 3

E940M 31/2" 20 13

E940N-CAR 4" 5 4

Couplings

Part Std. Std.

Ctn.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

P258H 1

"50 2

P258JT 2" 60 3

P258K 2

"25 2

P258LT 3" 30 3

P258NT 4" 48 8

Plugs

1. Trenching

Trench should be graded true and free from stones or soft

spots. Backfill should also be free of stones and be firmly

tamped around the sides of the conduit, to develop maximum

supporting strength. Tamping on top of the conduit is not

recommended.

2.Backfill

In rocky soil where it is impossible to have an even trench

bottom, a selected backfill should be put in before laying the

conduit. Selected backfill (not tamped) at least 6" over the

top of the conduit is recommended. After

final backfill is placed, taming may be used

to finish the grade.

3. Duct Placement

Duct may be unreeled directly into trench or

along side trench and subsequently placed

in trench. After placing in trench, secure one

end and stretch it by hand to take up the

slack. Spot backfill to hold in position. Do

not use mechanical stretching equipment.

4. Changes in Direction

Avoid unnecessary turns, dips, or changes in direction. Keep bends as gradual

as possible to assure ease of cable pull-in after duct installation.

5. Pneumatic Rodding

All commonly used vacuum or pressure can be used to rod P&C Flex. The line

carrier (mouse, puck, rocket) should be soft, flexible material designed to fit

snugly into duct without interference.

6. Mechanical Rodding

All commonly used mechanical rodding equipment can be used to rod P&C

Flex. The tip should have a ball-type arrangement to keep rod from catching in

the convolutions on the inside of duct.

P&C Flex

Conduit Fittings

Part Std. Std.

Ctn.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E997H-CAR 11/2" 10 .9

E997J-CAR 2" 10 1.2

E997K-CAR 21/2"10 1.9

E997L-CAR 3" 10 2.1

E997M 31/2" 40 10.2

E997N 4" 30 10.7

Bell Ends

(Schedule 40)

Part Std. Std.

Ctn.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E942H 11/2"25 3

E942J 2" 30 6

E942K-CAR 21/2" 4 1.4

E942L-CAR 3" 3 1.5

E942M 31/2"20 12

E942N-CAR 4" 7 5

Female

Adapters

Part Std. Std.

Ctn.

No. Size

Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E943H 11/2"25 3

E943J 2" 57

E943K-CAR 21/2" 5 1.2

E943L-CAR 3" 5 2

E943M 31/2"30 14

E943N-CAR 4" 5 3

Terminal

Adapters

P&C Flex

Corrugated Flexible Conduit Installation

Techniques

STRETCH DUCT IN ONE DIRECTION

AWAY FROM SECURED END

SPOT BACKFILL

KEEP BENDS AS GRADUAL

AS POSSIBLE

SECURE END

www.carlon.com 211

PV-Mold®

Carlon

PV-Mold

Nonmetallic Pole Riser System

RUS Listed

Carlon PV-Mold is a nonmetallic pole riser

system designed to protect communications

power cable installed on poles.

Features:

• Meets or exceeds requirements outlined

in the National Electric Safety Code

(NESC).

• Designed in accordance with NEMA

TC-19 specifications.

• Ultraviolet, cold temperature and

corrosive atmosphere resistant.

• Schedule 40 wall meets Schedule 80 PVC

conduit impact requirements per NEMA

TC-19.

• No grounding required.

• Belled end fits over each added section

or conduit.

• Flame retardant.

• Requires no maintenance.

• PV-Mold acts as an insulator against

electrical shock.

• Interchangeable parts and accessories to

match the needs of specific requirements.

Steel U-Guard requires

grounding strapping and

does not have belled ends.

PV-Mold has belled ends, flanged

design and does not require

grounding.

Flanged Overall Length

10 Feet, Including Bell

Size Depth of Bell

1" 2 - 21/4"

11/2" 2 - 21/4"

2" 2 - 21/4"

3" 3 - 31/4"

4" 4 - 41/4"

5" 4 - 41/2"

6" 5 - 51/2"

Slots are 1/2" from side to side,

and allow for expansion and

contraction.

Slot Dimensions: for sizes 2"

through 6" are 5/16" wide, 3/4"

long.

Slot Dimensions: for 1" and

11/2" are 3/16" wide, 3/4" long.

Slot Spacing: 18" from center,

beginning 6" from end.

Actual Impact

Std. Std. @ 0˚C

Part Ctn. Ctn. Dimensions 20 Pound

No. Size Qty.

Wt. (lbs.)

ABCH Tup

59208N 1" 294 1059 0.100" 15/8"2

3/8"1

5/8" 40 Ft.-Lbs.

59211N 2" 136 726 0.100" 23/8" 41/2" 23/8"100 Ft.-Lbs.

59213N 3" 66 761 0.150" 31/2"6"3

1/2" 110 Ft.-Lbs.

59215N 4" 65 910 0.150" 41/2" 61/2" 41/2"110 Ft.-Lbs.

59216N 5" 30 515 0.150" 51/2" 71/2" 51/2"110 Ft.-Lbs.

Standard Duty

59411N 2" 136 1549 0.218" 23/8"41/2"23/8"300 Ft.-Lbs.

59413N 3" 66 1495 0.300" 31/2"6" 31/2"525 Ft.-Lbs.

Extra Heavy Duty Schedule 80

59010N 11/2" 200 1142 0.145" 129/32"3

1/2"1

29/32" 100 Ft.-Lbs.

59011N 2" 136 1214 0.154" 2 3/8"4

1/2"2

3/8" 150 Ft.-Lbs.

59013N 3" 66 937 0.216" 31/2"6"3

9/32" 150 Ft.-Lbs.

59015N 4" 65 1621 0.237" 41/2"6

1/2"4

1/2" 260 Ft.-Lbs.

59016N 5" 30 870 0.258" 51/2"7

1/2"5

1/2" 260 Ft.-Lbs.

59017N 6" 30 1160 0.280" 65/8"8

3/4"6

5/8" 260 Ft.-Lbs.

Heavy Duty Schedule 40

www.carlon.com

212

PV-Mold®Installation & Fittings

PV-Mold

System Accessories

Polyethylene Vented Boots and Adapters

Installation is easy with PV-Mold pole risers:

1. Install ventilator or duct to riser fittings at the base of the pole.

2. Nail backing plate sections to the surface of the pole.

Three nail holes are provided in each section. Place the “U”

sections over the cable and backing plate, with belled end at

the bottom, and attach using

" lag bolts.

Flanged

Exclusive Bell End

For easy and quick installation.

(No additional coupler required.)

10' Lengths

Safe and light for easy handling during

installation.

Backing Plate

Provides cable isolation from the pole.

Two Riser Fittings Available

Duct to riser fitting

Adapts duct to PV-Mold.

Ventilator Fitting

Used for a “chimney”

effect to cool cable and

increase ampacity.

Part No. Size Std. Ctn. Qty. Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E939NL 4" x 3" 15 5.6

E939N 4" x 4" 15 5.3

Duct to Riser Fitting

Part Std. Ctn. Std.

Ctn

No. Size/Description Qty.

Wt.(lbs.)

E966JJ

2"x 2" Sch. 80 Double Belled Coupling

10 9

Couplings

Std.

Std. Ctn.

Part Dimensions Ctn. Wt.

No. Size A B C Qty.(lbs.)

59111 2" 1/16"13/16"2

1/8" 1 1.2

59113 3" 1/16"1

5/16"3

1/8" 1 1.5

59115 4" 1/16"1

5/16"4

1/8" 1 3.0

59116 5" 1/16"1

3/4"5

1/4" 1 3.1

59117 6" 1/16"1

5/8"6

1/16" 1 4.2

Backing

Plate

Part Dimensions Std.Ctn. Std.Ctn.

No. Size A B C D Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E939JN 2" x 4" 11.00 6.75 5.88 5.07 8 10.57

E939NR 4" x 6" 11.00 6.75 7.08 7.13 6 8.00

Adapters

Part Dimensions

Std.Ctn. Std.Ctn

No. Size A B C D E

Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E939NRT 4" x 6" 19.75 4.25 12.50 8.50 7.40 1 5

Part Dimensions

Std.Ctn. Std.Ctn

No. Size A B C D E

Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E938NRR 4" x 6" 20.87 16.57 12.87 11.68 11.43 1 7

Part Dimensions Std.Ctn. Std.Ctn.

No. Size A B C D Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E938JR 2" x 6" 20.50 5.38 6.14 6.88 4 13.58

E938NT 4" x 8" 21.00 15.00 11.31 9.76 4 16.67

Vented Boots

Note:

1. A field cut may be needed to accommodate different boot or adapter to Carlon

U-Mold size combinations.

2. Recommendation: 2 sets of mounting holes per boot/fitting. To add mounting holes,

use a 3/8" drill bit and drill out where needed.

3. When 3" or smaller conduit is being used, it’s recommended that the bottom (largest

section) of the boot or adapter section be buried 2" to 3" below ground surface.

www.carlon.com 213

PV-Mold®Installation Instructions

For Adapters (E939JN, E939NR, E939NRT)

E939JN

To transition from 4" Conduit to 2" PV-Mold

Place Adapter over conduit, attach to pole using the top and bottom mounting

holes, place PV-Mold over top section of Adapter and secure PV-Mold to pole.

To transition from 4" Conduit to 3" PV-Mold

Measure 6.3" up from bottom (large end) of adapter and cut.

Assemble to pole as described above.

To transition from 3" Conduit to 2" PV-Mold*

Measure 4.75" up from bottom (large end) of adapter and cut.

Assemble to pole as described above.

E939NR

To transition from 5" Conduit to 4" PV-Mold

Place Adapter over conduit, attach to pole using the top and bottom mounting

holes, place PV-Mold over top section of Adapter and secure PV-Mold to pole.

To transition from 6" Conduit to 5" PV-Mold

Measure 7.25" up from bottom (large end) of adapter and cut.

Assemble to pole as described above.

To transition from 5" Conduit to 5" PV-Mold*

Measure 4.5" down from the top of adapter and cut.

Assemble to pole as described above.

*For these transitions it is not necessary to cut the Adapter if desired. If the

Adapter is not modified, it is recommended that the bottom 3" of the Adapter

be buried below grade.

E939NRT

To transition from 6” Conduit to 4” PV Mold

Place Adapter over conduit and attach to pole using the top and bottom mounting

holes.Place PV Mold over top section of Adapter and secure PV Mold to pole

To transition from 6” Conduit to 5” PV Mold

Measure 5.25” down from the top of the adapter and cut.

Assemble to pole as described above.

To transition from 6” Conduit to 6” PV Mold

Measure 9.5” up from the bottom of the adapter and cut.

Assemble to pole as described above.

E939JN

E939NR

Field Installation Instructions for

Carlon PV-Mold Adapters

E939NRT

www.carlon.com

214

PV-Mold®Installation Instructions

For Vented Boots (E938JR, E938NT, E938NRR)

E938JR

To transition from 6" or smaller Conduit to 2" PV-Mold

Place Vented Boot over conduit, attach to pole using the top and bottom mounting holes, place

PV-Mold over top section of Vented Boot and secure PV-Mold to pole.

It is recommended that for conduit sizes smaller than 6" the bottom 3" of the Boot be buried

below grade.

To transition from 6" or smaller Conduit to 3" and larger PV-Mold

For 3" PV-Mold:

Measure 3.75" from the TOP of the Boot and cut. Place the Boot over the

Conduit and attach to the pole. Place belled end of PV-Mold over the top end of the boot and

secure.

For 4" and 5" PV-Mold:

Measure 12" up from the BOTTOM of the Boot and cut. Place the

Boot over the conduit and attach to the pole. Place the Belled end of the PV-Mold AGAINST the

top edge of the vent protrusion and secure to the pole.

For 6" PV-Mold:

Measure 12" up from the BOTTOM of the Boot and cut. Place the Boot over

the conduit and attach to the pole. Place the Belled end of the PV-Mold OVER the vent protru-

sion and secure to the pole.

E938NT

To transition from 6" to 8" Conduit to 4" PV Mold

Place Boot over conduit and attach to the pole using the mounting holes. Place PV Mold over

top section of Vented Boot and secure to the pole.

It is recommended that for conduit sizes smaller than 8", the bottom 3" of the boot be buried

below grade.

The E938NT can also be used to transition multiple smaller conduits to PV Mold.

ADDITIONAL PV-MOLD COMPONENTS

To transition directly from conduit to PV-Mold use Duct to Riser Fittings

E939NL Transitions 4" Conduit to 3" PV-Mold

E939N Transitions 4" Conduit to 4" PV-Mold

When additional insulation is required between the pole and cables, use PV-Mold Backing Plates:

E938JR

E938NT

59111 2"

59113 3" 59115 4"

59116 5" 59117* 6"

*Indicates non-stock factory Made-to-order items

5 inch 6 inch

Field Installation Instructions for

Carlon PV-Mold Vented Boots

E938NRR

To transition from 6" or smaller conduit to 4" PV Mold

Place Vented Boot over conduit and attach to pole using the top and bottom mounting holes.

Place PV Mold over top section of Vented Boot and secure PV Mold to pole

To transition from 6" or smaller conduit to 5" PV Mold

Measure 4.125" down from the top of the vented boot and cut.

Assemble to pole as described above.

To transition from 6" or smaller conduit to 6" PV Mold

Measure 8.25" down from the top of the vented boot and cut.

Assemble to pole as described above.

www.carlon.com 215

Slip Meter Risers

Carlon®Slip Meter Risers are designed for use

in electrical service entrance applications. They

provide solutions for applications requiring a

non-rigid connection, with incoming service

conduit diameters ranging from 2" to 4".

The Slip Meter Risers are fitted with a terminal

adapter for easy installation at the service

entrance location, and provide a low-cost

method to comply with NEC 300.5(J), which

requires protection for buried cables in areas

subject to ground movement due to frost or

trench settling.

• Designed to provide faster and easier

underground service entrance installations.

• Provides cable protection from ground

movement.

• Accommodates incoming service conduit

diameters ranging from 2" to 4".

• Fitted with Terminal Adapters for easy installing.

• Allows ground water in raceway system to drain.

• Complies with NEC 300.5(J)

Features:

Slip Meter Risers

www.carlon.com

216

Slip Meter Risers

Std. Std.

Part A B Thread Carton Carton

Number Size Length (Minimum) C Size Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E954JXX 2" 24.00 2.024 .825 2" NPT 20 46

E954JXS 2" 24.00 2.024 .825 2" NPT 1 2.2

(split)

E954KXX 2 1/2" 24.00 2.418 .812 21/2" NPSC 10 28

E954LXX 3" 24.00 3.012 .798 3" NPSC 10 35

E954LXS 3" 24.00 3.012 .798 3" NPSC 10 36

(split)

E954NXX 4" 24.00 5.060 .773 4" NPSC 5 23

Article 300 Wiring Methods

(J) Ground Movement. Where direct buried

conductors, raceways, or cables are subject to

movement by settlement or frost, direct buried

conductors, raceways, or cables shall be arranged

to prevent damage to the enclosed conductors or

to equipment connected to the raceways.

(FPN): This section recognizes “S” loops in

underground direct burial to raceway transitions,

expansion joints in raceway risers to fixed equipment,

and, generally,the provision of flexible connections to

equipment subject to settlement or frost heaves.

Slip Meter Riser Specifications

www.carlon.com 217

Split Duct

Carlon Split Duct is the fast and easy way

to repair broken ductwork without the costly

cutting and resplicing of your conductors.

Our unique tongue-and-groove design leads

the industry in providing a strong, rigid

solution for duct repair situations.

The interlocking design allows the split duct

sections to be staggered and butted together.

Joints may be sealed with tape and reinforced

with plastic or metallic straps to produce a

rigid, stable unit.

Manufactured from a compound designed

specifically for power and telecommunications

applications, Carlon Split Duct exhibits

superior impact strength and ultraviolet

resistance.

Available in 2" through 6" diameters, this

product line also contains couplings and

sweeps necessary to complete the system.

Carlon

Split Duct

The fast and easy method of installing duct around existing

cable for repair and temporary installations.

Recommended Installation Procedure

1. Place one 10-foot Split Duct section under cable.

2. In order to stagger joints, saw another section in half (about 5 feet

long).

3. Place 5-foot sectIon over cable and snap the two sections together.

4. Place strap about one foot from the end and another strap about a

foot from the joint where the ends of the top sections will butt.

5. Place another 10-foot Split Duct section over the open half of the

bottom section, butt the ends tightly together and snap the sections

together.

6. Place a length of tape around both sections of the Split Duct to cover

the butted joint.

7. Place a strap about one foot beyond the taped joint.

8. Lay another length of Split Duct underneath cable, butt together, tape

the butted joint and strap one foot on each side of the joint.

9. Repeat procedure.

www.carlon.com

218

Split Duct

Split Sleeve Coupling

For joining Split Duct

to existing duct.

Split Duct

Sweeps

Split Duct

Std. Std.

Part Ctn. Ctn.

Number Description Qty.

Wt.(lbs.)

O.D.

Schedule 40

49011SD-010 2" Schedule 40 Split Duct 700 564 2.375

49012SD-010 21/2" Schedule 40 Split Duct 460 572 2.875

49013SD-010 3" Schedule 40 Split Duct 500 857 3.500

49014SD-010 31/2" Schedule 40 Split Duct 290 569 4.000

49015SD-010 4" Schedule 40 Split Duct 290 701 4.500

49016SD-010 5" Schedule 40 Split Duct 230 751 5.563

49017SD-010 6" Schedule 40 Split Duct 130 548 6.625

Schedule 80

49411SD-010 2" Schedule 80 Split Duct 700 749 2.375

49415SD-010 4" Schedule 80 Split Duct 290 922 4.500

C Duct

68515SD-010 4" C Duct Split Duct 320 614 4.350

Split Sleeve Coupling

Split Duct Sweeps

Two 45° Elbows may be segmented for 90°.

Nom. Radius Std.Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Segment Part No. Size (in.) Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

45° Sweep

UA7DJSD 2"

24" 1 1.4

UA7FJSD

2" 36" 1 2.1

UA7FLSD 3" 36" 1 4.7

UA7HJSD 2" 48" 1 2.7

UA7HLSD 3" 48" 1 6.1

UA7IJSD 2" 60" 1 3.2

UA7ILSD 3" 60" 1 7.2

UA7INSD 4" 60" 1 10.2

221/2°Sweep

UA5INSD 4" 60" 1 6.1

111/4° Sweep

UA3IJSD 2" 60" 1 1

UA3ILSD 3" 60" 1 3.6

UA3INSD 4" 60" 1 5.1

Std. Std.

Part

Ctn.

Ctn. Wt.

Number

Size

Description length Split

Qty.

(

lbs.)

Schedule 40 and 80

E200JS6 2" Split Coupling 6" 1 25 9

E200KS7 2

" Split Coupling 7" 1 25 21

E200LS7 3" Split Coupling 7" 1 25 17

E200LSS 3" Split Coupling 6.5" 2 25 10

E200MS8 3

" Split Coupling 8" 1 25 20

E200NS8 4" Split Coupling 8" 1 15 16

E200NSS 4" Split Coupling 6" 2 25 17

E200PS8 5" Split Coupling 8" 1 15 25

E200PS9 5" Split Coupling 9" 1 8 12

E200RS1 6" Split Coupling 10" 1 6 17

C Duct

E900NS8

(White)

4" C Duct Split Coupling 8" 1 15 19

E900NSW

(White)

4" C Duct Split Coupling 6" 1 25 24

www.carlon.com 219

Tel-Gard™Pre-Lubricated Conduit

Carlon

Tel-Gard

™

Pre-Lubricated Conduit

Carlon offers factory applied lubricant, field tested and

proven. Increase the pulling distance – reduce the cost... and

the mess. Designed specifically for copper, coax and fiber optic

cabling.

Tel-Gard is pre-lubricated at the factory to ensure a consistent

and even coating compared to field applied lubricant.

Features:

•

Entire duct run is thoroughly lubricated

•

Applied lubricant exceeds Bellcore minimum

co-efficient of friction requirements using

TR-TSY-000356 test procedure using MDPE FO cable

Non-lubricated .31

Tel-Gard™ Pre-lubricated .068

•

Reduce risk of pulling tension damage to cable

•

Increase pulling distance between pull points

•

Reduce expense of field applying lubricant

•

Will not evaporate, enhancing repullability

•

Will not stress crack cable

•

Compatible with other field applied lubricants if mixed

Calculated using MDPE F/O cable (Wgt.= .11 lbs./ft.)

Tel-Gard™Prelubricated PVC Conduit

Tel-Gard™Prelubricated PVC Bends

Type C – White

Nom. Radius Std.

Segment Part No. Size (in.) Ctn. Qty.

90° Sweep TW9DNL 4" 24" 1

TW9FNL 4" 36" 1

TW9HNL 4" 48" 1

45° Sweep TW7DNL 4" 24" 1

TW7FNL 4" 36" 1

30° Sweep TW6TNL 4" 180" 1

221/2° Sweep TW5DNL 4" 24" 1

Nom. Radius Std.

Segment Part No. Size (in.) Ctn. Qty.

90°Sweep PH9DJL 2" 24" 1

PH9FJL 2" 36" 1

PH9DLL 3" 24" 1

PH9FNL 4" 36" 1

DB120 – Grey

RUS Listed

Part No Description Nom. Size Min. I.D. Max O.D. Stiffness Wgt. per 100

Length

Std. Crate Qty.

C-Duct Meets NEMA TC-10

68515WL-020 Type C Direct Bury White 4" 4.020 4.350 120 145 20' 1260'

68515PL-020 Type C Direct Bury Grey 4" 4.020 4.350 120 145 20' 1260'

59810L-020 Type High Performance DB Grey 11/2" 1.657 1.900 600 40 20' 3600'

59813L-020 Type High Performance DB Grey 3" 3.136 3.500 310 123 20' 2000'

High Performance Exceeds NEMA TC-6 & 8

www.carlon.com

220

Cement

Carlon

Cement

Medium Bodied Clear

PVC Solvent

Cement

with dauber

Medium Bodied Gray PVC

Solvent

Cement

with dauber*

All-Weather “Quick-Set”

Clear Solvent Cement

with dauber*

All-Weather

ENT

Blue

“Quick-Set” Solvent

Cement

with brush*

Low VOC Gray PVC

Solvent

Cement

with

dauber*

Clear Primer

with dauber

Part Std.

No. Size Ctn. Qty.

VC9964 1/2Pint 10

VC9963 Pint 24

VC9962 Quart 12

VC9961P Gallon 6

Part Std.

No. Size Ctn.Qty.

VC9924-24 1/2Pint 24

VC9923 Pint 24

VC9922 Quart 12

VC9941P Gallon 6

Part Std.

No. Size Ctn. Qty.

VC9984 1/2Pint 10

VC9983 Pint 24

VC9982 Quart 12

VC9981P Gallon 6

Part Std.

No. Size Ctn. Qty.

VC9992 Quart 12

*Meets ASTM D2564

*No daubers for gallon cans

Recommended for all grades

and types of Carlon PVC

conduit, duct, wireway and

fittings, except Flex-Plus®

Blue™ENT (Electrical

Nonmetallic Tubing.)

Up through 6" diameter.

Recommended for all

grades and types of Carlon

PVC conduit, duct, wireway

and fittings, except Flex-

Plus®Blue™ENT (Electrical

Nonmetallic Tubing.)

Up through 6" diameter.

Recommended for all

grades and types of Carlon

PVC conduit, duct, wireway

and fittings, except Flex-

Plus®Blue™ENT (Electrical

Nonmetallic Tubing.)

Up through 6" diameter.

Recommended for all

grades and types of Carlon

PVC conduit, duct, wireway

and fittings,except Flex-

Plus®Blue™ENT (Electrical

Nonmetallic Tubing.)

Up through 6" diameter.

VOC emission of 490

grams/liter per the Bay and

South Coast test method.

Required for use

with Flex-Plus®Blue™

ENT (Electrical

Nonmetallic Tubing),

Riser-Gard®, P&C Flex®,

and Carlon PVC fittings.

Up through 4" diameter.

Recommended for use

with Carlon cement and

all types and sizes of

Carlon WireSafe®

wireway.

Recommended pipe

application and sizes

10˚-30˚F Not recommended

30˚-50˚F

5-6 minutes

50˚-70˚F

3-4 minutes

70˚-90˚F

1-2 minutes

10˚-30˚F Not recommended

30˚-50˚F

5-6 minutes

50˚-70˚F

3-4 minutes

70˚-90˚F

1-2 minutes

10˚-30˚F

4-5 minutes

30˚-50˚F

3-4 minutes

50˚-70˚F

1-2 minutes

70˚-90˚F

1/2-11/2minutes

10˚-30˚F

4-5 minutes

30˚-50˚F

3-4 minutes

50˚-70˚F

1-2 minutes

70˚-90˚F

1/2-11/2minutes

10˚-30˚F

Not recommended

30˚-50˚F

5-6 minutes

50˚-70˚F

3-4 minutes

70˚-90˚F

1-2 minutes

N/A

2 hrs.

350 psi

16 hrs.

800 psi

72 hrs.

1,500 psi

2 hrs.

350 psi

16 hrs.

800 psi

72 hrs.

1,500 psi

2 hrs.

350 psi

16 hrs.

800 psi

72 hrs.

1,500 psi

2 hrs.

350 psi

16 hrs.

800 psi

72 hrs.

1,500 psi

2 hrs.

350 psi

16 hrs.

800 psi

72 hrs.

1,500 psi

N/A

Set-up time

(Evaporation Rate)

5˚ to 100˚F N/A

Lap Shear

@ 73˚F

Part Std.

No. Size Ctn. Qty.

VC9LV4 1/2Pint 10

VC9LV3 Pint 24

VC9LV2 Quart 12

Recommended

installation

temperature

40˚ to 100˚F

-5˚ to 100˚F

4˚ to 100˚F

40˚ to 100˚F

Viscosity at

75˚ as

manufactured

500-900 cps

400-700 cps

500-900 cps

(MSDS sheets available at www.carlon.com )

Part Std.

No. Size Ctn. Qty.

VC9903 Pint 24

VC9902 Quart 12

Purple:

VC9932 Quart 12

www.carlon.com 221

Cement

Average number of joints per can

Pipe size 1/2Pint Pint Quart Gallon

1/2 140 275 550 2,200

3/490 180 360 1,440

1 70 140 280 1,120

11/450 100 200 800

11/237 75 150 600

2 20 40 80 320

21/217 35 70 280

3 15 30 60 240

31/213 27 54 216

4 12 25 50 200

59 19 38 150

6 6 12 24 95

Average shelf-life of all Carlon cement is 24 months (unopened

cans stored below 80˚F.)

All Carlon cements are specially formulated to be used with

Carlon PVC products, and do not require primers when parts are

clean of dirt and moisture.

Cementing PVC Conduit:

1. Make square saw cut with fine

tooth saw.

2. Deburr and round inside edge

of the cut end.

3. Clean socket ID and spigot OD

of dirt and moisture.

4. Apply a uniform coat of

cement to spigot end and

push onto socket bottom,

rotating 1/4turn.

5. Allow time to set before

disturbing. This will depend

upon temperature.

Cementing PVC Conduit

for Submerged Areas

Requiring Air or Water

Tightness:

1. Follow the procedure to the

left for cementing conduit.

2. Test workmanship by

conducting a low pressure air

(3.0 - 5.0 psi) test after system

is installed and cemented

joints are set.

3. Plug and block ends to

prevent movement prior to

pressurization.

4. Check for leaks with soap

solution.

5. Even low pressure air can

cause high thrust loads and

caution must be observed.

Cementing ENT for

Concrete -Tight

Applications:

1. Use Carlon Socket tight

fittings or couplings.

Do not

use chemical primer

or cleaner.

3. Apply a light uniform coat of

cement, labeled for use with

ENT.

A brush

shall be used to

apply the cement.

5. Brush excess cement out of

ENT grooves

6. Promptly insert ENT into

fitting while cement is wet,

until the fitting stop is

reached, and give 1/4turn.

7. Do not disturb until the joint

is set.

Cement Joints

Carlon nonmetallic products

are joined by means of

solvent cement joints. Sizes

1/2" through 11/2" should be

cut square (using a fine tooth

handsaw) and deburred. For

sizes 2" through 6" a miter

box or similar saw guide

should be utilized to keep the

material steady. After cutting

and deburring, wipe ends

clean of dust, dirt and

shavings.

Joining process as follows: Be

sure that conduit end is clean

and dry. Apply coat of Carlon

Solvent Cement (use dauber)

to end of conduit, the length

of the socket to be attached.

Push conduit firmly into fitting

while rotating conduit slightly about one-quarter turn to

spread cement evenly. Allow joint to set approximately

10 minutes.

Carlon recommends the use of Carlon cement for

proper solvent cement joints. Since this cement is

prepared particularly for our product compounds and

tolerances, we cannot guarantee joints assembled with

cement materials supplied by other manufacturers.

Regular grade grey solvent cement will accommodate

most application situations being of a general purpose

nature. In situations requiring an extremely fast-setting

joint, (low temperature or difficult installation

conditions) Carlon All Weather Quick-Set Cement is

recommended. Standard grade clear cement is recom-

mended for noncritical utility applications where gap

filling and leak testing are not required.

www.carlon.com

222

Conduit Termination, Cutting and Joining

Fittings and Adapters for

Terminating Carlon Schedule 40

and Schedule 80 Rigid Conduit

Terminating Carlon Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 rigid conduit is

quick and easy utilizing either of the methods indicated below.

Terminations may be made in any electrical box or enclosure using

standard size knock-outs or drilled holes.

Method 2. Separable Termination

PVC Conduit Cutters

Small Cutter

For fast, smooth field

cuts of 1/2" through 1"

Schedule 40 and 80

rigid conduit, Flex-Plus

Blue™ENT, and Carflex

liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit.

Medium Cutter

Hand held cutter

makes fast square,

smooth field cuts on

Schedule 40 and 80

conduit from 1/2" through 11/4".

Produces burr-free cut with no shavings.

Fits into pocket or pouch.

PVC Cutter

For clean cuts of

conduit 1/2"

through 2".

PVC

Conduit E940

Coupling

E996

Box Adapter

PVC

Conduit E943

Terminal

Adapter

E943_W

Flat Washer or

“O” Ring

Locknut

or Bushing

Apply solvent cement to shoulder and shank of box adapter and

insert through knock-out from inside the enclosure. Push coupling

over the shank of the box adapter, tight against the enclosure wall.

Rotate the coupling about one-half turn while installing, and hold

in position for a few seconds to permit setting of solvent cement.

The coupling is now ready for the conduit to be installed. Only the

shoulder of the box adapter extends inside the enclosure.

Method 1. Permanent Termination

If watertight construction is required, place flat washer over the

threads of the terminal adapter, securely against the shoulder.

Insert the adapter threads through knock-out and secure using

either a standard locknut or threaded bushing. If watertight

construction is not required, eliminate flat washer.

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

CC120B 8" 10

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

CC125 9" 12

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

CC122 171/2"1

www.carlon.com 223

EZ BEND™Conduit Bending Equipment

EZ BEND™Conduit

Bending Equipment

For field bending of small and large diameter

nonmetallic conduit, the easy answer is Carlon EZ

BEND*conduit bending equipment.

• Lightweight • Portable

• Fast, Simple and Safe • Less expensive than

• Includes complete factory bends

instructions and a

convenient bending chart

Field Bending Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit

1. Heating

Conduit section to be bent must be heated evenly over

the entire length of the curve. Carlon offers EZ BEND

electric heaters designed specifically for the purpose,in

sizes to accommodate all conduit diameters. These

devices employ infra-red heat energy which is most

quickly absorbed by the conduit. Small sizes are ready to

bend after a few seconds,while larger diameters require

two or three minutes, or more, depending on conditions.

The use of torches or other flame-type devices is not

recommended. PVC conduit exposed to excessively high

temperatures may take on a brownish color. Sections

showing evidence of such scorching should be discarded.

2. Forming The Bend

" thru 1

" Diameters – When properly heated the

conduit is very flexible and can be shaped to almost any

configuration. The conduit is then cooled by sponging

with water, and the bend is ready to install.

2" and Larger Diameters – Larger sizes of conduits

and ducts require internal support to prevent “crimping”

or deforming during the bending process. Bending plugs

are inserted in each end of the conduit section before

heating. The plugs expand to provide an airtight seal.

(Note: Carlon does not offer bending plugs.)

Minimum practice

is required to

master the three

steps in bending

nonmetallic

conduits and

ducts.

EZ BEND™Conduit Bender, Jr.

A practical, convenient portable conduit bender for

" through 2" diameter

nonmetallic conduit allows bends up to 14" radius and to 90° elbows. The EZ

BEND Conduit Bender, Jr. is a timesaving, easy-to-carry unit featuring a brack-

et to store the power cord, a carrying handle, and a clasped cover. The unit

operates on a standard 20 amp, 120 V circuit.

Dimensions: 7

" x 8

" x 31"

Operating Temperature: 180° - 200°F

EZ BEND is a registered trademark of Bradshaw Manufacturing, Inc.

Std. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

G280J 1 14

Carlon’s EZ BEND Conduit Bending Equipment is designed with the

electrical contractor in mind. The completely portable and fully encased

EZ BEND benders and plug kits can be transported from job to job

without damage or harm to the equipment. Additionally, the heavy

duty construction and integrity of Carlon’s EZ BEND Conduit Bending

Equipment ensures that it will last for years to come.

3. Cooling

As the conduit is heated, the retained air expands, and the increased internal

pressure allows the conduit to be bent without deforming. The conduit must

be cooled before the plugs are removed. For an immediate cool and set,

sponge with cold water.

Special Bends

For “blind” bends or for compound turns in a conduit run, the heated conduit

may be solvent cemented in place while still flexible.

www.carlon.com

224

Rope & Tape

Rope

(Conduit Pulling Lines for Conductors or Fiber Optics)

Tape

Prelubricated, woven polyester tape made from low friction,

high abrasion resistant yarns providing a low coefficient of

friction. Tape is printed with sequential footage markings for

accurate measurements.

Part Tensile Reel

No. Size Strength Lengths

TL14505 1/2" 1250 lbs. 5,000 ft.

TL14510 1/2" 1250 lbs. 10,000 ft.

TL38203 5/8" 1800 lbs. 3,000 ft.

TL38265 5/8" 1800 lbs. 6,500 ft.

TL38210 5/8"1800 lbs.10,000 ft.

This rope is constructed of polyethylene over

polyester, designed specifically for fiber-optic pulling.

The polyethylene jacket gives the “slippery” feel that

gives less drag in pulling through conduit. Available in

standard 5,000 foot and 10,000 foot reels.

White Diamond Braid Rope

Recommended Approximate Std.

Working Avg. Ctn.

Part Reel Load Tensile Wt.

No. Length Diameter (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.)

SB14105 5,000 ft. 1/4" 260 1700 100

Other ropes and tapes are available. Consult your sales

service location for additional information.

www.carlon.com 225

Snap-Loc Spacers

Carlon Snap-Loc duct spacers provide stability,

consistent separation and relieve direct stress for

duct materials encased in concrete, and direct

bury applications.

Carlon Snap-Loc Spacers provide:

• A side dovetail rail and groove design

allowing for side-by-side interchangeability

of conduit spacer sizes while maintaining

horizontal stability.

• Locking key ways incorporated into

intermediate spacers eliminate the need for

costly top spacers in each size. The locking

key ways provide for the use of a beaded

strap that secures the top section of conduit.

• 1" and 2" Snap-Loc Reducers allow fixturing

of 1" or 2" conduit inside larger spacers.

• The Snap-Loc Rebar Holder provides

stabilization on large banks of spacers.

Nonmetallic Snap-Loc Spacers are designed

specifically for use with nonmetallic duct, with

maximum O.D. dimensions as specified in

NEMA TC-2, TC-6 & 8, TC-10 and ASTM F512.

The innovative vertical and horizontal

interlocking Snap-Loc design has tapered

joining slots with maximum tolerances for

easy job site assembly.

Carlon

Snap-Loc

Spacers

Rebar Holder Snap-Loc®

Reducer Beaded Strap &

Locking Key Way

IMPORTANT:

1. The use of duct spacers for direct burial may result in excessive point deflections unless proper

design engineering is applied, such as the proper compaction of the appropriate backfill material.

2. Carlon is NOTresponsible for Snap-Loc Spacers used in direct bury applications... design engineers

and contractors are responsible for the design of the installation.

NEW!

8" Spacers

www.carlon.com

226

Snap-Loc Spacers

Specifications

Dimensions – Base Spacers

Std.

Part No. Size* A C D (Dia.) Ctn. Qty.

S288JHN 2x11/24.25 4.12 2.50 100

S288JJN 2x2 4.25 4.62 2.50 100

S288JLN 2x3 4.25 5.62 2.50 100

S288LHN 3x11/24.81 5.25 3.63 90

S288LJN 3x2 4.81 5.75 3.63 80

S288LLN 3x3 4.81 6.75 3.63 60

S288NFN 4x1 5.31 5.75 4.63 70

S288NHN 4x11/25.31 6.25 4.63 50

S288NJN 4x2 5.31 6.75 4.63 50

S288NLN 4x3 5.31 7.75 4.63 60

S288PHN 5x11/25.84 7.31 5.69 50

S288PJN 5x2 5.84 7.81 5.69 60

S288PLN 5x3 5.84 8.81 5.69 50

S288RHN 6x11/26.38 8.38 6.75 50

S288RJN 6x2 6.38 8.88 6.75 50

S288RLN 6x3 6.38 9.88 6.75 40

S288SHN 8x11/27.38 10.30 8.75 30

S288SJN 8x2 7.38 10.76 8.75 30

Dimensions – Intermediate Spacers

Std.

Part No. Size* B C D (Dia.) Ctn. Qty.

S289JHN 2x11/23.88 4.12 2.50 120

S289JJN 2x2 4.38 4.62 2.50 100

S289JLN 2x3 5.38 5.62 2.50 80

S289LHN 3x11/25.01 5.25 3.63 100

S289LJN 3x2 5.51 5.75 3.63 80

S289LLN 3x3 6.51 6.75 3.63 60

S289NFN 4x1 5.51 5.75 4.63 70

S289NHN 4x11/26.01 6.25 4.63 60

S289NJN 4x2 6.51 6.75 4.63 60

S289NLN 4x3 7.51 7.75 4.63 50

S289PHN 5x11/27.07 7.31 5.69 50

S289PJN 5x2 7.57 7.81 5.69 50

S289PLN 5x3 8.57 8.81 5.69 30

S289RHN 6x11/28.14 8.38 6.75 50

S289RJN 6x2 8.64 8.88 6.75 40

S289RLN 6x3 9.64 9.88 6.75 30

S289SHN 8x11/210.14 10.30 8.75 30

S289SJN 8x2 10.64 10.76 8.75 30

Suggested Specification

(Duct) (Conduit) bank shall be encased in concrete with at least

three inches of concrete at the top and bottom and two inches on

each side. A horizontal and vertical separation between the ducts

of ____* inches shall be maintained by installing Carlon high

impact spacers with horizontal and vertical locking intervals of

____** feet.

*Standard Separations of 1", 11/2", 2", and 3" are available.

**Preferred interval between spacer assemblies is 8 to 10 feet.

3" Standard for all Base Spacers

*First number indicates trade size of duct, second number indicates separation between conduits or ducts.

Accessories

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

S287F 1" 100

S287J 2" 100

The Spacers and Rebar Holder are designed with a dovetail tongue and groove

feature for easy installation.

If required to permanently fix the position of a group of Spacers and/or Rebar

Holder, the following are recommended procedures:

1. Use Carlon Quick-set Cement glue during assembly or spot glue after assembly

to secure.

2. During assembly, deform the edge of the tongue or groove portion of the dove-

tail slide with a pair of pliers or similar tool. This deformation will create an

interference, restricting movement.

3. An assembled system may be wired together for additional support.

Installation note

Snap-Loc

Reducer

Std.

Part No. Ctn. Qty.

S258RH 100

Rebar Holder

Std.

Part No. Ctn. Qty.

S28612 100

Beaded Strap

15" in length

Hole Dia. = .688 min.

.750 max.

IMPORTANT:

1. The use of duct spacers for direct burial may result

in excessive point deflections unless proper design

engineering is applied, such as the proper com-

paction of the appropriate backfill material.

2. Carlon is not responsible for Snap-Loc Spacers used

in direct bury applications... design engineers and

contractors are responsible for the design of the

installation.

www.carlon.com 227

Installations

Carlon®Snap-N-Stac™Combo Underground Duct

Spacers are specifically designed to replace the

two-piece base and intermediate spacer system, by

combining the conventional base and intermediate

spacer into a single unit!

Manufactured out of highly engineered thermoplastic

material, Snap-N-Stac Spacers are strong, durable and

able to withstand the rigors of concrete construction.

They feature an innovative horizontal and EXCLUSIVE

Vertical locking system and can be used as either a base

or intermediate spacer.

Carlon Snap-N-Stac Spacers are available in duct

sizes 2", 4" and 6" and can be installed horizontally,

vertically or turned up-right for unique duct bank

configurations.

This NEW one-piece design makes underground

duct bank installations faster and easier than the

conventional two-piece system– saving material

and labor costs.

Carlon®Snap-N-Stac Combo Spacers...The IDEAL

Solution for Underground Duct Bank Installations.

Carlon

Snap-N-Stac

™

Combo Spacers

Features:

• Conventional Base and Intermediate Spacer in a Single Unit!

• EXCLUSIVE Vertical Locking System

• Horizontal Locking System

• Installs Horizontally or Turned Upright

• Molded-In Rebar Holder

• Available in 2", 4" or 6" Duct Sizes

• Reducer to Accommodate Smaller Duct Sizes

• Can Be Used as Either an Intermediate or Base Spacer

• Spacers Interlock Horizontally Regardless of Size

• Nonmetallic, Noncorrosive, Nonconductive

• Strong and Durable

• Easy to Handle

• Fast Installation

Vertical

Interlocking With Reducer

Free Standing

Horizontal Locking

Patent Pending

Snap-N-Stac™Combo Spacers

www.carlon.com

228

Snap-N-Stac™Combo Spacers

Specifications

Technical Information

Part Number Description Std. Carton

Qty. Std. Carton

Wt. (lbs.)

SP2W20-2 2" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 2" Separation 56 28.5

SP2W30-2 2" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 3" Separation 4023.8

SP4W15-2 4" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 1-1/2" Separation 26 18.3

SP4W20-2 4" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 2" Separation 24 18.8

SP4W30-2 4" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 3" Separation 20 17.6

SP6W20-2 6" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 2" Separation 12 12.8

SP6W30-2 6" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 3" Separation 12 14.1

S287F 1" Snap-Loc Reducer 100 2.1

S287J 2" Snap-Loc Reducer 100 4.8

S28612 Beaded Strap 100 0.4

Part Number Duct Size Duct OD

Horizontal

Duct

Positions

Duct-To-Duct

Spacing Center-To-Center

Spacing Bottom of

Trench to

Bottom of

Duct

Bottom of

Trench to

Center of

Bottom Duct Overall

LengthVertical Horizontal Vertical Horizontal

SP2W20-2 2" 2.375 2 2 2 4.38 4.38 3.13 4.25 8.75

SP2W30-2 2" 2.375 2 3 3 5.38 5.38 4.13 5.25 10.75

SP4W15-2 4" 4.5 2 1.5 1.5 6 6 3.38 5.56 12

SP4W20-2 4" 4.5 2 2 2 6.5 6.5 3.88 6.06 13

SP4W30-2 4" 4.5 2 3 3 7.5 7.5 4.88 7.06 15

SP6W20-2 6" 6.625 2 2 2 8.62 8.62 4.13 7.38 17.25

SP6W30-2 6" 6.625 2 3 3 9.62 9.62 5.13 8.38 19.25

How to Interpret the Part Number

Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Position 4

Product Type Duct Size Duct-To-Duct Spacing -

Horizontal and Vertical Horizontal Duct

Positions

SP = Spacer 2W = 2" Width 15 = 1-1/2" 2 = Two

4W = 4" Width 20 = 2"

6W = 6" Width 30 = 3"

www.carlon.com 229

Snap-N-Stac™Combo Spacers – Installation

Installation Instructions

IMPORTANT:

1. Snap-N-Stac Spacers should be used in concrete encased applications only.

2. The use of duct spacers for direct burial may result in excessive point deflections unless proper design engineering is

applied, such as the proper compaction of the appropriate backfill material.

3. Carlon is NOT responsible for Snap-N-Stac Spacers used in direct bury applications…design engineers and contractors

are responsible for the design of the installation.

Vertical Interlocking

Slide spacers together “Feet Facing Feet.”

Feet Facing

Feet Opposite

www.carlon.com

230

Snap-N-Stac™Combo Spacers – Installation

Transition To Various Duct Sizes

Install spacers side-by-side by inserting the male adapter into the female adapter.

Note: All Snap-N-Stac spacers are designed to interlock horizontally, regardless of size.

Vertical Free Standing

If spacers are installed using free standing

method, it is recommended to install the

spacer on the upper row mid-way between

the two spacers on the bottom row.

Reducer

1" & 2" Snap-Loc Reducers allow

fixturing of 1" and 2" conduit

inside of larger spacers.

Modifications

Odd numbers of ducts are

accommodated by staggering

two-way spacers.

Installation Instructions

www.carlon.com 231

Bore-Gard

Schedule 40

Bore-Gard

Schedule 80

Boreable

Multi-Gard

Type 40

Carlon

Bore-Gard

and

Boreable Multi-Gard

Raceway

www.carlon.com

232

Bore-Gard

Trenchless Raceway

Locking ring enables fast,

cement-free assembly. Slide locking ring into the joint.

Carlon’s PVC Bore-Gard conduit

eliminates the costly problems of

HDPE pipe on a reel such as reel

handling, fusion welding, uncoiling

and wasted pipe, safety hazards and

additional job site labor.

Bore-Gard is designed and proven to

meet the rigorous requirements of

horizontal directional drilling for

electrical and datacom applications

and is available in Heavywall Schedule

40 or Extra Heavywall Schedule 80

conduit.

The unique design incorporates a

water-tight seal and locking ring that

enables fast, cement-free assembly,

strong enough for 1000 foot bores.

Short lengths of 10 and 20 feet fit into

the tightest spaces and can be

easily transported to the job site.

Simplify trenchless installations and

lower your costs with Bore-Gard.

Features:

•

Easy to handle 10 and 20 foot lengths

•

For bores up to 1000 feet

•

Fast easy assembly

•

Strong water-tight joints without cement

•

Fits standardrigid nonmetallic conduit

fittings

Fully assembled, the locking ring

provides strong water-tight joints

without cement.

Carlon

Bore-Gard

Trenchless Raceway

Insertion

depth indicator

tells at a glance

if pipe ends are

inserted to the

correct depth.

The belled end will

not snag when pulled

into a bore.

Heavy walls and deep

insertion make the joint

immune to the effects of

normal bending.

Precision engineered design has matching grooves

and nylon locking strap to provide a secure connection.

Triple-lobed

gasket designed to

provide ease of

assembly and a

watertight seal.

Positive stop automatically

aligns strap grooves.

•

All nonmetallic construction

•

Superior crush and stiffness over HDPE

•

Eliminates the need for chains and backing plate installation

•

Type: Schedule 40 - Heavywall Schedule 80 - Extra Heavywall

•

Sizes: Schedule 40 - 3", 4", 5", & 6" Schedule 80 - 3" & 4"

RUS Listed

www.carlon.com 233

Boreable Multi-Gard

Carlon’s PVC Boreable Multi-Gard

conduit combines a strong boreable

outerduct with the convenience of

aMulti-Cell conduit.

Boreable Multi-Gard utilizes leading

technology from Carlon’s PVC

Bore-Gard

Trenchless Raceway,

offering a field-proven design.

Bores up to 500 feet can be

achieved without labor-intensive

operations. Lengths of 20 feet fit

into tight spaces often encountered

on underground boring job sites.

Experience the strength and

convenience of Carlon Boreable

Multi-Gard.

The belled end

will not snag

when pulled

into a bore.

Heavy walls and deep

insertion make the joint

immune to the effects of

normal bending.

Precision engineered design has

matching grooves and nylon locking

strap to provide a secure connection.

Triple-lobed gasket

designed to provide

ease of assembly

and a watertight seal.

Positive stop

automatically aligns

strap grooves.

Factory installed

innerducts

eliminate post

bore

installations.

Factory installed

innerducts

provide immediate

post bore cable

installation

Carlon

Boreable Multi-Gard

Features:

•

Withstands pulling and bending

forces of directional drilling

•

Fast assembly

•

Eliminates labor related to

gluing and screwing joints

together

•

For bores up to 500 feet

•

Innerducts: 3-way or 4-way

•

Easy to handle 20 foot lengths

•

Type: Type 40 PVC outerduct

•

Size: 4"

•

Prelubricated innerducts

Designed to

meet all your

cable needs.

•

Strong water-tight joints

without cement

•

Fits standard Schedule 40

fittings

•

Compatible with Multi-

Gard Type 40 PVC products

www.carlon.com

234

Bore-Gard

Statue of Liberty

Carlon®Bore-Gard®was

the product of choice

when additional

conduit was considered

necessary for future

utilities and cables on

Liberty Island.

Horizontal Directional

Drilling was the

preferred method of

installation because

it minimized any

disruption to the

island’s pristine

environment.

Bore-Gard is a PVC

trenchless raceway

specifically designed for

Horizontal Directional

Drilling. Bore-Gard is

seal rated for 75psi,

keeping drilling fluid

and underground water

out. It has a strong,

cement-free joint,

making installations

fast and easy. It comes

in convenient 10 ft.

and 20 ft. lengths and

is strong enough for

1000 ft. bores.

www.carlon.com 235

Bore-Gard

/Boreable Multi-Gard

Assembly

Minimum Bend Radius:

Turns in a

bore path should be made gradually.

Bore-Gard and Boreable Multi-Gard have

aminimum bend radius of 65'. Bending

morethan this recommended limit will

stress the joint. The drawing below

illustrates the 65' bend radius. Toobtain

a90°turnyou will require65' of forward

distance in any directional plane.

Note: Successful directional drilling, reaming and pipe installation are influenced by numerous factors

including the reamed diameter, pull rate, fluid chemistry, fluid flow rate, drill rod diameter, soil

conditions, equipment performance and condition, and operator experience. All manufacturers’

equipment recommendations and training should be followed for successful drilling results.

Bore-Gard

Assembly

Boreable Multi-Gard

Assembly

Bend Radius for Bore-Gard

& Boreable Multi-Gard

1. Position Boreable Multi-Gard with the

print line facing up.

2. Remove plastic locking strap and set it

aside.

3. Seal off lead end to keep out drilling fluid.

4. Attach 4" Kellems Grip over lead end.

Note: Internal pulling eye cannot be used

due to innerduct interference.

5. The installer should use appropriate

instrumentation to insure that the maxi-

mum pull rating is not exceeded.

6. Take next piece of Boreable Multi-Gard

and insert spigot end into belled end of

the first piece until the insertion line is no

longer visible.

OTE: Innerducts need to be aligned

beforeinsertion

7. Slide the plastic locking strap into slot

on the side of the bell. Push strap in

completely. It is not necessary to remove

or cover the handle on the strap.

8. Repeat with remaining sections as space

allows.

Pull into bored hole. Terminate into man holes.

10. Boreable Multi-Gard is now ready for duct

proofing and cable installation.

For more information on Carlon’s Multi-Gard®System, request catalog number 2B21.

8. Slide the plastic locking strap into slot

on the side of the bell. Push the strap in

completely. It is not necessary to remove

or cover the handle on the strap.

9. Repeat with remaining sections as space

allows.

10. Bore-Gard is now ready for installation.

1. Position Bore-Gard with the print line

facing up.

2. Remove plastic locking strap and set it

aside.

3. Remove end caps. On first stick only, trim

spigot end of Bore-Gard at the groove

before attaching the pulling eye/gripping

attachment.

4. Insert pulling eye into spigot end of

Bore-Gard.

5. Tighten pulling eye so that it expands

against the interior of the conduit. Use

of sleeve over O.D. of conduit is

recommended.

6. The installer should use appropriate

instrumentation to insure that maximum

pull rating is not exceeded.

7. Take next piece of Bore-Gard (10' or 20')

and insert spigot end into belled end of

the first piece until the insertion line is no

longer visible.

For additional information on the Bore-Gard

line of products, request Frequently Asked Questions about Bore-Gard, BGFAQ; Bore-Gard Technical Reference Guide, BGTRG;

Ten Reasons to Buy Bore-Gard, BG10REA and the Bore-Gard six minute Video, BGVID. All of these materials are available direct from Carlon or from your local Carlon representative.

Tighten pulling eye so that it expands

against interior of the conduit.

Trim spigot

end before

attaching

pulling eye.

Bore-Gard is flexible enough to be pulled

around a building.

Attach the next piece of Bore-Gard.

www.carlon.com

236

Bore-Gard

/Boreable Multi-Gard

Specifications

BG340SP-010 3" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard 10 9'6" 3.50 3.0 350 56 19,600 164 65 20 75 7,000 1,225 1,000

BG340SP-020 3" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard 20 19'6" 3.50 3.0 700 28 19,600 164 65 20 75 7,000 1,225 1,000

BG440SP-010 4" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard 10 9'6" 4.50 4.0 260 56 14,560 234 65 40 75 8,700 1,075 900

BG440SP-020 4" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard 20 19'6" 4.50 4.0 520 28 14,560 234 65 40 75 8,700 1,075 900

BG540SP-010 5" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard 10 9'6" 5.56 5.0 230 40 9,200 317 65 60 75 11,300 950 850

BG540SP-020 5" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard 20 19'6" 5.56 5.0 460 20 9,200 317 65 60 75 11,300 950 850

BG640SP-010 6" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard 10 9'6" 6.625 6.0 200 40 8,000 418 65 80 75 14,000 950 850

BG640SP-020 6" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard 20 19'6" 6.625 6.0 400 20 8,000 418 65 80 75 14,000 950 850

Part No.

Bore-Gard

Specifications

*U.S. Patent 6,789,629

Description

Overall

Length (ft.)

Dimensions

O.D.(in.)

Lay

Length

Dimensions

I.D.(in.)

Pkg.Qty.

(ft./bundle)

Bundles per

Truckload

Feet per

Truckload

Wt. per

100 ft. (lbs.)

Min. Bend

Radius (ft.)

Insertion

Force (lbs.)

Joint Pull

Rating (lbs.)

Seal

Pressure

Rating

(P.S.I.)

Typical Crush lbs.

(@ 30%

deflection)

UL Std. 651 &

NEMA TC2 Min.

Crush (lbs.)

MFSS3B-020 3-way Boreable Multi-Gard 20 4.50 1.50 520 28 14,560 561 65 75 5000

MFSS4B-020 4-way Boreable Multi-Gard 20 4.50 1.19 520 28 14,560 565 65 75 5000

Part No.

Steel Mesh Grip part no. MAG4 is recommended to be used as pulling attachment for Boreable Multi-Gard®.

Description

Length

(ft.)

Dimensions

O.D.(in.)

Innerduct

Dimensions

I.D.(in.)

Pkg.Qty.

(ft./bundle)

Bundles per

Truckload

Feet per

Truckload

Wt. per

100 ft. (lbs.)

Min. Bend

Radius (ft.)

Maximum

Pull Rating

(lbs.)

Seal

Pressure

Rating (P.S.I.)

Except where noted by Except where noted by

†

BG3PE 3" Pulling Eye 10"x 4"x 4" 8 Carton

BG4PE 4" Pulling Eye 17"x 6"x 6" 26 Carton

BG5PE 5" Pulling Eye 16"x 73/4"x 73/4" 37 Crate

BG6PE 6" Pulling Eye 191/2"x 81/4"x 81/4" 63 Crate

Part No.

Pulling Eyes

These high-quality pulling eyes have a permanent outer sleeve and a seal on pipe O.D.

Description Package

Dimensions (in.) Package

Weight (lbs.) Package

Type

Accessories

Schedule 40

•RUS Listed

BG480SP-010 4" Sch. 80 Bore-Gard 10 9'6" 4.50 3.8 260 56 14,560 308 65 40 75 12,000 2,000 2,000

BG480SP-020 4" Sch. 80 Bore-Gard 20 19'6" 4.50 3.8 520 28 14,560 308 65 40 75 12,000 2,000 2,000

BG380SP-010 3" Sch. 80 Bore-Gard 10 9'6" 3.50 2.8 350 56 19,600 210 65 20 75 10,000 2,000 2,000

BG380SP-020 3" Sch. 80 Bore-Gard 20 19'6" 3.50 2.8 700 28 19,600 210 65 20 75 10,000 2,000 2,000

Part No.

Description

Overall

Length (ft.)

Lay

Length

Dimensions

O.D.(in.)

Dimensions

I.D.(in.)

Pkg.Qty.

(ft./bundle)

Bundles per

Truckload

Feet per

Truckload

Wt. per

100 ft. (lbs.)

Min. Bend

Radius (ft.)

Insertion

Force (lbs.)

Joint Pull

Rating (lbs.)

Seal

Pressure

Rating

(P.S.I.)

Typical Crush lbs.

(@ 30%

deflection)

UL Std. 651 &

NEMA TC2 Min.

Crush (lbs.)

Schedule 80

•RUS Listed

Boreable Multi-Gard

Specifications

3" GSUP3 1HBOR3 1

4" GSUP 1HBOR 1

5" GSUP5 1HBOR5 1

6" GSUP6 1HBOR6 1

Size Part No. Std. Ctn.

Qty. Part No.Std. Ctn.

Qty.

Locking Straps Gaskets

†

Carlon

Multi-Gard

Multi-Cell Raceway

PVC

Fiberglass

Galvanized Steel

PVC-Coated

Galvanized Steel

EMT – Electrical

Metallic Tubing

www.carlon.com 237

www.carlon.com

238

Multi-Gard

PVC

Carlon

Multi-Gard PVC

Features

Multi-Gard PVC is a multi-cell raceway system specifically

designed for use in direct bury and concrete encased

applications. Multi-Gard PVC is available in Type C, Type 40

and Type 80 outer shells with 3-way or 4-way innerduct

configurations. Multi-Gard PVC is manufactured in convenient

20ft. lengths for easy handling and transportation, and is ideal

for jetting or pulling cable.

Applications: Outdoor Direct Bury and Concrete Encasement

Wall Types: Type C, Schedule 40 and Schedule 80

Innerducts: 3-Way 11/2"or 4-Way 11/4"

Installation

Method: Trenching, Plowing, Concrete Encased

NOTE: Always install Bell End onto Spigot End

RUS Listed

•Pre-lubricated innerducts provide very low

coefficient of friction for easy pulls, and PVC innerducts

expand and contract at the same rate as outerduct.

• Anti-reversing gaskets on coupling body allow for easy

joining. Eliminates need for cementing joints.

• Jettable using high speed air blowing systems.

• O-ring gasket at base of bell reduces risk of water

entering system.

• Inward tapering holes on coupling body give quick and

easy innerduct alignment.

• Print line on outer duct states “Install Print Line Up” to

keep system straight during installation.

•Marked innerduct and marked hole on coupling body

ensure proper innerduct alignment and allow crews to

work from opposite directions.

• 6" deep bell provides strong joint for field bends.

•Internal spacers maintain straight innerduct path.

• End caps are provided on each 20 ft. section.

• Staging materials to job site is simplified.

• Patented flexible bends allow changes in direction.

Technical Information

•Joint Tensile: Approx. 500 lbs. (for reference only)

• 3,500 ft. maximum for Jetting

www.carlon.com 239

Multi-Gard

PVC

20' Lay Length PVC Multi-Cell With Bell

Part Bell Outerduct Innerduct Innerduct Pkg. Wt. per

No. Description (A) (B) O.D. I.D. Qty. 100 ft.

MXSS4S-020 4-Way Type C 4.67 4.35 1.31 1.19 1060' 245

MXSS3S-020 3-Way Type C 4.67 4.35 1.66 1.50 1060' 256

MFSS4S-020 4-Way Type 40 5.00 4.50 1.31 1.19 960' 338

MFSS3S-020 3-Way Type 40 5.00 4.50 1.66 1.50 960' 348

MDSS4S-020 4-Way Type 80 5.50 4.75 1.31 1.19 760' 450

MDSS3S-020 3-Way Type 80 5.50 4.75 1.66 1.50 760' 460

Standard Multi-Gard supplied with grey and one white tracer innerduct.

Custom Orders: *Custom innerduct colors available upon request

*Minimum order quantity required

*Custom orders non-returnable, non-refundable and non-cancelable

PVC Multi-Cell Fixed Bends With Bell

Part Innerduct Pkg.

No. Description I.D. Qty.

M___N4S 4-Way Fixed Bend 1.19 1

M___N3S 3-Way Fixed Bend 1.50 1

Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5 Pos. 6 Pos. 7

Product Outerduct Degree(A) Radius(R) O.D. Innerducts

Innerduct Wall Type

M=Multi-Cell X = Type C 3 = 111/4F = 3ft. N = 4" 4 = 4-Way S = Smooth

F = Type 40 5=221/2H = 4ft. 3 = 3-Way

D = Type 80 7 = 45˚ J = 6ft.

9=90˚ M = 9ft.

Multi-Gard fixed bends use the same coupling design as straight sections.

All bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts to avoid rope

burn-through. These fixed bends are jettable.

PVC Multi-Cell Flexible Bends With Bell

Part Innerduct Pkg.

No. Description I.D. Qty.

M_F_44-Way Flexible Bend 1.19 1

M_F_3 3-Way Flexible Bend 1.50 1

M_F_4J 4-Way Flexible Bend 1.19 1

M_F_3J 3-Way Flexible Bend 1.50 1

Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5 Pos. 6

Product Outerduct Bell Description Degree and Radius Innerducts

M=Multi-Cell X = Type C F=Flexible B=126" (Length) 4 = 4-Way J = Jettable

F = Type 40 4' x 90˚ 3 = 3-Way

D = Type 80 C = 192" (Length)

6' x 90˚

Multi-Gard flexible bends use a patented design capable of a 4' minimum bend

radius and use the same coupling design as straight sections and fixed bends.

All bends are provided with an exclusive, patented engineered plastic innerducts

to avoid rope burn-through. NOTE: After positioning the bend in its application,

it is necessary to cut off the excess innerduct material flush to pipe and deburr

both the I.D.and O.D. of the innerduct to remove snags.

Except where noted by

www.carlon.com

240

Multi-Gard

PVC – Accessories

Terminators

Part Pkg.

No. Description Qty.

M_T__ Terminator 1

Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5

Product Outerduct Description Type Innerducts

M=Multi- X = Type C T = Terminator 1 = Standard w/ plugs 3 = 3-Way

Cell F = Schedule 40 2 = Pass-through w/ plugs 4 = 4-Way

D=Schedule 80 6 = Enclosure Termin. w/ plugs

9=Jetting Termin. w/ plugs

Termination kits allow for sealing inner and outerducts. Each kit con-

tains innerduct sealing plugs with rope tie. Standard terminators allow

for end terminations, and pass-through (jet-through) terminators allow

for bridging innerducts across a vault to allow for unassisted pulling

(or jetting) of cable through the vault. Box terminators allow end

terminations into above ground cabinets.

Transition Adapters

Part Pkg.

No.Description Qty.

M_A__ Transition Adapter 1

Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5

Product Outerduct (A) Description Outerduct (B) Innerducts

M=Multi-Cell X = Type C PVC A = Adapter E = EMT 3 = 3-Way

F=Schedule 40 PVC R = Galv. Steel 4 = 4-Way

D = Schedule 80 PVC B = F/G BR

H=F/G HW

S=F/G Std.

F=Schedule 40 PVC

D=Schedule 80 PVC

X = Type C PVC

P=PVC-Coated Steel

Transition adaptors allow different outerducts to be coupled

together while maintaining same innerduct.

Part numbers configured from smaller duct to larger duct.

Standard

Pass-through

MT14

–

MT23

–

MCC4

–

M A 4

––

Jet-through

MT93

–

Couplings

Part Pkg.

No. Description Qty.

M_CC_Standard Sleeve Coupling 1

Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5

Product Outerduct Description Type Innerducts

M=Multi- X = Type C C=Standard Coupling C = Coupling 3 = 3-Way

Cell F = Schedule 40 4 = 4-Way

D=Schedule 80

Couplings are provided in standard sleeve for joining two uninstalled

plain ends and slip couplings for male/male connections and repair of

unoccupied Multi-Gard. PVC expansion couplings are listed on page 227.

•Spigot to Spigot

www.carlon.com 241

Multi-Gard

PVC – Accessories

Repair Kits – 10 Ft.

Part Pkg.

No. Description Qty.

M_R_4S 4-Way 10 ft. Repair - Cable installed 1

M_R_3S 3-Way 10 ft. Repair - Cable installed 1

Repair kits allow for Multi-Gard repair without disrupting a live cable.

MR3

––

Expansion Joints

Part Pkg.

No. Description Qty.

M_EC_Expansion Joint 1

Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5

Product Outerduct Description Type Innerducts

M=Multi-Cell X = Type C PVC E = Expansion Joint C = Coupling 4 = 4-Way

F=Schedule 40 PVC 3 = 3-Way

D=Schedule 80 PVC

Expansion Joints allow for thermal expansion and contraction of

outerduct. Fiberglass expansion joints are recommended every 150 feet

onbridge crossing applications.

*Must use Split Stop Rings with Expansion Joints

Split Stop Ring

Part Pkg. Wt.

No. Description Qty. ea.

MFSSR Schedule 40 Split Ring 1 .51

MDSSR Schedule 80 Split Ring 1 .73

Use split stop rings on either side of support anchors

to keep Multi-Gard stationary.

*Must use Split Stop Rings with Expansion Joints

Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5 Pos. 6

Product Outerduct Description No. of Cables Innerducts Innerduct Wall Type

M=Multi-Cell X = Type C R = Repair 1 = 1 Cable 4 = 4-Way S = Smoothwall

F=Schedule 40 2 = 2 Cables 3 = 3-Way

3=3Cables

4=4Cables

Spare Spacers

Part Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No.Description Qty. Wt.

MAES4 4-way end spacers 1 ea. = 5 spacers 3.5

MAES3 3-way end spacers 1 ea. = 5 spacers .6

www.carlon.com

242

Multi-Gard

PVC – Assembly/ Field Cuts

Assembly

Field Cuts

Distribute Multi-gard sections along

the sides of the trench with male ends

pointing towards starting vault entrance.

Remove protective cap and

install Multi-Gard terminator on

male end. Install first section

into vault opening or enclosure

making sure the print line is on

the top stating “INSTALL PRINT

LINE UP.” (See next page for

terminations.)

2. Asparespacer may be

installed to align the innerducts

if they seem loose.

2.Align innerducts on Multi-Gardsection “A”with

couplings on section “B”. Solvent cement each coupling

for air tight seal and push until both ends are flush.

Apply solvent cement to both ends of Multi-Gardand

slide sleeve until it is centered on both sections.

Each consecutive 20' section can now be

placed by inserting the male end into the gas-

keted belled end 1/2" to the gasket depth. Make

sure the print line is upright. (If not, rotate the

outer duct until it is.) Now push the sections

together with a firm push until belled end seats

against insertion line.

3. Raise both ends and align the innerducts

on the male end into the coupling body on

the female end. Lower both ends and the

innerducts will automatically return to their

original position as the joints areforced

together.

Joining Male and Female Ends

Joining Two Male Ends

1. Lay the Multi-Gardsections side by

side and mark the male end at the

base of the bell on the female end.

Make a straight cut using

astandardcarpenter saw.

1. Flush cut Multi-Gardsections “A”+“B”as shown in figure1. Slide

outerduct sleeve over Multi-Gardsection “B”as shown in figure#2.

Insert end spacer into Multi-Gard plain end (chamfer side in) as

shown in figure #2. Press couplings onto innerducts of Multi-Gard

section “B”as shown in figure#3.

FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3

MCC4

–

www.carlon.com 243

Multi-Gard

PVC – Terminations

Standard Terminators (Type 1) allow

Multi-Gard to be terminated into a

standard pre-cast termination.

1. Remove watertight plugs in order to

assure total insertion of the Multi-Gard

innerducts.

2. Install terminators into male end of

Multi-Gardto full depth.

3. Replace watertight plugs into the

terminator and tighten.

4. Insertprepared male end into the

pre-cast terminator with print line facing

upward. Solvent cement into place.

5. Use shim enclosed for terminator

requiring a connection of Type C

(4.35 O.D.) into a Type 40 (4.50 O.D.)

termination.

Use a Type 6 Enclosure Terminator at

entrances into metal or non-metallic

enclosures above ground.

1. Remove watertight plugs in order to

assure total insertion of the Multi-Gard

innerducts.

2. Install terminators into male end of

Multi-Gardto full depth.

3. Replace watertight plugs into the

terminator and tighten.

4. Install threaded adapter over end of

Multi-Gard using solvent cement. Insert

adapter through enclosure hole and

provide 4" locking ring.

5. Use shim enclosed for terminator

requiring a connection of type C (4.35

O.D.) termination.

The pass-through terminator is designed to

allow for continuous ducts through the vault

or hand hole for cable pulling.

1. Install terminator into vault following steps

1through 5 for standard Type 1 terminator.

2. Cut innerduct of pass through kit 10" longer

than the width of the manhole. Add spacers

as needed.

3. Upon completion, remove the watertight

plugs and install innerducts to traverse

manhole/handhole by cutting to length

inserting into one side of handhole and

raising or bowing center of innerduct span

to insertinto the pass-through terminator

on the opposite side. (See pass-through kits

on page 276.)

Use a Type 1 Standard Terminator also at an

entrance where a pre-cast terminator is not

available or a knockout is used:

1. Insert the male end section of Multi-Gard

4inches past the inside wall of the vault

with print line facing upward.

2. Remove the protective cap from the male

end of the Multi-Gard.

3. Remove the watertight plugs and insert

the terminator to full depth.

4. Install bell fitting over the end of

Multi-Gardusing solvent cement, and

replace plugs.

5. Slide Multi-Gard section until bell fitting is

flush with inside, and then seal entrance as

required by job specifications.

Use the jet terminator for jetting operations.

1. Remove watertight plugs in order to assure

to total insertion.

2. Apply standardgrade solvent cement

(VC9962) to male end of Multi-Gard. Install

jet terminator to insertion line.

3. Replace watertight plugs into terminator

and tighten.

4. Apply standard grade solvent cement to

terminator male end and insert into pre-cast

bell end. (Install PVC bell fitting in kit if pre-

cast bell end is not available).

5. Use shim enclosed for terminator requiring

aconnection of Type C (4.35" O.D.) into a

Type 40 (4.50" O.D.) termination.

6. Measure between ends of terminators on

opposite ends of vault, and cut innerduct to

length.

7. Solvent cement each coupling into place or

use mechanical coupling rated for use with

high speed air blowing systems.

Use split plugs for sealing Multi-Gard cells

where cable has been installed.

(See page 274)

Terminations

1. 3. 5.

www.carlon.com

244

Multi-Gard

PVC – Installation

All PVC Trenching installation allows

Multi-Gard to be placed in the trench

one section at a time or over the

trencher for continuous feed.

Open trenching with Type C Multi-Gard

is recommended for direct burial or

concrete encased applications.

• Install one section at a time.

• Multiple-cells are installed as soon

as product is placed.

• Economical installation with

installation speed as fast as the

trencher.

•Easy installation with standard

equipment.

•Gasketed coupling body prevents

conduit pulling apart during

installation.

•Industry standard outer duct in

Type C is suitable for direct burial.

• Type 40 outershell and Type 80

outershell are available where

extra protection is necessary.

• Spacers inside outershell allow

PVC innerduct internal movement

allowing for more flexibility.

Paved Areas In paved areas, the surface should be carefully

cut to prevent unnecessary excessive width at the top of the

trench and help reduce the amount of surface to be repaved.

Trench Width For economical operation, particularly where

paving is involved, the trench width should be no greater than is

needed to provide adequate working space. Generally, this

dimension is controlled by the types of excavating equipment

used. As a minimum, the trench must be 5 inches wider than the

width of the conduit structure where backfill will be used and 3

inches wider where concrete encasement will be used.

Individual job specifications will dictate trench width.

Trench Bed Grade and level the trench bed. Where neces-

sary, provide sand and/or other granular backfill as bedding

material so the conduit will be evenly supported over the length

of each section.

Assembly On Top Of The Trench After preparing the

trench, the Multi-Gard can be assembled on top of the ground

outside of the trench by following the directions described on

page 5. Once joined together, the Multi-Gard can then be laid

gently into the trench. Backfill according to the job specifications.

Trench Feeding Multi-Gard Using Rollers This

procedure involves assembling the Multi-Gard above the

ground. After the first four or five lengths are assembled, place

on top of the trenching machine. The remainder of the duct can

be attached to the first section and assembled ahead of the

trencher on the ground directly above the intended place for the

trench. As the trencher advances forward, the Multi-Gard will

lay itself into the trench behind. Once placed in the trench,

backfill according to the job specification.

Trenching

Features Procedures

www.carlon.com 245

Multi-Gard

PVC – Repairs

Repairing Vacant Multi-Gard

Repairing Multi-Gard Containing Cable(s)

1. Cut out the damaged section

and insert a belled short section

(4" shorter than damaged

section) of Multi-Gard onto

either one of the ends (section A).

2. Apply 2" of cement on ends

of spigots of coupling body,

press couplings onto spigots.

3. Slide innerduct sleeve over

Multi-Gard plain end (section A).

Insert end spacer into Multi-

Gard plain end (section B).

Carefully cut out damaged section up to 10

feet. Larger sections can be accommodated

using multiple repair kits.

Install corrugated innerduct and remaining

smooth innerduct into couplings by raising in

the center and guiding them into their respec-

tive openings. Install the spacers to evenly

support the innerduct.

Lay one piece of split duct under the

repaired section. Install the other piece of split

duct onto the first piece and strap or tape in

place. Apply cement onto each end and slide

the slip sleeves until centered on both sections.

Backfill according to job specifications.

Install the 4" split sleeve couplings over

the existing Multi-Gard. Slide the smaller split

couplings onto the individual innerduct, fitting

the cable into the split coupling. Repeat this

process on opposite side. Carefully insert the

cable(s) into the split corrugated innerduct.

4. Insert female end of slip coupling

into Multi-Gard plain end (section A).

Align sections A and B. Apply cement

to couplings. Slide slip coupling back

onto innerducts in Multi-Gard

(section B) until seated.

5. Apply cement to both

plain ends of Multi-Gard

and slide sleeve until

centered on both sections.

M SC4

–

Slip Coupling

www.carlon.com

246

Multi-Gard

PVC – Repair Kits

Repair Kits

Repairing Multi-Gard with Damaged Cables

E940F PVC Coupling

Couples PVC innerduct with solvent cement

for empty cells (standard grade qt. cement

#VC9962).

MAFPG7 Fiber Optic Simplex Plug

(cable O.D. range .57 - .65) Seals innerduct

with cable installed.

MAQPG2 Quadplex Plug (4 holes each)

Seals outershell and innerduct

Repair Kit Instructions:

Dig around break area enough to allow vault to

drop over the repair area and rest level when the

mouseholes have been cut away for the duct.

Cut away and remove outer shell and any

damaged inner-ducts, being careful to protect

any exposed cables.

Cut back the outer duct to allow approximately

of inner-duct exposed.

Install the splice case per manufacturer’sor

customer’s specifications, allowing enough cable

slack so no tension is felt.

3413

48808DK PVC Pass-through Kit

(4 x 20' lengths) 20 foot lengths can be cut to

length for continuous empty innerduct.

Underground Vault & Lid needed

Choose size & construction based on dimensions

of splice cases and weight requirements. (Allow

12" on either side of splice for bending

innerduct)

Splice Case

Install the quad plugs (Item #3) and single

plugs (Item #2) in duct containing cable.

Install pass-through ducts (Item #4) with

coupling (Item #1) sealing with solvent cement.

Set the enclosure base over the entire package

and place cover on enclosure.

Refill hole as required.

www.carlon.com 247

Multi-Gard

Fiberglass

Multi-Gard is a multi-cell raceway manufactured in 20 ft.

lengths with pre-installed, pre-lubricated innerducts.

The pre-installed innerduct design feature eliminates the

need of pulling innerducts through existing pipe, which

saves valuable time and money.

Applications: Outdoor (UV Resistant) Bridge Crossings,

Areas Subject to Physical Damage

Wall Types: Standard, Heavy or Bullet Resistant

Innerducts: PVC 3-Way

11/2"

or 4-Way

11/4"

•Pre-lubricated PVC innerducts reduce coefficient

of friction for easy cable pulling.

•Anti-reversing gaskets on coupling body allow

easy push in – hard to pull out sealing system.

•O-ring gasket at base of bell reduces risk of water

entering system.

•Inward tapering holes on coupling body give quick

and easy innerduct alignment.

•Marked innerduct and marked hole on coupling

body ensure proper innerduct alignment.

•Deep bell provides strong joint.

•Internal spacers keep innerducts straight.

•Staging materials to job site is simplified.

•Standard Wall .070" provides basic mechanical

and UV protection.

•Heavy Wall .090" provides enhanced mechanical

protection where physical abuse might be

experienced.

•Bullet Resistant .250" provides heavy duty

protection.

•Lightweight construction for easy handling.

Carlon

Multi-Gard

Fiberglass

Features

1. Place plain end of one 20' section into gasketed

coupling body 1/2" to the gasket depth of

another 20' section.

2. Check for alignment and apply epoxy to outside

of plain end.

3. Push sections together with a firm push by hand

until plain end seats fully into belled end.

Assembly Instructions

Technical Information

•Joint Tensile: Approx. 500 lbs. (for reference only)

• 3,500 ft. Maximum for Jetting

•20' overall stick length

www.carlon.com

248

Multi-Gard

Fiberglass

20' Overall Length Fiberglass Multi-Cell With Bell

Wall Bell Outerduct Innerduct Innerduct Wt. per

Part Thick- (A) (B) Dim. Dim. Pkg. 100 ft.

No. Description ness Dim. Dim. O.D. I.D. Qty. (lbs.)

MSSS4S-020 4-Way Standard .070 4.31 4.14 1.31 1.19 1140' 240

MSSS3S-020 3-Way Standard .070 4.31 4.14 1.66 1.50 1140' 253

MHSS4S-020 4-Way Heavy Wall .090 4.39 4.18 1.31 1.19 1140' 338

MHSS3S-020 3-Way Heavy Wall .090 4.39 4.18 1.66 1.50 1140' 340

MBSS4S-020 4-Way Bullet Res. .250 5.00 4.25 1.31 1.19 1140' 450

MBSS3S-020 3-Way Bullet Res. .250 5.00 4.25 1.66 1.50 1140' 450

Standard Multi-Gard supplied with grey and one white tracer innerduct.

Custom Orders: *Custom innerduct colors available upon request

*Minimum order quantity required

*Custom orders non-returnable, non-refundable and non-cancelable

Fiberglass Multi-Cell Fixed Bends with Bell

Part Innerduct Pkg.

No. Description I.D. Qty.

M__HN4S 4-Way Fixed Bend 1.19 I.D. 1

M__HN3S 3-Way Fixed Bend 1.50 I.D. 1

Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5 Pos. 6 Pos. 7

Product Outerduct Degree (A) Radius O.D. Innerducts Innerduct Wall Type

M=Multi-Cell S = Standard 3 = 111/4˚ H = 4 ft. N = 4" 4 = 4-Way S = Smoothwall

H=Heavy wall 5 = 221/2˚ 3 = 3-Way

B=Bullet Res. 7 = 45˚

9=90˚

Multi-Gard fixed bends use the same coupling design as straight

sections. All bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts

to avoid rope cut-through into adjacent innerducts.

Epoxy Kits

Part Pkg. Wt.

No. Description Qty. ea.

MA30EK 30 oz. w/mixing tip 1 2.50

Apply epoxy to plain end and bell before insertion for a water

tight joint and to avoid joint pull-out.

Pipe # Joints per

Size 30 oz. Kit

2" 30

3" 24

4" 18

5" 12

6" 10

www.carlon.com 249

Multi-Gard

Fiberglass – Accessories

Standard

MXT14

MCC4

–

MAR4

–

Terminators

Pkg. Wt.

Part No. Description Qty. Ea

MXT1_Terminator 1 1.5

Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5

Product Outerduct Description Type Innerducts

M=Multi-Cell X = Standard T = Terminator 1 = Standard w/ plugs 3 = 3-Way

4 = 4-Way

Termination kits allow for sealing inner and outerducts. Each kit contains

innerduct sealing plugs with tie rope. Standard terminators allow for end

terminations.

Couplings

Pkg.

Part No. Description Qty.

M_CC_Standard Sleeve Coupling 1

Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5

Product Outerduct Description Type Innerducts

M=Multi-Cell S = Std. wall .070 C = Standard C = Coupling 3 = 3-Way

H=Hvy. wall .090 4 = 4-Way

B=B. res. .250

Couplings are provided in standard sleeve for joining two uninstalled

plain ends and slip couplings for repair of unoccupied Multi-Gard.

Transition Adapters

Pkg.

Part No. Description Qty.

M_A__ Transition Adapters 1

Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5

Product Outerduct Description Outerduct Innerducts

M=Multi-Cell X = Type C PVC A = Adapter E = EMT 3 = 3-Way

F=Schedule 40 PVC R=Galv. Steel 4 = 4-Way

D=Schedule 80 PVC B = F/G BR

H = F/G HW

S=F/G Std.

F = Sch. 40 PVC

D=Sch. 80 PVC

X = Type C PVC

P=PVC Coated Steel

•Spigot to Spigot

Transition adapters allow different outerducts to be coupled

together while maintaining same innerduct.

(See PVC section for transitioning to PVC Multi-Gard.)

SpareSpacers

Part Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Description Qty. Wt.

MAES4 4-way end spacers 1 ea. = 5 spacers 3.5

MAES3 3-way end spacers 1ea. =5spacers .6

www.carlon.com

250

Multi-Gard

Fiberglass – Accessories

Split Stop Ring

Pkg. Wt.

Part No. Description Qty. Ea

MSSR Standard Wall Split Ring 1 .50

MSSRH Heavy Wall Split Ring 1 .50

MBSSR Bullet Resistant Split Ring 1 1.75

Use split stop rings on either side of support anchors

to keep Multi-Gard stationary.

*Must use Split Stop Rings with Expansion Joints

Expansion Joints

Pkg.

Part No. Description Qty.

M_EC_Expansion Joints 1

Expansion Joints allow for thermal expansion and contraction of

outerduct. Fiberglass expansion joints are recommended every 150

feet on bridge crossing applications.

*Must use Split Stop Rings with Expansion Joints

Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5

Product Outerduct Description Type Innerducts

M=Multi-Cell S = Standard E = Expansion C = Coupling 4 = 4-Way

H=Heavy Wall 3 = 3-Way

B=Bullet Res.

www.carlon.com 251

Multi-Gard

Galvanized Steel/PVC-Coated

Steel Multi-Gard is a multi-celled raceway system

designed for bridge applications and other areas

requiring heavy duty protection. Steel Multi-Gard

is manufactured in 10 ft. lengths with pre-installed,

pre-lubricated, smoothwall PVC innerducts.

Applications: Areas subject to physical

damage – vandalism & crush.

Bridge crossings

Innerducts: PVC 3-Way

11/2"

or 4-Way

11/4"

•Pre-lubricated PVC innerducts for very low

co-efficient of friction and lay straight for long pulls.

• Pre-installed reverse spin coupling allows coupling

Multi-Gard together without turning pipe.

•3set screws keep coupling from backing off,

before and after installation.

•Standard sweeps and terminators.

• Patented flexible bend.

• Conforms to NEC Article 300.22 and NFPA90A for

installation of communication cables inside buildings.

• All bends have “cut-through” resistant innerducts in

bends to avoid rope cutting into adjacent occupied

innerduct.

•Accessories such as pull line and line blowing kits

available.

•Gasketed coupling body and PVC innerducts

are designed to handle jetting equipment or line

blowing.

Carlon

Multi-Gard

Galvanized Steel/PVC-Coated

Features

1. Remove cap and loosen set screws on coupling.

Spin back to allow for insertion.

2. Insert male into female end and spin

coupling forward to bottom out.

3. Check for alignment of marked innerduct and

marked hole.

4. Tighten set screws.

Assembly Instructions

Technical Information

•Joint Tensile: Approx. 500 lbs. (for reference only)

• 3,500 ft. Maximum for Jetting

• 10 ft. lay lengths standard

www.carlon.com

252

Multi-Gard

Galvanized Steel

10' Lay Length – Steel Multi-Celled with Spin Coupling

Part Coupling Outerduct Innerduct Innerduct Pkg. Wt. per

No. Description O.D. Dim. Dim. O.D. Dim. I.D. Qty. 100 ft.

MRSS4S-010 4-Way Galvanized Steel 5.00 4.50 1.315 1.19 170 1130

MRSS3S-010 3-Way Galvanized Steel 5.00 4.50 1.660 1.50 170 1130

MPSS4S-010 4-Way PVC Coated Steel 5.00 4.50 1.315 1.19 170 1200

MPSS3S-010 3-Way PVC Coated Steel 5.00 4.50 1.660 1.50 170 1200

Standard Multi-Gard supplied with grey and one white tracer innerduct.

Galvanized Steel Multi-Cell Fixed Bends With Spin Coupling

Part Innerduct Pkg.

No. Description I.D. Qty.

MR_HN4S 4-Way Fixed Bends 1.19 1

MR_HN3S 3-Way Fixed Bends 1.50 1

Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5 Pos. 6 Pos. 7

Product Outerduct Degree(A) Radius(R) O.D. Innerducts Innerduct Wall Type

M=Multi-Cell R=Galvanized 3 = 111/4˚H=4ft. N = 4" 4 = 4-Way S = Smooth

Steel 5 = 221/2˚ F = 3 ft. 3 = 3-Way

P=PVC Coated 7=45˚

Steel 9=90˚

Multi-Gard fixed bends use the same coupling design as straight sections. All bends are

provided with engineered plastic innerducts to avoid rope cut-through into adjacent innerducts.

PVC Coated Flexible Steel Bends With Spin Coupling

Part Innerduct

No.Description I.D.

MRFB4 4-Way Flexible Bend 1

MRFB3 3-Way Flexible Bend 1

Multi-Gard flexible bends use a patented design capable of a 4' minimum bend

radius and use the same coupling design as straight sections and fixed bends. All

bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts to avoid rope cut-through

into adjacent innerducts. NOTE: After positioning the bend in its application, it is

necessary to cut off the excess innerduct material flush to pipe and deburr both

the I.D.and O.D. of the innerduct to remove snags.

www.carlon.com 253

Multi-Gard

Galvanized Steel – Accessories

MFT14

Terminators Galvanized Steel

Pkg. Wt.

Part No. Description Qty. Ea.

MFT14 4-Way Standard Terminator GS 1 1.5

MFT13 3-Way Standard Terminator GS 1 1.5

Termination kits allow for sealing inner and outerducts. Each kit

contains innerduct sealing plugs with rope tie. Standard terminators

allow for end terminations.

Deflection Joint

Pkg. Wt.

Part No. Description Qty. Ea.

MROS_Deflection Joint 1 25 lbs.

Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5

Product Outerduct Description Outerduct Innerduct

M = Multi-Cell R=Galv. Steel O=Offset/ S=Standard 4 = 4-Way

Deflection 3 = 3-Way

Couplings are provided in standard sleeve for joining two

uninstalled plain ends and slip couplings for repair of unoccupied

Multi-Gard.

Expansion Joints

Pkg.Wt.

Part No.Description Qty. Ea.

MREC4 4-Way 8" Stroke 1 42

MREC3 3-Way 8" Stroke 1 42

Expansion Joints allow for thermal expansion and contraction of

outerduct. Steel expansion joints are recommended every 150 feet

on bridge crossing applications.

Spare Spacers

Part Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Description Qty. Wt.

MAES4 4-way end spacers 1 ea. = 5 spacers 3.5

MAES3 3-way end spacers 1 ea. = 5 spacers .6

www.carlon.com

254

Multi-Gard

Galvanized Steel – Accessories

Transition Adapters

Part Pkg.

No. Description Qty.

M_A__ Transition Adapter 1

Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Pos. 4 Pos. 5

Product Outerduct (A) Description Outerduct (B) Innerducts

M=Multi-Cell X = Type C PVC A = Adapter E = EMT 3 = 3-Way

F=Schedule 40 PVC R = Galv. Steel 4 = 4-Way

D=Schedule 80 PVC B = F/G BR

H = F/G HW

S=F/G Std.

F=Schedule 40 PVC

D=Schedule 80 PVC

X = Type C PVC

P=PVC Coated Steel

•Spigot to Spigot

Transition adaptors allow different outerducts to be coupled

together while maintaining same innerduct.

Part numbers configured from smaller duct to larger duct.

Field Bendable Sweeps

M A 4

––

Pkg.

Part No. Description Qty.

MRSS4SFB-010 4-Way Field Bendable Sweep - 10 ft. 1

MRSS3SFB-010 3-Way Field Bendable Sweep - 10 ft. 1

www.carlon.com 255

Multi-Gard

EMT

Multi-Gard EMT is a multi-cell conduit system

for use inside buildings. It has pre-installed

PVC innerducts, comes in 10 ft. lengths, and

has a gasketed coupling body.

Applications: Indoor – Inside Buildings

Innerducts: 3-Way

11/2"

or 4-Way

11/4"

•10' lengths with set screw couplings.

• Standard sweeps and terminators

• Transition adapters available such as

EMT to Type C Multi-Gard.

• PVC innerducts lay straight for longer pulls.

• PVC innerducts are pre-lubricated for longer pulls.

• All metallic components are UL Listed and conform

to meet NEC Article 300.22 and NFPA90A for

installation of communication cables inside buildings.

• All bends have “cut through” resistant innerducts to

avoid rope cutting into adjacent occupied innerduct.

• Accessories such as line blowing kits and pull line

available.

Carlon

Multi-Gard

EMT

Features

1. Remove cap and loosen set screws on open end

of coupling.

2. Insert male end of conduit into female coupling,

checking for alignment of marked innerduct into

marked hole.

3. Tighten set screws.

AssemblyInstructions

Technical Information

•Joint Tensile: Approx. 500 lbs. (for reference only)

• 3,500 ft. Maximum for Jetting

• 10 ft. lay lengths standard

www.carlon.com

256

Multi-Gard

EMT

10' Lay Length EMT Multi-Cell with Set Screw Coupling

Part Outerduct Outerduct Innerduct Innerduct Pkg. Wt. per

No. Description Dim. O.D. Dim. I.D. Dim. O.D. Dim. I.D. Qty. 100 ft.

MESS4S-010 4-Way 4.50 4.33 1.32 1.19 170' 555

MESS3S-010 3-Way 4.50 4.33 1.66 1.50 170' 555

Fixed Bends EMT Multi-Cell with Set Screw Coupling

Part Pkg. Wt. Ea.

No. Description Qty. (lbs.)

ME9FN4S 4-Way 90˚x36" Radius 1 39

ME7FN4S 4-Way 45˚x36" Radius 1 20

ME9FN3S 3-Way 90˚x36" Radius 1 39

ME7FN3S 3-Way 45˚x36" Radius 1 20

Multi-Gard fixed bends use the same coupling design as straight

sections. All bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts

to avoid rope cut-through into adjacent innerducts.

Terminators for EMT Multi-Gard

Part Pkg. Wt. Ea.

No. Description Qty. (lbs.)

MET64 4-Way Standard Enclosure Terminator 1 2.5

MET63 3-Way Standard Enclosure Terminator 1 2.5

Field Bendable Sweeps

Pkg.

Part No. Description Qty.

MESS4SFB-010 4-Way EMT Field Bendable Sweep - 10 ft. 1

MESS3SFB-010 3-Way EMT Field Bendable Sweep - 10 ft. 1

Spare Spacers

Part Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No.Description Qty. Wt.

MAES4 4-way end spacers 1 ea. = 5 spacers 3.5

MAES3 3-way end spacers 1 ea. = 5 spacers .6

Multi-Gard flexible bends use a patented design capable of a 4' minimum

bend radius and use the same coupling design as straight sections and fixed

bends. All bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts to avoid rope

cut-through into adjacent innerducts. NOTE: After positioning the bend in its

application, it is necessary to cut off the excess innerduct material flush to

pipe and deburr both the I.D. and O.D. of the innerduct to remove snags.

www.carlon.com 257

Multi-Gard

Performance Specifications

PVC Fiberglass Steel

Type C Type 40 Type 80 SW HW BR EMT GRC

Min. stiffness lb/in/in at 72˚ F 100 370 Crush 2000 40 90 N/A N/A N/A

Min. O.D. 4.35" 4.50" 4.75" 4.14" 4.18" 4.50" 4.50" 4.50"

Impact values ft/lbs. at 72˚ F 100 220 525 50 80 N/A N/A N/A

Max. joint insertion force 80 lbs. 80 lbs. 80 lbs. 80 lbs. 80 lbs. 80 lbs. 80 lbs. 80 lbs.

Max. joint separation force 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. 200 lbs. Mechanical Mechanical

Min. joint water infiltration 11 PSI 11 PSI 11 PSI N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

Min. lay length 20' 20' 20' 20' 20' 20' 10' 10'

Flexible bend min. radius 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4'

4-way 3-way

Min. stiffness lb/in/in at 122˚ F 170 140

Air burst pressure rating 200 PSI 200 PSI

COF requirements TSY-356 Pass .06 - .09 Pass .06 - .09

Cut-through testing TSY-356 (in bends) Pass 100 min. Pass 100 min.

1.01 SCOPE:

Multiple Celled raceway systems, such as Multi-Gard

manufactured by Carlon Telecom Systems (1-800-3-CARLON),

utilizing prelubricated PVC innerducts for installation of voice, data,

video, and other low voltage cabling. Different outershells are

provided for routing cabling through direct bury, concrete encased,

normal above ground, and heavy duty above ground applications.

1.02

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: Industry standard communication out-

erducts and innerducts meeting the performance requirements

of this specification. Fixed and flexible bends allow for changes in

direction. A gasketed coupling mechanism shall be provided with

self-aligning tapered holes in straight sections, bends, and

terminators for field assembly without lubricant.

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Outerducts

1. PVC outerduct shall have print line

stating “INSTALL PRINTLINE UP”

and be available in the following:

a. Type C U.L. listed for direct burial

and concrete encasement.

b. Type 40 U.L. listed for direct burial

and concrete encasement.

c. Type 80 for heavy traffic direct

burial and physical abuse above

ground.

2. Fiberglass reinforced epoxy shall be

available in the following:

a. .070 Standard Wall for basic

mechanical and UV protection

above ground.

b. .090 Heavy Wall provides enhanced

mechanical protection where phys-

ical abuse might be experienced.

c. .250 Bullet Resistant provides

heavy duty protection.

B. Outerduct Performance Requirements

Part 1 General

Part 2 Product

1. Innerducts in straight lengths shall be Prelubricated PVC. One

white innerduct shall be under the print line with other

innerducts being gray. Multi-Cell can be assembled from

different directions without “mirror” effect. Multi-colored

innerducts may also be provided (3-cell white/gray/orange)

(4-cell white/gray/orange/green).

D. Innerduct Performance Requirements

C. Innerducts

Innerducts in all bends shall not cut through when subjected to a 1/4"

polyprolene rope pulled at 100 ft/min at 450 lb. tension for 100 minutes

tested in accordance with Bellcore TR-TSY-000356 procedures.

3. Anon-cemented spacer system shall hold the 4-cell innerducts

in a square configuration and 3-cell innerducts in a triangular

configuration.

3. Galvanized steel shall be available in the following:

a. Type 40 Hot dipped inside and out for above

ground applications such as bridge abutment

walls. Threads shall be on both ends. Spin

Coupling shall have 3 set screws set 120˚ apart

to stabilize coupling. Threads shall be coated

with Zinc Oxide metalizing.

b. U.L. listed EMT outershell and couplings for

inside building applications including Plenums,

Risers, and General Purpose areas.

www.carlon.com

258

Multi-Gard

Performance Specifications

Feature Multi-Gard

Pre-lubricated PVC Innerducts Yes

Assembles without lubricant Yes

Type C, Type 40, Type 80 Yes

Fiberglass in .070, .090, .250 Yes

EMT for Inside Building Yes

Galvanized Steel with Reverse Spin Coupling/PVC Coated Galvanized Yes

Flexible Sweeps capable of 4' bend radius Yes

Engineering Assistance Yes

Local Training and Assistance Yes

20 Foot Lay Lengths Yes

Local Stock Yes

U.L. Listed Yes

Recommended for Boring Yes

Watertight Yes

Holds 120 PSI for Jetting Yes

No Solvent Cement Required Yes

(Except in Boring and Jetting Applications)

Pulling Planner for Pull Point location Yes

Drawings on Disk Yes

Multi-Gard®Gards Your Networks!

B. Accessories

1.Slip couplings to allow male/male connections.

2.Termination kits for vaults, handholes, enclosures,

pass-through and jet-through applications.

3. Repair kits for future repair of empty or occupied duct.

PVC Fiberglass Steel

Type C Type 40 Type 80 SW HW BR GRC EMT

Fixed bend radius available 3', 4', 6', 9' 3', 4', 6', 9' 3', 4', 6', 9' 4' 4' 4' 4' 3'

Flexible bend 10' 1/2"length 4' x 90˚ 4' x 90˚ 4' x 90˚

Use GRC Use GRC Use GRC

4' x 90˚ (12') Use GRC

Flexible bend 16' length 9' x 90˚ 9' x 90˚ 9' x 90˚

Use GRC Use GRC Use GRC

4' x 90˚ (12') Use GRC

2.03 BENDS AND ACCESSORIES

A. Bends

3.01 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING

A. All materials shall be furnished by same manufacturer.

B. Local personal field support shall be available.

C. Product application assistance shall be provided by

manufacturer as needed.

4. Drop kits for future dropping of empty or occupied duct.

5. Line blowing kits with missiles.

6. 1700 lb. Slick braid rope, 1130 lb. poly rope, twisted blow line, and

1250 lb. polyester woven tape.

D. All flexible bends must be shipped in protective shipping

containers.

E. Manufacturer shall supply installation instructions.

Part 3 General

www.carlon.com 259

Multi-Gard

Cost Comparison Chart

1. Eliminates the need to place innerducts into an empty con-

duit. Multi-Gard contains factory installed innerducts.

2. Multi-Gard factory pre-installed PVC innerducts provide a

straight path for the placement of cable.

3. Reduced installation cost. The cost of installing innerducts is

eliminated and innerduct waste is eliminated.

4. Multi-Gard prelubrication formula provides the lowest coeffi-

cient of friction available.

5. The Multi-Gard gasketed coupler system eliminates cement-

ing sections except when boring or jetting.

6. Multi-Gard patented fixed bends and flexible bends incorpo-

rate “cut-through” resistant innerducts. Pre-installed engi-

neered plastic innerducts prevent pull lines from cutting into

the innerduct sidewall when pulling around bends. Bends

containing HDPE or PVC innerducts do not have the same

resistance to cut-through.

7. Open the trench just once. Multi-Gard allows customers addi-

tional cells to upgrade their Telecom Network System.

8. Multi-Gard factory installed innerducts allow more innerducts

to be placed inside the 4" conduit (4 x 1.19" and 3 x 1.50").

When placing innerducts you are limited to (3 x 1.25" or 2 x

1.5") on many systems.

9. Multi-Gard factory installed innerducts avoid the risk of

“neckdown”

.Neck-down occurs when innerducts are pulled

past their tensile strength, causing the plastic to stretch out.

10. All material arrives on the job site at the same time! Crews

can begin assembly without waiting for additional material to

deliver. After installing Multi-Gard there are no empty reels to

return or dispose.

Cost of Raceway and Pulling 3 x 1.25" Innerducts

4" Conduit Type C 5,300' .75 per ft. 3975 same for both

90˚ x 48" 2 15.00 each 30 same for both

Pull Boxes 5 300.00 each 1500 50.00 /ea. 250

Terminators 8 25.00 each 200 same for both

Plugs 24 2.00 each 48 same for both

Pulling Eyes 3 60.00 each 180 10.00 ea. 30

Pulling Harness 1 60.00 each 60 10.00 ea. 10

Innerduct 16,000 .30 per ft. 4800 16,000' x .25 /ft. 4000

Lubricant 16,000 .02 per ft. 320 2.00 per 100 ft. 320

Cement 10 qt. 4.00 qt. 40 5,300 20' = 265 x .25 /ea. 66

Reel Disposal 3 25.00 each 75 10.00 /ea. 30

Mid. Assist. Equip. 2 x 8 hrs. 100.00 hr. 800 5,300 x .10 /ft. 530

12028 5236 17264

Material Qty. Cost Total Labor Cost Total

800' 1500'

1500' 1500'

800'

4500'

PASS-THROUGH

Cost of Multi-Gard with 3 x 1.5" Innerducts or 4 x 1.19" Innerducts Pre-installed

Multi-Gard®Type C 5,300 2.50 per ft. 13250 same

90 x 48" 2 75.00 each 150

Pull Boxes 3 300.00 each 900 50 /ea. 150

Term. w/ Plugs 2 35.00 each 70 same

Term. Pass Thru 4 60.00 each 240 same

Pre-Lubricant Included N/C -0- -0-

Mid. Assist. Equip. Not Required N/C 5300 x .10 /ft. 530

14610 680 15290

Material Qty. Cost Total Labor Cost Total

*Carlon can also help determine handhole/manhole placement with

Pull-Gard™cable pulling software.Call 1-800-322-7566.

Multi-Gard Saves You Money! Multi-Gard®vs. Conduit and Pulled Innerduct Cost Comparison

Additional Benefits of Using Multi-Gard:

www.carlon.com

260

And The Winner Is...

Amajor telephone company sponsored a competition

to compare and evaluate the two leading multi-cell

conduit systems currently available in the communications

industry.

Under the supervision of the telephone company, an

independent contractor was hired to install the two

multi-cell conduit systems meeting standard installation

requirements. Additionally, a consultant was retained by

the telephone company to monitor the test pulls and

prepare a product evaluation for each multi-cell conduit

system.

The following information was compiled from the

consultant’sreport. Values stated were derived from

actual field measurements or calculated from field

measurements.

Carlon’s multi-cell conduit system, Multi-Gard®, offered

smooth wall PVC innerducts with factory applied silicone

lining. The competitor’s multi-cell conduit system offered

alongitudinal ribbed polyethylene, silicone lined innerduct

product.

The installation layout selected for the trial consisted

of a 4,900-foot section that included numerous horizontal

and vertical directional changes, eight manholes, and a

road bore. Additionally, record-breaking rainfall made the

competition even more intense.

The cable selected for the trial consisted of a six pair,

copper cable with a low density polyethylene jacket. This

particular cable was selected because it is approximately

the same weight and diameter as many fiber-optic cables.

The low density polyethylene jacket placed the evaluation

under the worst possible coefficient of friction conditions.

Carlon’s Multi-Gard system successfully completed

the trial pull with the test cable. The competitor’s system

could not.

A 1/4" composite rope (braided polyethylene over

braided polyester) was blown into the innerduct of

Carlon’sMulti-Gard. The force required to pull the rope

through the 4,900 feet was 27 pounds. This force was

measured after the rope rested in the flooded innerduct

for more than 10 hours.

The test cable required a maximum pull force of 440

pounds to complete the 4,900 feet trial. At 4,173 feet into

the pull, the cable jacket yielded and the pull came to a

stop. The basket grip was re-installed on the cable and

only 267 pounds of force was required to start the cable

moving.

Using the values measured and the tension forecasting

software provided by the consultant, the coefficient of

friction was calculated as follows:

Pull Rope .09

Test Cable .18

Cable B .13

Just One More Example Of How You Can

’t Beat The System!

Multi-Gard

Multi-Cell Conduit System

www.carlon.com 261

Carlon

Intra-Gard

Multi-Cell Raceway

4-Way Intra-Gard

6-Way Intra-Gard

Hybrid Intra-Gard

Accessories

www.carlon.com

262

4-Way, 6-Way & Hybrid Intra-Gard®

Carlon®Intra-Gard®is a multi-cell raceway system used

in direct bury and concrete encased applications. Intra-

Gard ducts are pre-lubricated, eliminating the need for

field applied lubricants and reducing the coefficient of

friction, thus allowing for longer cable pulls.

Intra-Gard is available in Type C and Schedule 40 wall

types and is manufactured with extended length bell

ends to facilitate assembly and ensure joint integrity.

Factory installed spacers provide proper spacing and

alignment throughout the system. And for precise 20'

lay lengths, Intra-Gard is supplied in 20'3" sticks.

Schedule 40

•Direct bury

•Concrete encased

Type C

•Concrete encased

•Direct bury

Applications

Features:

•Pre-lubricated ducts – reduces coefficient of friction,

thus allowing longer cable pulls

•Meets Bellcore GR356-CORE coefficient of friction requirements

•Schedule 40 and Type C wall types

•Factory installed spacers

•Multiple color configurations available for easy duct identification

•Extended length bell ends available on request

•Standard colors – white and grey

4-Way Intra-Gard

Maximum Minimum Wall Thickness

Wall type Part Number Color O.D. I.D. Min. Max.

Schedule 40

4SFG-020 1White, 3 Grey 1.67 1.34 .13 .15

Schedule 40

4SFGG-020 1White, 3 Green 1.67 1.34 .13 .15

Type C

4SXG-020 1 White, 3 Grey 1.67 1.46 .08 .10

Schedule 40

41540-020 1 White, 3 Grey 1.91 1.57 .15 .17

Type C

415C-020 1 White, 3 Grey 1.90 1.66 .10 .12

Schedule 40

42240-020 1 White, 3 Grey 2.38 2.02 .15 .17

Type C

422C-020 1 White, 3 Grey 2.38 2.16 .08 .11

11/4"

11/2"

Standard - Two Color

Max. Min. Wall Thickness

Wall type Part Number Color O.D. I.D. Min. Max.

Schedule 40

4SFGB-020 Grey,White,Red & Orange 1.67 1.34 .13 .15

Schedule 40

4SFGA-020 Orange, Green, Blue & Yellow 1.67 1.34 .13 .15

Schedule 40

4SFG6-020 Green, Yellow, Red & Black 1.67 1.34 .13 .15

Schedule 40

4SFG4-020 Grey, White, Green & Orange 1.67 1.34 .13 .15

Schedule 40

4SFG5-020 Grey, White, Blue & Orange 1.67 1.34 .13 .15

Schedule 40

41540MC-020 Grey, White, Blue & Orange 1.91 1.57 .15 .17

Type C

415CMC-020 Grey, White, Blue & Orange 1.90 1.66 .10 .12

Schedule 40

42240MC-020 Grey, White, Blue & Orange 2.38 2.02 .15 .17

Type C

422CMC-020 Grey, White, Blue & Orange 2.38 2.16 .08 .11

11/4"

11/2"

Multi-Color Options

Calculated using MDPE F/O cable (Wgt.= .11 lbs./ft.)

www.carlon.com 263

4-Way, 6-Way & Hybrid Intra-Gard

6-Way Intra-Gard

Maximum Minimum Wall Thickness

Wall type Part Number Color O.D. I.D. Min. Max.

Schedule 40

6SFG-020 1 White, 5 Grey 1.67 1.34 .13 .15

Type C

6SXG-020 1 White, 5 Grey 1.67 1.46 .08 .10

Schedule 40

62240-020 1 White, 5 Grey 2.38 2.02 .15 .17

Type C

622C-020 1 White, 5 Grey 2.38 2.16 .08 .11

11/4"

4-Way Hybrid 2" & 11/4"

Wall type Part Number Color

Schedule 40

41240-020 1White,3Grey

Type C

412C-020 1White,3Grey

Standard - Two Color

Wall type Part Number Color

Schedule 40

41240MC-020 Grey, White, Blue & Orange

Type C

412CMC-020 Grey,White,Blue & Orange

Multi-Color Options

Wall Thickness

Wall Type Max. O.D. Min. I.D. Min. Max.

Schedule 40 1.67 1.34 .13 .15

Type C 1.67 1.46 .08 .10

Schedule 40 2.38 2.02 .15 .17

Type C 2.38 2.16 .08 .11

11/4"

Specifications

Standard - Two Color

Unloading

When unloading Intra-Gard from the delivery truck,

mechanical equipment should be used. If possible,

distribute the Intra-Gard along the route of the

trench site as it is unloaded.

Shipping Quantities

All products within the Intra-Gard®system are

supplied with protective dust caps, ensuring

system reliability for current and future cable

installations.

Type Pallet Qty. Truck Load

4-way 11/4" 1,200 ft. 14,400 ft.

4-way 11/2"1,200 ft. 14,400 ft.

4-way 2" 1,200 ft. 14,400 ft.

6-way 11/4" 720 ft. 8640 ft.

6-way 2" 720 ft. 8640 ft.

4-way Hybrid 2"x 11/4"1,200 ft. 14,400 ft.

www.carlon.com

264

Intra-Gard

Accessories

Fixed Elbows

Intra-Gard®elbows are available in 3' and 4' radii and 111/4°, 221/2°, 45°

and 90° angles of curvature. They are manufactured with system

compatible bell and spigot ends, are pre-lubricated, grey in color, and

shipped with dust caps.

4-Way - 1

Hybrid – 2" & 11/4"

6-Way - 11/4"

4-Way

Nom. Size Part No.

11/4"

11/2"

SG15

Hybrid

Nom. Size Part No.

2" & 11/4"

Wall Type Part No. Angle Radius Length

Schedule 40

F9HG4 90° 48" 81"

Schedule 40

F9FG4 90° 36" 81"

Schedule 40

F7HG4 45° 48" 43"

Schedule 40

F7FG4 45° 36" 43"

Schedule 40

F5HG4 221/2° 48" 26"

Schedule 40

F5FG4 221/2° 36" 26"

Schedule 40

F3HG4 111/4° 48" 15"

Schedule 40

F3FG4 111/4° 36" 15"

Type C

X9HG4 90° 48" 81"

Type C

X9FG4 90° 36" 81"

Type C

X7HG4 45° 48" 43"

Type C

X7FG4 45° 36" 43"

Type C

X5HG4 221/2° 48" 26"

Type C

X5FG4 221/2° 36" 26"

Type C

X3HG4 111/4° 48" 15"

Type C

X3FG4 111/4° 36" 15"

Wall Type Part No. Angle Radius Length

Schedule 40

F9HG6 90° 48" 81"

Schedule 40

F9FG6 90° 36" 81"

Schedule 40

F7HG6 45° 48" 43"

Schedule 40

F7FG6 45° 36" 43"

Schedule 40

F5HG6 221/2° 48" 26"

Schedule 40

F5FG6 221/2° 36" 26"

Schedule 40

F3HG6 111/4° 48" 15"

Schedule 40

F3FG6 111/4° 36" 15"

Type C

X9HG6 90° 48" 81"

Type C

X9FG6 90° 36" 81"

Type C

X7HG6 45° 48" 43"

Type C

X7FG6 45° 36" 43"

Type C

X5HG6 221/2° 48" 26"

Type C

X5FG6 221/2° 36" 26"

Type C

X3HG6 111/4° 48" 15"

Type C

X3FG6 111/4° 36" 15"

Wall Type Part No. Angle Radius Length

Schedule 40

4129040 90° 36" 39"

Schedule 40

4124540 45° 36" 67"

www.carlon.com 265

Intra-Gard

Accessories

End Bell Terminator Ring

Manhole Terminator or Handhole Entrance

At the manhole or handhole entrance, the

ideal termination procedure is to use

commercially available industry standard

Type C duct end bell (4.35") precast into the

manhole or handhole wall. To properly seal

the Intra-Gard®at its termination points,

Intra-Gard manhole terminator rings are

available as a 1" thick disk designed to

properly space the innerducts and fit into a

4.35" O.D. (Part #IRS4 .)

Start by removing the protective caps from

the male ends of the pipes and then align

the ducts with the Intra-Gard terminator

spacer ring and insert spigot ends through

holes provided.

Insert prepared male end into the precast

terminator. The terminator should be solvent

cemented into the precast terminator or

sealed around outside of the entrance as

required by the job specifications.

Duct plugs should be used (MAEPG3)

after installation on empty ducts to avoid

water and dust infiltration.

Other Type Entrances

Where a knockout is used, the procedure

starts with inserting the male end of the

section of pipe four inches past the inside

wall of the manhole or handhole. Remove

the protective caps from the ends of the

pipe,insert terminator and align the ducts

with Intra-Gard terminator ring. Seal

around entrance as required by the job

specifications.

Apass through terminator may be secured

into wall of manhole or handhole either

directly into precast terminator or grout in

place if knockout is used.

Upon completion of conduit placement,

install ducts to traverse manhole/handhole

by cutting to length, inserting into one side

of handhole, and raising or bowing center of

duct span to insert in the pass through

terminator on the other side.

Pass through application may be accom-

plished by installing a long line coupling

(E600G) onto each duct entering the vault.

Couplings should then be solvent cemented

onto each remaining duct of Intra-Gard.

Part No. Description

RS4 4-Way 11/4" Terminator Ring

*Manhole terminator sold separately

Terminator Ring

www.carlon.com

266

Intra-Gard

Installation

Duct Proofing

Use appropriate seal-off kit

(Reference pg. 9 for Line

Blowing Kits). For maximum

line blowing potential, use

air compressor at 175 CFM

(125 PSI Max.)

Slide pull line through

opening in threaded

nozzle end of seal-off.

Attach blowing missile

to pull line.

Insert blowing missile

into individual duct and

insert threaded end of

seal-off into duct to

assure minimal air loss.

Attach seal-off to air

compressor with air

release lever in off

position. Hold seal off

firmly in hands.

Open lever quickly

making sure slight tension

is on to prevent pull line

from packing. CAUTION

SHOULD BE EXERCISED

AT THE EXIT POINT FOR

MISSILE TO AVOID INJURY.

Blow pull line in all ducts

to ensure no blockages are

present.

Installation Instructions

When handling Intra-Gard®, care must be taken to avoid

striking the ends against hard surfaces. This can cause damage

from impact or crushing of the end of the conduit.

Assembly In Trench

In the trench, set the first layer of ducts by inserting the male

ends into the female ends on the sections previously placed.

Remove the protective caps as the sections of pipe are about to

be joined together, and make sure the matching colors are aligned.

Athin coating of Carlon

Quick Set Cement should

be applied to the inside

surface of the sockets

lightly enough to pre-

vent the formation of a

bead of cement at the

interior shoulder of the

sockets. Then, apply in

the same manner to the

spigot ends of the con-

duits to the depth of the

socket.

Immediately after apply-

ing the coat of cement

to the conduit, insert the

spigot ends into the

sockets.

www.carlon.com 267

Intra-Gard

Field Cuts

Joining a Male/Female Connection

The pipes should be laid side by side and the

male end marked at the base of the bell on the

female end.

Make a straight through cut on the male end

using a standard carpenter’s saw. Deburr the

ends of the cut pipe.

Apply Carlon Quick Set Cement in a thin uni-

form coating to the inside surface of the sock-

ets and raise both ends and align the ducts on

the male ends to the bells on the female end.

Once the ducts are aligned with their sockets,

lower both of the pipes. The ducts will be auto-

matically returned to their original position as

the joints are forced together.

Field Cuts

Repairing Damaged Intra-GardThat Is Vacant

Cut out damaged section making a flush cut on

both sides and deburr all pipes.

Measure damaged section and new section

wIth a socket and measure from base of socket

and cut flush. Intra-Gard couplings are installed

onto the individual ducts of the section in the

ground.

Install new section in trench by first applying

Carlon Quick Set Cement and pushing sockets

onto either spigot ends.

Line up ducts with couplings and raise or bow

center of duct span, apply cement and slip

ducts into couplings.

Repairing Intra-Gard

Once Installed

Joining Two Male Ends

The pipes should be laid side by side, marked and flush cut

to butt up against each other. Deburr the ends of the cut

pipe and install a spare spacer if needed, and use standard

couplings.

Place each individual coupling onto ducts using Carlon

Quick Set Cement.

Lift sections to align each coupling with other ducts.

Lower both sections to a level position.

Repair sections may use a standard 20' length of

lntra-Gard with sockets and cut to length.

Repairing Intra-Gard Housing a Cable

Carefully cut out the damaged section of the Intra-Gard.

Where cable is installed, slide the split couplings onto

each individual duct, fitting the cable into the grooved

coupling passage. Repeat the process on the other side.

Carefully insert the cable into the split duct. Push the

split duct into the split coupling at both ends. Wrap all

slit areas with sealing tape or shrink wrap, etc. as rec-

ommended by specifier to seal out water.

Install stop coupling onto other vacant ducts with

Carlon Quick Set Cement and install the ducts into the

other openings of the couplings with cement.

Ensure the duct system is straight and even before

encasing in soil.

Carlon

Intra-Gard

Quote Request

Date: Needed By: Destination:

Customer: Account Number:

Rep Agency: Market: Power Telecommunication

Total Quantity Feet: Target Price:

Competitors Price:

Quoted Price:

Quoted Terms: Freight Terms:

Valid Until: Quoted By:

4-Way Intra-Gard

Wall type Part No. Qty.

Schedule 40 I4SFG-020

Schedule 40 I4SFGG-020

Type C I4SXG-020

Schedule 40 I41540-020

Type C I415C-020

Schedule 40 I42240-020

Type C I422C-020

Standard - Two Color

6-Way Intra-Gard

Wall type Part No. Qty.

Schedule 40 I6SFG-020

Type C I6SXG-020

Schedule 40 I62240-020

Type C I622C-020

Standard - Two Color

Wall type Part No. Qty.

Schedule 40 I4SFGB-020

Schedule 40 I4SFGA-020

Schedule 40 I4SFG6-020

Schedule 40 I4SFG4-020

Schedule 40 I4SFG5-020

Schedule 40 I41540MC-020

Type C I415CMC-020

Schedule 40 I42240MC-020

Type C I422CMC-020

Multi-Color Options

Accessories

Part No. Angle Radius Qty.

IF9HG4 90° 48"

IF9FG4 90° 36"

IF7HG4 45° 48"

IF7FG4 45° 36"

IF5HG4 221/2° 48"

IF5FG4 221/2° 36"

IF3HG4 111/4° 48"

IF3FG4 111/4° 36"

Part No. Angle Radius Qty.

IX9HG4 90° 48"

IX9FG4 90° 36"

IX7HG4 45° 48"

IX7FG4 45° 36"

IX5HG4 221/2° 48"

IX5FG4 221/2° 36"

IX3HG4 111/4° 48"

IX3FG4 111/4° 36"

Fixed Elbows - 4 Way 11/4"

Schedule 40

Wall type Part No. Angle Radius Qty.

Schedule 40 I4129040 90° 36"

Schedule 40 I4124540 45° 36"

Fixed Elbows - Hybrid 2" & 11/4"

4-Way Hybrid 2" & 11/4"

Intra-Gard

Wall type Part No. Qty.

Schedule 40 I41240-020

Type C I412C-020

Standard - Two Color

Pull Line

Spacers

Part No. Qty. Part No. Qty. Part No. Qty.

Part No.Qty.Part No.Qty.Part No.Qty.

Plugs

Warning Tape

Line Blowing Accessories

Cutters

Wall type Part No. Qty.

Schedule 40 I41240MC-020

Type C I412CMC-020

Multi-Color Options

NOTE: Please fill in desired part number and quantities.

Type C

Part No. Angle

Radius

Qty.

IF9HG6 90°48"

IF9FG6 90°36"

IF7HG6 45°48"

IF7FG6 45° 36"

IF5HG6 221/2° 48"

IF5FG6 221/2°36"

IF3HG6 111/4°48"

IF3FG6 111/4°36"

Fixed Elbows - 6 Way 11/4"

Schedule 40

Part No. Angle

Radius

Qty.

IX9HG6 90°48"

IX9FG6 90°36"

IX7HG6 45°48"

IX7FG6 45° 36"

IX5HG6 221/2° 48"

IX5FG6 221/2°36"

IX3HG6 111/4°48"

IX3FG6 111/4°36"

Type C

Fax completed Quote Request to your Local Carlon Representative.Visit www.carlon.com to locate a Carlon Representative.

www.carlon.com

268

Telecommunication,

Electrical, and

Power Utility

Solutions:

Smooth Wall

Ribbed Wall

UL Listed

Micro-Gard™Mini-Duct

Aerial

Aerial Figure 8

Corrugated

Toneable

Accessories

Carlon

High Density Polyethylene

(HDPE) Conduit

www.carlon.com 269

MEMBER

Plastics Pipe Institute (PPI)

www.plasticpipe.org

www.carlon.com

270

Smoothwall HDPE Conduit

Smooth Interior Wall

Applications: Underground (direct bury),

or placed inside existing duct (innerduct)

Installation methods: Plowing,

open/continuous trench, directional boring

or pulled through existing conduits.

Smoothwall HDPE

is a

nonmetallic

flexible raceway manufactured

from High

Density Polyethylene (HDPE) for use in

underground and innerduct applications.

Smoothwall offers superior protection,

increases pathways of existing duct systems,

allows extra channels for future cabling

needs, and is ideal for jetting cable.

Available in a wide range of sizes, colors,

and options, Carlon HDPE is the only cable

management system you need.

Smoothwall Options

•Sizes 1/2"- 16"

•Multiple colors and stripes

•Factory installed pull lines

•Sequentially marked footage

•Up to four colors of equal

lengths paralleled or

segmented on one reel

•Pre-lubricated option

•Toneable Duct – copper

conductor within the

wall of duct. Used to

locate buried conduit.

(see page 274)

Smoothwall is ideal

for jetting cable

Open Trench

Directional Boring

Reference Plastics Pipe Institute PE Pipe Handbook for installation

and engineering recommendations. (www.plasticpipe.org)

www.carlon.com 271

Solidwall HDPE Conduit

How to Build a Part Number:

Product Size Type Wall Options Splits Color Stripes Tape Length

A=HDPE 2 = 1/2" C = Smooth/Smooth 4

SCH 40 N = None 1 = 1 Way Single A = Black NN = None A = Empty 1500

3=3/4" 5

SCH 80 D

Lube Duct 2

2Way Segmented B

Blue 3A

Black Stripes B

1130 lbs. Polyester Tape (Equals 1500 Feet)

1" 6

SDR 11 3

3Way Segmented C

Brown 3B

Blue Stripes C

1250 lbs. Polyester Tape

1-1/4" 9

SDR 13.5 4

4Way Segmented D

Buff 3C

Brown Stripes D

1500 lbs. Polyester Tape

1-1/2" 13

SDR 15.5 5

2Way Parallel E

Grey 3D

Buff Stripes E

1800 lbs. Polyester Tape

2" 14

SDR 17 6

3Way Parallel F

Green 3E

Grey Stripes G

200 lbs. Polyester Tape

2-1/2" 16

SDR 21 7

4Way Parallel G

Lilac 3F

Green Stripes J

2500 lbs. Polyester Tape

3" 22

SDR 7 12 = 2 Way Compart H

Lt. Green 3G

Lilac Stripes K

400 lbs. Detect. Polyester Tape

4" 24

SDR 9 13 = 3 Way Compart J

Orange 3H

Lt. Green Stripes T

1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape

4.75" 26

SIDR 11.5 14 = 4 Way Compart K

Red 3J

Orange Stripes V

1250 lbs. Detectable 22G Poly Tape

5" 27

SIDR 11.5 True L

Terra Cotta 3K

Red Stripes

6" 29

SIDR 15 M

White 3L

Terra Cotta Stripes

7" 34

SIDR 7 N

Yellow 3M

White Stripes

8" 36

SIDR 9 3N

Yellow Stripes

10" 37

SIDR 9 True

12" 42

TC-7A

14" 45

True 11

16" 46

True 9

Standard Length – Reels and Coils

Pull Tape Reel

Polyester Reel Length Wt./Ea.

Color Part No. Type Wall Woven Size (ft.) (lbs.)

Orange A5C6N1JNNA7000 S/S SDR 11 Empty 72x45x24 7000 1517

Orange A5C6N1JNNB7000 S/S SDR 11 1130 lb. 72x45x24 7000 1576

Orange A5C9N1JNNB250 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. Coil 250 42

Orange A5C9N1JNNB500 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. Coil 500 84

Orange A5C9N1JNNB1800 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. 48x30x24 1800 382

Orange A5C9N1JNNA7000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 72x45x24 7000 1278

Orange A5C9N1JNNB7000 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. 72x45x24 7000 1337

Orange A6C6N1JNNA5000 S/S SDR 11 Empty 82x45x30 5000 1742

Orange A6C6N1JNNB5000 S/S SDR 11 1130 lb. 82x45x30 5000 1784

Orange A6C9N1JNNB250 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. Coil 250 66

Orange A6C9N1JNNB500 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. Coil 500 132

Orange A6C9N1JNNC2500 S/S SDR 13.5 1250 lb. 66x45x30 2500 793

Orange A6C9N1JNNA5000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 82x45x30 5000 1481

Orange A6C9N1JNNB5000 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. 82x45x30 5000 1523

Orange A6C9N1JNNA8000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96x45x32 8000 2271

Orange A6C9N1JNNB8000 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. 96x45x32 8000 2338

Orange A9C6N1JNNA5000 S/S SDR 11 Empty 96x45x32 5000 2246

Orange A9C9N1JNNA5000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96x45x32 5000 1904

Orange A9C9N1JNNB5000 S/S SDR 13.5 1130 lb. 96x45x32 5000 1946

Standard Length – Reels and Coils

Pull Tape Reel

Polyester Reel Length Wt./Ea.

Color Part No. Type Wall Woven Size (ft.) (lbs.)

Orange A13C4N1JNNC2500 S/S Sch 40 1250 lb.82x45x40 2500 1410

Grey A13C6N1ENNA4000 S/S SDR 11 Empty 96x45x32 4000 2747

Black A13C6N1ANNA4000 S/S SDR 11 Empty 96x45x32 4000 2747

Orange A13C6N1JNNA4000 S/S SDR 11 Empty 96x45x32 4000 2747

Black 3 RD A13C9N1A3KA4000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96x45x32 4000 2319

Black A13C9N1ANNA4000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96x45x32 4000 2319

Orange A13C9N1JNNA4000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96x45x32 4000 2319

Black A15C9N1ANNA1000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96x45x68 1000 1364

Orange A15C9N1JNNA1000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96x45x68 1000 1364

Black A16C6N1ANNA766 S/S SDR 11 Empty 102x45x68 766 2022

Orange A16C6N1JNNA766 S/S SDR 11 Empty 102x45x68 766 2022

Black A16C9N1ANNA766 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 102x45x68 766 1727

Orange A16C9N1JNNA766 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 102x45x68 766 1727

Orange A16C26N1JNNC700 S/S SIDR 11.5 1250 lb. 102x45x68 700 1746

Grey A17C9N1ENNA700 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 102x45x68 700 2171

Orange A17C9N1JNNA700 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 102x45x68 700 2171

Grey A18C9N1ENNA480 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 114x45x85 480 1842

Black A18C9N1ANNA480 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 114x45x85 480 1842

Grey A22C9N1ENNA450 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 120x45x85 450 2296

Black A22C6N1ANNA450 S/S SDR 11 Empty 120x45x85 450 2669

Black A22C9N1ANNA450 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 120x45x85 450 2296

*Custom Orders are not returnable

*Custom lengths are available in minimum order quantities specified on page 294

Custom Orders

ID Ribbed Interior Wall

Applications: Underground (direct bury),

or placed inside existing duct (innerduct)

Installation methods: Plowing,

open/continuous trench, directional boring

or pulled through existing conduits.

ID Ribbed Wall HDPE

is a

non-

metallic flexible raceway manufactured

from

High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) for use in

underground and innerduct applications.

Ribbed Wall offers superior protection,

increases pathways of existing duct systems,

allowing extra channels for future cabling

needs. Available in a wide range of sizes,

colors, and options, Carlon HDPE is the only

cable management system you need.

Ribbed Wall Options

•Sizes 1/2"- 6"

•Multiple colors and

stripes

•Factory installed pull lines

•Sequentially marked

footage

•Up to four colors of equal

lengths paralleled or

segmented on one reel

•Pre-lubricated

•Toneable Duct – copper

conductor within the wall

of duct. Used to locate

buried conduit.

(see page 274)

Ribbed Wall is ideal for pulling

or jetting cable. Interior ribs

reduce surface contact with

cable during installation.

www.carlon.com

272

ID Ribbed Wall HDPE Conduit

Open Trench

Directional Boring

www.carlon.com 273

ID Ribbed Wall HDPE Conduit

How to Build a Part Number:

Product Size Type Wall Options Splits Color Stripes Tape Length

A=HDPE 2 = 1/2" B = Smooth Out/Ribbed In 4 = SCH 40 N = None 1 = 1 Way Single A = Black NN = None A = Empty 1500

3=3/4" 5 = SCH 80 D

Lube Duct 2

2Way Segmented B

Blue 3A

Black Stripes B = 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape (Equals 1500 Feet)

5=1" 6 = SDR 11 3

3Way Segmented C

Brown 3B

Blue Stripes C = 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape

6=1-1/4" 9 = SDR 13.5 4

4Way Segmented D

Buff 3C

Brown Stripes D = 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape

9=1-1/2" 13 = SDR 15.5 5

2Way Parallel E

Grey 3D

Buff Stripes E = 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape

13 = 2" 14 = SDR 17 6

3Way Parallel F

Green 3E

Grey Stripes G = 200 lbs. Polyester Tape

14 = 2-1/2" 16 = SDR 21 7

4Way Parallel G

Lilac 3F

Green Stripes J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape

15 = 3" 22 = SDR 7 12 = 2 Way Compart H

Lt. Green 3G

Lilac Stripes K = 400 lbs. Detect Polyester Tape

16 = 4" 24 = SDR 9 13 = 3 Way Compart J

Orange 3H

Lt. Green Stripes T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape

17 = 4.75" 26 = SIDR 11.5 14 = 4 Way Compart K

Red 3J

Orange Stripes V = 1250 lbs. Detectable 22G Poly Tape

18 = 5" 27 = SIDR 11.5 True L

Terra Cotta 3K

Red Stripes

22 = 6" 29 = SIDR 15 M

White 3L

Terra Cotta Stripes

34 = SIDR 7 N

Yellow 3M

White Stripes

36 = SIDR 9 3N

Yellow Stripes

37 = SIDR 9 True

42 = TC-7A

45 = True 11

46 = True 9

*Custom Orders are not returnable

*Custom lengths are available in minimum order quantities specified on page 294

Custom Orders

www.carlon.com

274

Toneable HDPE Conduit

Toneable HDPE Duct

incorporates a

patented design using bare solid copper conductor

wire within the duct wall underneath a LDPE or

HDPE stripe providing easy access to the conductor

wire for grounding and coupling applications.

Allows detectability and toning isolation of empty

duct structures as well as ducts with dielectric fiber

installations using conventional transmission,

receiving, and locating equipment.

Standard metal and nonmetallic coupling

methods allow conduit detectability and non-

metallic toneable pressure couplings allow

detection/toning isolation of conduit.

Complete system of conduit and couplings

provides the solution to finding buried occupied

or non-occupied conduits.

Toneable Options

• Industry standard conduit

sizes 1/2"– 4"

• Solid bare copper tone

wire

•Use Conventional

locating devices

• Tone wire easily

accessible for coupling

and grounding

•Standard/compression

couplings available

(page 292)

• Allows isolation tone

and/or detection

• Suitable for direct bury,

bore, trench

applications

• Single color stripe option

Application: Underground (direct bury)

Installation methods: Plowing, directional

boring, or open/continuous trench.

Open Trench

Directional Boring

Reference Plastics Pipe Institute PE Pipe Handbook for installation

and engineering recommendations. (www.plasticpipe.org)

*Patent Pending

www.carlon.com 275

Toneable HDPE Conduit

AWG #18 Solid Bare Copper #22 Solid Bare Copper

Resistivity 6.39 OHMS per 1,000 ft. 16.2 OHMS per 1,000 ft.

Elongation 10% min. 32% min.

Minimum Wall .12 inches .14 inches

Thickness

How to Build a Part Number:

Product Size Type Wall Options Splits Color Stripe (one) Tape Length

A=HDPE 2 = 1/2" B = Smooth Out/ 4 = SCH 40 J = Toneable/18G 1 = 1 Way Single A = Black NN = None A = Empty 1500

3=3/4" Ribbed In 5=SCH 80 G = Toneable/22G 2 = 2 Way Segmented B = Blue 1A = Black Stripe B = 1130 lbs. (Equals 1500 Feet)

5=1" C = Smooth/ 6 = SDR 11 3 = 3 Way Segmented C = Brown 1B = Blue Stripe Polyester Tape

6=1-1/4" Smooth 9 = SDR 13.5 4 = 4 Way Segmented D = Buff 1C = Brown Stripe C = 1250 lbs.

9=1-1/2" 5=2Way Parallel E = Grey 1D = Buff Stripe Polyester Tape

13 = 2" 6 = 3 Way Parallel F = Green 1E = Grey Stripe D = 1500 lbs.

14 = 2-1/2" 7 = 4 Way Parallel G = Lilac 1F = Green Stripe Polyester Tape

15 = 3" 12 = 2 Way Compart H = Lt. Green 1G = Lilac Stripe E = 1800 lbs.

16 = 4" 13 = 3 Way Compart J = Orange 1H = Lt. Green Stripe Polyester Tape

14 = 4 Way Compart K = Red 1J = Orange Stripe G = 200 lbs.

L = Terra Cotta 1K = Red Stripe Polyester Tape

M = White 1L = Terra Cotta Stripe J = 2500 lbs.

N = Yellow 1M = White Stripe Polyester Tape

1N = Yellow Stripe T = 1250 lbs. Poly

Metric Tape

Conductor Data

Specifications

*Custom Orders are not returnable

*Custom reel lengths are available in minimum order quantities of 25,000 ft. or min. set up charge

Custom Orders

www.carlon.com

276

Cable In Duct HDPE Conduit

•Cables preinstalled in HDPE - eliminating

the need to pull cables.

• Standard wall thicknesses of TC7 Type A,

TC7 Type B (SDR 13.5), Schedule 40 and

Schedule 80

• UL Listed duct assembly (upon request)

Conduit

Nom. Nom. Nom. Min. Wt/ Max Cable Diameter*

Size OD ID Wall 100 Ft. 1 2 3 4

1" 1.315 1.165 .075 12.64 0.842 0.456 0.422 0.366

1-1/4" 1.660 1.460 .100 21.19 1.057 0.572 0.530 0.459

1-1/2" 1.900 1.670 .115 27.89 1.210 0.654 0.607 0.526

2" 2.375 2.085 .145 43.93 1.512 0.818 0.758 0.657

2-1/2" 2.875 2.469 .203 73.69 1.792 0.969 0.899 0.778

3" 3.500 3.068 .216 96.37 2.228 1.205 1.117 0.968

TC7 Type A

Conduit

Nom. Nom. Nom. Min. Wt/ Max Cable Diameter*

Size OD ID Wall 100 Ft. 1 2 3 4

1" 1.315 1.049 .133 21.68 0.749 0.405 0.376 0.325

1-1/4" 1.660 1.380 .140 29.31 0.990 0.535 0.497 0.430

1-1/2" 1.900 1.610 .145 35.00 1.158 0.626 0.581 0.503

2" 2.375 2.067 .154 46.92 1.490 0.806 0.747 0.647

2-1/2" 2.875 2.469 .203 74.00 1.783 0.964 0.894 0.774

3" 3.500 3.040 .216 97.31 2.213 1.197 1.110 0.961

Conduit

Nom. Nom. Nom. Min. Wt/ Max Cable Diameter*

Size OD ID Wall 100 Ft. 1 2 3 4

1" 1.315 1.121 .097 16.05 0.810 0.438 0.406 0.352

1-1/4" 1.660 1.414 .123 25.68 1.024 0.554 0.513 0.445

1-1/2" 1.900 1.618 .141 33.70 1.172 0.634 0.588 0.509

2" 2.375 2.023 .176 52.58 1.467 0.793 0.736 0.637

2-1/2" 2.875 2.449 .213 76.41 1.755 0.949 0.880 0.762

3" 3.500 2.982 .259 114.04 2.158 1.167 1.082 0.937

Conduit

Nom. Nom. Nom. Min. Wt/ Max Cable Diameter*

Size OD ID Wall 100 Ft. 1 2 3 4

1" 1.315 .957 .179 27.66 0.682 0.369 0.342 0.296

1-1/4" 1.660 1.278 .191 38.11 0.914 0.494 0.459 0.397

1-1/2" 1.900 1.500 .200 46.30 1.075 0.581 0.539 0.467

2" 2.375 1.939 .218 64.08 1.393 0.753 0.699 0.605

2-1/2" 2.875 2.323 .276 97.59 1.668 0.902 0.837 0.724

3" 3.500 2.900 .300 130.92 2.085 1.128 1.046 0.906

Schedule 40

TC7 SDR 13.5 Type B Schedule 80

3.0 Product

Description

Polyethylene duct extruded as

coilable tubing for use as a

single or multiple raceway

assembly.

The conduit assembly may be

direct buried, encased in con-

crete and used as innerducts.

2.0 Material

Carlon duct is manufactured from a

suitable thermoplastic polymer conforming

to the minimum standard of PE334470E/C

as defined in ASTM D3350. (see table 1)

Carlon

High Density

Polyethylene

duct is manufactured

in the following configuration:

Smoothwall –Smooth Interior and

Smooth Exterior wall.

1.0 General

Carlon HDPE Power Cable In Duct is manufactured to the following various

industry standards and specifications for dimensional requirements.

ASTM F 2160 Solid Wall High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit Based

on Controlled Outside Diameter (OD).

ASTM D 3485 Standard specification for Smoothwall Coilable Polyethylene

(PE) Conduit (duct) for preassembled wire and cable.

ASTM D 3035 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR) Based on Controlled

Outside Diameter.

NEMA TC-7 Smooth Wall Coilable Polyethylene Electrical Plastic Conduit.

UL 651B Continuous length HDPE

Table 1 – Resin Properties

The resin properties shall meet or exceed the values listed below for HDPE.

ASTM Test Description Values HDPE

D-1505 Density g/CM3.941 - .955

D-1238 Melt Index, g/10 min Condition E .05 - .50

D-790 Flexural Modulus, MPa (PSI) 80,000 min.

D-638 Tensile strength at yield (psi) 3000 min.

D-1693 Environmental Stress Crack Resistance Condition B,F10 96 hrs. min.

D-746 Brittleness Temperature -75˚C

The number of conductors and cables shall not exceed that permitted by the percentage fill specified in Table 1, Chapter 9 of the National Electrical Code.

•Manufactured in accordance to NEC

Articles 352 and 354.

• Conduit sequentially marked

• Prelubricated during assembly process

• Conforms to electrical industry

specifications

Assembly

Upon Request

Features

Specifications

www.carlon.com 277

Micro-Gard™Mini-Duct HDPE Conduit

Features & Benefits

Description ASTM Test method

Typical Values

HDPE English Units SI Units

Density D4883 – 0.944 g/cc

Melt Index D1238 – 12.5 g/10 min.

Flexural Modulus D790 120,000 psi 827 Mpa

Tensile Strength at yield (2 in/min) D638 3300 psi 22.8 Mpa

Tensile Strength at break (2 in/min) D638 4500 psi 31.0 Mpa

Environmental Stress Crack Resistance (Condition C) D1693 >2000 hrs >2000 hrs

Brittleness Temperature D746 <-180° F <-118° C

Nominal Size

O.D.xI.D.Outside Diameter

Tolerance Wall Thickness & Tolerance Inside Diameter

Minimum Standard

Weight

mm inch +/- mm +/- inch mm +/- inch mm inch lbs./100 ft.

10 / 8 0.394 x 0.315 0.1 0.004 1+0/-0.1 0.039 +0/-0.004 7.9 0.312 1.77

12 / 10 0.472 x 0.394 0.1 0.004 1+0/-0.1 0.039 +0/-0.004 9.9 0.390 2.08

16 / 12 0.630 x 0.472 0.1 0.004 2+0/-0.1 0.078 +0/-0.004 11.9 0.470 5.59

Dimension and Performance Notes:

10 / 8 mm size recommended for jetting.

12 / 10 mm size recommended for jetting or pulling.

•10 mm, 12 mm, and 16 mm sizes

• Low coefficient of friction for easy jetting or pulling of cable

• High tensile strength material allows for longer pulling distances, reducing installation costs

• Variety of stripes for identification and paralleling available - makes product easier to install

• Sequential footage markings

• Pre-installed pull line optional (10 mm ID and larger)

• High burst pressure rated material for jetting installation

• UV-formulated material for outside storage conditions

• System includes: Duct, Couplings, Terminations, Pulling Eyes, Pulling Harness and Cutters

Specifications

Resin properties shall meet or exceed the values listed below for high density polyethylene (HDPE):

Mini-Duct Dimensions

Nominal Size

O.D. x I.D. Bend Radius

Minimum Safe Tensile Pull

Maximum

Sustained

Pressure

Maximum Burst Pressure

Minimum

Crush

Strength ≤

4% O.D. Sliding

Coefficient

of Friction

mm inch mm inch lbs Newtons psi BAR psi BAR lbs kg

10 / 8 0.394 x 0.315 200 7.88 128 569 316 22 700 48 200 90

≤0.10

12 / 10 0.472 x 0.394 240 9.45 195 867 388 27 900 62 300 136

16 / 12 0.630 x 0.472 320 12.60 371 1650 450 31 1000 68.9 500 226

Mini-Duct Performance

Micro-Gard™

mini-ducts are designed to be jetted or pulled into conduit

and used in micro-cable installation.

RUS Listed

www.carlon.com

278

Micro-Gard™Mini-Duct HDPE Conduit

Maximum Number of Mini-Ducts per Conduit & Wall

Conduit Size 16mm 12mm 10mm

3/4" 0 1 2

1" 1 2 4

11/4" 2 4 6

11/2" 3 5 8

2" 5 9 13

SDR 13.5

Conduit Size 16mm 12mm 10mm

3/4" 0 1 2

1" 1 2 3

11/4" 2 4 5

11/2" 3 5 7

2" 4 8 11

SDR 11

Conduit Size 16 mm 12 mm 10 mm

3/4" 0 1 2

1" 1 2 3

11/4" 2 4 6

11/2" 3 5 8

2" 5 9 13

Schedule 40

Conduit Size 16 mm 12 mm 10 mm

3/4" 0 1 1

1" 1 1 2

11/4" 2 3 5

11/2" 2 4 7

2" 4 8 12

Schedule 80

Micro-Gard

™

PartNumber Configuration:

Product Size Type Wall Options *Splits Color **Stripes Pull Line Length

M=Micro-Gard 51 = 10/8 mm

54 = 12/10 mm

58 = 16/12 mm

C=Smooth / Smooth 3=Standard D=Pre-Lubricated 1=1Duct

5=2Ducts

6=3Ducts

7=4Ducts

8=5Ducts

A = Black NN = None

3B = Blue

3C = Buff

3E = Gray

3F = Green

3G = Lilac

3J = Orange

3K = Red

3M = White

3N = Yellow

A=Empty

Z = ***600 lb. Polyester

Woven Tape

5000 = 5000 ft.

* Paralleled

** Stripes on Black only

*** 10 mm ID and larger

Single Duct: One size of mini-duct on a single reel

Parallel Duct: Same size mini-duct, in a mix of 2 to 5 duct configurations, on a single reel.

Note: Tocalculate parallel-duct footage, deduct 3% per duct from the single-duct footage.

Packaging Configuration

Micro-Gard™mini-ducts are shipped on disposable wooden reels:

Nominal

Size (mm)

Reel Size: 35" Flange x 32" Outer Width

Part Number Description Single

Duct (ft) Single Duct

(meter) Total

Weight (lbs)

10 / 8 M51C3D1A3J13000 10/8 MM MICRO PE S/S BLK 3 ORG PL 13,000 3,962 285

12 / 10 M54C3D1A3J9000 12/10 MM MICRO PE S/S BLK 3 ORG PL 9,000 2,743 242

16 / 12 M58C3D1A3J5000 16/12 MM MICRO PE S/S BLK 3 ORG PL 5000 1,524 335

RUS Listed

www.carlon.com 279

Micro-Gard™Mini-Duct HDPE Conduit – Accessories

Part No. Description Std. Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea. (lbs.)

MPCC10 10 mm O.D. Push-On Coupling 5 0.12

MPCC12 12 mm O.D. Push-On Coupling 5 0.15

MPCC16 16 mm O.D. Push-On Coupling 5 0.25

Micro-Gard push-on couplings and end caps allow each end of Micro-Gard to be easily pushed into place. No tools

required. Push-on couplings and end caps can be used multiple times while maintaining original performance.

Couplings

Part No. Description Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. Ea. (lbs.)

CC120B Duct Cutter – 10mm to 16mm diameter 10 3.51

Duct Cutters

•Nylon handles and high grade steel blade allow single or multiple cuts with simple squeeze and rotate

method for 10 - 16 mm sizes.

• All fittings are designed to reduce risk of restriction at coupling or termination point.

Part No.Description Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. Ea. (lbs.)

MAPH6 2to 6-way Adjustable Pulling Harness 10.27

Multiple Micro-Gard Pulling Harness:

Each 2-Duct segment is detachable.

Part No. Description Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt. Ea. (lbs.)

MAPE1012 Universal Pulling Eye 1 0.13

Multiple Micro-Gard Pulling Eye

Part No. Description Std. Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea. (lbs.)

MPEC10 10 mm O.D. Push-On End Cap 5 0.065

MPEC12 12 mm O.D. Push-On End Cap 5 0.090

MPEC16 16 mm O.D. Push-On End Cap 5 0.150

End Caps

Part No. Description Conduit Application Std. Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea. (lbs.)

MPPC8 8mm O.D. Plug Cap Use with 10 mm O.D. Conduit 5 0.040

MPPC10 10 mm O.D. Plug Cap Use with 12 mm O.D. Conduit 5 0.055

MPPC12 12 mm O.D. Plug Cap Use with 16 mm O.D. Conduit 5 0.090

Plug Caps

(Not for pressure seals)

Couplings & End Caps

All Micro-Gard™Couplings and End Caps meet or exceed the following performance specifications:

Conduit Size

Pull-Out Sustained Pressure Quick Burst

lb kg PSI BAR PSI BAR

10 / 8 146 66 125 8.6 175 12

12 / 10 139 63 125 8.6 175 12

16 / 12 175 79 125 8.6 175 12

Cutters & Pulling Devices

RUS Listed

Applications: Applications: Underground

(direct bury), or placed inside existing duct

(innerduct). Ideal for use in parking lots,

traffic lights, etc.

Installation methods: Plowing, open/

continuous trench, directional boring or

pulled through existing conduit.

UL Listed HDPE

is a

nonmetallic

flexible raceway manufactured

from High

Density Polyethylene (HDPE), offering a

protective pathway for cables and wires,

and is used in underground or innerduct

applications.

UL Listed HDPE conduit is compliant with

the 2005 NEC Articles 300 and 353 (2002

NEC Articles 300 and 352), and is listed to

UL 651B. Its high tensile strength-to-weight

ratio, superior crush resistance, and low

coefficient of friction when installing cable

makes it ideal for directional boring.

*Refer to UL 651B standards/specifications

for dimensional requirements.

UL Listed Options

•Wall type/sizes:

Schedule 40 1" – 4"

Schedule 80 2" – 6"

EPEC-B (SDR 13.5) 2" – 6"

•Multiple colors and stripes

•Sequentially marked footage

•Available in smoothwall only

•Available with pre-installed

conductors as nonmetallic

underground conduit with

conductors (NUCC) per

Article 354 of the 2002 NEC,

UL File 195593.

•Conforms to NEMA TC-7

Smoothwall Coilable PE

Electrical Plastic Conduit

E191470

www.carlon.com

280

UL Listed HDPE Conduit

Open Trench

Directional Boring

Reference Plastics Pipe Institute PE Pipe Handbook for installation

and engineering recommendations. (www.plasticpipe.org)

www.carlon.com 281

UL Listed HDPE Conduit

How to Build a Part Number:

Product Size Type Wall Options Splits Color Stripes Tape Length

U=UL Listed 5 = 1" C = Smooth/Smooth 4 = SCH 40 N = None 1 = 1 Way Single A = Black NN = None A = EMPTY 1500

6=1-1/4" 1" – 4" D

Lube Duct 2

2Way Segmented B

Blue 3A

Black Stripes B = 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape (Equals 1500 Feet)

9=1-1/2" 5 = SCH 80 3

3Way Segmented C

Brown 3B

Blue Stripes C = 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape

13 = 2" 2" – 6" 4

4Way Segmented D

Buff 3C

Brown Stripes D = 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape

15 = 3" 9 = SDR 13.5 5

2Way Parallel E

Grey 3D

Buff Stripes E = 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape

16 = 4" 2" – 6" 6

3Way Parallel F

Green 3E

Grey Stripes G = 200 lbs. Polyester Tape

18 = 5" 7

4Way Parallel G

Lilac 3F

Green Stripes J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape

22 = 6" 12 = 2 Way Compart H

Lt. Green 3G

Lilac Stripes K = 400 lbs. Detect Polyester Tape

13 = 3 Way Compart J

Orange 3H

Lt. Green Stripes T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape

14 = 4 Way Compart K

Red 3J

Orange Stripes V = 1250 lbs. Detectable 22G Poly Tape

Terra Cotta 3K

Red Stripes

White 3L

Terra Cotta Stripes

Yellow 3M

White Stripes

Yellow Stripes

*Custom Orders are not returnable

*Custom lengths are available in minimum order quantities specified on page 294

Custom Orders

Standard Length – Reels and Coils

Pull Tape Reel/Coil

Wt./E

Polyester Reel Length

Color Part No. Type Wall Woven Size (ft.)

(lbs.)

Grey U5C4N1ENNB250 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. Coil 250 53

Grey U5C4N1ENNB500 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. Coil 500 106

Grey U5C4N1ENNB1800 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. 48 x 30 x 24 1800 461

Grey U5C4N1ENNB7000 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. 72 x 45 x 24 7000 1647

Grey U6C4N1ENNB250 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. Coil 250 72

Grey U6C4N1ENNB500 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. Coil 500 143

Grey U6C4N1ENNB1400 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. 48 x 45 x 30 1400 401

Grey U6C4N1ENNB5000 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. 82 x 45 x 30 5000 1641

Grey U9C4N1ENNB5000 S/S Sch 40 1130 lb. 96 x 45 x 30 5000 1948

Grey U13C6N1ENNA4000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96 x 45 x 32 4000 2319

Grey U15C9N1ENNA1000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 96 x 45 x 68 1000 1364

Grey U16C9N1ENNA766 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 102 x 45 x 68 766 1727

Grey U16C9N1ENNA1000 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 114 x 45 x 68 1000 2193

Grey U18C9N1ENNA480 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 114 x 45 x 68 480 1842

Grey U22C9N1ENNA450 S/S SDR 13.5 Empty 120 x 45 x 85 450 2296

www.carlon.com

282

Aerial HDPE Conduit

Aerial HDPE

is a nonmetallic flexible raceway

manufactured from High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)

with a carbon black additive to provide U.V. protection

in aerial environments.

Aerial duct offers superior cable protection against

damage caused by rodents, projectile objects such as

rocks and gun pellets, and harsh weather conditions.

And because of its strength and durability, it can with-

stand the expansion and contraction caused by

seasonal weather changes.

•HDPE: ASTM 1248 Type III

Grade P34

Category 5 Class C

•Ultraviolet: Minimum 2% carbon black

Applications: Aerial environments. Used

when rocky terrain makes buried duct

difficult, or in plant/campus environments

expecting frequent changes.

Installation method: Designed to be

lashed to existing support strands.

Aerial Options

•Sizes 1"– 2"

•Wall Type: SDR 13.5, SDR 11,

and corrugated

•Factory installed tape

•Solidwall or corrugated

•Pre-lubricated option

•Sequentially marked footage

Aerial Lashing:

Aerial Duct is lashed

to existing cable

supportwireusing

cable lashing

equipment.

How to Build a Part Number:

Product Size Type Wall Options Splits Color Stripes Tape Length

E = Aerial 5 = 1" B = Smooth Out/Ribbed In 2 = None - Corr N = None 1 = 1 Way Single A = Black NN = None A = Empty 1500

6=1-1/4" C = Smooth/Smooth 6 = SDR 11 D

Lube Duct 2

2Way Partitioned B = 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape (Equals 1500 Feet)

9=1-1/2" D = Corrugated 9 = SDR 13.5 3

3Way Partitioned C = 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape

13 = 2" 4

4Way Partitioned D = 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape

2Way Parallel E = 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape

3Way Parallel J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape

4Way Parallel T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape

*Custom Orders are not returnable

*Custom lengths are available in minimum order quantities specified on page 294

Custom Orders

www.carlon.com 283

Aerial Figure-8 HDPE Conduit

6.6M 1/4" Extra high strength strand

Class A galvanized with flooding compound

10.0M 3/8" Extra high strength strand

Class A galvanized with flooding compound

Applications: Aerial environments. Used

when rocky terrain makes buried duct

difficult, or in plant/campus environments

expecting frequent changes.

Installation method: Attaches directly

to pole using a 3-bolt mounting clamp.

Strand

HDPE Aerial Figure-8

is a

nonmetallic flexible

raceway with a Class A galvanized support strand. It’s

manufactured from High Density Polyethylene (HDPE),

which contains a carbon black additive to provide U.V.

protection in aerial environments.

Figure-8 duct offers superior cable protection against

damage caused by rodents, projectile objects such as

rocks and gun pellets, and harsh weather conditions

with a one-step installation process. And because of its

strength and durability, it can withstand the expansion

and contraction caused by seasonal weather changes.

•HDPE: ASTM 1248 Type III

Grade P34

Category 5 Class C

•Ultraviolet: Minimum 2% carbon black

•Product Weight:

6.6M Figure 8 .429 lbs/ft

10.0M Figure 8 .507 lbs/ft

•Spans/Tensile Strength:

6.6M: 225 ft. 6740 lbs.

10M: 500 ft. 15,400 lbs.

Aerial Figure-8 Options

•Size 11/4"

•Wall Type: SIDR 9 True

•6.6M or 10.0M strands

• Factory installed tape

•Pre-installed Cable-In-Conduit

•Ribbed or smooth interior walls

•Pre-lubricated option

•Sequentially marked footage

Aerial Hanging:

Figure-8 Duct has a

choice of two integrated

mounting strands that

attach directly to poles

using 3-bolt mounting

clamps, and Carlon

stripping/cutting tools.

How to Build a Part Number:

Product Size Type Wall Options Splits Color Stripes Tape Length

S=Figure 8 - 6.6mm 6 = 1-1/4" B = Smooth Out/Ribbed In 37 = SIDR 9 True N = None 1 = 1 Way A = Black NN = None A = Empty 2500

T=Figure 8 - 10mm C = Smooth/Smooth D

Lube Duct Single B = 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape (Equals 2500 Feet)

C=1250 lbs.Polyester Tape

D=1500 lbs. Polyester Tape

E = 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape

J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape

T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape

*Custom Orders are not returnable

*Custom lengths are available in minimum order quantities of 1000 ft. or min. set up charge

Custom Orders

NOTE: Standard Lengths 2500 ft. and 5000 ft.

Stiffness

Min. Wt/ (5%) Min Bend Pull

Nom. Size Nom. ID Nom. OD Wall 100 Ft. lb/in/in Radius Tensile

1" 1.049 1.340 .035 10.6 65 14" 261 lbs.

1-1/4" 1.250 1.565 .035 11.2 108 5" 319 lbs.

1-1/2" 1.500 1.825 .035 18.0 83 6" 384 lbs.

2" 2.000 2.425 .035 20.8 70 5-1/2" 493 lbs.

Specifications

Applications: Placed inside

existing ducts (innerduct).

Installation method: Pulled

through existing conduit.

Installation

temperature range: -20°F to 122°F

Handling: -20°Fto 104°F

Corrugated HDPE

is manufactured from

High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) and is intended

for innerduct applications. It’s ideal for pulls under

1000 ft. and is designed to reduce surface contact

when pulling cable. And because this product is

lightweight and offers maximum flexibility, installa-

tion in small or restricted locations is made easier.

HDPE corrugated duct is available in sizes 1"

through 2" and is offered in a variety of colors.

Custom options are also available to satisfy the

requirements of most installations.

PE Corrugated Options

Pulled through existing conduits

www.carlon.com

284

Corrugated HDPE Conduit

•Sizes 1" through 2"

•Sequentially marked footage

•Multiple colors and stripes

•Factory installed pull tape

www.carlon.com 285

Corrugated HDPE Conduit

Standard Length – Reels

Reel

Wt. per

Nom. Nom. Pull Reel Length

100 ft.

Color Part No. I.D. O.D. Tape Size (ft.)

(lbs.)

Orange A5D2S1JNNB1000 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 48-30-24 1000 12.5

Orange A5D2S1JNNB1800 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 48-30-24 1800 12.5

Orange A5D2S1JNNB2000 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 48-41-24 2000 12.5

Orange A5D2S1JNNB2700 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 48-41-24 2700 12.5

Orange A5D2S1JNNB5000 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 66-41-24 5000 12.5

Orange A5D2S1JNNB6500 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 72-41-24 6500 12.5

Orange A5D2S1JNNB7000 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 72-45-24 7000 12.5

Orange A5D2S1JNNB8000 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 82-41-24 8000 12.5

Orange A6D2S1JNNB1000 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 48-30-24 1000 14.4

Orange A6D2S1JNNB1600 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 48-41-24 1600 14.4

Orange A6D2S1JNNB2500 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 66-41-24 2500 14.4

Orange A6D2S1JNNB4000 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 66-41-24 4000 14.4

Orange A6D2S1JNNB5000 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 72-41-24 5000 14.4

Orange A6D2S1JNNB6000 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 82-41-24 6000 14.4

Orange A6D2S1JNNB7000 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 84-45-24 7000 14.4

Orange A9D2S1JNNB1000 1.500 1.825 1130 lb. 66-41-24 1000 17.8

Orange A9D2S1JNNB2200 1.500 1.825 1130 lb. 66-41-24 2200 17.8

Orange A9D2S1JNNB2900 1.500 1.825 1130 lb. 72-41-24 2900 17.8

Orange A9D2S1JNNB4000 1.500 1.825 1130 lb. 82-41-24 4000 17.8

Orange A13D2S1JNNB500 2.000 2.425 1130 lb. 48-30-24 500 25.0

Orange A13D2S1JNNB750 2.000 2.425 1130 lb. 48-41-24 750 25.0

Orange A13D2S1JNNB1000 2.000 2.425 1130 lb. 66-41-24 1000 25.0

Orange A13D2S1JNNB1500 2.000 2.425 1130 lb. 66-41-24 1500 25.0

Orange A13D2S1JNNB1800 2.000 2.425 1130 lb. 72-41-24 1800 25.0

Orange A13D2S1JNNB2000 2.000 2.425 1130 lb. 82-41-24 2000 25.0

Standard Length – Coils

Reel

Wt. per

Nom. Nom. Pull Box Length

100 ft.

Color Part No. I.D. O.D. Tape Size (ft.)

(lbs.)

Orange A5D2E1JNNA250 1.049 1.340 Empty COIL 250/Split 12.5

Orange A5D2E1JNNA250B 1.049 1.340 Empty 34-14-34 250/Split 12.5

Orange A5D2S1JNNB250 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. COIL 250 12.5

Orange A5D2S1JNNB250B 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 34-14-34 250 12.5

Orange A5D2S1JNNB500 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. COIL 500 12.5

Orange A5D2S1JNNB500B 1.049 1.340 1130 lb. 39-15-39 500 12.5

Orange A6D2E1JNNA250 1.250 1.565 Empty COIL 250/Split 14.4

Orange A6D2E1JNNA250B 1.250 1.565 Empty 39-15-39 250/Split 14.4

Orange A6D2S1JNNB250 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. COIL 250 14.4

Orange A6D2S1JNNB250B 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 39-15-39 250 14.4

Orange A6D2S1JNNB500 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. COIL 500 14.4

Orange A6D2S1JNNB500B 1.250 1.565 1130 lb. 44-18-44 500 14.4

Orange A9D2S1JNNB250 1.500 1.825 1130 lb.COIL 250 17.8

Orange A9D2S1JNNB250B 1.500 1.825 1130 lb. 44-18-44 250 17.8

Orange A9D2S1JNNB500 1.500 1.825 1130 lb. COIL 500 17.8

Orange A13D2S1JNNB250 2.000 2.425 1130 lb. COIL 250 25.0

*Custom Orders are not returnable

*Custom lengths are available in minimum order quantities of 1000 ft. or min. set up charge

How to Build a PartNumber:

Product Size Type Wall Options Splits Color Stripes Tape Length

A = HDPE 5=1" D = Corrugated 2=None - Corr N=None - Custom 1=1Way Single A = Black NN = None A = Empty 1500

6 = 1-1/4" E = Slit 2 = 2 Way Segmented B = Blue 1A = Black Stripe B = 1130 lb. Polyester Tape (Equals 1500 Feet)

9 = 1-1/2" S = Standard Length 3 = 3 Way Segmented C = Brown 1B = Blue Stripe C = 1250 lb. Polyester Tape

13 = 2" 4=4Way Segmented D = Buff 1C = Brown Stripe

D=1500

Polyester

lbs.

5=2Way Parallel E = Grey 1D = Buff Stripe E = 1800 lb. Polyester Tape

6=3Way Parallel F = Green 1E = Grey Stripe

G = 200 lbs.

Polyester Tape

7=4Way Parallel G = Lilac 1F = Green Stripe

J = 2500 lbs.

Polyester Tape

12 = 2 Way Compart H = Lt. Green 1G = Lilac Stripe

T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape

13 = 3 Way Compart J = Orange 1H = Lt. Green Stripe

14 = 4 Way Compart K=Red 1J = Orange Stripe

L = Terra Cotta 1K = Red Stripe

M = White 1L = Terra Cotta Stripe

N = Yellow 1M = White Stripe

1N = Yellow Stripe

Custom Orders

www.carlon.com

286

HDPE Conduit Specifications

3.0 Product

Description

Polyethylene duct and innerduct

is an extruded coilable tubing

for use as a single or multiple

raceway.

The conduit may be direct

buried, encased in concrete and

used as innerducts.

Innerducts are used primarily

toprovide multiple raceways

within an existing conduit

system.

4.0 Ovality

Conduit 3" or larger needs to

be re-rounded

Specifications

2.0 Material

Carlon duct is manufactured from

asuitable thermoplastic polymer

conforming to the minimum standard

of PE334470E/C as defined in ASTM

D3350. (see table 1)

Carlon

High Density

Polyethylene

duct is manufactured in the

following configurations:

Smoothwall –Smooth Interior and

Smooth Exterior wall.

Rib/Smooth –Ribbed Interior and

Smooth Exterior wall.

1.0 General

1.1 Carlon HDPE duct is manufactured to the

following various industry standards and

specifications for dimensional requirements.

ASTM F 2160 Solid Wall High Density

Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit Based on

Controlled Outside Diameter (OD).

ASTM D 2239 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe

(SIDR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter.

ASTM D 3035 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe

(SDR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter.

NEMA TC-7 Smooth Wall Coilable Polyethylene

Electrical Plastic Conduit.

UL 651B Continuous Length HDPE

Table 1 – Resin Properties

The resin properties shall meet or exceed the values listed below for HDPE.

ASTM Test Description Values HDPE

D-1505 Density g/CM3.941 - .955

D-1238 Melt Index, g/10 min Condition E .05 - .50

D-790 Flexural Modulus, MPa (PSI) 80,000 min.

D-638 Tensile strength at yield (psi) 3000 min.

D-1693 Environmental Stress Crack Resistance Condition B,F10 96 hrs. min.

D-746 Brittleness Temperature -75˚C

Specifications

Pull

Nom. Nom. Nom. Min. Wt/ Tensile

Size ID OD Wall 100 Ft. Safe lbs.

SDR 7 - ASTM D3035

1" 0.939 1.315 0.188 28.552 743

1-1/4" 1.186 1.660 0.237 45.448 1183

1-1/2' 1.358 1.900 0.271 59.491 1549

2" 1.697 2.375 0.339 93.012 2421

3" 2.500 3.500 0.500 202.140 5262

4" 3.214 4.500 0.643 334.212 8700

5" 3.972 5.562 0.795 510.709 13295

6" 4.733 6.625 0.946 723.976 18847

8" 6.161 8.625 1.232 1227.418 31953

10 7.678 10.750 1.536 1907.218 49649

12 9.108 12.750 1.821 2681.954 69818

14 10.000 14.000 2.000 3234.240 84195

16 11.428 16.000 2.286 4224.753 109980

SDR 9 - ASTM D3035 / F2160

1" 1.023 1.315 0.146 23.000 599

1-1/4" 1.292 1.660 0.184 36.599 953

1-1/2" 1.478 1.900 0.211 48.026 1250

2" 1.847 2.375 0.264 75.102 1955

3" 2.722 3.500 0.389 163.084 4245

4" 3.500 4.500 0.500 269.520 7016

5" 4.326 5.562 0.618 411.745 10719

6" 5.153 6.625 0.736 584.091 15205

8" 6.709 8.625 0.958 989.810 25767

10" 8.362 10.750 1.194 1537.593 40027

12" 9.916 12.750 1.417 2164.092 56336

14" 10.888 14.000 1.556 2609.340 67927

16" 12.444 16.000 1.778 3407.638 88709

Pull

Nom. Nom. Nom. Min. Wt/ Tensile

Size ID OD Wall 100 Ft. Safe lbs.

SDR 11 - ASTM D3035 / F2160

1/2" 0.688 0.840 0.076 7.825 204

3/4" 0.860 1.050 0.095 12.226 318

1" 1.075 1.315 0.120 19.325 503

1-1/4" 1.358 1.660 0.151 30.706 799

1-1/2" 1.554 1.900 0.173 40.262 1048

2" 1.943 2.375 0.216 62.845 1636

3" 2.864 3.500 0.318 136.360 3550

4" 3.682 4.500 0.409 225.483 5870

5" 4.550 5.562 0.506 344.761 8975

6" 5.421 6.625 0.602 488.619 12720

8" 7.057 8.625 0.784 828.416 21566

10" 8.796 10.750 0.977 1286.718 33496

12" 10.432 12.750 1.159 1810.362 47128

14" 11.454 14.000 1.273 2183.310 56837

16" 13.090 16.000 1.455 2851.923 74242

SDR 13.5 - ASTM D3035 / F2160 / NEMA TC-7 EPEC-B

1/2" 0.716 0.84 0.062 6.500 169

3/4" 0.894 1.050 0.078 10.217 266

1" 1.121 1.315 0.097 15.921 414

1-1/4" 1.414 1.660 0.123 25.477 663

1-1/2" 1.618 1.900 0.141 33.423 870

2" 2.023 2.375 0.176 52.155 1358

2-1/2" 2.449 2.875 0.213 76.410 1989

3" 2.982 3.500 0.259 113.120 2945

4" 3.834 4.500 0.333 186.994 4868

4-3/4" 4.084 4.750 0.333 198.213 5160

5" 4.738 5.562 0.412 285.934 7444

6" 5.643 6.625 0.491 405.869 10566

8" 7.347 8.625 0.639 687.688 17902

10" 9.158 10.750 0.796 1067.755 27796

12" 10.862 12.750 0.944 1501.882 39098

14" 11.926 14.000 1.037 1811.529 47158

16" 13.630 16.000 1.185 2365.816 61588

Requests for certifications must be requested at time of quote

www.carlon.com 287

HDPE Conduit Specifications

Specifications

Pull

Nom. Nom. Nom. OD Min. Wall Wt/ Tensile

Size ID OD Wall 100 Ft. Safe lbs.

Pull

Nom. Nom. Nom. OD Min. Wall Wt/ Tensile

Size ID OD Wall 100 Ft. Safe lbs.

SIDR 11.5 TRUE

1" 1.020 1.194 0.087 12.979 338

1-1/4" 1.270 1.488 0.109 20.256 527

1-1/2" 1.520 1.780 0.130 28.906 752

2" 1.995 2.343 0.178 50.859 1352

4" 4.050 4.700 0.325 191.612 4988

6" 6.050 7.000 0.475 417.672 10873

SIDR 15 - ASTM D2239

1" 1.049 1.189 0.070 10.556 275

1-1/4" 1.380 1.564 0.092 18.250 475

1-1/2" 1.610 1.824 0.107 24.758 645

2" 2.067 2.343 0.138 41.006 1067

4" 4.026 4.562 0.268 155.081 4037

6" 6.065 6.873 0.404 352.192 9168

TRUE 9 - ASTM F2160

1" 1.024 1.259 0.111 18.075 447

1-1/4" 1.274 1.569 0.139 28.255 697

1-1/2" 1.529 1.883 0.167 40.692 1005

2" 2.039 2.510 0.222 72.183 1782

TRUE 11 - ASTM F2160

1" 1.024 1.217 0.091 14.571 359

1-1/4" 1.274 1.516 0.114 22.747 561

1-1/2" 1.529 1.817 0.136 32.465 802

2" 2.039 2.425 0.182 58.051 1432

SCHEDULE 40 - ASTM D2447 / F2160 / NEMA TC-7 EPEC-40

1/2" 0.622 0.84 0.109 10.738 280

3/4" 0.824 1.05 0.113 14.269 371

1" 1.049 1.315 0.133 21.185 551

1-1/4" 1.380 1.660 0.140 28.677 747

1-1/2" 1.610 1.900 0.145 34.293 893

2" 2.067 2.375 0.154 46.093 1200

2-1/2" 2.469 2.875 0.203 73.096 1903

3" 3.068 3.500 0.216 95.591 2488

4" 4.026 4.500 0.237 136.152 3544

5" 5.046 5.562 0.258 184.410 4801

6" 6.065 6.625 0.280 239.415 6233

8" 7.981 8.625 0.322 360.290 9379

10" 10.020 10.750 0.365 510.811 13298

12" 11.938 12.750 0.406 675.372 17582

SCHEDULE 80 - ASTM D2447 / F2160 / NEMA TC-7 EPEC-80

1/2" 0.546 0.84 0.147 13.728 357

3/4" 0.742 1.05 0.154 18.595 484

1" 0.957 1.315 0.179 27.403 713

1-1/4" 1.278 1.660 0.191 37.811 984

1-1/2" 1.500 1.900 0.200 45.818 1193

2" 1.939 2.375 0.218 63.368 1650

2-1/2" 2.323 2.875 0.276 96.667 2516

3" 2.900 3.500 0.300 129.370 3368

4" 3.826 4.500 0.337 189.059 4922

5" 4.812 5.562 0.375 262.125 6824

6" 5.761 6.625 0.432 360.534 9386

NEMA TC-7 EPEC A

1/2" 0.546 0.84 0.06 6.307 164

3/4" 0.93 1.05 0.06 8.005 208

1" 1.165 1.315 0.075 12.533 326

1-1/4" 1.460 1.660 0.100 21.023 547

1-1/2" 1.670 1.900 0.115 27.663 720

2 2.085 2.375 0.145 43.575 1134

2-1/2" 2.469 2.875 0.203 73.096 1903

3" 3.068 3.500 0.216 95.591 2488

4" 4.026 4.500 0.237 136.152 3544

5" 5.046 5.562 0.258 184.410 4801

6" 6.065 6.625 0.280 239.415 6233

SDR 15.5 - ASTM D3035

1" 1.147 1.315 0.084 13.935 363

1-1/4" 1.446 1.660 0.107 22.393 583

1-1/2" 1.654 1.900 0.123 29.455 767

2" 2.069 2.375 0.153 45.814 1193

3" 3.048 3.500 0.226 99.712 2596

4" 3.920 4.500 0.290 164.528 4283

5" 4.844 5.562 0.359 251.715 6553

6" 5.771 6.625 0.427 356.649 9284

8" 7.513 8.625 0.556 604.582 15739

10" 9.362 10.750 0.694 940.472 24483

12" 11.104 12.750 0.823 1322.794 34435

14" 12.194 14.000 0.903 1593.751 41489

16" 13.936 16.000 1.032 2081.634 54190

SDR 17 - ASTM D3035

1" 1.161 1.315 0.077 12.846 334

1-1/4" 1.464 1.660 0.098 20.629 537

1-1/2" 1.676 1.900 0.112 26.986 703

2" 2.095 2.375 0.140 42.166 1098

2-1/2" 2.537 2.875 0.169 61.628 1604

3" 3.088 3.500 0.206 91.443 2380

4" 3.970 4.500 0.265 151.238 3937

5" 4.908 5.562 0.327 230.688 6005

6" 5.845 6.625 0.390 327.689 8531

8" 7.611 8.625 0.507 554.649 14439

10" 9.486 10.750 0.632 861.733 22433

12" 11.250 12.750 0.750 1212.840 31573

14" 12.352 14.000 0.824 1463.093 38088

16" 14.118 16.000 0.941 1909.619 49712

SDR 21 - ASTM D3035

1" 1.189 1.315 0.063 10.629 277

1-1/4" 1.502 1.660 0.079 16.831 438

1-1/2' 1.720 1.900 0.090 21.952 571

2" 2.149 2.375 0.113 34.445 897

3" 3.166 3.500 0.167 75.009 1953

4" 4.072 4.500 0.214 123.602 3218

5" 5.032 5.562 0.265 189.163 4924

6" 5.995 6.625 0.315 267.856 6973

8" 7.803 8.625 0.411 454.944 11843

10 9.726 10.750 0.512 706.393 18389

12 11.536 12.750 0.607 993.289 25858

14 12.666 14.000 0.667 1198.436 31198

16 14.476 16.000 0.762 1564.746 40734

SIDR 7 - ASTM D2239

1" 1.049 1.349 0.150 24.237 631

1-1/4' 1.380 1.774 0.197 41.866 1090

1-1/2" 1.610 2.070 0.230 57.030 1485

2" 2.067 2.658 0.295 94.002 2447

4" 4.026 5.176 0.575 356.617 9283

6" 6.065 7.798 0.866 809.388 21069

SIDR 9 - ASTM D2239

1" 1.049 1.283 0.117 18.384 479

1-1/4" 1.380 1.686 0.153 31.608 823

1-1/2" 1.610 1.968 0.179 43.154 1123

2" 2.067 2.527 0.230 71.195 1853

4" 4.026 4.921 0.447 269.664 7021

6" 6.065 7.143 0.674 612.092 15932

SIDR 9 TRUE

1" 1.020 1.242 0.111 16.918 440

1-1/4" 1.270 1.546 0.138 26.184 682

SIDR 11.5 - ASTM D2239

1" 1.049 1.231 0.091 13.980 364

1-1/4" 1.380 1.620 0.120 24.257 631

1-1/2" 1.610 1.890 0.140 33.016 859

2" 2.067 2.427 0.180 54.505 1419

4" 4.026 4.726 0.350 206.398 5373

6" 6.065 7.119 0.527 468.154 12187

Internal Rib – Add .04 to Nom. ID (1/2" through 6") Not available in all wall types - consult factory.

Pull Tensile Safe = Based on Plastic Pipe Institute tensile calculations and maximum tensile stress recommendations of

1/3 yield tensile for pulls of 30 to 60 minutes or less in directional drilling applications and pulling as innerduct into conduit.

www.carlon.com

288

LubeDuct HDPE Conduit

LubeDuct pre-lubricated HDPE conduit utilizes a

Carlon/Pyramid pre-lubrication coating process

to provide a permanent low friction surface. The

low coefficient-of-friction reduces cable damage,

lowers pulling tensions, and allows multiple long

distance cable pulls or jetting of cable.

Benefits:

•

Low coefficient of friction

•

Lower pulling tensions

•

Less cable damage

•

Longer cable pulls over multiple bends

•

Long life,will not evaporate

Coefficient rating based on Bellcore/Telecordia

GR-356-CORE for optical cable innerducts.

LubeDuct COF: 0.10

Bellcore Test Procedure:

•

420 Degree Bend

•

36" Radius

•

Medium Jacket Cable with 15 lb.

Applied Weight

•

65 Ft/Min for a minimum travel

distance of 10 Ft.

•

Evaporation rate 0.5% at 500 Degrees F

Cut-Through Rating:

Cut-Through resistance based on

Bellcore/Telecordia GR-356-CORE for

optical cable innerducts

Carlon/Pyramid

Cut-Through Rating:

No Cut-Through at 3000 ft.

•

No signs of cut through or

degradation of core for 30 minute duration

•

1800 lb. Pull Tape

•

450 lbs. Tensile @ 100 Ft/Minute

Coefficient of Friction

Carlon

/Pyramid Industries

™

LubeDuct Pre-Lubricated HDPE Conduit

www.carlon.com 289

HDPE Conduit Packaging Options & Truckload Quantities

Compartmentalized

(3/4" through 2")

1 1/2" – 2" diameter recommended

Paralleled

(3/4" through 2")

1" – 1 1/4" diameter recommended

Segmented

(3/4" – 2")

Packaging Options

Physically segmenting different

colors into one, two, three or four

separate segments allowing

independent pulling of ducts.

Physically compartmentalizing

different colors into one, two,

three or four separate segments

allowing independent pulling of

ducts. Full rings help align duct

during pull.

Extruding each color onto a single

reel and then simultaneously

pulling onto one reel. Ideal for

using all ducts at one time.

Standard length and custom

coils available 1" - 6".

Call for quantity and

dimensions available.

Reels

*Carlon does not recommend putting Sch. 40 HDPE on reels

Coils

NOTE: 4" through 6" Schedule

40 HDPE is available in

straight lengths only.

www.carlon.com

290

HDPE Conduit Reel Chart

Flatbed (48 ft.) Step Deck Flatbed

NOTE: Two additional

reels, 96" or smaller, can

fit on the upper deck.

Number of

Reel Reels per

Size Truckload

48" 24

66" 18

72" 16

82" 14

84" 14

96" 12

102" 12

Number of

Reel Reels per

Size Truckload

114" 8

120" 8

Truckload Quantities

# of Ft. per Ft. per Total Feet Total Feet

Lengths Bundle Bundle Bundles per Truck per Truck

per 40 ft. 50 ft. per 40 ft. 50 ft.

Size Bundle Lengths Lengths Truck Lengths Lengths

4" 57 2280 2850 8 18240 22800

6" 26 1040 1300 8 8320 10400

8" 14 560 700 8 4480 5600

10" 4160 200 18 2880 3600

12" 4 160 200 14 2240 2800

14" 3 120 150 14 1680 2100

16" 3 120 150 12 1440 1800

Reels

Bundles 40 ft / 50 ft Lengths

Reels must be lifted from the side with lift truck forks

inserted through the spokes of the reel, or at the bottom

with entry from the side of the reel. Reels should NEVER

be lifted from the front of the reel or contact innerduct.

Loading Reels

www.carlon.com 291

HDPE Conduit Accessories

Couplings

Universal Aluminum

Couplings

Self-threading, which draws

each end of the conduit into

the center of the coupler.

*Double “E-Loc”

Designed to join both smoothwall

and ribbed OD wall innerduct and are

used when air and water-tight integrity is

imperative.Internal pressures above 200 psi are

maintained when the conduit is unrestrained.

Barbed Couplings

Press-On/Screw-On

*Standard “E-Loc”

Designed for use with

smoothwall OD controlled

innerduct (ASTM 3035), Sch. 40 and

Sch. 80 innerduct, and is pressure tight to

internal pressures above 200 psi when restrained

or buried. Ideal for joining PE to PVC or threaded

steel conduit.

Nonmetallic

Clamshell Couplings

For use with Corrugated HDPE

Part Nom. O.D. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Size (of Duct) Qty. Wt.

E144F 1" 1.34" 30 1.7

E144GT 11/4" 1.565" 25 2

Part Nom. O.D. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Size (of Duct) Qty. Wt.

BS1.315 1" SDR 1.315" 100 16

BS1.194 1" True 11 1.194" 100 16

BS1.488 11/4" True 11 1.488" 100 16

BS1.660 11/4" SDR 1.660" 100 16

BS1.900 11/2" SDR 1.900" 100 24

BS2.375 2" SDR 2.375" 100 34

Aluminum

Part Nom. O.D. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Size (Duct Range) Qty. Wt.

P75

" .91 – 1.08 10 12

P100 1" 1.21 – 1.41 100 25

P125 1

" 1.44 – 1.68 100 28

P150CPLR 1

" 1.80 – 2.02 100 35

P200 2" 2.31 – 2.48 50 19

P300 3" 3.495 – 3.505 12 10

P400 4" 4.41 – 4.65 12 12

Part Nom. O.D. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Size (of Duct) Qty. Wt.

EL.084 1/2" .084" 1 .40

EL1.050 3/4" 1.050" 1 1.00

EL1.315 1" 1.315" 1 1.00

EL1.660 11/4" 1.660" 1 0.68

EL1.900 11/2" 1.900" 1 1.12

EL2.375 2" 2.375" 1 1.63

EL2.875 21/2" 2.875" 1 1.80

EL3.500 3" 3.500" 1 1.92

EL4.500 4" 4.500" 1 2.68

EL5.563 5" 5.563" 1 3.31

EL600 6" 6.625" 1 3.58

*“E-Loc” is a registered trademark of ETCO Specialty Products, Inc.

Transition Couplings

Std. Std.

Part Nom. O.D. Ctn. Ctn.

No. Size (of Duct) Qty. Wt.

DEL150-154 11/4" 1.500" - 1.540" 50 58

DEL150-166 11/4"1.500" - 1.660" 50 58

DEL154-166 11/4"1.540" - 1.660" 50 58

Std. Std.

Part Nom. O.D. Ctn. Ctn.

No. Size (of Duct) Qty. Wt.

DEL131 1" 1.315" 50 63

DEL150 11/4" True 1.500" 50 58

DEL154 11/4" 1.540" 50 58

DEL166 11/4" 1.660" 50 53

DEL190 11/2"1.900" 24 43

DEL237 2" 2.375" 25 57

www.carlon.com

292

HDPE Conduit Accessories

Couplings

Terminating Connector

Electrofusion Coupling

Provides an airtight duct

system and is used to join

HDPE to PVC or threaded steel

conduit. Ideal for directional

bore applications.

Nonmetallic

Internal Couplings

Nonmetallic, self-threading

and are recommended for use

with corrugated duct.

Part Nom. I.D. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Size Range Qty. Wt.

PIC100 1" 1.05 100 24

PIC125 1 1/4" 1.25 100 26

Part Nom. O.D. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. (of Duct) Qty. Wt.

575-4075 1.488" 40 12.96

575-4049 1.526" 40 12.44

575-0640 1.660" 40 12

575-0641 1.900" 140 55.3

575-0642 2.375" 30 17.46

575-0643 3.500" 36 45.47

575-0644 4.500" 10 18.77

Part Nom. O.D. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Size Range Qty. Wt.

TC100 1"

.91 – 1.08

12 50

TC125 1

" 1.495 – 1.70 12 52

TC150 1

" 1.80 – 2.00 12 56

TC200 2" 2.31 – 2.52 12 58

Tuff-Link Couplers

Part Nom. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Size O.D. Qty. Wt.

TFL100 1"

1.299"

1.2

TFL125 1

" 1.660" 1 .2

TFL150 1

" 1.900" 1 .2

TFL200 2" 2.375" 1 .6

Expansion Sleeve

Part Nom. O.D. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

No. Size of Duct Qty. Wt.

EXP125

" 9T 1.524 1 1

Toneable Pressure

Coupling

Nom. O.D. Nom. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. of Duct O.D. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

TDC100 1" 1.315 60 34

TDC125 1 1/4" 1.66 36 28

TDC150 1 1/2"1.90 30 31

TDC200 2" 2.375 12 18

Designed to join Carlon®

Toneable Duct System

150 PSI at 73°F

Nom. O.D. Nom. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. of Duct O.D. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

TPLG100 1" 1.315 50 4

TPLG125 1 1/4" 1.66 25 3

TPLG150 1 1/2" 1.90 25 3.5

TPLG200 2" 2.375 10 2.7

Threaded Plugs

For use with Toneable Coupling

www.carlon.com 293

HDPE Conduit Reel Return Policy

The Carlon Reel Return Policy offers our customers the opportunity to recycle empty steel reels used to ship Carlon High

Density Polyethylene. A credit will be issued for each reel returned to Lamson & Sessions HDPE plants in good condition. Reels

may also be picked up in truckload quantities when consolidated into one location. Details outlining the program are listed below:

Reel Shipment: Reels may be returned broken down into flanges and staves or fully assembled. Steel tubular spoked reels

supplied by Carlon or of similar type meeting the Reel Design and Quality Requirements section below will be accepted. All broken

down reel flanges and staves should be banded for forklift off loading and safe transport.

Freight: Reels may either be shipped back to plants by customer or arranged for pick-up by Lamson & Sessions. Reels returned for

credit with customer choosing a carrier and paying all freight charges for return of Reels (Class 55 freight is recommended) when

returning reels. Reels must be shipped "Prepaid". Reels shipped collect will be refused. A 24-hour notice to receiving plant is

needed before the truck arrives. It is Lamson & Sessions policy to honor appointments and unload in an efficient manner. Lamson

& Sessions will not pay any detention incurred by carriers. Reel pick-up can be arranged by contacting Sipping Manager at any of

the following Carlon HDPE locations:

The Carlon Reel Return Policy

Lamson & Sessions

1422 Irwin Drive

Erie, PA 16505

Ph: 814-455-7587

Lamson & Sessions

1776 E. Beamer

Woodland, CA 95685

Ph: 530-669-0160

Lamson & Sessions

237 Forest View Dr.

Seymour, MO 65746

Ph: 417-926-1846

Lamson & Sessions

9000 Joiner Rd.

Tennille, GA 31089

Ph: 478-553-0024

Pick-up Reels: Reels will be picked by carriers chosen by Lamson & Sessions as arranged between customer and Lamson &

Sessions Shipping Manager. Reels are requested to be broken down with all components on sizes 102" and smaller, but will be

pick-up assembled or unassembled. Quantities of Truckload or more will be picked within 30 days of request, while smaller

quantities may take up to 90 days or more to gather depending on transportation in the area.

Reel Quality and Deign Requirements: Reel designs include steel tubular spoked reels using a minimum 14 gauge

(.075" Nom) steel and means of disassembly including clevis pins or bolts. Reels must be undamaged, in full working condi-

tion, and include all flanges and staves for full credit. This includes but is not limited to warping, flattening, or any structural

damage to the reel or its components.Reel acceptability will be determined by receiving plant using quality inspection criteria.

Credit: A credit for each reel meeting the above requirements will be issued to the customer’s account. If the reel does not

meet the quality requirements, a credit will not be issued and a $20 disposal fee for each non-usable reel will be deducted

from total credit.

Reel Sizes: The following reel sizes and staves are the only acceptable sizes as they are most common standard size reels for

Lamson & Sessions and most HDPE manufacturers.

Flanges Staves Spindle

48" 82" 102" 45" 2 3/4" Minimum

66" 84" 114" 41"

72" 96" 120" 33"

www.carlon.com

294

Carlon

HDPE Quote Request

Date: Needed By: Destination:

Customer: Account Number: Application:

Rep Agency: Market: Power Telecommunication Electrical CATV

Minimum Custom Run

Quantities:

1/2" - 1" 5000 Ft.

11/4" - 2" 2500 Ft.

21/2" - 16" 1000 Ft.

Fax completed Quote Request to your Local Carlon Representative

Visit www.carlon.com to locate a Carlon Representative

1. PRODUCT TYPE

AHDPE

E Aerial HDPE

S Aerial Figure 8 - 6.6M

T Aerial Figure 8 - 10M

U UL Listed HDPE

Certification Required

Specification

Custom Printline

NN NONE

3A 3 Black Stripes

3B 3 Blue Stripes

3C 3 Brown Stripes

3D 3 Buff Stripes

3E 3 Grey Stripes

3F 3 Green Stripes

3G 3 Lilac Stripes

3H 3 Lt. Green

3J 3 Orange Stripes

3K 3 Red Stripes

3L 3 Terra Cotta Stripes

3M 3 White Stripes

3N 3 Yellow Stripes

9. PULL LINE

A Empty

B 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape

C 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape

D 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape

E 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape

G 200 lbs. Polyester Tape

J 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape

400 lbs. Detectable Poly Tape 22 Ga

T 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape

1250 lbs. Detectable Poly Tape 22 Ga

10. Quantity

Total Length Feet

Max Reel Size

Carlon Quote #

Pricing Specialist

5. OPTIONS

N Standard/No Options

B Supplied Cable

D Lube Duct

E Slit - Corr

F Toneable/18G

(Min. Wall .14)

G Toneable/22G

(Min. Wall .12)

A Black

B Blue

C Brown

D Buff

E Grey

F Green

G Lilac

H Lt. Green

J Orange

K Red

L Terra Cotta

M White

N Yellow

6. REEL SPLITS

1 1- Way Single

2 2- Part Segmented

3 3- Part Segmented

4 4- Part Segmented

5 2- Way Parallel

6 3- Way Parallel

7 4- Way Parallel

12 2- Way Compart

13 3- Way Compart

14 4- Way Compart

2 Corrugated

4 SCH 40

5 SCH 80

6 SDR 11

9 SDR 13.5

13 SDR 15.5

14 SDR 17

16 SDR 21

22 SDR 7

24 SDR 9

26 SIDR 11.5

27 SIDR 11.5 True

29 SIDR 15

34 SIDR 7

36 SIDR 9

37 SIDR 9 True

42 TC-7-A

45 True 11

46 True 9

3. CONFIGURATION

B Smooth Out/Ribbed In

C Smooth Out/Smooth In

DCorrugated

2. SIZE

2 1/2"

3 3/4"

51"

6 1-1/4"

9 1-1/2"

13 2"

14 2-1/2"

15 3"

16 4"

17 4.75"

18 5"

22 6"

23 7"

24 8"

25 10"

26 12"

27 14"

28 16"

Target Price

Project Stage Bid/Buy

Competitors

• Freight quoted F.O.B., origin (freight additional) from plant specified.

• Custom product non-cancelable 24 hours after order acknowledgement or production has started.

4. WALL TYPE

(Sizes 8" - 16" available in Black or Black with Stripes only.)

7. COLOR

8. STRIPE

(Single Stripe only on Toneable)

4" - 6" Sch. 40 HDPE available in

straight lengths only.

www.carlon.com 295

Carlon

Cable and

Installation Accessories

Duct Plugs

Split Plugs

Pulling Harness

Pulling Eyes

Swivels

Line Missiles

Warning Tape

Rope & Tape

www.carlon.com

296

Cable and Installation Accessories

Duct Plugs

Split Plugs for Sealing Innerduct and Cable

Duct I.D. Cable O.D. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Range Range Qty. Wt.

MAFPG2 1" 1.00" - 1.10" 0.35" - 0.57" 50 8

MAFPG21 1" 1.00" - 1.10" 0.43" - 0.57" 50 8

MAFPG22 1" 1.00" - 1.10" 0.57" - 0.70" 50 8

MAFPG3 11/4"1.22" - 1.36" 0.35" - 0.57" 50 10

MAFPG4 11/4" 1.22" - 1.36" 0.57" - 0.70" 50 10

MAFPG41 11/4"1.22" - 1.34" 0.70" - 0.90" 50 10

MAFPG5 11/2" 1.50" - 1.65" 0.35" - 0.57" 50 15

MAFPG6 11/2" 1.50" - 1.65" 0.50" - 0.70" 50 15

MAFPG9 2" 1.98" - 2.15" 0.35" - 0.57" 50 22

Multiple Innerduct Pulling Harness

Working Working Std.

Load Load Ctn. Wt./Ea.

Part No. Description Per Leg (lbs.) Combined (lbs.) Qty. (lbs.)

MAPH3

3-Way 1/4" Cable

1400 2900 114

MAPH4

4-Way 1/4" Cable

1400 4200 1 15

Duct I.D. Innerduct O.D. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Type Range Range Qty. Wt.

MATPG2 3-Hole 3.92" - 4.21" 1.31" - 1.42" 24 27

MATPG3 3-Hole 3.92" - 4.21" 1.53" - 1.67" 24 24

MAQPG2 4-Hole 3.92" - 4.21" 1.19" - 1.36" 24 23

MAQPG4 4-Hole 4.16" - 4.34" 1.19" - 1.36" 24 34

Multi-Access

Duct I.D. Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Size Range Qty. Wt.

MAEPG2 1" .96" - 1.16" 50 4.5

MAEPG4 11/4"1.14" - 1.48" 50 5.5

MAEPG3 11/2" 1.49" - 1.83" 50 7.5

MAEPG5 2" 1.83" - 2.36" 50 12.5

MAEPG55 3" 2.99" - 3.46" 50 19.5

MAEPG6 31/2"3.42" - 4.00" 25 13

MAEPG7 4" 3.94" - 4.33" 50 32.5

MAEPG8 5" 5.00" - 5.35" 25 24.5

Blank

For use with Pulling Innerducts into a 4" Conduit

www.carlon.com 297

Cable and Installation Accessories

Innerduct Pulling Eyes

Swivels - Ball Bearing

Work/Break Wt./Ea.

Part No. Description Load (lbs.) Dimensions (lbs.)

MASV4 Non-Breakaway 1800 7/8"x 41/2" .53

MASV5 Non-Breakaway 600 5/8"x 4" 1.00

Work/Break

Std. W

t./Ea.

Part No. Description Load (lbs.) Dimensions

Ctn. Qty.

(lbs.) Part No. Description

MASV6 Breakaway 600 7/8"x 41/2" 1 .55 MASVP6 7/8" Replacement Pin for MASV6

MASV7 Breakaway 600 5/8"x 31/2" 1 .19 MASVP7 5/8" Replacement Pin for MASV7

MASV8 Breakaway 450 5/8"x 31/2" 1 .19 MASVP8 5/8" Replacement Pin for MASV8

Swivels - Breakaway and Replacement Pins

Part No. Size Range Std. Ctn. Qty. Wt./Ea. (lbs.)

MAPE3 1 - 11/8" .93 - 1.06 1 1.0

MAPE4 7/8" .71 - .87 1 1.5

MAPE5 1 - 11/8" 1.06 - 1.43 1 1.0

MAPE6 11/4" 1.06 - 1.43 1 2.0

MAPE7 17/16." 1.343 - 1.50 1 4.5

MAPE8 11/2" 1.50 - 1.625 1 5.0

MAPE9 2" 1.97 - 2.09 1 6.0

Line Missiles

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.

Part No. Description Qty. Wt.

MAPRO3 3-Way for

11/4" Duct

25 25

MAPRO4 4-Way for

1" Duct

25 18

www.carlon.com

298

Cable and Installation Accessories

End Caps

Part No. Size Nom. O.D. Std. Ctn. Qty.

EC1.315 1" 1.315" 1

EC1.488 11/4" 1.488" 1

EC1.660 11/4" 1.660" 1

EC1.900 11/2" 1.900" 1

EC2.375 2" 2.375" 1

EC4.500 4" 4.500" 1

Underground Warning Tape – Orange

Part No. Type Width Ft. per Spool Wt. ea. lbs.

MAT3T21 Standard 3" 1000' 7

MAT3T61 Detectable 3" 1000' 8

CAUTION TELEPHONE CABLE BURIED BELOW

Part No. Type Width Ft. per Spool Wt. ea. lbs.

MAT3O21 Standard 3" 1000' 7

MAT6O21 Standard 6" 1000' 13

MAT3O51 Extra Stretch 3" 1000' 7

MAT3O61 Detectable 3" 1000' 8

MAT6O61 Detectable 6" 1000' 16

CAUTION FIBER OPTIC CABLE BURIED BELOW

www.carlon.com 299

Cable and Installation Accessories

Rope (Conduit Pulling Lines for Conductors or Fiber Optics)

Tape

Prelubricated, woven polyester tape made from low

friction, high abrasion resistant yarns providing a low

coefficient of friction. Tape is printed with sequential

footage markings for accurate measurements.

Part Tensile Reel

No. Size Strength (lbs.) Lengths

TL14203 1/2" 1130 3,000 ft.

TL14205 1/2"1130 5,000 ft.

TL14505 1/2" 1250 5,000 ft.

TL14510 1/2"1250 10,000 ft.

TL38203 5/8" 1800 3,000 ft.

TL38265 5/8" 1800 6,500 ft.

TL38210 5/8" 1800 10,000 ft.

This rope is constructed of polyethylene over polyester,

designed specifically for fiber-optic pulling. The

polyethylene jacket gives the “slippery” feel that gives

less drag in pulling through conduit.

White Diamond Braid Rope

Recommended Approximate Std.

Reel Working Avg. Ctn.

Part No. Lengths Diameter Load (lbs.) Tensile (lbs.) Wt. (lbs.)

SB14105 5,000 ft. 1/4" 260 1700 1000

www.carlon.com

300

Cable and Installation Accessories

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

CC120B 8" 10

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

3056MW 6.6M 1

30510MW 10M 1

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

CC125 9" 1

Std..

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

CC122 171/2"1

Hand held cutter

makes fast square,

smooth field cuts on

Innerduct sizes 1/2"

through 11/4".

For clean cuts of Innerduct

sizes 1/2" through 2".

For fast, smooth

field cuts of 1/2"

through 1" Innerduct.

Kwikcut Cutter Medium

Cutter

Large

Cutter

Conduit Cutters

Figure-8 Web Slitter

Std.

Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.

3056MJ 6.6M 1

30510MJ 10M 1

Figure-8 Jacket Slitter

www.carlon.com 301

Product Category Index

Product Page

Boreable Multi-Gard®Trenchless Raceway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Bore-Gard®Trenchless Raceway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Carflex®Liquidtight Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Carflex®Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Carflex®Omni Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Carflex®Pre-Wired Liquidtight Whips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Carflex®X-Flex™Flexible Nonmetallic Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Chimes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Circuit Safe®JIC Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Circuit Safe®NEMA Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Cord Grips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Curved Lid J-Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

ENT Boxes and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Flex-Plus®Blue™ENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Floor Box Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

FS/FD Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

General Purpose Raceway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Hal-Free Riser-Gard®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

High Density Polyethylene (HDPE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Himeline®Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Intra-Gard®Multi-Cell Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

In-Use Weatherproof Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Junction Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

LubeDuct Pre-Lubricated HDPE Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Multi-Gard®Multi-Cell Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

P&C®Duct - Types EB and DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

P&C®Duct Fittings and Sweeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

P&C Flex®Corrugated Flexible Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Plenum-Gard®Flexible Raceway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

PV-Mold®Pole Riser System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Resi-Gard®Flexible Raceway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Riser-Gard®Flexible Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Schedule 40 & 80 Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Schedule 40 & 80 Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Schedule 40 & 80 Special/Standard Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Slack and Splice Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Slip Meter Risers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Spacers - Snap-Loc®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Spacers - Snap-N-Stac™. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Split Duct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Structured Cable Management Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Telephone Duct - Types B, C, and D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Telephone Duct Fittings and Sweeps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Utility Conduit, Fittings and Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Weatherproof Covers and Lighting Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Wire Handling Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Wire-Safe®Wireway and Wiring Trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Zip Box®Blue™Switch/Outlet Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

www.carlon.com

302

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

11811D-2500 209

11811T-250 209

11812-250 209

11812AG-001 209

11813-1200 209

11813-250 209

11813-500 209

11813-750 209

11813D-1200 209

11815-250 209

11815-800 209

11815D-800 209

12005-200 20

12005AK-001 20

12005R-200 20

12005-UPC 20

12005Y-200 20

12007-100 20

12007AA-001 20

12007R-100 20

12007-UPC 20

12007Y-100 20

12008-010 20

12008-100 20

12008-750 20

12008R-100 20

12008R-750 20

12008Y-100 20

12008Y-750 20

12009-750 20

12010-750 20

12011-500 20

12011R-500 20

12011Y-500 20

1205AKR-001 20

1205AKY-001 20

1207AAR-001 20

1207AAY-001 20

15004-001 4

15004-100 4

15005-001 4

15005-050 4

15005-100 4

15005BK-001 4

15005BK-100 4

15007-001 4

15007-100 4

15008-100 4

15008-500 4

15009-100 4

15009-200 4

Part No.

Page

17011 64

17013 64

17015 64

17017 64

18011 64

18013 64

18015 64

18017 64

18111 64

18113 64

18115 64

18117 64

18211 64

18213 64

18215 64

18217 64

18311 64

18313 64

18315 64

18317 64

18411 64

18413 64

18415 64

18417 64

18511 64

18513 64

18515 64

18517 64

18611 64

18613 64

18615 64

18617 64

59111 212

59113 212

59115 212

59116 212

59117 212

11808-5200 209

11808D-2700 209

11808D-5200 209

11809-4500 209

11809D-4500 209

11810-250 209

11810-4500 209

11810D-4500 209

11810T-2300 209

11810T-250 209

11811-1100 209

11811-250 209

11811-2500 209

11811-700 209

Part No.

Page

49014-020 168

49014SD-010 218

49015-010 168

49015-020 168

49015SD-010 218

49016-010 168

49016-020 168

49016SD-010 218

49017-010 168

49017-020 168

49017SD-010 218

49405-010 169

49405-020 169

49407-010 169

49407-020 169

49408-010 169

49408-020 169

49409-010 169

49409-020 169

49410-010 169

49410-020 169

49411-010 169

49411-020 169

49411SD-010 218

49412-010 169

49412-020 169

49413-010 169

49413-020 169

49415-010 169

49415-020 169

49415SD-010 218

49416-010 169

49417-010 169

49417-020 169

575-0640 292

575-0641 292

575-0642 292

575-0643 292

575-0644 292

575-4049 292

575-4075 292

59010N 211

59011N 211

59013N 211

59015N 211

59016N 211

59017N 211

59208N 211

59211N 211

59213N 211

59215N 211

Part No.

Page

15010-050 4

15010-100 4

15010-150 4

15011-050 4

15011-100 4

15104-100 5

15105-100 5

15107-100 5

15108-100 5

15109-100 5

15110-100 5

15111-050 5

30510MJ 300

30510MW 300

3056MJ 300

3056MW 300

48711-020 193

48713-020 193

48715-010 193

48715-020 193

48716-010 193

48716-020 193

48717-010 193

48717-020 193

48808-020 194

48810-020 194

48811-020 194

48813-020 194

48814-020 194

48815-020 194

48816-020 194

48817-020 194

49005-010 168

49007-010 168

49007-020 168

49008-010 168

49008-020 168

49009-010 168

49009-020 168

49010-010 168

49010-020 168

49011-010 168

49011-020 168

49011SD-010 218

49012-010 168

49012-020 168

49012SD-010 218

49013-010 168

49013-020 168

49013SD-010 218

49014-010 168

www.carlon.com 303

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

59216N 211

59411N 211

59413N 211

59610-010 190

59610-020 190

59611-010 190

59611-020 190

59612-010 190

59612-020 190

59613-010 190

59613-020 190

59615-010 190

59615-020 190

59616-010 190

59616-020 190

59617-010 190

59617-020 190

59618-010 190

59618-020 190

59810L-020 219

59813L-020 219

68315-020 202

68315W-020 202

68415-020 202

68415W-020 202

68515-020 202

68515PL-020 219

68515SD-010 218

68515W-020 202

68515WL-020 219

68615-020 202

68711-020 193

68713-020 193

68715-020 193

68716-010 193

68716-020 193

68717-020 193

68811-020 194

68813-020 194

68815-020 194

68816-020 194

68817-010 194

68817-020 194

68913D-020 195

68915-020 195

68915D-020 195

68916-020 195

68916D-020 195

68917-020 195

A122 25

A13C4N1JNNC2500 271

Part No.

Page

A13C6N1ANNA4000 271

A13C6N1ENNA4000 271

A13C6N1JNNA4000 271

A13C9N1A3KA4000 271

A13C9N1ANNA4000 271

A13C9N1JNNA4000 271

A13D2S1JNNB1000 285

A13D2S1JNNB1500 285

A13D2S1JNNB1800 285

A13D2S1JNNB2000 285

A13D2S1JNNB250 285

A13D2S1JNNB500 285

A13D2S1JNNB750 285

A15C9N1ANNA1000 271

A15C9N1JNNA1000 271

A16C26N1JNNC700 271

A16C6N1ANNA766 271

A16C6N1JNNA766 271

A16C9N1ANNA766 271

A16C9N1JNNA766 271

A17C9N1ENNA700 271

A17C9N1JNNA700 271

A18C9N1ANNA480 271

A18C9N1ENNA480 271

A200D 21

A200E 21

A200F 21

A210D 21

A210E 21

A210F 21

A220D 21

A220E 21

A220F 21

A22C6N1ANNA450 271

A22C9N1ANNA450 271

A22C9N1ENNA450 271

A230D 21

A230E 21

A230F 21

A238 25

A238DIV 25

A240D 26

A240E 26

A240F 26

A243D 26

A243E 26

A243F 26

A245D 24

A245E 24

A245F 24

A253D 26

Part No.

Page

A5D2S1JNNB6500 285

A5D2S1JNNB7000 285

A5D2S1JNNB8000 285

A615D 29

A615DE 29

A615DH 29

A615DJ 29

A615DL 29

A615E 29

A6C6N1JNNA5000 271

A6C6N1JNNB5000 271

A6C9N1JNNA8000 271

A6C9N1JNNB250 271

A6C9N1JNNB500 271

A6C9N1JNNB5000 271

A6C9N1JNNB8000 271

A6C9N1JNNC2500 271

A6C9N1JNNC5000 271

A6D2E1JNNA250 285

A6D2E1JNNA250B 285

A6D2S1JNNB1000 285

A6D2S1JNNB1600 285

A6D2S1JNNB250 285

A6D2S1JNNB2500 285

A6D2S1JNNB250B 285

A6D2S1JNNB4000 285

A6D2S1JNNB500 285

A6D2S1JNNB5000 285

A6D2S1JNNB500B 285

A6D2S1JNNB6000 285

A6D2S1JNNB7000 285

A861 27

A862D 27

A862E 27

A863-4SQ 22

A863BC 22

A863CF 22

A863CFG 22

A863D 22

A863DG 22

A863MB 23

A863S 22

A863SG 22

A864D 27

A864E 27

A864F 27

A9C6N1JNNA5000 271

A9C9N1JNNA5000 271

A9C9N1JNNB5000 271

A9D2S1JNNB1000 285

A9D2S1JNNB2200 285

Part No.

Page

A253E 26

A253F 26

A263D 24

A263E 24

A263F 24

A273DE 24

A273EF 24

A293DEF 23

A340F 94

A343F 94

A353F 94

A400 28

A410 28

A411 28

A412 28

A413 28

A414 28

A420 28

A421 28

A422 28

A470D 28

A471 28

A472 28

A52151D 27

A52151E 27

A52171D 27

A52171E 27

A5217DE 27

A521DE 27

A5329DE 27

A540DS 27

A58381D 27

A58381E 27

A5C6N1JNNA7000 271

A5C6N1JNNB7000 271

A5C9N1JNNA7000 271

A5C9N1JNNB1800 271

A5C9N1JNNB250 271

A5C9N1JNNB500 271

A5C9N1JNNB7000 271

A5D2E1JNNA250 285

A5D2E1JNNA250B 285

A5D2S1JNNB1000 285

A5D2S1JNNB1800 285

A5D2S1JNNB2000 285

A5D2S1JNNB250 285

A5D2S1JNNB250B 285

A5D2S1JNNB2700 285

A5D2S1JNNB500 285

A5D2S1JNNB5000 285

A5D2S1JNNB500B 285

www.carlon.com

304

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

CK225 16

CP100N 128

CP100NB 129

CP200N 128

CP200NB 12

CP300N 128

CP300NB 129

CP900 130

CPC4WH 83

CS1085 124

CS12106 124

CS14126 124

CS16147 124

CS665 124

CS863 124

CV1085 124

CV12106 124

CV14126 124

CV16147 124

CV665 124

CV863 124

DE4X1-1000 90

DE4X1-350 91

DEL131 291

DEL150 291

DEL150-154 291

DEL150-166 291

DEL154 291

DEL154-166 291

DEL166 291

DEL190 291

DEL237 291

DF4X1-250S 91

DF4X1C-1000 90

DF4X1C-1500 90

DF4X1C-250 91

DF4X1C-2700 90

DF4X1C-500 91

DF4X1C-500R 90

DF4X1C-5200 90

DF4X1C-6500 90

DF4X1C-7000 90

DF4X1C-9400 90

DG4X1-200 91

DG4X1-200S 91

DG4X1C-1500 90

DG4X1C-1600 90

DG4X1C-200 91

DG4X1C-3200 90

DG4X1C-4500 90

DG4X1C-500 91

Part No.

Page

C3024C4 125

CA861G 27

CC1085 123

CC120B 222

CC12106 123

CC122 222

CC125 222

CC14126 123

CC16147 123

CC665 123

CC863 123

CE4X1-1000 88

CE4X1-1000S 88

CE4X1-350 89

CF4X1-250 89

CF4X1-250S 89

CF4X1C-100 89

CF4X1C-1000 88

CF4X1C-1500 88

CF4X1C-250 89

CF4X1C-500 88

CF4X1C-5200 88

CF4X1C-6500 88

CF4X1C-8000 88

CG4X1-900S 88

CG4X1C-1600 88

CG4X1C-200 89

CG4X1C-3200 88

CG4X1C-500 88

CG4X1C-6500 88

CG4X1C-900 88

CH100R 133

CH208 133

CH4X1C-1200 88

CH4X1C-150 89

CH4X1C-350 88

CH4X1C-4000 88

CJ1085 123

CJ12106 123

CJ14126 123

CJ16147 123

CJ4X1C-100 89

CJ4X1C-2000 88

CJ4X1C-225 88

CJ4X1C-2800 88

CJ4X1C-700 88

CJ665 123

CJ863 123

CJB159 133

CJTL 133

CK221RP 16

Part No.

Page

BG380SP-010 236

BG380SP-020 236

BG3PE 236

BG440SP-010 236

BG440SP-020 236

BG480SP-010 236

BG480SP-020 236

BG4PE 236

BG4X1B-5600 93

BG540SP-010 236

BG540SP-020 236

BG5PE 236

BG640SP-010 236

BG640SP-020 236

BG6PE 236

BH118R 80

BH122A 79

BH122S 79

BH234R 80

BH235A 79

BH235S 79

BH353A 80

BH353S 80

BH464A 80

BH464S 80

BH4X1B-4500 93

BH525A 82

BH525H 82

BH525HP 82

BH525L 82

BH525LP 82

BH525P 82

BH525S 82

BH525SP 82

BH614R 81

BH614RP 81

BJ4X1B-2000 93

BS1.194 291

BS1.315 291

BS1.488 291

BS1.660 291

BS1.900 291

BS2.375 291

C2016A4 125

C2016B4 125

C2016C4 125

C2420A4 125

C2420B4 125

C2420C4 125

C3024A4 125

C3024B4 125

Part No.

Page

A9D2S1JNNB250 285

A9D2S1JNNB250B 285

A9D2S1JNNB2900 285

A9D2S1JNNB4000 285

A9D2S1JNNB500 285

B108B-UPC 73

B108R-UPC 75

B112HB 72

B114RR-UPC 75

B114R-UPC 75

B118A 73

B118B-UPC 73

B120A-UPC 73

B120R 75

B121ADJ 71

B121BFBB 42

B121BFBR 42

B121BFBRW 42

B122A-UPC 73

B1EXTB 76

B225R-UPC 75

B232A-UPC 74

B232B-UPC 74

B234ADJ 71

B234ADJC 71

B234BFBB 43

B344AB 74

B355R 75

B418A-UPC 74

B432AR-UPC 74

B432A-UPC 74

B455AH 74

B455A-UPC 74

B468R 75

B518A-UPC 77

B518P-UPC 77

B520A-UPC 77

B520P-UPC 77

B618RP-UPC 75

B618R-UPC 75

B620DC 78

B620HG-UPC 78

B620H-UPC 78

B620K 78

B620KG-UPC 78

B620L-UPC 77

B708-SHK 77

B720-SHK 77

BF4X1B-8000 93

BG340SP-010 236

BG340SP-020 236

www.carlon.com 305

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

E939NL 212

E939NR 212

E939NRT 212

E940D 174

E940E 174

E940F 174

E940G 174

E940H 174

E940J 174

E940K 174

E940K-CAR 174

E940L 174

E940L-CAR 174

E940M 174

E940N 174

E940N-CAR 174

E940P 174

E940R 174

E941H 174

E941J 174

E941K 174

E941L 174

E941N 174

E941PF 174

E941RF 174

E942D 175

E942E 175

E942F 175

E942G 175

E942H 175

E942J 175

E942K 175

E942K-CAR 175

E942L 175

E942L-CAR 175

E942M 175

E942N 175

E942N-CAR 175

E942NX9 175

E942P 175

E942R 175

E942RX 175

E943D 175

E943DW 178

E943E 175

E943EW 178

E943F 175

E943FW 178

E943G 175

E943GW 178

E943H 175

Part No.

Page

E900NW 204

E900PS 204

E901N 205

E901NS 205

E902N 205

E903N 204

E904M 205

E904M12 205

E904M8 205

E904MM 205

E904MS 205

E904MX 205

E904N 205

E904N12 205

E904N24 205

E904N8 205

E904NS 205

E905N 205

E905NL 205

E906N 205

E907N 204

E907NY 204

E908N 204

E908NM 205

E9098NS 204

E9098PS 204

E913N 205

E913NF 205

E914N 204

E916N 205

E916NS 205

E916NSW 205

E916NW 205

E917N 204

E923NM 205

E92CSH 178

E92CSJ 178

E92CSL 178

E92CSN 178

E92CSP 178

E92CSR 178

E935J 177

E935L 177

E935N 177

E935P 177

E935R 177

E938JR 212

E938NRR 212

E938NT 212

E939JN 212

E939N 212

Part No.

Page

E244NF5 200

E244PF 200

E244PF5 200

E244RF 200

E244RF5 200

E245J 200

E245N 200

E245P 200

E245R 200

E252LJ 201

E252NJS 201

E252NL 201

E252PN 201

E252RNS 201

E252RP 201

E297J 201

E297JN 201

E297L 201

E297LR 201

E297N 201

E297NT 201

E297P 201

E297PS 201

E297PT 201

E297RF 201

E297RR 201

E297RT 201

E299JM 201

E299JP 201

E299JR 201

E299LF 201

E299LR 201

E299NX7 201

E365D-CAR 56

E365DW-CAR 56

E381D-CAR 56

E381DW-CAR 56

E382DE 56

E382DEW 56

E442K 175

E442R 175

E442T 175

E460R-CAR 28

E88C24 50

E88DIV 50

E88L24 50

E900N 204

E900NS 204

E900NS8 204

E900NSW 204

E900NU 204

Part No.

Page

DG4X1C-500R 90

DG4X1C-5600 90

DG4X1C-6500 90

DG4X1C-900 90

DH4X1C-1200 90

DH4X1C-150 91

DH4X1C-4000 90

DH4X1C-4500 90

DJ4X1C-100 91

DJ4X1C-2000 90

DJ4X1C-2800 90

DJ4X1C-700 90

E1212C24 50

E1212DIV 50

E1212L24 50

E144F 291

E144GT 291

E147E 95

E147F 95

E200J 200

E200JS6 218

E200KS7 218

E200L 200

E200LS7 218

E200LSS 218

E200M 200

E200MS8 218

E200N 200

E200NS8 218

E200NSS 218

E200P 200

E200PS8 218

E200PS9 218

E200R 200

E200RS1 218

E240L 200

E240N 200

E240P 200

E240RF 200

E241L 200

E241N 200

E241PF 200

E242J 200

E2440N5 200

E2440NF 200

E2440P5 200

E2440PF 200

E2440RF 200

E244J 200

E244L 200

E244NF 200

www.carlon.com

306

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

E943HW 178

E943J 175

E943JW 178

E943K 175

E943K-CAR 175

E943L 175

E943L-CAR 175

E943M 175

E943N 175

E943N-CAR 175

E943P 175

E943R 175

E945D 174

E945DX 174

E945E 174

E945EX 174

E945F 174

E945FX 174

E945G 174

E945GX 174

E945H 174

E945HX 174

E945J 174

E945JX 174

E945K 174

E945KX 174

E945KXL 174

E945L 174

E945LX 174

E945M 174

E945MX 174

E945N 174

E945NX 174

E945P 174

E945PX 174

E945R 174

E945RX 174

E948H 175

E948J 175

E948JR 175

E948JS 175

E948K 175

E948L 175

E948L12 175

E948L6 175

E948LS 175

E948N 175

E948N12 175

E948N7 175

E948NS 175

E948P 175

Part No.

Page

E978EC-CAR 184

E978FC-CAR 184

E978GC-CAR 184

E978HC-CAR 184

E978JC-CAR 184

E979DFN-CAR 181

E979EFN-CAR 181

E979FFN 181

E97ABR2 40

E97BR 41

E97BR2 41

E97BR2D 41

E97BRG 41

E97CCR 40

E97DSB 40

E97DSC 40

E97DSI 40

E97DSS 40

E97DST 40

E97SSRB 40

E97SSRC 40

E97SSRS 40

E9801 182

E9801DN 182

E9801EN 182

E9801FN 182

E9802 183

E9802CN-CAR 183

E9802D 183

E9802E 183

E9802F 183

E980CM-CAR 183

E980CN-CAR 183

E980DFN 181

E980EFN 181

E980FFN 181

E980FFN-CAR 181

E9811DN 182

E9811EN 182

E9811FN 182

E9812D 183

E9812E 183

E9812F 183

E981DFN 181

E981EFN 181

E981FFN 181

E981FFN-CAR 181

E982DFN 181

E982EFN 181

E982FFN-CTN 181

E983D-CAR 179

Part No.

Page

E955H 174

E955J 174

E958D 177

E958E 177

E958F 177

E958G 177

E958H 177

E958J 177

E958K 177

E958L 177

E958N 177

E958P 177

E958R 177

E960GFL 56

E960GLB 56

E960PGL 56

E962E 56

E966JJ 212

E970CD 178

E970CE 178

E971C 176

E971D 176

E971FB 39

E971FBDI 45

E971FBDIB 45

E972Y 39

E973K 39

E9761B 36

E9761BR 37

E9761C 36

E9761S 36

E9762B 36

E9762BR 37

E9762C 36

E9762S 36

E9763B 36

E9763BR 37

E9763C 36

E9763S 36

E976AK2 35

E976RFB 35

E977DC 185

E977EC 185

E977FC 185

E977GC 185

E977HC 185

E977JC 185

E977KC-CAR 185

E977LC-CAR 185

E977NC-CAR 185

E978DC-CAR 184

Part No.

Page

E948PS 175

E948R 175

E948R10 175

E948R12 175

E948RS 175

E949J5 177

E949J6 177

E949JN 177

E949JX 177

E949LR 177

E949N5 177

E949NR 177

E949R5 177

E949RX 177

E950ED 176

E950FD-CAR 176

E950FE 176

E950GE-CAR 176

E950GF 176

E950HF-CAR 176

E950HG-CAR 176

E950JG-CAR 176

E950JH-CAR 176

E950KJ-CAR 176

E950LJ-CAR 176

E950LK 176

E950NL 176

E952KJ 176

E952LJ 176

E952LK 176

E952NL 176

E952NM 176

E952PN 176

E952RP 176

E954HX 175

E954J 175

E954JX 175

E954JXS 216

E954JXX 216

E954K 175

E954KX 175

E954KXX 216

E954L 175

E954LX 175

E954LXS 216

E954LXX 216

E954NXX 216

E955D 174

E955E 174

E955F 174

E955G 174

www.carlon.com 307

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

EGLFL 65

EGLFN 65

EGLFR 65

EGLIJ 65

EGLIL 65

EGLIN 65

EGLIR 65

EGPR 65

EGSBJ 65

EGSBL 65

EGSBN 65

EGSBR 65

EGSEJ 65

EGSEL 65

EGSEN 65

EGSER 65

EGTEJ 65

EGTEL 65

EGTEN 65

EGTER 65

EGTFJ 65

EGTFL 65

EGTFN 65

EGTFR 65

EL.084 291

EL1.050 291

EL1.315 291

EL1.660 291

EL1.900 291

EL2.375 291

EL2.875 291

EL3.500 291

EL4.500 291

EL5.563 291

EL600 291

EMP1194 139

EMP1210 139

EMP1411 139

EMP743 139

EMP974 139

EXP125 292

G280J 223

GSUP 236

GSUP3 236

GSUP5 236

GSUP6 236

HB1BL 72

HB1DP 72

HB1GF 72

HB1SW 72

HC1612B 145

Part No.

Page

E998E-CAR 177

E998F 177

E998F-CAR 177

E998G-CAR 177

E998H-CAR 177

E998J-CAR 177

E998K-UPC 177

E998L 177

E998N 177

E9G2DDN-CAR 53

E9G2DSN-CAR 53

E9G2GTN-CAR 53

E9G2SSN 53

E9U2CRN 54

E9U2GRN 54

E9U2WRN 54

E9UDVCRN 54

E9UDVGRN 54

E9UDVWRN 54

E9UHCRN 54

E9UHGRN 54

E9UHWRN 54

E9UVCRN 54

E9UVGRN 54

E9UVWRN 54

EC1.315 298

EC1.488 298

EC1.660 298

EC1.900 298

EC2.375 298

EC4.500 298

EGCEJ 65

EGCEL 65

EGCEN 65

EGCER 65

EGCIJ 65

EGCIL 65

EGCIN 65

EGFCJ 65

EGFCL 65

EGFCN 65

EGFCR 65

EGFJ 65

EGFL 65

EGFN 65

EGFR 65

EGLEJ 65

EGLEL 65

EGLEN 65

EGLER 65

EGLFJ 65

Part No.

Page

E989UUN 180

E98DHGN-CAR 53

E98G20N 52

E98G30N-CAR 52

E98G5FN-CAR 52

E98GCBN 53

E98GDRN-CAR 52

E98GFCN-CAR 52

E98GHGN-CAR 53

E98SRCN-CAR 52

E98SSCN-CAR 53

E98TSCN-CAR 53

E990D 178

E990DR-CAR 178

E990E 178

E990ER-CAR 178

E994DR-CTN 177

E994ER-CTN 177

E994F 177

E995G 177

E995G-CTN 177

E995J 177

E996D 176

E996E 176

E996F 176

E996G 176

E996H 176

E996J 176

E996K-CAR 176

E996L 176

E996L-CAR 176

E996N 176

E997F 177

E997F-CAR 177

E997G 177

E997G-CAR 177

E997H 177

E997H-CAR 177

E997J 177

E997J-CAR 177

E997K 177

E997K-CAR 177

E997L 177

E997L-CAR 177

E997M 177

E997N 177

E997P 177

E997R 177

E997T 177

E998D 177

E998E 177

Part No.

Page

E983E-CAR 179

E983F 179

E983G 179

E983H-CAR 179

E983J 179

E9842D 176

E9842E 176

E984D-CAR 179

E984E-CAR 179

E984F-CAR 179

E984G-CAR 179

E984H-CAR 179

E984J 179

E984J-CAR 179

E985D-CAR 179

E985E-CAR 179

E985F-CAR 179

E985G-CAR 179

E985H-CAR 179

E985J 179

E986D-CAR 179

E986E-CAR 179

E986F-CAR 179

E986G-CAR 179

E986H-CAR 179

E986J 179

E986K 179

E986L 179

E986M 179

E986N 179

E987D-CAR 179

E987E-CAR 179

E987F-CAR 179

E987G-CAR 179

E987H-CAR 179

E987J 179

E987N-CAR 180

E987R-CAR 180

E988D-CAR 179

E988E 179

E988F-CAR 179

E988G-CAR 179

E988H-CAR 179

E988J 179

E989N-CAR 180

E989NNJ-CAR 180

E989NNR-CAR 180

E989PPJ-CAR 180

E989RRR-UPC 180

E989R-UPC 180

E989SSX-UPC 180

www.carlon.com

308

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

HS21D9C 141

HS21DBP 142

HS7A7 141

HS7A7C 141

HS7ABP 142

HSCH 142

HSMFSS 142

HSMFZ 142

HSTS4 142

HSTS6 142

HVM27 135

I41240-020 263

I41240MC-020 263

I4124540 264

I4129040 264

I412C-020 263

I412CMC-020 263

I41540-020 262

I41540MC-020 262

I415C-020 262

I415CMC-020 262

I42240-020 262

I42240MC-020 262

I422C-020 262

I422CMC-020 262

I4HISG 264

I4ISG 264

I4ISG15 264

I4ISH 264

I4SFG-020 262

I4SFG4-020 262

I4SFG5-020 262

I4SFG6-020 262

I4SFGA-020 262

I4SFGB-020 262

I4SFGG-020 262

I4SXG-020 262

I62240-020 263

I622C-020 263

I6SFG-020 263

I6SXG-020 263

IF3FG4 264

IF3FG6 264

IF3HG4 264

IF3HG6 264

IF5FG4 264

IF5FG6 264

IF5HG4 264

IF5HG6 264

IF7FG4 264

IF7FG6 264

Part No.

Page

HPCO400 147

HPCO500 147

HPFA4 148

HPFA5 148

HPFA6 148

HPLM200 148

HPLM250 148

HPLM300 148

HPPF300 147

HPPF400 147

HPPF500 147

HPPF600 147

HPPLH 149

HPRFK 147

HPRLA 149

HPRSH 149

HPSFS1 148

HPTPLM 149

HPVEA9 135

HPVM25 135

HPVM35 135

HPWMF 147

HS11A7 141

HS11A7C 141

HS11A9 141

HS11A9C 141

HS11ABP 142

HS11B7 141

HS11B7C 141

HS11B9 141

HS11B9C 141

HS11BBP 142

HS11C7 141

HS11C7C 141

HS11C9 141

HS11C9C 141

HS11CBP 142

HS15C7 141

HS15C7C 141

HS15C9 141

HS15C9C 141

HS15CBP 142

HS15D9 141

HS15D9C 141

HS15DBP 142

HS21C7 141

HS21C7C 141

HS21C9 141

HS21C9C 141

HS21CBP 142

HS21D9 141

Part No.

Page

HLA2030 151

HLA3020 151

HLA3030 151

HLA30402 151

HLA4020 151

HLA4030 151

HLA40402 151

HLA40502 151

HLA5020 151

HLA5030 151

HLA50402 151

HLABPA4 153

HLAHAN 153

HLAMFSS 153

HLAPAD 153

HLATD 153

HLATEL 153

HLP3318 155

HLP3318G 155

HLP3323 155

HLP3323G 155

HLP3331 155

HLP3331G 155

HLP33442 155

HLP33442L 155

HLP3344G 155

HLPED3318 155

HLPED3323 155

HLPED3331 155

HLPED33442 155

HLS2020 151

HLS2030 151

HLS3020 151

HLS3030 151

HLS30402 151

HLS4020 151

HLS4030 151

HLS40402 151

HLS40502 151

HLS5020 151

HLS5030 151

HLS50402 151

HP1612B 145

HP2016B 145

HP2416C 145

HP3020D 145

HP3325D 145

HPBNGB 147

HPBNGC 147

HPBU149

HPCO300 147

Part No.

Page

HC2016B 145

HC2416C 145

HC3020D 145

HC3325D 145

HE1194 139

HE12105 139

HE1210C 139

HE14114 139

HE1411C 139

HE432 139

HE432C 139

HE443 139

HE443C 139

HE533 139

HE533C 139

HE743 139

HE743C 139

HE974 139

HE974C 139

HEWMB 139

HF4X4C-5000 92

HG4X4C-4000 92

HH11A7 141

HH11A7C 141

HH11A9 141

HH11A9C 141

HH11B7 141

HH11B7C 141

HH11B9 141

HH11B9C 141

HH11C7 141

HH11C7C 141

HH11C9 141

HH11C9C 141

HH15C7 141

HH15C7C 141

HH15C9 141

HH15C9C 141

HH15D9 141

HH15D9C 141

HH21C7 141

HH21C7C 141

HH21C9 141

HH21C9C 141

HH21D9 141

HH21D9C 141

HH4X4C-2000 92

HH7A7 141

HH7A7C 141

HJ4X4C-2000 92

HLA2020 151

www.carlon.com 309

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

MAFPG4 296

MAFPG41 296

MAFPG5 296

MAFPG6 296

MAFPG9 296

MAPE1012 279

MAPE3 297

MAPE4 297

MAPE5 297

MAPE6 297

MAPE7 297

MAPE8 297

MAPE9 297

MAPH3 296

MAPH4 296

MAPH6 279

MAPRO3 297

MAPRO4 297

MAQPG2 296

MAQPG4 296

MASV4 297

MASV5 297

MASV6 297

MASV7 297

MASV8 297

MASVP6 297

MASVP7 297

MASVP8 297

MAT3021 298

MAT3051 298

MAT3061 298

MAT3T21 298

MAT3T61 298

MAT6021 298

MAT6061 298

MATPG2 296

MATPG3 296

MB3HN3S 248

MB5HN3S 248

MB5HN4S 248

MB7HN3S 248

MB7HN4S 248

MB9HN3S 248

MB9HN4S 248

MBCC3 249

MBCC4 249

MBEC3 250

MBEC4 250

MBSS3S-020 248

MBSS4S-020 248

MD3FN3S 239

Part No.

Page

LP50402BP 152

LT100 9

LT100G 9

LT20C 7

LT20C-CAR 7

LT20D-NEW 7

LT20E-NEW 7

LT20F 7

LT20G 7

LT20H 7

LT20J 7

LT38 9

LT38G 9

LT43C 6

LT43C-CAR 6

LT43D-NEW 6

LT43E-NEW 6

LT43F 6

LT43G 6

LT43H 6

LT43J 6

LT50 9

LT50G 9

LT75 9

LT75G 9

LT9100 9

LT9100G 9

LT938 9

LT938G 9

LT950 9

LT950G 9

LT975 9

LT975G 9

LT9LD 178

LT9LE 178

LT9LF 178

MA30EK 248

MAEPG2 296

MAEPG3 296

MAEPG4 296

MAEPG5 296

MAEPG55 296

MAEPG6 296

MAEPG7 296

MAEPG8 296

MAES3 241

MAES4 241

MAFPG2 296

MAFPG21 296

MAFPG22 296

MAFPG3 296

Part No.

Page

JP86 134

JP86P 134

JP88 134

JP88P 134

LA1412BP 155

LA1816BP 155

LA1916BP 155

LA2020BP 152

LA2725BP 155

LA3020BP 152

LA3030BP 152

LA30402BP 152

LA4020BP 152

LA4030BP 152

LA40402BP 152

LA40502BP 152

LA5020BP 152

LA5030BP 152

LA50402BP 152

LH07 12

LH09 12

LH100 13

LH100G 13

LH11 12

LH13 12

LH16 12

LH21 12

LH38 13

LH38G 13

LH50 13

LH50G 13

LH75 13

LH75G 13

LN20DA 8

LN20EA 8

LN20FA 8

LN20FA-CAR 8

LN43DA8

LN43EA 8

LN43FA 8

LN43FA-CAR 8

LP2020BP 152

LP3020BP 152

LP3030BP 152

LP30402BP 152

LP4020BP 152

LP4030BP 152

LP40402BP 152

LP40502BP 152

LP5020BP 152

LP5030BP 152

Part No.

Page

IF7HG4 264

IF7HG6 264

IF9FG4 264

IF9FG6 264

IF9HG4 264

IF9HG6 264

IRS4 265

IX3FG4 264

IX3FG6 264

IX3HG4 264

IX3HG6 264

IX5FG4 264

IX5FG6 264

IX5HG4 264

IX5HG6 264

IX7FG4 264

IX7FG6 264

IX7HG4 264

IX7HG6 264

IX9FG4 264

IX9FG6 264

IX9HG4 264

IX9HG6 264

J1085P 130

J1085W 126

J12106P 130

J12106W 126

J14126P 130

J14126W 126

J16147P 130

J16147W 126

J665P 130

J665W 126

J863P 130

J863W 126

JP1010 134

JP1010P 134

JP108 134

JP108P 134

JP1210 134

JP1210P 134

JP1212 134

JP1212P 134

JP1412 134

JP1412P 134

JP1614 134

JP1614P 134

JP64 134

JP64P 134

JP66 134

JP66P 134

www.carlon.com

310

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

MHEC3 250

MHEC4 250

MHSS3S-020 248

MHSS4S-020 248

MP3FN3S 252

MP3FN4S 252

MP5FN3S 252

MP5FN4S 252

MP7FN3S 252

MP7FN4S 252

MP7HN3S 252

MP7HN4S 252

MP9FN3S 252

MP9FN4S 252

MP9HN3S 252

MP9HN4S 252

MPCC10 279

MPCC12 279

MPCC16 279

MPEC10 279

MPEC12 279

MPEC16 279

MPPC10 279

MPPC12 279

MPPC8 279

MPSS3S-010 252

MPSS4S-010 252

MR3HN4S 252

MR5HN4S 252

MR7FN4S 252

MR7HN3S 252

MR7HN4S 252

MR9FN3S 252

MR9FN4S 252

MR9HN3S 252

MR9HN4S 252

MREC3 253

MREC4 253

MRFB3 252

MRFB4 252

MROS3 253

MROS4 253

MRSS3S-010 252

MRSS3SFB-010 254

MRSS4S-010 252

MRSS4SFB-010 254

MS3HN3S 248

MS3HN4S 248

MS5HN4S 248

MS7HN3S 248

MS7HN4S 248

Part No.

Page

MFAB3 240

MFAB4 240

MFAD3 240

MFAD4 240

MFAE3 240

MFAE4 240

MFAH3 240

MFAH4 240

MFAR3 240

MFAR4 240

MFAS3 240

MFAS4 240

MFCC3 240

MFCC4 240

MFEC3 241

MFEC4 241

MFFB3 239

MFFB3J 239

MFFB4 239

MFFB4J 239

MFFC3 239

MFFC3J 239

MFFC4 239

MFFC4J 239

MFR13S 241

MFR14S 241

MFR33S 241

MFR44S 241

MFSS3B-020 236

MFSS3S-020 239

MFSS4B-020 236

MFSS4S-020 239

MFSSR 241

MFT13 240

MFT14 240

MFT23 240

MFT24 240

MFT63 240

MFT64 240

MFT93 240

MFT94 240

MH3HN3S 248

MH3HN4S 248

MH5HN3S 248

MH5HN4S 248

MH7HN3S 248

MH7HN4S 248

MH9HN3S 248

MH9HN4S 248

MHCC3 249

MHCC4 249

Part No.

Page

MDFC4 239

MDFC4J 239

MDSS3S-020 239

MDSS4S-020 239

MDSSR 241

MDT13 240

MDT14 240

MDT23 240

MDT24 240

MDT63 240

MDT64 240

MDT93 240

ME7FN3S 256

ME7FN4S 256

ME9FN3S 256

ME9FN4S 256

MESS3S-010 256

MESS3SFB-010 256

MESS4S-010 256

MESS4SFB-010 256

MET63 256

MET64 256

MF3FN3S 239

MF3FN4S 239

MF3HN4S 239

MF3JN3S 239

MF3MN3S 239

MF5FN3S 239

MF5FN4S 239

MF5HN3S 239

MF5HN4S 239

MF5JN3S 239

MF5JN4S 239

MF5MN3S 239

MF5MN4S 239

MF7FN3S 239

MF7FN4S 239

MF7HN3S 239

MF7HN4S 239

MF7JN3S 239

MF7JN4S 239

MF7MN3S 239

MF7MN4S 239

MF9FN3S 239

MF9FN4S 239

MF9HN3S 239

MF9HN4S 239

MF9JN3S 239

MF9JN4S 239

MF9MN3S 239

MF9MN4S 239

Part No.

Page

MD3FN4S 239

MD3HN3S 239

MD3HN4S 239

MD3JN3S 239

MD3JN4S 239

MD3MN3S 239

MD3MN4S 239

MD5FN3S 239

MD5FN4S 239

MD5HN3S 239

MD5HN4S 239

MD5JN3S 239

MD5JN4S 239

MD5MN3S 239

MD5MN4S 239

MD7FN3S 239

MD7FN4S 239

MD7HN3S 239

MD7HN4S 239

MD7JN3S 239

MD7JN4S 239

MD7MN3S 239

MD7MN4S 239

MD9FN3S 239

MD9FN4S 239

MD9HN3S 239

MD9HN4S 239

MD9JN3S 239

MD9JN4S 239

MD9MN3S 239

MD9MN4S 239

MDAB3 240

MDAB4 240

MDAE3 240

MDAE4 240

MDAH3 240

MDAH4 240

MDAR3 240

MDAR4 240

MDAS3 240

MDAS4 240

MDCC3 240

MDCC4 240

MDEC3 241

MDEC4 241

MDFB3 239

MDFB3J 239

MDFB4 239

MDFB4J 239

MDFC3 239

MDFC3J 239

www.carlon.com 311

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

NI644 116

NI64L 116

NI64W 136

NI664 116

NI66L 116

NI66W 136

NI864 116

NI86L 116

NI86W 136

NI884 116

NI88L 116

NI88W 136

NJ10106 118

NJ1010L 118

NJ1084 118

NJ1086 118

NJ108L 118

NJ12106 118

NJ1210L 118

NJ12126 118

NJ1212L 118

NJ14126 118

NJ1412L 118

NJ16146 118

NJ1614L 118

NJ644 118

NJ64L 118

NJ664 118

NJ66L 118

NJ864 118

NJ86L 118

NJ884 118

NJ88L 118

NL1010B 118

NL1084B 118

NL1086B 118

NL1210B 118

NL1212B 118

NL1412B 118

NL1614B 118

NL644B 118

NL664B 118

NL864B 118

NL884B 118

NMK10V 131

NMK12V 131

NMK14V 131

NMK4V 131

NMK6V 131

NMK8V 131

NP1010B 114

Part No.

Page

NC88L 118

NH10106 116

NH1010C 116

NH1010L 116

NH1084 116

NH1086 116

NH108C 116

NH108L 116

NH12106 116

NH1210C 116

NH1210L 116

NH12126 116

NH1212C 116

NH1212L 116

NH14126 116

NH1412C 116

NH1412L 116

NH16146 116

NH1614C 116

NH1614L 116

NH644 116

NH64C 116

NH64L 116

NH664 116

NH66C 116

NH66L 116

NH864 116

NH86C 116

NH86L 116

NH884 116

NH88C 116

NH88L 116

NI10106 116

NI1010L 116

NI1010W 136

NI1084 116

NI1086 116

NI108L 116

NI108W 136

NI12106 116

NI1210L 116

NI1210W 136

NI12126 116

NI1212L 116

NI1212W 136

NI14126 116

NI1412L 116

NI1412W 136

NI16146 116

NI1614L 116

NI1614W 136

Part No.

Page

MXAR4 240

MXCC3 240

MXCC4 240

MXEC3 241

MXEC4 241

MXFB3 239

MXFB3J 239

MXFB4 239

MXFB4J 239

MXFC3 239

MXFC3J 239

MXFC4 239

MXFC4J 239

MXR13S 241

MXR14S 241

MXR24S 241

MXR33S 241

MXSS3S-020 239

MXSS4S-020 239

MXT13 240

MXT14 240

MXT23 240

MXT24 240

MXT63 240

MXT64 240

MXT93 240

MXT94 240

NBPADJ2 131

NBPSWG 131

NBPSWG2 131

NBPTSK 131

NC10106 118

NC1010L 118

NC1084 118

NC1086 118

NC108L 118

NC12106 118

NC1210L 118

NC12126 118

NC1212L 118

NC14126 118

NC1412L 118

NC16146 118

NC1614L 118

NC644 118

NC64L 118

NC664 118

NC66L 118

NC864 118

NC86L 118

NC884 118

Part No.

Page

MS9HN3S 248

MS9HN4S 248

MSCC3 249

MSCC4 249

MSEC3 250

MSEC4 250

MSSS3S-020 248

MSSS4S-020 248

MX3FN3S 239

MX3FN4S 239

MX3HN3S 239

MX3HN4S 239

MX3JN3S 239

MX3JN4S 239

MX3MN3S 239

MX3MN4S 239

MX5FN3S 239

MX5FN4S 239

MX5HN3S 239

MX5HN4S 239

MX5JN3S 239

MX5JN4S 239

MX5MN3S 239

MX5MN4S 239

MX7FN3S 239

MX7FN4S 239

MX7HN3S 239

MX7HN4S 239

MX7JN3S 239

MX7JN4S 239

MX7MN3S 239

MX7MN4S 239

MX9FN3S 239

MX9FN4S 239

MX9HN3S 239

MX9HN4S 239

MX9JN3S 239

MX9JN4S 239

MX9MN3S 239

MX9MN4S 239

MXAB3 240

MXAB4 240

MXAD3 240

MXAD4 240

MXAE3 240

MXAE4 240

MXAF3 240

MXAF4 240

MXAH3 240

MXAH4 240

MXAR3 240

www.carlon.com

312

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

PF3HR 197

PF3IJ 197

PF3IR 197

PF3SJ 197

PF3SN 197

PF3SP 197

PF3SR 197

PF3VJ 197

PF3VL 197

PF3VN 197

PF3VP 197

PF5DL 197

PF5DN 197

PF5DP 197

PF5FF 197

PF5FL 197

PF5FN 197

PF5FP 197

PF5FR 197

PF5HL 197

PF5HN 197

PF5HR 197

PF5IJ 197

PF5IL 197

PF5IP 197

PF5IR 197

PF5SL 197

PF5SN 197

PF5SP 197

PF5SR 197

PF5UP 197

PF5VN 197

PF5VP 197

PF5VR 197

PF6CH 197

PF6CJ 197

PF6CL 197

PF6DL 197

PF6DN 197

PF6DP 197

PF6FJ 197

PF6FL 197

PF6FN 197

PF6FR 197

PF6HJ 197

PF6HN 197

PF6HP 197

PF6HR 197

PF6IN 197

PF6IP 197

PF6SJ 197

Part No.

Page

NV1614L 114

NV644 114

NV64L 114

NV664 114

NV66L 114

NV864 114

NV86L 114

NV884 114

NV88L 114

P100 291

P125 291

P150CPLR 291

P200 291

P258H 176

P258JT 176

P258K 176

P258LT 176

P258NT 176

P258NTB 204

P258PT 176

P258RT 176

P300 291

P400 291

P75 291

P7701W-CAR 55

P7801W-CAR 55

P7901W-CAR 55

P8001W-CAR 55

P8005W-CAR 55

P8010W-CAR 55

P8060W-CAR 55

PE3SNS 195

PE3SP 195

PE3SPS 195

PE3SRS 195

PE7SP 195

PE9HN 195

PE9HP 195

PF3CJ 197

PF3CL 197

PF3DF 197

PF3DH 197

PF3DP 197

PF3FJ 197

PF3FL 197

PF3FN 197

PF3FP 197

PF3FR 197

PF3HL 197

PF3HN 197

PF3HP 197

Part No.

Page

NP1084B 114

NP1086B 114

NP1210B 114

NP1212B 114

NP1412B 114

NP1614B 114

NP2016 134

NP2016P 134

NP2420 134

NP2420P 134

NP3024 134

NP3024P 134

NP644B 114

NP664B 114

NP864B 114

NP884B 114

NPL1L 132

NPL1S 132

NS10106 114

NS1010L 114

NS1084 114

NS1086 114

NS108L 114

NS12106 114

NS1210L 114

NS12126 114

NS1212L 114

NS14126 114

NS1412L 114

NS16146 114

NS1614L 114

NS644 114

NS64L 114

NS664 114

NS66L 114

NS864 114

NS86L 114

NS884 114

NS88L 114

NV10106 114

NV1010L 114

NV1084 114

NV1086 114

NV108L 114

NV12106 114

NV1210L 114

NV12126 114

NV1212L 114

NV14126 114

NV1412L 114

NV16146 114

Part No.

Page

PF6SN 197

PF6SP 197

PF6VJ 197

PF6VN 197

PF6VR 197

PF7CF 196

PF7CH 196

PF7CJ 196

PF7CL 196

PF7DF 196

PF7DH 196

PF7DJ 196

PF7DL 196

PF7DN 196

PF7FF 196

PF7FH 196

PF7FJ 196

PF7FL 196

PF7FN 196

PF7FP 196

PF7FR 196

PF7HJ 196

PF7HL 196

PF7HN 196

PF7HP 196

PF7HR 196

PF7IL 196

PF7IP 196

PF7NN 196

PF7SH 196

PF7SJ 196

PF7SL 196

PF7SN 196

PF7SP 196

PF7SR 196

PF7VN 196

PF7VP 196

PF7VR 196

PF9CH 196

PF9CJ 196

PF9CL 196

PF9CN 196

PF9DF 196

PF9DH 196

PF9DJ 196

PF9DL 196

PF9DN 196

PF9DP 196

PF9FF 196

PF9FJ 196

PF9FL 196

www.carlon.com 313

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

PMR2416 146

PMR3020 146

PMR3325 146

RC3200 17

RC3250 16

RC3252 16

RC3253 16

RC3260 17

RC3301 18

RC3311 18

RC3395 18

S258RH 226

S28612 226

S287F 226

S287J 226

S288JHN 226

S288JJN 226

S288JLN 226

S288LHN 226

S288LJN 226

S288LLN 226

S288NFN 226

S288NHN 226

S288NJN 226

S288NLN 226

S288PHN 226

S288PJN 226

S288PLN 226

S288RHN 226

S288RJN 226

S288RLN 226

S288SHN 226

S288SJN 226

S289JHN 226

S289JJN 226

S289JLN 226

S289LHN 226

S289LJN 226

S289LLN 226

S289NFN 226

S289NHN 226

S289NJN 226

S289NLN 226

S289PHN 226

S289PJN 226

S289PLN 226

S289RHN 226

S289RJN 226

S289RLN 226

S289SHN 226

S289SJN 226

Part No.

Page

PH9CN 198

PH9DJ 198

PH9DJL 219

PH9DL 198

PH9DLL 219

PH9DN 198

PH9DP 198

PH9FJ 198

PH9FJL 219

PH9FL 198

PH9FN 198

PH9FNL 219

PH9FP 198

PH9FR 198

PH9HJ 198

PH9HL 198

PH9HN 198

PH9HP 198

PH9HR 198

PH9IJ 198

PH9IL 198

PH9IN 198

PH9IR 198

PH9OJ 198

PH9SJ 198

PH9SL 198

PH9SN 198

PH9SP 198

PH9SR 198

PH9VN 198

PH9VP 198

PH9VR 198

PIC100 292

PIC125 292

PID1612 145

PID2016 145

PID2416 145

PID3020 145

PID3325 145

PMB1612 146

PMB2016 146

PMB2416 146

PMB3020 146

PMB3325 146

PMM1612 146

PMM2016 146

PMM2416 146

PMM3020 146

PMM3325 146

PMR1612 146

PMR2016 146

Part No.

Page

PH5HR 199

PH5IJ 199

PH5IL 199

PH5IR 199

PH5SN 199

PH5SP 199

PH5SR 199

PH5VJ 199

PH5VN 199

PH6CJ 199

PH6CL 199

PH6CN 199

PH6DJ 199

PH6DN 199

PH6DP 199

PH6FJ 199

PH6FL 199

PH6FN 199

PH6FP 199

PH6FR 199

PH6HN 199

PH6HR 199

PH6IN 199

PH6SL 199

PH7CJ 198

PH7CL 198

PH7CN 198

PH7DJ 198

PH7DL 198

PH7DN 198

PH7DP 198

PH7FJ 198

PH7FL 198

PH7FN 198

PH7FP 198

PH7FR 198

PH7HJ 198

PH7HL 198

PH7HN 198

PH7HP 198

PH7HR 198

PH7IJ 198

PH7IL 198

PH7IP 198

PH7IR 198

PH7SJ 198

PH7SN 198

PH7SP 198

PH7SR 198

PH9CJ 198

PH9CL 198

Part No.

Page

PF9FN 196

PF9FP 196

PF9FR 196

PF9HL 196

PF9HN 196

PF9HP 196

PF9HR 196

PF9IL 196

PF9IN 196

PF9IP 196

PF9IR 196

PF9SH 196

PF9SJ 196

PF9SL 196

PF9SR 196

PF9VL 196

PF9VN 196

PF9VP 196

PH3CJ 199

PH3CN 199

PH3DJ 199

PH3DN 199

PH3DP 199

PH3FJ 199

PH3FL 199

PH3FN 199

PH3FP 199

PH3FR 199

PH3HN 199

PH3IN 199

PH3IP 199

PH3IR 199

PH3SJ 199

PH3SL 199

PH3SN 199

PH3SP 199

PH3SR 199

PH3VR 199

PH5CJ 199

PH5CL 199

PH5CN 199

PH5DJ 199

PH5DL 199

PH5DP 199

PH5FJ 199

PH5FL 199

PH5FN 199

PH5FP 199

PH5HL 199

PH5HN 199

PH5HP 199

www.carlon.com

314

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

TW6TN 203

TW6TNL 219

TW7DN 203

TW7DNL 219

TW7FN 203

TW7FNL 219

TW7HN 203

TW7IN 203

TW7JN 203

TW7MN 203

TW7NN 203

TW7ON 203

TW7RN 203

TW7SN 203

TW7TN 203

TW9DN 203

TW9DNL 219

TW9FN 203

TW9FNL 219

TW9HN 203

TW9HNL 219

TW9IN 203

TW9JN 203

TW9MN 203

TW9NN 203

TW9SN 203

TW9TN 203

U13C6N1ENNA4000 281

U15C9N1ENNA1000 281

U16C9N1ENNA1000 281

U16C9N1ENNA766 281

U18C9N1ENNA480 281

U22C9N1ENNA450 281

U5C4N1ENNB1800 281

U5C4N1ENNB250 281

U5C4N1ENNB500 281

U5C4N1ENNB7000 281

U6C4N1ENNB1400 281

U6C4N1ENNB250 281

U6C4N1ENNB500 281

U6C4N1ENNB5000 281

U9C4N1ENNA5000 281

UA3AD 170

UA3AE 170

UA3AF 170

UA3AG 170

UA3AH 170

UA3AJ 170

UA3AK 170

UA3AL 170

UA3AM 170

Part No.

Page

TP6FN 203

TP6HN 203

TP6JN 203

TP6NN 203

TP6RN 203

TP6SN 203

TP6TN 203

TP7DN 203

TP7FN 203

TP7HN 203

TP7IN 203

TP7JN 203

TP7MN 203

TP7NN 203

TP7ON 203

TP7RN 203

TP7SN 203

TP7TN 203

TP7UN 203

TP9CN 203

TP9DN 203

TP9FN 203

TP9HN 203

TP9IN 203

TP9JN 203

TP9MN 203

TP9NN 203

TP9SN 203

TP9TN 203

TP9UN 203

TPLG100 292

TPLG125 292

TPLG150 292

TPLG200 292

TW3DN 203

TW3FN 203

TW3HN 203

TW5DN 203

TW5DNL 219

TW5FN 203

TW5HN 203

TW5JN 203

TW5MN 203

TW5SN 203

TW6FN 203

TW6HN 203

TW6JN 203

TW6MN 203

TW6NN 203

TW6RN 203

TW6SN 203

Part No.

Page

SP4W20-2 228

SP4W30-2 228

SP6W20-2 228

SP6W30-2 228

SPL111 157

SPL122 157

SPL211 157

SPL222 157

SSLL 132

SSLS 132

TA9ENT 203

TA9FN 203

TA9FNT 203

TA9FNTL 203

TC100 292

TC125 292

TC150 292

TC200 292

TDC100 292

TDC125 292

TDC150 292

TDC200 292

TFL100 292

TFL125 292

TFL150 292

TFL200 292

TL14203 299

TL14205 299

TL14505 224

TL14510 224

TL38203 224

TL38210 224

TL38210 299

TL38265 224

TP3DN 203

TP3FN 203

TP3HN 203

TP3IN 203

TP3JN 203

TP3SN 203

TP5DN 203

TP5FN 203

TP5HN 203

TP5IN 203

TP5JN 203

TP5MN 203

TP5RN 203

TP5SN 203

TP5TN 203

TP5UN 203

TP5VN 203

Part No.

Page

SB14105 224

SC100A 108

SC100ADJC 107

SC100FBBC 110

SC100FBVC 110

SC100FBWC 110

SC100RR 108

SC100SC 107

SC12CC 109

SC14CC 109

SC200A 108

SC200ADJC 107

SC200DV 107

SC200RR 108

SC34CC 109

SCA240E 106

SCA240F 106

SCA243E 106

SCA243F 106

SCA253E 106

SCA253F 106

SCA410 108

SCDIV 108

SCE4X1-100 106

SCE4X1-1000 106

SCE940G 106

SCE940H 106

SCE940J 106

SCE943G 106

SCE943H 106

SCE943J 106

SCE977EC 109

SCE977FC 109

SCE977GC 109

SCE977HC 109

SCE977JC 109

SCF4X1C-100 106

SCF4X1C-1500 106

SCG4X1C-100 106

SCH4X1C-50 106

SCJ4X1C-50 106

SCJ4X1C-500 106

SLK11 157

SLK12 157

SLK21 157

SLK22 157

SLK31 157

SLK32 157

SP2W20-2 228

SP2W30-2 228

SP4W15-2 228

www.carlon.com 315

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

UA6DN 172

UA6FJ 172

UA6FJB 172

UA6FL 172

UA6FLB 172

UA6FM 172

UA6FN 172

UA6FNB 172

UA6FP 172

UA6FPB 172

UA6FR 172

UA6FRB 172

UA6HJ 172

UA6HJB 172

UA6HL 172

UA6HLB 172

UA6HM 172

UA6HN 172

UA6HNB 172

UA6HP 172

UA6HPB 172

UA6HR 172

UA6HRB 172

UA7AD 170

UA7ADB 170

UA7AE 170

UA7AEB 170

UA7AER-CAR 170

UA7AF 170

UA7AFB 170

UA7AF-CAR 170

UA7AG 170

UA7AGB 170

UA7AH 170

UA7AHB 170

UA7AJ 170

UA7AJB 170

UA7AJB-CAR 170

UA7AJ-CAR 170

UA7AK 170

UA7AKB 170

UA7AKB-CAR 170

UA7AK-CAR 170

UA7ALB 170

UA7ALB-CAR 170

UA7AL-CAR 170

UA7AM 170

UA7AMB 170

UA7AN 170

UA7ANB 170

UA7AP 170

Part No.

Page

UA5HT 172

UA5IN 172

UA5INSD 218

UA5IP 172

UA5IR 172

UA5JN 172

UA5RR 172

UA5SN 172

UA5SNB 172

UA5SP 172

UA5SR 172

UA5UNB 172

UA5UPB 172

UA5VJ 172

UA5VL 172

UA5VNB 172

UA5VPB 172

UA5VR 172

UA6AD 170

UA6ADB 170

UA6AE 170

UA6AEB 170

UA6AF 170

UA6AFB 170

UA6AG 170

UA6AGB 170

UA6AH 170

UA6AHB 170

UA6AJ 170

UA6AJB 170

UA6AK 170

UA6AKB 170

UA6AL 170

UA6ALB 170

UA6AM 170

UA6AMB 170

UA6AN 170

UA6ANB 170

UA6AP 170

UA6APB 170

UA6AR 170

UA6ARB 170

UA6CJ 172

UA6CK 172

UA6CL 172

UA6DJ 172

UA6DJB 172

UA6DK 172

UA6DL 172

UA6DLB 172

UA6DM 172

Part No.

Page

UA5ARB 170

UA5CJ 172

UA5CJB 172

UA5CK 172

UA5CLB 172

UA5DJ 172

UA5DJB 172

UA5DK 172

UA5DL 172

UA5DLB 172

UA5DM 172

UA5DN 172

UA5DNB 172

UA5DPB 172

UA5EJ 172

UA5EJB 172

UA5EK 172

UA5EL 172

UA5ELB 172

UA5EM 172

UA5EN 172

UA5ENB 172

UA5EP 172

UA5EPB 172

UA5FF 172

UA5FG 172

UA5FH 172

UA5FHB 172

UA5FJ 172

UA5FJB 172

UA5FK 172

UA5FL 172

UA5FLB 172

UA5FM 172

UA5FN 172

UA5FNB 172

UA5FP 172

UA5FPB 172

UA5FR 172

UA5FRB 172

UA5FT 172

UA5HJ 172

UA5HK 172

UA5HL 172

UA5HM 172

UA5HN 172

UA5HNB 172

UA5HP 172

UA5HPB 172

UA5HR 172

UA5HRB 172

Part No.

Page

UA3AN 170

UA3ANB 170

UA3AP 170

UA3AR 170

UA3DJ 172

UA3DJB 172

UA3DL 172

UA3DLB 172

UA3DM 172

UA3DN 172

UA3DNB 172

UA3FJ 172

UA3FJB 172

UA3FL 172

UA3FLB 172

UA3FN 172

UA3FNB 172

UA3FP 172

UA3FPB 172

UA3FR 172

UA3FRB 172

UA3FT 172

UA3HJ 172

UA3HK 172

UA3HL 172

UA3HM 172

UA3HN 172

UA3HNB 172

UA3HP 172

UA3HR 172

UA3IJSD 218

UA3ILSD 218

UA3INSD 218

UA3SNB 172

UA3UPB 172

UA5AD 170

UA5AE 170

UA5AF 170

UA5AG 170

UA5AH 170

UA5AJ 170

UA5AJB 170

UA5AK 170

UA5AL 170

UA5ALB 170

UA5AM 170

UA5AN 170

UA5ANB 170

UA5AP 170

UA5APB 170

UA5AR 170

www.carlon.com

316

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

UA9FM 171

UA9FMB 171

UA9FN 171

UA9FNB 171

UA9FP 171

UA9FPB 171

UA9FR 171

UA9FRB 171

UA9HF 171

UA9HG 171

UA9HH 171

UA9HJ 171

UA9HJB 171

UA9HK 171

UA9HKB 171

UA9HL 171

UA9HLB 171

UA9HM 171

UA9HMB 171

UA9HN 171

UA9HNB 171

UA9HP 171

UA9HPB 171

UA9HR 171

UA9HRB 171

UA9HT 171

UA9IL 171

UA9IN 171

UA9INB 171

UA9IP 171

UA9IPB 171

UA9IR 171

UA9IRB 171

UA9JJ 171

UA9JN 171

UA9TRB 171

UAFAD 173

UAFAE 173

UAFAF 173

UB3AL 173

UB3AR 173

UB3FP 173

UB5AL 173

UB5AN 173

UB5AP 173

UB5APB 173

UB5DHB 173

UB5DJB 173

UB5DKB 173

UB5DL 173

UB5DLB 173

UB5DN 173

UB5DNB 173

UB5FJB 173

UB5FLB 173

UB5FNB 173

Part No.

Page

UA9CG 171

UA9CGB 171

UA9CH 171

UA9CHB 171

UA9CJ 171

UA9CJB 171

UA9CK 171

UA9CKB 171

UA9CL 171

UA9CLB 171

UA9CNB 171

UA9DF 171

UA9DFB 171

UA9DG 171

UA9DGB 171

UA9DH 171

UA9DHB 171

UA9DJ 171

UA9DJB-UPC 171

UA9DK 171

UA9DKB-UPC 171

UA9DL 171

UA9DLB-UPC 171

UA9DM 171

UA9DMB 171

UA9DN 171

UA9DNB 171

UA9EF 171

UA9EFB 171

UA9EG 171

UA9EGB 171

UA9EH 171

UA9EHB 171

UA9EJ 171

UA9EJB 171

UA9EK 171

UA9EKB 171

UA9EL 171

UA9ELB 171

UA9EM 171

UA9EMB 171

UA9EN 171

UA9ENB 171

UA9EP 171

UA9EPB 171

UA9FF 171

UA9FG 171

UA9FGB 171

UA9FH 171

UA9FHB 171

UA9FJB 171

UA9FJ-UPC 171

UA9FKB 171

UA9FK-UPC 171

UA9FL 171

UA9FLB 171

Part No.

Page

UA7FRB 171

UA7FT 171

UA7HF 171

UA7HG 171

UA7HH 171

UA7HJ 171

UA7HJB 171

UA7HJSD 218

UA7HK 171

UA7HLB 171

UA7HLSD 218

UA7HN 171

UA7HNB 171

UA7HP 171

UA7HPB 171

UA7HR 171

UA7HRB 171

UA7HT 171

UA7IJSD 218

UA7ILSD 218

UA7INSD 218

UA7IPB 171

UA7NNB 171

UA7NPB 171

UA7SJ 171

UA7SN 171

UA7SNB 171

UA7SPB 171

UA9AD 170

UA9ADB 170

UA9ADR-CAR 170

UA9AE 170

UA9AEB 170

UA9AFB-CTN 170

UA9AFR-CTN 170

UA9AG 170

UA9AGB 170

UA9AH 170

UA9AHB 170

UA9AJ 170

UA9AJB 170

UA9AJ-CAR 170

UA9AKB-CAR 170

UA9AK-CAR 170

UA9AL 170

UA9ALB-CAR 170

UA9AM 170

UA9AMB 170

UA9AN 170

UA9ANB 170

UA9AP 170

UA9APB 170

UA9AR 170

UA9ARB 170

UA9CF 171

UA9CFB 171

Part No.

Page

UA7APB 170

UA7AR 170

UA7ARB 170

UA7BJB 171

UA7CF 171

UA7CG 171

UA7CH 171

UA7CJ 171

UA7CJB 171

UA7CK 171

UA7CL 171

UA7CLB 171

UA7DF 171

UA7DG 171

UA7DH 171

UA7DJ 171

UA7DJB 171

UA7DJSD 218

UA7DK 171

UA7DKB 171

UA7DL 171

UA7DLB 171

UA7DM 171

UA7DN 171

UA7DNB 171

UA7EF 171

UA7EG 171

UA7EH 171

UA7EJ 171

UA7EJB 171

UA7EK 171

UA7EL 171

UA7ELB 171

UA7EM 171

UA7EN 171

UA7ENB 171

UA7EP 171

UA7EPB 171

UA7FF 171

UA7FG 171

UA7FH 171

UA7FHB 171

UA7FJ 171

UA7FJB 171

UA7FJSD 218

UA7FK 171

UA7FKB 171

UA7FL 171

UA7FLB 171

UA7FLSD 218

UA7FM 171

UA7FN 171

UA7FNB 171

UA7FP 171

UA7FPB 171

UA7FR 171

www.carlon.com 317

Part Number Index

Part No.

Page

UC9DPBLB 191

UC9FHB 190

UC9FJB 190

UC9FJBLB 191

UC9FKB 190

UC9FLB 190

UC9FLBLB 191

UC9FNB 190

UC9FNBLB 191

UC9FPBLB 191

UC9FRB 190

UC9FRBLB 191

UC9HJB 190

UC9HJBLB 191

UC9HLBLB 191

UC9HNB 190

UC9HNBLB 191

UC9HPBLB 191

UC9HRB 190

UC9HRBLB 191

VC9902 220

VC9903 220

VC9922 220

VC9923 220

VC9924-24 220

VC9925 220

VC9932 220

VC9941P 220

VC9961P 220

VC9962 220

VC9963 220

VC9963SC 109

VC9964 220

VC9981P 220

VC9982 220

VC9983 220

VC9984 220

VC9992 30

VC9LV2 220

VC9LV3 220

VC9LV5 220

WCD3104 11

WCD3106 11

WCD3124 11

WCD3126 11

WCD4 11

WCD6 11

WCE3084 11

WCE3086 11

WCE4 11

WCE6 11

WK7001 58

WK7101 58

WK7103 58

WK7201 59

WK7202 59

WK7203 59

Part No.

Page

UB9FNB 173

UB9FP 173

UB9FR 173

UB9HF 173

UB9HG 173

UB9HH 173

UB9HJ 173

UB9HK 173

UB9HL 173

UB9HN 173

UB9HNB 173

UB9HP 173

UB9HR 173

UB9IP 173

UB9IR 173

UB9NN 173

UC5CKB 190

UC5FKB 190

UC5FNB 190

UC5FRB 190

UC5FRBLB 191

UC5HNB 190

UC7CJBLB 191

UC7CKB 190

UC7DJBLB 191

UC7DLBLB 191

UC7DNBLB 191

UC7DPBLB 191

UC7FHB 190

UC7FJB 190

UC7FJBLB 191

UC7FKB 190

UC7FLB 190

UC7FLBLB 191

UC7FNB 190

UC7FNBLB 191

UC7FPBLB 191

UC7FRBLB 191

UC7HJBLB 191

UC7HLBLB 191

UC7HNB 190

UC7HNBLB 191

UC7HPBLB 191

UC7HRB 190

UC7HRBLB 191

UC7ITB 190

UC9BHB 190

UC9CJBLB 191

UC9DHB 190

UC9DJB 190

UC9DJBLB 191

UC9DKB 190

UC9DLB 190

UC9DLBLB 191

UC9DNB 190

UC9DNBLB 191

Part No.

Page

UB7HG 173

UB7HH 173

UB7HJ 173

UB7HK 173

UB7HL 173

UB7HN 173

UB7HP 173

UB7HR 173

UB7IR 173

UB9AD 173

UB9AD-CAR 173

UB9AE 173

UB9AE-CAR 173

UB9AF 173

UB9AF-CAR 173

UB9AG173

UB9AG-CAR 173

UB9AH 173

UB9AH-CAR 173

UB9AJ 173

UB9AJ-CAR 173

UB9AK 173

UB9AK-CAR 173

UB9AL-CAR 173

UB9AN 173

UB9AP 173

UB9APB 173

UB9AR 173

UB9CF 173

UB9CG 173

UB9CH 173

UB9CJ 173

UB9CK 173

UB9CL 173

UB9DF 173

UB9DG 173

UB9DHB 173

UB9DH-UPC 173

UB9DJB 173

UB9DJ-UPC 173

UB9DKB 173

UB9DK-UPC 173

UB9DL 173

UB9DLB 173

UB9DN 173

UB9DNB 173

UB9FF 173

UB9FG 173

UB9FH 173

UB9FJ 173

UB9FJB 173

UB9FK 173

UB9FKB 173

UB9FL 173

UB9FLB 173

UB9FN 173

Part No.

Page

UB5FP 173

UB6AD 173

UB6AE 173

UB6AF 173

UB6AG 173

UB6AH 173

UB6AJ 173

UB6AK 173

UB6AL 173

UB6AN 173

UB6AP 173

UB6AR 173

UB6FN 173

UB6FR 173

UB7AD 173

UB7AE-UPC 173

UB7AF-UPC 173

UB7AG-CAR 173

UB7AH 173

UB7AH-CAR 173

UB7AJ-UPC 173

UB7AK 173

UB7AL 173

UB7AN 173

UB7AP 173

UB7APB 173

UB7AR 173

UB7CF 173

UB7CH 173

UB7CJ 173

UB7CL 173

UB7DF 173

UB7DG 173

UB7DH 173

UB7DHB 173

UB7DJ 173

UB7DJB 173

UB7DK 173

UB7DKB 173

UB7DL 173

UB7DLB 173

UB7DN 173

UB7DNB 173

UB7FF 173

UB7FG 173

UB7FH 173

UB7FJ 173

UB7FJB 173

UB7FK 173

UB7FL 173

UB7FLB 173

UB7FN 173

UB7FNB 173

UB7FP 173

UB7FR 173

UB7HF 173

www.carlon.com

318

Notes

www.carlon.com 319

Notes

LIMITED WARRANTY/DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS/SHORT COUNTS

Carlon warrants to its distributors that its products conform to all product specifications contained

in the contract of sale and, using Carlon product specifications as a standard, are free from defects

in material and manufacture as of the date they are shipped by Carlon. This warranty covers Carlon

distributors only.

IF A DISTRIBUTOR BELIEVES THAT IT HAS DISCOVERED A DEFECT IN MATERIAL OR MANUFACTURE IN

ANY PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS WARRANTY OR IF THE DISTRIBUTOR DISCOVERS A SHORT COUNT

IN ANY SHIPMENT, THE DISTRIBUTOR MUST NOTIFY CARLON, IN WRITING, WITHIN SIXTY (60) DAYS

OF RECEIPT OF THE GOODS TO WHICH THE CLAIM RELATES, OR IN ANY EVENT WITHIN SEVENTY (70)

DAYS OF THE DATE THAT THE GOODS WERE SHIPPED BY Carlon. Carlon will provide replacement

goods to meet any short count for which it receives timely notice, but may require verification of any

such claim. Defective goods should be shipped to Carlon, freight prepaid, and be in accordance with

Carlon defective goods policy which requires prior approval by an authorized Carlon Manager. Carlon

liability for breach of this warranty shall be limited to replacement of any goods that Carlon finds to

be defective with an equivalent amount of goods, or at Carlon sole option, refund of the purchase

price. Claims that are not made within the warranty period (i.e., within seventy (70) days of shipment)

shall be deemed waived.

CARLON SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES CAUSED

BY BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY. THIS EXCLUSION APPLIES WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES ARE SOUGHT

BASED ON BREACH OF WARRANTY BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT

OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY. THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO CLAIMS FOR PERSONAL

INJURYBY A THIRD PARTY. THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT COVER DAMAGE IN SHIPMENT. CLAIMS FOR

DAMAGE IN SHIPMENT SHOULD BE MADE TO THE CARRIER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF

THE SHIPPING AGREEMENTS.

THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR ORAL,

INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS

FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OTHERWISE ARISING FROM A

COURSE OF DEALING OR TRADE.

Inside Sales:

Region Phone Fax

NORTHEAST (610) 759-6760 (610) 759-9138

SOUTHEAST (800) 3CARLON (216) 766-6444

CENTRAL (800) 3CARLON (216) 766-6444

WEST (530) 666-1681 (530) 669-0173

CARLON 50M SP 2/05

In USA, contact:

25701 Science Park Drive

•

Cleveland, Ohio 44122

1-800-3-CARLON (1-800-322-7566)

•

In Ohio, (216) 464-3400

Fax: (216) 766-6444

TDD/Hearing Impaired Access (216) 831-5918

www.carlon.com

In Canada, contact:

c/o Multimodal Logistics

415 TradersBoulevardEast

Mississauga, Ontario

•

Canada L4Z 1P2

(905) 755-1262

•

(888) 269-9902

Fax: (905) 755-1265

•

(888) 229-8622

Carlon 2005 Master Catalog 92443

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation